THEORY OF OBJECTIVITY
THEORY OF OBJECTIVITY
Third theory of the origin of the universe, alternative to the Big Bang Theory and Creationism
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
International Publication Cataloging Data (CIP) Brazilian ISBN Agency - Librarian Priscila Pena Machado CRB-7/6971
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
C112 Cabannas, Vidamor.
Theory of objectivity : third theory of the origin of the
universe, alternative to the big bang theory and creationism /
[electronic resource] / Vidamor Cabannas. —— 1st ed. —— Feira de Santana : Denivaldo
Silva, 2O16.
Electronic data (Mobi).
ISBN 978-65-9O2148-2-9 1.
1. Cosmology. 2. Creationism. 3. Big bang theory. 4. Theories of expansion of the universe. 5. Theory of knowledge. 5. Quantum theory. I. Title.
CDD 523.1
PRESENTATION
THE THEORY OF OBJECTIVITY is a third theory of the origin of the universe, serving as an alternative to the Big Bang Theory and Creationism. It describes how the universe was formed from Nothing. However, Nothing does not have the same meaning as zero and actually implies the existence of a logic prior to atomic existence. The fundamentals of this theory are seven absolute truths, based on logical premises of geometric, mathematical, and rational order. It explains the formation of the space, atomic units, and existential systems. Time and space in this theory have the same meaning. It also includes a description of quantum mechanics based on the essential logic of the theory.
Prior to the existential Universal Era there was an antagonistic time, in which there were as yet no atomic elements, but only the logical expansion of Nothing, based on seven fundamental mathematical truths, called absolute truths. At the end of the Antagonistic Era, the universe was formed in a logical way and time became countable. The formation and transmission of knowledge are determining factors, and in fact they represent one of the fundamental pillars of the Theory of Objectivity.
_______________________________
Summary
FIRST PART: OF THE ETERNAL LOGIC UNDERLYING THE FORMATION OF THE UNIVERSE
I - First Impressions
II - Fundamental Logical Assumptions
First Absolute Truth
Tempus Antagonicus
Second Absolute Truth
Third Absolute Truth
Space time
Fourth and Fifth Absolute Truths: The Inductive Effect
III - Fundamental Existential Geometric Logic
Sixth Absolute Truth
Quadrants or Existential Dimensions
Spectrum
SECOND PART: OF THE LOGICAL FINDINGS ON THE EXISTENCE OF PHENOMENAL ELEMENTS AND INTELLIGENCE UNITS TO FUNDAMENTAL LOGICAL CONCLUSIONS
IV - Logic of Subjectivity - The Material Systems
Geometric Logic of Memory Unit Formation
The Transcendent Element
Arising of Secondary Plasma
Convergence Zones, Emergence of the Gravitational Force
Logical Rails
Handles of the Universe
Formation of the Intergalactic Space
Emergence of Tertiary Plasma
Emergence of Total Alternating Plasma - Centrifugal Plasma
Formation of Reason Units
Phenomenal Elements
- Temperature
- Light
- Electricity, Magnetism and Electromagnetism
- Sound
- Black Hole
- Colors
- Thought
Geometric Logical Fundamentals of Existential Beings
Seventh Absolute Truth
V - Intelligence Units Era
Sociopolitical Phenomenal Elements
Spiritual Phenomenal Elements
VI - Latest Impressions
______________________________
FIRST PART
OF ETERNAL LOGIC TO THE FORMATION OF THE UNIVERSE
I - First Impressions
To develop a theory of the formation of the universe, the starting point must be non-existence, i.e., Nothing.
I can imagine that the Nothing is a great emptiness, as I can also imagine that the Nothingness means absence of any element. In being considered absence of any element, the Nothing could not be a great emptiness, because emptiness presupposes a space where elements can be stored. In this way, it could be something tiny, so small that it could not be considered as existing. However, in order to have the idea or notion that something is very small, it has to be sized, it must be said that outside this body or small environment there is something or a larger space.
The contradiction of Nothing could be solved by assuming Nothing to be zero, extending to infinity in the spatial dimensions. We would have 0 → ∞ (zero going to positive infinity). Alternatively, if space was not infinite but rather small, we would have 0 → -∞ (zero going to negative infinity). A function that mathematical science calls a polynomial would then be formed, where 0 → ±∞ (zero going to both negative and positive infinity).
The question that arises is whether there occurred during the period of Nothing this variation with one zero point going to negative infinity and another to positive infinity (0 → ±∞). If so, would not this variation presuppose space?
When this variation occurs, Nothing can either 1) occupy all of space or 2) not occupy any space, because it is tiny or does not exist.
In the first case there is a logic that I understand as contradictory: something so immense that it has no end, because it tends to the infinite; In the second case the Nothing would be something so small that it would disappear. However, if the Nothing were something so small, smaller in size, millions of times in relation to the nucleus of an atom, what would be outside it? That is, in that Nada being an insignificant, almost non-existent element, then something outside of it would still continue anyway. This could be the meaning of everything: Nothingness eternally varying between two infinities: what occupies everything (1st case) and what does not occupy any space (2nd case). It would be: 0 → ± ∞, where zero is Nothing at any given point that varies between two moments: to be everything in all spaces and not to be any element, not to occupy any space.
However, it seems that this concept of Nothing as a variation between two extremes shows that it does not follow proper logic, because if there is no element, how could one think of space as larger, smaller, being occupied, or being empty? All of these terms refer to physical concepts. Space and area are concepts that, it seems, only make sense if a universe exists, as are the words smaller and larger. The terms occupied and empty also can only apparently be used if there is movement or space. All of these are existential and physical concepts, which only make sense, at first, if there is a universe. Therefore, if we are speaking of Nothing, of non-existence, then none of these terms, or any other, can be used, unless Nothing has a precise definition as an autonomous element.
Dimension implies space, and space is one of the requirements of existence. Thus, Nothing could not be characterized by this space varying between zero and infinity.
Eternity before the beginning of existence is not characterized or cannot be characterized as a great emptiness, because emptiness presupposes the existence of a possible space in which things can be contained.
Empty spaces are areas that can be of different sizes and contain different amounts of information. Therefore, eternity before existence cannot be characterized as a great emptiness, for to do so would be to delimit a space, which supposedly would be inside a larger space. That larger space also would have to be inside another, and so on.
As shown in Figure 1, to make sense, the empty space (1) needs a larger empty space (2), which in turn needs a larger space (3), and so on, indefinitely.
It is necessary to establish that the Nothingness is different from space or emptiness. Nothingness would then be a kind of element necessary to existence and space is existence itself.
The idea of Nothing, or of eternity before existence, would be the very embryo of the beginning of something.
Assume hypothetically that the smallest thing man knows is the nucleus of an atom and the largest is his own galaxy. This assumption defines a territory by specifying its smallest and largest limits. However, the nucleus of an atom may theoretically be a larger space containing smaller spaces. That is, within that space called the nucleus of an atom, there can be an unlimited number of smaller spaces. Similarly, the galaxy that is considered to be the largest space could simply be a small space within an unlimited number of larger spaces.
Hypothetically, if we assume that Nothing was an empty space, then we could say that this Nothing ceased to mean non-existence when it received within itself some information or some element.
Let us suppose an empty space, such as that shown in Figure 2.
This empty space, which may be called Nothing, could begin to make sense or to exist upon receiving any information within itself. So, the empty space that was once only a concept, since it did not exist, comes into existence because it receives “alpha” information (α in Figure 3). In other words, what was empty then exists.
Accepting this hypothesis solves one problem, but it creates another equal or greater problem because, if there was any kind of existence, then how was space formed? On the other hand, if there was not any kind of existence, then how did space grow? In addition, how did the first unit of information, i.e., α, arise within the formed space? Also, what was α?
If we were to disregard the importance of knowing how space formed and what α was, we could easily solve the problem of the beginning of existence, because then we would have that existence began when α appeared within the empty space of eternity. The appearance of α would be the beginning of existence. However, what would α be in terms of its very essence? Was it a particle? Was it light? Was it a magnetic wave? Is magnetism between empty spaces the beginning of everything?
It is necessary to clarify that the problem described here involves not only what α was, but also what this Nothing was that occurred before α and the space containing it. It is also necessary to discover how the universe and α could arise.
The purpose of the Theory of Objectivity is to provide answers to all of these questions. However, the following query must be answered: if terms such as larger, smaller, occupied, and empty, like any others, only make sense if a universe exists, then how could they be used to explain the origin of everything, if humanity has agreed that Nothing is the absence of any element?
Many theories explain the origin of the universe, but they all presuppose the existence of something: gas, mass, explosions, movement, etc. Even Creationism, based on the existence of God, supposes the pre-existence of many things: light, darkness, and God Himself. Note that I am talking not only about the creation of man and material existential systems, but also the emergence of the universe. All other theories make sense not as explanations of its origin, but as explanations of the transformation and arrangement, so to speak, of what already existed. Therefore, these theories cannot be used to explain the origin of everything; instead, they describe points in time at which things supposedly were formed and have been used to determine everything we know today.
It should be noted that no detailed consideration of scientific theories will be included here. It is evident that a confrontation of the conclusions of this theory with scientific knowledge, in the end, will necessarily occur and will serve to corroborate everything that is described.
However, this work will not address empty concepts. Everything that is said or proposed here will certainly be supported by logical, geometric, mathematical, and rational foundations.
To reiterate, if the origin of existence cannot be explained using terms such as larger, smaller, occupied, and empty, then how can it? These terms, in principle, only make sense if a universe exists, and if there is only Nothing, they cannot be used.
In spite of the apparent flagrant contradiction between Nothing and existence, the objective of this work is to identify elements explaining how everything started from Nothing.
II - Fundamental Logical Assumptions
Any theory or model that serves to explain anything must rely on assumptions. These assumptions, which are often conventions, must function unquestionably; if not, the whole theory or model will lose its meaning. That is, any kind of theory, be it about the creation of the universe, economics, etc., relies on assumptions and conventions, and if any of these presuppositions or conventions ceases to exist, the whole model becomes invalid.
The present model, which seeks to explain how the universe began, is also based on assumptions that must work or in fact be proven to be true, because otherwise everything would cease to make sense.
This point is important because it is necessary to recognize that the first fundamental assumptions upon which this present model is based are not conventions or relativities, they are absolute truths.
Existence, in principle, is relative. All truth, in principle, is relative. Science itself is relative. Knowledge is relative. All truth, in principle, can be questioned. All of the theories and models we have about anything that exists in the universe are essentially relative. For example, consider the law of gravity: if we let an object fall from our hands, “surely” it will be drawn to the earth. If we add one unit plus another unit we will have two units. If we leave our skin on fire, “surely” our skin will burn.
There is a myriad of examples of things that are true in our present conception of existence. However, everything that exists can be questioned and understood as wrong if we disregard the model of existence to which we are subjected. As a rule, all truths can be questioned, because everything we know is a convention: it is an agreed-upon way of being and existence. In principle, everything that we are, everything that we imagine without questioning to be true deep down cannot be so. All of our certainties may not be part of an absolute truth. These things, truths, and certainties are herein called apparent states.
That is, everything that exists, in the form that exists, is actually an apparent, momentary state. It is a fiction.
Our truth, our certainty is not absolute unless it is apparent. If one lets an orange fall from one’s hand, then one has the apparent state that it will actually fall to the ground. If one has a match in one’s hand and places another match, one will have the apparent state that one has two matches. Elapsed time is also an apparent state.
To clarify, in this theory it is understood that the forms of existence can be of two types: absolute and relative. Much still will be based on such positioning, but in principle it is possible to say that the relative forms of existence only occurred after the emergence of the universe. Thus, it can be said that the universe is an objective form of existence, but it contains within itself relative existential systems.
Since the universe is an absolute form of existence filled with relative existential systems, it can be said that almost every truth within our existence is an apparent, relative truth. It is understood here that there are absolute truths that cohabit the systems that populate the universe but existed prior to it. In other words, the only existing absolute truths originated prior to the creation of the systems that are contained within the universe. In other words, these absolute truths are the foundations that created the universe itself. It is certainly the object of this theory to describe the foundations of both absolute and relative truths.
However, the presentation of this apparent state of truth is not the most important feature of the Theory of Objectivity. The most important fact here is that there are absolute truths, making the foundation of this theory objective rather than relative. Prior to the creation of existential systems, there were absolute truths that purposefully formed the universe. Within existence, it is apparent that almost
all truths are relative. The term almost is appropriate here because it is intended to demonstrate that the absolute truths can be eternal or perpetual and coexist with the other relative truths created later. Furthermore, in the Theory of Objectivity, there is a difference between eternal truths and perpetual truths. This difference will be appropriately clarified subsequently.
There are absolute truths that are not conventions. These truths are unquestionable, and all of them originated prior to the existence of the universe in its final configuration, predate the creation or emergence of the universe, or are directly connected to its arising; therefore, they are not apparent or relative truths.
It is necessary to clarify the nature of the absolute truths that underlie the Theory of Objectivity. These truths are absolute because they are based on fundamental and essentially irrefutable mathematical logic. Here it will be demonstrated that, even within a relative system, all of the absolute truths coexist, for these truths are also eternal or perpetual, as the case may be, and the differences between these types of truths will be described. Moreover, there will be truths that are herein called derived truths, which exist because they can be derived directly from the absolute truths. However, they cannot be called absolute truths, firstly because they are derivations and secondly because within existence all of these derived truths are relative.
These absolute truths are the basis of the whole Theory of Objectivity. Specifically, there are seven unique absolute truths that serve as the assumptions upon which the Theory of Objectivity rests.
As mentioned before, all theories are based on assumptions and can only be true and functional if the assumptions are true and functional.
This theory is based on seven assumptions, but they will not be called assumptions, because in fact they are not: they are absolute truths.
The only seven existing absolute truths are also called truisms or maximum truths. They are called truisms because they are obvious.
It is necessary here to identify what constitutes an absolute obvious truth. Therefore, let us define an absolute truth as an irrefutable logical conclusion gauged by reason, when this reason is stripped of dogmatic values such as religiosity and scientism.
Not only religion, but also science can be surrounded by dogmas that ground it when rational logic is not accepted and the conclusions are not backed by research. That is because reason must be employed both before and after the acquisition of any scientific knowledge. Believing that science alone can bring true answers is a misconception. It is this way of thinking based on true dogma that is herein called scientism. Only reason can be used to build scientific and logical knowledge, because the modes and methods of research can only be constructed by reason. Furthermore, the final evaluation of any gauging or scientific methodology can also be made only by reason. In this way, logically, reason is employed both before and after drawing any scientific conclusion. Thus, it is logical that reason can yield irrefutable conclusions even if it is not supported by scientific research. When this situation occurs, the irrefutable logical conclusion is herein called a truism.
In summary, the absolute truths are truths that apply to every form of existence that arises within the universe.
First Absolute Truth
Now that the logical assumptions underlying this theory have been introduced, it is necessary to present these absolute truths. The first absolute truth is as follows:
“Before the universe arose, there was Nothing.”
This seemingly redundant statement is the first absolute truth, and it cannot be refuted with pure reason.
This seemingly redundant phrase can be stated in other ways: before light existed, there was Nothing; before there was any kind of matter (atoms), there was Nothing; before there were gases, there was Nothing; before there was space, a universe, the cosmos, there was Nothing; before there was any kind of electromagnetism or radiation, there was Nothing.
This is the first absolute truth, the first assumption, the first obvious point upon which the Theory of Objectivity rests.
Let us speculate a little about this first absolute truth. The Theory of Objectivity addresses the beginning of everything. It is not about the beginning of life or the beginning of the functioning of the universe with its galactic systems. It is about the beginning before the existence of anything, in any state, for before, there was Nothing.
That is not to say that there was an immense and empty space or something else. If there was only Nothing, we cannot take as an initial assumption any kind of material or electromagnetic existence, or concepts such as larger, smaller, space, etc., since these concepts are not admitted in an era with no existential universe.
If Nothing existed initially and universal existence was then initiated, it is necessary to decipher using pure logic and with certainty the meaning of this Nothing; otherwise, it would be necessary to resort to gases, masses, the Big Bang, or even God.
By admitting that before existence Nothing necessarily occurred, we are faced with an initially illogical time. This contradictory, antagonistic time, will now be discussed speculatively, in order to produce the necessary logical conclusions subsequently.
Tempus Antagonicus
An initial hypothesis of the Theory of Objectivity is that before time became countable in the existential universe, there was a primitive time, which is herein called antagonistic time or Tempus Antagonicus. Thus, it can be referred to as time zero because in this era of eternity there was neither space nor any form of existence. Tempus Antagonicus would truly be Nothing. However, Nothing has a meaning. This substance of Nothing indicates that Tempus Antagonicus was a time without reference, because there was no existence, no universe, and nothing different from itself, and therefore it was time zero. That is the same as saying that before existence, there was Nothing. Time was zero because it had no reference point. So, in this way, time zero, Nothing, was truly antagonistic and contradictory, since although it must have occurred according to the first logical truth, it cannot be considered to have existed. Universal existence presupposes that there was a formed space containing an initial reference, a first element.
Let us assume that this antagonistic time was an autonomous, continuous, and constant element. It is evident that the implications of this autonomy, continuity, and constancy are indeed at the heart of the Theory of Objectivity.
Hypothetically, if Nothing in its era was an element of autonomous existence that increased in size in a continuous and constant form, this size would not make sense, for there was not at that moment anything beyond Nothing to serve as a reference. That is, it would be equivalent to say that Nothing, in its era, was the size of an atom or the size of a galaxy. In both cases, everything would be the same, since there was no reference element. Hence, Nothing would really have been antagonistic, since it was an element without reference, and in fact there was no element other than itself. Similarly, Nothing also hypothetically ceased to be antagonistic upon gaining a reference when the first unit of existence occurred. That first reference allowed Nothing to stop being contradictory, to stop being antagonistic, and to start composing its own existence.
In the Theory of Objectivity, time is considered to be equivalent to space. That is, time advances as the size of space advances. Thus, in the Theory of Objectivity, time is not a concept that refers to the past, present, and future; instead, it is a spatial geometric figure. To repeat, time is equivalent to space. Therefore, the phrases “advance of time” and “advance of space” can be used interchangeably, because both mean the same thing. This equivalence has a very important meaning: during the Era of Nothing, there was still no existence, no space, for time had not yet begun, since there was no element other than Nothing itself.
In spite of its apparent contradiction, it is necessary to define precisely what this Nothing was. According to the Theory of Objectivity, antagonistic time ended when universal existential time began, at the beginning of existence. This moment is considered to have occurred when something arose, namely, α, the first unit of existence. It is assumed in this theory that the emergence of α, which will be discussed later, began the count of existential time. In this theory, the count of time refers to the spatial dynamics. Tempus Antagonicus transformed itself from Nothing into something, for when α arose, it served as an initial reference mark, and primitive time lost its antagonistic characteristic. The appearance of α also marked the emergence of space, a universe, and within it a reference. If this hypothesis is considered to be true, there would be no contradiction, no antagonism, since Nothing would have gained its reference. At that point, that difference between something the size of an atom and something the size of a galaxy would have begun to make sense. When α arose, Nothing disappeared, and immediately there arose a space that had something as a reference. At this moment, Nothing ceased to be element without meaning, without dimension, without reference. When α arose, time stopped being zero and became countable.
Certainly, it is fitting to ask how α arose, what it was, and what it really represented.
In fact, the answers to these questions will be discussed in detail based on the ideas presented herein. Before addressing those topics, however, it is necessary to conclude in a well-grounded manner what Nothing was, since it is the fundamental basis of that analysis.
In this theory, Nothing, time zero, has autonomous existence and does not mean zero in the form agreed upon in human mathematics. To validate this theory of Nothing, it is necessary to provide a full proof. This proof is existence itself. Material existence is the greatest proof that Nothing had an autonomous existence, for if it were not so, all other things could not arise from it. However, I will attempt here to demonstrate even using mathematical foundations, that Nothing, time zero, does not have the meaning that humanity has agreed upon. That is, Nothing does not mean the absence of any element.
Initially, to demonstrate that Nothing in fact possesses an autonomous existence in itself, I will present an equation formed by a true sentence. This true sentence stems from the first absolute truth, which says that before the universe arose, there was Nothing.
The universe, of course, represents everything that exists. So, if there was Nothing before the universe existed, a unit could be added to Nothing (n) and it would remain Nothing (n + 1). A unit could also be subtracted from Nothing and it would remain Nothing (n - 1). We then have the following, considering n = 0 = Nothing:
N + 1 = n - 1
N - n = -1 - 1
0 = -2,
Or, reversing equality:
N - 1 = n + 1
N - n = 1 + 1
0 = 2
That is, the equation has two possible solutions: -2 and +2. These simple mathematical formulas mean that Nothing (n) plus or minus a unit is equal to Nothing (n), for if Nothing is the absence of existence, adding to or subtracting from that absence of existence positive or negative values of the same weight will yield the same result: the absence of existence. That is, the result of adding a unit to Nothing (n + 1) is equal to the result of subtracting a unit from Nothing (n - 1). By solving this true and logical equality, one will always find a nonzero value.
If n, zero, is equivalent to Nothing, and Nothing in fact is something with an autonomous existence, for Nothing signifies antagonistic time, it must be said that Nothing has dimensions of existence contained in the values -2 and +2. However, Nothing could not be zero, since there was no absolute zero before the universe existed. Zero is a human mathematical convention designed to deal with the absence of elements. However, the truth is that first there was Nothing, but this Nothing was not zero with the meaning that humanity has agreed upon. Nothing is itself an autonomous, dynamic, and constant element and has actual dimensions of -2 and +2.
Obviously, these numbers only indicate weights, for a unit was purposely added in this example, although fractions of units or even a number exponentially greater than unity could have been added instead. The important fact is that Nothing is a single element, but even in this single-element condition, it contains two meanings, one with a negative value (-2) and one with a positive value (+2).
Again, zero only has meaning if there is a reference, i.e., other elements to which to compare it. Zero is just an element within any space of existence, and, for the purpose of the existence of the universe, zero could not have the meaning agreed upon in human mathematics.
The meaning of zero is still relevant to the Theory of Objectivity, for it is in fact the fundamental basis of what is presented here.
Returning to the introductory statement on the emergence of the universe, it is worthwhile to reiterate that this theory considers that only when α appeared did the universal space arise and time become countable. It should also be repeated that time is equivalent to space. Time became countable when units of space began to be added to this newly formed space.
All of these points will be clarified here in detail and always based on logical and mathematical fundamentals. However, I would like to begin by considering the appearance of the universe as a space, a single sphere inside of which other finite smaller spaces could be formed. In this way, it can already be verified that the time is not unique, as it is intended to demonstrate here. A solid sphere represents complete, global time because it is a geometric space, and the smaller units of space that are within this massive sphere and are transmuted perpetually are also time, because they are geometric spaces. That is, the universe is a unit of time that contains within itself other temporal units, which are the derived existential systems.
To reiterate, while humanity has agreed that time is one thing and space is another, that is NOT TRUE in the Theory of Objectivity. In this theory, time is exactly the same as geometric space.
Thus, time here means the universe, as can be clarified using reasoning.
Returning to the true solution set of the equation mentioned above, it can be concluded that zero did not exist as an element prior to all things. Nothing is an eternal element and will always assume virtual values of -2 and +2. That is the mathematical principle of all existence, which it is here intended to corroborate using more logical and geometric arguments. These basic and simple mathematical equations show that absolute zero does not exist. Absolute zero is a human creation, it is a convention of mathematical language that does not apply in isolation to the beginning of existence. That is, before the universe was formed, there was an autonomous, eternal, and constant element. That element was Nothing. However, Nothing does not have the meaning that it may seem to have, for Nothing does not indicate the absence of any element.
Nothing only meant non-being until there arose from it a universal space that contained within itself a reference. That is, Nothing ceased to be non-existent when a universal space and its reference arose. Nothing went on being non-existent only while there was no reference. When this reference arose, the counting of universal time began. Nothing lost its antagonism when it created space and within it a reference. Again, to say that Nothing was an antagonistic time means that Nothing was something that occurred before universal existence, since it was a single element formed by equidistant values, i.e., positive and negative values of equal weight.
However, it must be clarified that these positive and negative values do not imply in any way any kind of positive and negative forces, or any kind of positive and negative poles, since Nothing does not admit opposing forces of any kind. Thus, -2 and +2 only mean that if we were to take an imaginary center, its quadrants would be equidistant; therefore, the resulting figure would be a sphere.
Nothing does not mean the absence of any element, but rather the presence of an element with a constant extent before the formation of the universe. Before there was a break, Nothing remained antagonistic. This break is what is herein called the first wave, because there is a number herein called the break number. This break occurred because antagonistic time, i.e., Nothing, found in itself a way to make a universal space appear and within it a reference, α. It is necessary, of course, to explain in detail what this break number is and how Nothing found in itself a means of ending its antagonism.
Certainly, many mathematicians and scientists will say that the presented equation cannot be formed, because 0 + 1 cannot equal 0 - 1. Others will say that this equation is without reason. In making these statements, scientists and mathematicians will only reproduce a convention of mathematical language, not truth. However, if we accept the first truism, this equation is true as well and is not an irrational construct. On the contrary, it is a logical conclusion of the first reason, since it indicates precisely the existence of an element even before the formation of the universe.
This first absolute truth tells us that before the universe arose, there was Nothing. Now, Nothing in conventional human logic only means one thing: something that does not exist. So, if this something does not exist, it could be added to another unit of non-existence, still yielding non-existence. On the other hand, a unit of non-existence could be subtracted from it, producing a result equal to itself, i.e., non-existence. So, since the two statements are true and have equal meanings, because they say the same thing, they can be equated, because that is the truth that is given to us. The result of this truth is that Nothing could never equal zero, the absence of any element. That is, Nothing, non-existence, is an autonomous element. Even before the first unit of existence was formed, Nothing was already there, and Nothing was time itself, antagonistic time while in the condition of non-existence, for in this era there were quadrants with equal ranges, but there was not yet any universal space or other element for reference. The space that began its formation in the Era of Nothing was antagonistic, i.e., it was antagonistic time.
It must be noted that the equations above can be represented geometrically and that the only possible geometrical figure corresponding to the obtained values is a solid sphere, because Nothing, as an autonomous unit, was the only existing element. Since Nothing was this single element, it must have been present and have been in every possible quadrant. The virtual values of Nothing obtained from the mathematical equations (-2 and +2) elucidate the geometric figure of Nothing.
Again, we have seen that the first absolute truth tells us that before the universe arose, there was Nothing.
From the first absolute truth, another truth emerges:
“If Nothing was the single and first element, then this Nothing, in its era, was in all quadrants, in all possible dimensions.”
This statement means that the negative value of -2 represents two quadrants, while the positive value of +2 represents two other quadrants. Thus, it is necessary to divide each of the values obtained from the equations by two. Then, each quadrant will have a unit of the values yielded by the equation, giving rise to the geometric form of Nothing shown in Figure 4, which is intended to represent a solid spherical point, because it occupies all quadrants and is not a flat figure.
Certainly, it is fundamental to demonstrate how this Nothing, this spherical point still in antagonistic time, became a geometric space with a reference, causing the universal space to appear and beginning existential time.
It is now necessary, therefore, to delimit the essence of Nothing and then to give Nothing a precise and true concept.
On the essence of Nothing, it should be noted that even though Nothing had a spherical shape, Nothing was not a sphere, for it was not subdivided into cells and had no real center. That is, Nothing was not composed of other elements smaller than itself because it was the only existing element. Furthermore, Nothing had no real center, because a center is a starting point, and Nothing was the only existing element.
Also, this element Nothing was not a universal space, because it had within itself no other element, not even a void. The positive and negative results of the above equation are simply the values forming Nothing and do not correspond to forces or opposing charges; therefore, Nothing did not have definite positive and negative poles. In this way, Nothing was rather a spherical solid, but it was not a sphere because every sphere needs cells, i.e., smaller elements that compose it. Nor was it the universe, for it had no other element or reference within it. Nothing was therefore time in its still-antagonistic form.
Second Absolute Truth
As stated previously, Nothing was a spherical point. However, it is necessary to ask the following question: assuming that Nothing was a point, would this point have delimited the existence of another area in which it was placed?
The answer is that this is not possible, since Nothing was a single element, it could not have been placed anywhere else. In any case, if we assume that any existing element must have a shape, then the geometric form of Nothing that fits its characteristic as a single substance would really be a spherical point, because a sphere is the only geometric figure that is completely symmetrical up to its edges if we consider a central imaginary point.
It is therefore necessary to ask whether it is possible to consider the existence of a center or edges (extremities) during Tempus Antagonicus, since such factors did not exist in that era.
The answer that arises to this question is undoubtedly of the highest importance within the Theory of Objectivity. I propose that the answer is that Nothing had no center in the sense defined in this theory, for in this theory, every element in the universe has a real and measurable center determined by its sub-elements. Thus, the initial antagonistic point was a unique element and could not have been composed of other sub-elements. It is also considered that, unlike in conventional human mathematics, an element cannot have zero as its center. In this way, Nothing did NOT have a real center contained within its body, but it did have extremities as well as a real and superficially verifiable center, that is, a center that did not occur within itself, but only on its external surface, as will be demonstrated.
It is necessary to consider Nothing to have had extremities for the following reason: Nothing is described as a spherical point in this theory, because it is considered to have been an element rather than the absence of any element.
Considering Nothing to have been infinite would be defining it as a non-element, for it is not possible for an infinite element to exist. Saying that an element is infinite would be admitting non-existence, or the absence of any element. Antagonistic time thus had to have extremities, since they are necessary conditions for the existence of an element. What Nothing did not possess was a logical size, because size presupposes reference, and there was no other element in that era to serve as a reference for this spherical point. Thus, in the Era of Nothing, there was no size reference, so this spherical point could be thought of as the size of an atom or the size of a galaxy. Of course, everything would be the same either way, since there was no element beyond the antagonistic point itself, either inside or outside itself. There was no reference. The size of Nothing only gained meaning upon the formation of the universe.
However, a matter of the highest importance in terms of mathematical logic is related to this initial point of existence. The fact is, as mentioned previously, that infinity is not an element. Infinity means, therefore, the absence of any element. Thus, assuming Nothing to have been a spherical point with extremities, those extremities would have bordered on that infinite non-element. If it were not so, Nothing would have been confused with the infinite itself, with the absence of any element, and, therefore, would also have been a total absence of elements. Therefore, one of the absolute truths discussed in detail herein was already present at that initial moment. This truth means that, since Nothing was an autonomous element, there must have been at its extremities a field separating it from the infinite; otherwise, its existence would have been illogical, it would have become infinite, and, therefore, it would not have existed.
Hypothetically, Nothing could have been a spherical point with edges like a mirror, for beyond that limit there would be no element and everything would reflect into itself. However, I do not consider there to have been a mirror effect on the extremities of Nothing, for in order for this mirror effect to have existed, there would have to have been within this massive point an element capable of being reflected into itself. Furthermore, a mirror effect would require the presence of light. However, there was no such thing as magnetism or light in Nothing.
Thus, Nothing must have been a spherical point not only because of the existential equation, but also because the first absolute truth says that it existed. Nothing was spherical also because there is another absolute truth beyond the first that tells us that every element existing in the universe has a magnetic field, an aura separating it from the other existing elements and from the universe itself. In antagonistic time, this magnetic field would have separated Nothing from the infinite non-element.
It is therefore necessary to demonstrate the second absolute truth, in spite of its detailed foundation having been presented posteriori. This absolute truth should be presented immediately because it is a logical mathematical condition without which Nothing would have had no autonomous existence. Indeed, without this absolute truth, the antagonistic spherical point would have been confused with the infinite itself, and the infinite, as stated herein, is an absence of any element.
The second absolute truth tells us the following:
"Every element existing in the universe has a magnetic field, an aura giving it unique existence and separating it from the other existing elements and from the universe itself."
The second absolute truth considers the existence of a universe. However, this absolute truth was already present in the Era of Nothing, even though, of course, the existential universe had not yet been formed, but only antagonistic time existed, a non-existential and still antagonistic universal form.
The foundation of this second absolute truth will be discussed in detail. However, the reason for using an absolute truth that indicates the existence of a universe to define an era in which the existential universe had not yet been formed should immediately be justified. First of all, the absolute truths that underlie this theory were already present during the antagonistic Era of Nothing, and in truth they give logical support to everything that is said about this contradictory time. However, whenever an absolute truth is conceptualized herein, the formation of a universe will be considered. This characteristic does not detract from the validity of the uses of these absolute truths in the foundation of Tempus Antagonicus, as will be demonstrated herein. The absolute truths that allowed the formation of the existential universe are the same truths that allowed the formation of all other elements existing within this universe. Nothing is the element from which all other things were derived. In this way, the absolute truths seen in terms of this significant element of non-existence also apply to every element forming after the universe came into existence, for everything is its derivation. It is also justified to use the already-formed universe to conceptualize a truth forming that very universe because Nothing, when it ceased to occur as the absence of existence, in fact did not disappear, but instead was contained and became a fundamental part of this formed universe. Another logical point to consider is that existence only arose upon the formation of the universe, since the preceding time was antagonistic. In this way, it is logical to consider that everything that exists is contained within the existential universe, even the rational concepts used to substantiate an occurrence prior to existence itself. In truth, the expansive antagonistic time was a kind of universe still contradictory and, therefore, still non-existent. The expansion that occurs beyond the existing universe is not within the contained universe, but it is its derivation and therefore also belongs to itself. Thus, even when a new universe is formed, the present universe will not disappear, but, like the antagonistic Nothing, it will be contained at the center of the resulting universe. In geometric logic, it will be demonstrated here that the existing universe was created from Nothing and the spherical point representative of Nothing happens to belong to this universe. With this occurrence, Nothing ceased to be antagonistic and instead became logical.
What is intended now is to conceptualize logically, clearly, and without contradictions, the meaning of Nothing. Human reason indicates that if Nothing had not existed as an initial autonomous element, the universe would not have had a starting point to initiate its formation, so no element would exist.
Regarding Nothing, there is a derived and logical truth derivative from the first absolute truth, which precisely tells the concept of Nothing:
“The Nothing that was present prior to the existing universe was an autonomous element represented by a spherical point and its essence was mathematics.”
This concept of Nothing is the foundation of the Theory of Objectivity and the creation of the universe, because in order to state that Nothing is an element, it is also necessary to specify the essence of that element, that is, what forms the element, for every element is formed by something. In addition, the Theory of Objectivity substantiates the existence of the universe using the seven absolute truths, and all of these absolute truths, as will be described in detail herein, are of mathematical essence. Therefore, this Nothing, this antagonistic time, this initial spherical point had a mathematical essence.
“The first essence of all things is the mathematical essence. The essence of the universe is purely of a logical, mathematical order, and its construction is therefore objective. However, the essence of the existential systems arising after the emergence of the universe, as will be demonstrated in this theory, extends beyond mathematics.”
It should be emphasized that the term mathematical essence refers to a logic that occurred even before the appearance of the universe. This essence, this logic, certainly gave rise to the mathematics developed by man. Of course, much of the mathematics developed by man is not pure convention, but demonstration through symbolic language of how the logical essence of all things and therefore of the universe imposes itself. This logical essence that is herein called the mathematical essence was already present during the Era of Nothing and was in truth what composed it. That is, Nothing was composed of a logical, mathematical essence.
Third Absolute Truth
What is presented as a truism is that after Nothing came existence, everything. However, this obvious assertion is not an absolute truth different from the first, but rather merely states its logical opposite, for any logical affirmation has an inverse. In this way, upon achieving the non-being of the first absolute truth, Nothing ceased to occur, and the existing universe emerged.
In truth, this inverse of the first absolute truth means that the universe arose at a single moment and that in that moment also arose the first unit of existence, α. However, the space that arose along with α was not yet the existing material systems themselves, but rather only the space containing within itself the first necessary element, so that from there, in a second moment, all other forms of existence could emerge. What is evident and herein will be presented using reason and logic is that Nothing stopped occurring to give rise to two elements that are herein jointly called existence. That is, when the negation of Nothing occurred, a space necessarily formed and within this space emerged a first form of existence. In this regarding, the following derivative truth must be presented:
“There is no universe without an existing element, just as there is no existing element without a universe.”
This resulting truth can also be summarized as follows:
“Universal existence began when space was formed, containing within itself a first existing element.”
It may be difficult for a human being, bound to the material world, to dissociate the beginning from the existence of a material condition. That is the central point that must be understood. It was mentioned previously that the theories of the formation of the universe all presuppose the existence of something, from atomic matter to a spiritual being such as those found in sacred books. Therefore, to understand, fix, and materialize in our minds the first absolute truth is the most important point, however simple it appears to be. Understanding why there are only seven absolute truths throughout the universe is the crux of this theory. All of the truths following the seven absolute truths that are discussed herein are arrangements of those seven absolute truths. That is, the first seven absolute truths can be combined to create arrangements or variations of themselves that enabled the transformation into everything that exists today and everything that will come into existence in the future. It should also be emphasized that Nothing was a spherical point and not a space. Thus, Nothing was a unique, antagonistic element, a single point in spherical form that was and was in all quadrants, in all dimensions possible in its era, but without reference, and therefore prior to universal existence.
The presentation of the Theory of Objectivity will purposely involve logical cycles of repetition, but always within a logical and mathematical reality. Despite the rhetoric used herein, this theory is not purely philosophical, because it is not based solely on discursive arguments, but mainly on logical, geometric, and rational arguments. Thus, the theory presented herein is founded in logical, mathematical reasoning.
However, to understand the functioning of the Theory of Objectivity, we must first pass through non-material fields, the fields of philosophy and thought. Nonetheless, it should be noted that thought and philosophy are existential elements, like any material object that has a real, logical existence.
In the Theory of Objectivity, every existential element has a geometric form. Thus, not only that which is material, but also that which is non-material has a geometric form.
Before atoms emerged, there were, of course, only non-material elements. These non-material elements also had geometric form. The first unit of existence to emerge, α, had a definite geometric form, as will be described in detail. The elements that made up the universe have defined geometric forms, and the universe itself has a spherical shape.
These initial geometric elements that composed the universe will be described at the opportune moment in this presentation of the Theory of Objectivity, because in fact they form the core of the arguments that enable philosophical reasoning to be surpassed and geometrical, mathematical reasoning to be entered. However, philosophy is also, in my mind, a reason that has as its essence purely mathematical logic.
As asserted previously, before the universe existed there was no space or area, because these concepts belong to the world of universal existence. This point is relevant because this discussion goes back to the beginning of everything, before the notions of space and area became valid, because in this era only Nothing existed. I would like to clarify the absolute truth that states that before existence there was also time zero or eternity. To say that time was zero indicates that at that moment, there was only Nothing as an autonomous element. However, knowing that this time was zero does not imply the absence of any element, since the initial spherical point occurred eternally.
The logical negation of the first absolute truth asserts that Nothing was replaced by everything. The following corresponding questions then arise. What was it that arose to make Nothing stop being the only element? What was α that started existence?
Certainly, the answer to this question must be presented immediately.
Let us suppose an empty frame, disregarding the concept of area, for Nothing does not presuppose the existence of an already formed space. For the sake of illustration, suppose that frame A in Figure 5 is Nothing and frame B is the universe.
In frame B, α, our existence, was formed by set B. That is, there was an element in frame A without any reference, which translated into non-existence. When frame B was formed and within it α simultaneously arose, existence formed instantly, for then there was a space and the condition necessary to say that there was then existence, α.
Thus, frame A corresponds to time zero, i.e., Nothing, while frame B illustrates the formed universe and within it the referential form of existence, α. Frame B represents space, which is equivalent to time, and α represents the first being to exist within the universe.
This existential being was formed at the same instant as the universe. That is, both appeared at the same moment, as will be demonstrated herein.
In other words, the emergence of existence leads to the conclusion through logic and reason that all other things we know are derivations of it or are forms of it manifesting itself. That is, energy, space, non-material and material existence, thought, life, and everything else within the formed universe is in truth an unfolding of the absolute truths that caused its formation. Thus, universal existence is universal time (space) with its first unit of existence, α.
In this work, I will allow myself the right to dispense with the standard of scientific rigor that has settled in the modern world as a means of acquiring knowledge. The standardization of teaching and systematization of scientific techniques in the world of knowledge has caused man to begin to construct knowledge in a manner that, in my view, is accelerated and has produced eternal discoveries while also creating unprecedented inhibition. This methodological systematization has enabled man to achieve great technological advances at an astonishing speed. All of these achievements are due to the development of science. That is a fact. However, the restriction to scientific methods and their improvements in universities has long hindered the acquisition of knowledge that escapes the rules imposed by scientific logic. That is why many projects are abandoned. The imposed scientific methodology does not always fit the standards of human observation.
The way scientific knowledge is constructed is important. It is analogous to the bed of a river that carries water throughout a region. However, just as a river cannot bring to itself water from neighboring lakes or rivers that run parallel to it, science cannot bring to itself much that runs or is fixed outside of it. Much stuff outside the realm of scientific knowledge and that to which scientific reasoning can be imposed, including, I believe, the greatest secrets of existence. Certainly, knowledge that is external to science can still lead to channels that then lead to the river of scientific knowledge.
The objective of this theory is to describe the fundamental concepts that make up the basic secrets of existence. For this purpose, a method based on geometric logic is used to elucidate the beginning of being, as well as the beginning of non-being. It should be emphasized that this theory is intended to provide an understanding of the beginning of what we call existence. It is intended to clarify the essential concepts underlying the formation of the universe from an earlier moment of everything. The only thing that can precede everything is Nothing. Indeed, from Nothing, from the zero point, the Theory of Objectivity was developed in a logical and sequential fashion. First, it is proposed that every material element is a fiction. Clearly those existing presently are fictions, and they will never cease to be so. Both objects and words are fictions. All of the things in the world and outside it, from the simplest of worms to the most rational form of existence, from a grain of sand carried by the wind to the most complex of galaxies, is fiction, for such things exist only as logical fantasies. The method of defragmentation
entails decomposing an existential element to present the logical construction of this fiction that is existence, since every existing element is, in the end, composed only of mathematical logical essence, which forms the concept of reality.
However, this fantasy composes everything that is a form of being, both material and non-material, hence we call it existence. This fiction results from the fact that the only thing that existed initially was Nothing. Then, Nothing, from itself, found a way to form existential logic beyond itself. This formation occurred upon the appearance of space concomitantly with α. Henceforth, α will be called a memory unit, to demonstrate that everything that exists within the universe always obeys the principles of creation and absorption of knowledge, as will be discussed in relation to this theory. That is, elements that exist in space, and which are also geometric spaces, upon discovering the existence of each other, first form knowledge; then, when they meet again, recognition occurs. This process, repeated indefinitely between two or more elements, forms the basis for the existence of everything contained in the existing space, as will be amply demonstrated herein.
Using an example related to human existence, we only see and feel things because our brain contains memory (knowledge) of everything. That is, if we recognize what we now see, hear, or feel, it is because our brain stores the knowledge of having seen, heard, or felt the same thing before. This phenomenon is what is called recognition. That is, element A can only recognize element B upon encountering it a second time or more. After element A encounters element B for the first time, knowledge is stored in these elements in the form of memory. Therefore, the first existential elements formed within the universe are referred to as memory units, as will be justified subsequently.
It is understood that all existing forms of animal life can only recognize the things they encounter because in their brains there is an essential element called memory. Similarly, if one can hear, it is because the sound is composed of elements that are already within one’s brain. Likewise, if one can see, it is because the elements that make up light and all of the matter that surrounds it are already present within one’s brain. If someone touches another’s skin, this touch can be felt because that individual’s brain has already registered the memory of the touch sensation. Generally speaking, all of the senses that humans and other animals perceive, namely, touch, smell, sight, hearing, and taste, exist only because the memory (knowledge) of these senses in the brain enables them to be recognized.
It is understood in this theory that everything that exists in the universe uses this system of past information, memory, to make itself act in the present. The way in which this action occurs is, in fact, what it is intended to demonstrate in this presentation of the Theory of Objectivity.
Because we already have in our brains the memory of all material and non-material things, we are able to see, feel, and hear. That is, we only recognize all of the things around us because none of these elements is strange to us; instead, our brain already contains in itself the memory of them and therefore recognizes them. This phenomenon is similar to that of element A encountering element B for the second time and recognizing it.
Thus, not only animal life, but also any and every material element that appears within the universe, has memory.
Although this presentation intentionally moves away from research and the application of purely scientific methodologies, it is evident that scientific instrumentalism is essential in the foundation of this theory. This instrumentalism is primarily of mathematical, logical, and geometric essence.
Science and its methodologies inhibit academics, preventing them from speculating on diverse topics due to the limits imposed by the methodologies and institutes of science.
With the beginning of modern science came the end of the great thinkers. The Human Era during which knowledge took a leap never seen before has come to an end. During that era, thinkers rather than scientists sensu stricto enabled humanity, in a few thousand years, to obtain knowledge that had remained unknown for millions of years. Humanity awoke when the thinkers awoke and began to write their thoughts on scrolls.
This theory is objective and can be summed up using rational, mathematical logic, but its presentation will not follow a technical and academic sequence, since it is not being written by a technician or scientist sensu stricto. The objective and logical reasons will be presented gradually, often anticipating conclusions and returning to previously discussed concepts, but everything will be directed so that the proposal presented ultimately becomes clear and convincingly “true” for all.
Within the human brain there are types of knowledge that predate human existence itself. That is, there is an element that is present in the human brain, but that precedes the formation of the brain itself. Specifically, this element is animal memory. All things that exist function using this basic principle of memory, as will be justified herein. There is an exceptionally large number of memory levels that allow each existing element to recognize or form knowledge later.
To reiterate, everything in the universe, in addition to animal life, uses this system called memory. Thus, for example, an atom has a working logic about its functions, and the logic of each type of atom is linked to its memory, to what it recognizes. Thus, recognition explicitly leads to functioning. Each element that exists employs functional logic, and this logic is repeated in time through the recognition system that each element possesses, i.e., memory. Thus, for instance, each existing type of atom behaves in its own way, and this proper way of behaving is determined by an earlier memory. As stated previously, when element A encounters element B for the first time, it generates memory (knowledge), so when element A encounters element B a second time, it generates recognition.
This memory, as mentioned before, is cumulative. The more times element A encounters element B or element B encounters element A, the greater the recognition, i.e., the greater the amount of memory. The truths herein called derivative and relative truths are also related to this repetition. What is understood is that repetition is essential in the working of all things and in the creation of new forms of existence within the universe.
It is intended in this theory not to deal with the questions posed in general terms. On the contrary, it is intended to demonstrate in a detailed, clear, logical, and mathematical way what this existential element referred to as a memory unit is and how it was formed at the beginning of existence.
It should be clarified here that a memory unit is a unique spatial geometric unit that exists independently, since it possesses its own aura and is capable of reproducing memories, i.e., knowledge, of the space lying between itself and another memory unit.
The repetition of a memory (knowledge) and recognition is what forms truths. Truths that are derived from the repetition of recognition, from memory, are herein called relative truths. All of the truths we know, except for the absolute universal truths and the derivate truths that result from these absolute truths, are relative. This concept will be described herein in a clear, logical, and mathematical way.
Here I would like to introduce types of understanding of unparalleled importance: mathematics and reason. Humanity has developed mathematics, with its conventional concepts and principles that make it an instrument of unparalleled importance, so that truths about the material world can be identified.
However, I believe and wish to emphasize that there are conditions, i.e., logical truths, without which there could not have been a beginning of existence. Evidently these logical truths are all contained within the seven absolute truths presented herein. Thus, the seven absolute truths are the genesis of all logical truths. However, the mathematical essence contained in the seven absolute truths is not the conventional, man-made instrumental mathematics, as it does not deal with concepts already agreed upon. Therefore, much of the Theory of Objectivity will contradict the conventions of the mathematics created by man.
This observation is crucial because mathematical essence is all logical truth necessary for existence. That is, the primary essence of all things is mathematics.
This point should also be emphasized to affirm that the seven logical, absolute truths involve not only mathematics, but also reason. Indeed, the seven absolute truths are greater than mathematics, because they contain reason. It is understood here that reason is greater than mathematical logic.
“Mathematics is a rule that cannot alone measure the size of reason.”
Reason is greater than mathematics because mathematics is only a set of conditions, logical truths necessary for existence. Reason, in addition to containing mathematics, is a set of elements necessary for the recognition of every truth. In other words, no logical truth or mathematics can be identified if there is not a greater element that contains all of these mathematical elements and enables their identification. As described herein, reason arises upon the acquisition of information, i.e., knowledge, which is recognized by existential elements called memory units. A set of memory units forms what is herein called a reason unit. In this way, reason is not a purely mathematical logical condition. Instead, reason is a being, an existential element. To repeat, a reason unit is a being.
Mathematical essence in its genesis has a hybrid nature that includes both logical conditions and physical form, as will be demonstrated. However, physical form should not be confused with matter. Mathematical essence includes the conditions that create physical forms. Nonetheless, these physical forms primitively created by mathematical essence are not matter. The universe when it arose was only a set of physical forms that had as their unique essence the logical truths of mathematics. Nothing, the antagonistic spherical point, was an autonomous element that also belonged to the primitive mathematical essence. Consequently, this mathematical essence is of a hybrid nature, because its construction requires both mathematical logic and geometry.
Reason, in turn, came into existence only after the formation of the universe and enables the identification and recognition of mathematical truths.
In the Era of Nothing, there was no reason. As it is intended to demonstrate herein, reason is a logical material form that enables the identification of elements based on mathematical essence. In the Antagonistic Era, everything had as its essence only mathematical logic but already contained the first elementary physical forms that would compose the universe. Material elements appeared only after the universe formed, together with the first memory unit, because the universe is space and this space together with its first memory unit acted to condense knowledge and transform it into existential forms that would gain atomic configurations, as will be shown herein. As previously stated, “physical form” does not indicate something that is material. Is not it. When the universe arose, there was no matter, but rather only space, and this space was composed of an element with a mathematical essence. The universal plasma, as it is intended to demonstrate herein, is a non-material element derived from the mathematical essence and generating the expansion of Nothing. However, this primary plasma present at the beginning of the universe and that gave it essence was the basic substance that composed all of the other elements that would arise within the universe. This statement is made only as an introduction, for in truth the whole theory deals with these topics in detail. In short, it can be said that matter itself is in truth only the condensation of physical forms, and these physical forms possess only mathematical essence. Defragmenting any material element to the maximum will reduce it to its logical essence.
That said, the term infinite herein does not mean something that has no end, because in our sense, there is no infinite element. Nothing, Tempus Antagonicus, was finite, just as the existential universe is finite, because admitting that something is infinite would be admitting that it does not exist.
However, infinite is different from eternal.
Infinity is a non-element,
a non-existence. However, infinity is a logical mathematical condition of existence.
Thus, the infinite, in spite of not being an element, is a logical condition. Infinity contributed to the origin of existence not as an element, but rather as a mathematical condition necessary for existence itself. Infinity is part of the mathematical essence. It would not be possible to have an autonomous element if the mathematical condition of infinity did not occur. In other words, the Era of Nothing, Tempus Antagonicus, the initial spherical point, could not have occurred if this condition of infinity had not occurred simultaneously.
In this regard, the third absolute truth that underlies the Theory of Objectivity states the following:
“Infinity is non-existence that occurs as truth, as a logical and necessary mathematical condition for the first finite element, the spherical antagonistic point, to occur as the origin of all things.”
The reasoning of this truism will be presented in detail, but it should be said immediately that this same mathematical condition of infinity remains in the era of existence following the formation of the universe. Infinity remains because it is not an element, but rather a logical mathematical condition necessary for everything to exist, for it would not be possible for a total unitary Universe to exist without the infinite mathematical essence existing simultaneously.
To say that an element exists means that it cannot be infinite, that is, it cannot be a thing of infinite extension. Extension is relevant because all things that exist are geometric forms and have definite, finite extension. Therefore, no element has infinite extension. However, an element can exist eternally or perpetually. That is, an element is finite in its extension, in its geometric dimensions, but eternal or perpetual in its existence. As will be demonstrated in the Theory of Objectivity, the universe is a finite geometric element, but the existence of the universe sensu lato is perpetual.
Nothing itself, Tempus Antagonicus, is a finite element, for if it were not finite it would not have occurred as an antagonistic element first. However, Nothing is eternal. It was the first element and remains at the center of the universe, as will be demonstrated herein, but its essence is no longer antagonistic, for upon the emergence of the Existential Era it came to compose the existential universal sphere.
Space time
The first universal truism tells us that first there was Nothing. Then, from Nothing came the universe and together with it the first memory unit. From the unfolding of this first memory unit, all later existential elements were formed. From this reasoning that leads us to the creation of the first memory unit, the first essential element, there are many other questions that deserve answers.
For instance, did Nothing create a single memory unit from itself, or did it create infinitely many memory units and continue creating?
The answers to these questions will not change the functional principle, or, consequently, the Theory of Objectivity with its absolute truths. Nonetheless, there are single valid answers to these questions, which will be presented herein.
In fact, as will be shown, Nothing created a single memory unit from itself, and the universe that emerged with it remains connected forever, unfolding itself in so many memory units that they combine with one another and form new units of recognition, of (relative) truth. In this theory, Nothing created only a single memory unit from itself, and that first creation initiated time. This first memory unit that formed within the universe is herein called the embryonic memory.
Thus, time only became countable at the very moment at which Nothing created from itself the universe and within it the embryonic memory.
As mentioned previously, time is added every moment, and everything that has been added can be subtracted to reach zero.
From this concept, a truth arises. This resulting truth lies in the fact that time is something that had a beginning, a zero mark, which it did because it cannot be said that time existed during the Era of Nothing. During that era, time was antagonistic, as already mentioned, precisely because it expanded only antagonistically: it was not countable, since time is equivalent to space and during the Era of Nothing there was no space. What existed during that era was only an expansive spherical contradictory point in search of a true condition. That is where a universal derivative truth comes from. This derivative truth
leads us just to the beginning of everything, which occurred at the moment at which α arose along with the universe, beginning the count of time. At the zero instant of the formed universe, no unit of matter had yet been composed. Therefore, the smallest unit of time was determined by the rate at which the plasma filaments and memory units were formed. The application of this logical speed to the formation of the elements that composed the plasma, and consequently the memory units, will be discussed herein in a grounded manner, because in fact it forms an essential part of this theory.
It is then necessary to provide a precise definition of this truth derived from the first absolute truth:
“There was a zero instant in the count of existential time.”
Certainly it should be asked how the embryonic memory could have been formed immediately at the moment at which the universe arose, if memory requires two elements: A and B.
The formation of the universe and its embryonic memory will be presented shortly. However, it should be noted immediately that the initially formed universe already contained two elements in front of each other, and the first memory unit appeared concomitantly with it. This first memory unit, the embryonic memory, generated from itself all of the other memory units that would compose all of the existential systems. It is necessary to demonstrate precisely and logically how these memory units were formed from their universal embryo.
It is crucial, then, to define what a memory unit is.
“A memory unit is a geometric space capable of reproducing within itself in a condensed form of fluid memory, also called knowledge, which presents itself within its existential range.”
To reiterate, this geometric space corresponding to memory is contained within the plasma that fills the universe. In addition, this universal plasma is not matter; instead, it is formed from an assembly of filaments whose essence involves a logical mathematical derivation. That is, from the faces of the initial spherical point, Nothing, arose filaments that would expand to form a universe composed of plasma.
This concept is a resulting truth that must be imposed, because the first absolute truth says that first there was Nothing, and the essence of Nothing is mathematics. Human reason cannot escape the fact that all of the elements in the universe have a solely mathematical essence, for mathematical logic, i.e., Nothing initially represented by an antagonistic point, enabled all other things to exist. How this process occurred will be demonstrated herein.
Then, returning to our inquiry, could Nothing have continued to create memory units from itself, or could it have been able to create new memory units even after the beginning of existential time?
The answer to this question is no, because, as the first universal truism says, before the existence of everything, there was Nothing, and the logical negation of this absolute truth is that after Nothing came everything.
When everything came into existence, that is to say, when time ceased to be zero and became countable, Nothing ceased to be a single autonomous element. Nothing lost its autonomy when the universe first arose from itself, together with the first memory unit. Nothing was absorbed by its own creation and remains at the center of the universe as a logical spherical point, without its first contradiction.
The Theory of Objectivity is intended to be logical and plausible, but for everything to fit perfectly, a number of questions must be answered. The questions addressed herein are intended to show that it was not intended to explain the existence of the universe in terms of masses of gases or gods or explosions, because it appears logically that the universe came from Nothing.
Following are the questions that must be answered in order for this theory to be true: if after the universe arose and with it the first memory unit, formed from an element A encountering an element B for the first time and recognizing the other element upon encountering it a second time, what are elements A and B?
As shown, in the universe formed with its embryonic memory unit, there was no second encounter of element A with element B, since they face one another in perpetuity. Thus, in the embryonic memory, there was continuous formation of knowledge and corresponding cumulative and perpetual recognition. Consequently, the universe is composed of several sub-elements, at least two, which face one other in perpetuity, as will soon be demonstrated, having in the center the embryonic memory.
Again, time is equivalent to space. Time is the autonomous element of existence and therefore expands perpetually beyond the limits of the present universe.
Within the universe there exist other distinct existential units, which are also geometric spaces condensed within the global sphere. That is, the universe is a geometric space that contains galaxies and other forms that in fact are also geometric spaces condensed within the universe. These galaxies and forms within the universe originated from the possibility of an element in space encountering another element and acquiring knowledge. This mathematical truth gives rise to the possibility of the creation of fluid memory or knowledge, corroborating this theory and yielding one of the derivate truths:
“Time, the present universe, has a unique and constant logical existence, but it generates within itself other closed geometric logical elements with the capacity to store knowledge internally, and knowledge is only the reproduction of space in condensed form within the existential units.”
The space that emerges at each instant occurs for our universe in two main forms: 1) within the massive sphere and specifically inside an infinite number of other spatial geometric elements, and 2) outside of the massive sphere, where time is expanding towards the formation of a new universe that is exponentially larger than the present one and will absorb it.
These two variations of time indicate that there is a wave of expansion moving outward from the current universe, as will be demonstrated herein, towards the formation of a new universe and that within the current universe, there is the condensation of space within the memory units.
Humanity has agreed to measure time in basic units of seconds, minutes, hours, days, weeks, months, and years. However, these units of time only make sense if there is one element moving relative to another element. Otherwise, as will be demonstrated herein, the time agreed upon by mankind DOES NOT EXIST. To reiterate, the time that mankind has agreed to call seconds, minutes, days, hours, etc. DOES NOT EXIST.
Conventional human time is not a form of existence, but rather only an essentially mathematical concept. This concept only has meaning if there is a displacement of one geometric object in relation to another. If there is no displacement, time does not currently exist. Any element that is static within the universe without being contained in a system with its own motion will not have a current existential time, but only the current universal time, since the universe contains any and all existing elements.
Note that current universal time differs from current existential time.
So, our galaxy exists, as do the solar system and the earth within the solar system. Earth is an existential unit, a geometrical element that moves in relation to another element, the sun. The current existential time
of Earth and all that it contains is only measurable due to the movement of Earth around the sun. Furthermore, the sun experiences a spectral time defined by the Milky Way. Thus, the seconds, minutes, and hours agreed upon by man only makes sense if there is movement. This point is important because, as described in the Theory of Objectivity, everything that exists in the universe has a geometric existence.
Thus, according to this theory, there is not only one time, but several times. Firstly, there is a current universal time, which is defined by the universe with the expansion taking place outside of itself. There is also a current existential time, which is the time defined internally for the universe considering its embryonic memory. In addition, there are several current spectral times, which are defined by spectra and their respective existential systems contained within the universe. Thus, past, present, and future are just concepts that man has sought in the mathematical essence to satisfy his sense of existence. In fact, each element existing in the universe is in this universe and undergoes transformations due to two essential effects, called the expansive and reductive inductive effects, which will be described herein. The universe, in turn, has an existence linked to an eternal mathematical essence that it objectively constructed. The elements transform within the space in which they are contained. Furthermore, as will be justified herein, every element existing in the universe is formed of condensed basic filaments and knowledge. Thus, in each existential spectrum, the elements will be transformed. This transformation occurred initially, as mentioned previously, in only objective form, as well as later with a subjective, political essence as well. For example, the atomic units that make up modern man are the same as those that existed on Earth before the appearance of humans on the planet.
Since time and space are the same thing in this theory, it is necessary to find a term that appropriately describes elapsed time, since humanity considers time to be different from space. I believe that the appropriate term would be period, e.g., a period of one hour, one month, or one year. Thus, the word time, as humanity has called it, will often be used herein to refer to an elapsed period, for time is equivalent to space in this theory. For instance, a man lives on average for a period of 80 yr, Earth makes a complete revolution in a period of 24 h, etc.
To enable understanding of everything presented herein, it is necessary to speak about the aforementioned inductive effect, which occurs both expansively and reductively, allowing every element existing within the universe to have a logical essence that enables it to receive information that is external to it and that also allows it to provide other existential elements with information that is internal to it. It should be noted that any use of the term inductive effect herein refers to the expansive inductive effect.
Many of the arguments that will now be presented are not based on the sciences developed by man and therefore will certainly seem strange to many readers. However, I would also like to introduce an introductory argument to support what is presented herein in relation to time, because past, present, and future do not exist as agreed upon by man in what will be presented. The argument put forward in this theory is that all things came from Nothing and that this Nothing was only a spherical point representative of an eternal and fundamental mathematical essence. If, hypothetically, the universe could be destroyed so that every existing element would disappear, what would remain would be only the fundamental mathematical essence. This mathematical essence would again expand to form another universe. Human reason can identify that this argument is true. If there is an eternal element called mathematical essence, then existential time is really just a transformation, fiction, or derivation of that same essence. Thus, all that occurs is only a space of diverse forms according to the expansive and reductive inductive effects. In the following section, the expansive inductive effect or simply the inductive effect will be presented. The reductive inductive effect will be discussed when the system for the formation of memory units is described.
Fourth and Fifth Absolute Truths: The Inductive Effect
Before describing this effect, it should be noted that I will introduce statements herein that will certainly shock many. However, what is initially presented only in a discursive and philosophical way is subsequently justified using logical mathematical arguments, with which I intend to convince skeptics.
I wish to present a principle of extreme importance for the development of this theory. In fact, this principle leads to the fourth and fifth absolute truths. It is this principle that allowed everything to begin. If it were not for the principle contained in these truths, Nothing would not have been transmuted, forming a universal space. This principle is herein called the ignition factor or inductive effect,
which is the objective will.
The will is undoubtedly the movement, the logical and mathematical possibility that makes everything work perpetually. The will is rather the only element capable of making everything exist, making everything begin and have movement. The Theory of Objectivity would not make sense, and neither would anything else, if there were no will, no ignition factor
or inductive effect
allowing everything to happen and everything to have movement. It should be emphasized, however, that this will that formed the universe from antagonistic time is objectively determined by the absolute truths. There was no relativity in the Era of Nothing, and everything was constructed in a logical and objective way. This will is mathematical logic without randomness or relativity. It was only after the formation of the universe and the beginning of the formation of the memory units that random and relative factors arose for the first time, as will be discussed herein. Then, after the formation of the universe, there arose a subjective will that coexisted concurrently with the objective will that built the universe.
Due to the inductive effect, which translates movement, there also occurs an existential logical speed (VLE).
Specifically, there is a speed of time phenomenon because, if the universal plasma emerged from the faces of the antagonistic point, creating the plasma filaments, then there must have been a universal first velocity.
The concept of velocity is a necessary mathematical truth, for if speed did not exist, no element would exist, since the existential universe had its functional beginning at the very moment at which the current time became countable. The existential universe arose at a single moment, but the formation of this same universe was gradual and occurred during the expansion of the antagonistic Nothing and had a speed. It can be said that the universe arose at a single instant because that instant was exactly the moment at which the total existential sphere was entirely completed, containing within itself an embryonic memory unit. The term speed during antagonistic time translates exactly the logical occurrence of Nothing creating from itself the universe. It can be seen, therefore, that the concept of VLE is derived from a mathematical essence. This concept describes the displacement or derivation of one element in relation to another; it represents the rate at which one element is created after another, because logic does not allow the simultaneous appearance of all of the filaments that composed the universal space.
The VLE thus originated alongside the expansive inductive effect, even during the Antagonistic Era, at the moment at which the first eight plasma filaments formed in front of the faces of the antagonistic point.
It should be emphasized that two plasma filaments originated from each of the four faces, as will be justified hereafter based on geometric analysis. Thus, there were eight primary filaments in front of the four faces of the antagonistic point, from which the first eight bundles derived.
The VLE determined the rate at which the plasma filaments arose one after the other until the formation of the universe. After the appearance of the universe, no more plasma filaments were formed, but the VLE continued to act, forming elements via the reductive inductive effect.
The question is whether the speed with which the current universe expands (outward universal time) towards the formation of a new universe is the same as the logical speed at which Nothing expanded (antagonistic time) to form the first universe, or whether that velocity is smaller.
It should be noted that the current universe does not expand. The expansion that occurs is due to the filaments formed from its faces, which will determine the possible formation of a new universe from a second wave.
If the plasma filament size is considered to be a factor determining the expansion of time, the speed with which the first universe formed was apparently exponentially greater than that at which the next universe will form, because each face of the later universe will be derived from the dimensions of the plasma filaments of the universe that will be formed outside the first one. Thus, if the filament size is the determining factor and if larger filaments take longer to form, then the time required for the formation of a second universe will be exponentially greater than the time necessary to form the first universe.
However, the Theory of Objectivity is intended to demonstrate how the time inside the current universe originated and how everything works objectively and logically. For this reason also, time here means only space, in its various configurations. It should also be emphasized that this theory deals with the construction of the universe that emerged first from the antagonistic Nothing.
Mankind has agreed to define time based on the speed at which one element moves in relation to another. In fact, seconds, hours, minutes, and the other units of time are nothing more than the synthesis of space traveled by one body in relation to another. This point will be addressed repeatedly to emphasize that in the Theory of Objectivity time and space are equal.
The inductive effect is will itself, as is herein called movement, the perpetual and continuous passing of time. It would not make sense to have memory units if it were not for this factor. Memory units can be formed because of this truth. It is this logical truth that is herein called the ignition or will factor. Indeed, it is the will is that causes movement
and makes it possible for a memory unit to find another, forming logical clusters of units of time (space), geometric formations, which together give shape to reason units.
The logical clustering of memory units into reason units relies on the ignition factor, the will, to continue the objective formation movement until such a length of time is reached that it becomes complex not only to recognize space, the time in and around the reason unit, but also to intervene in the existential space in a subjective way. This situation occurs when a reason unit contains information of such dimensions that the knowledge within the unit has a reality that turns the unit into an element capable of controlling this reality in a relative way. At that moment, an intelligence unit arises, for the perpetual will, the ignition factor, the continuous movement of time, can be recognized, enabling the intelligence unit to interact with the primitive space itself as well as with the space condensed into other logical intelligence units. When this situation occurs, the intelligence units cause creation to cease to be only by chance due to an objective will, perpetual movement, and to enter the spectrum of logical existence subjectively controlled by those intelligence units. With the emergence of intelligence units, the formation of the existential systems contained in the universe ceased to be the construction of an objective and purely mathematical order and also gained a political will. However, these intelligence units that introduced the subjective will into the objective construction of the universe will be discussed more fully later.
Now, let us define this will, this inductive effect, this movement, that allows time to be perpetual and continuous. Time, which is space, expands continuously and perpetually beyond its own limits. This expansion is only possible because there is a logical, perpetual mathematical truth, namely, the inductive effect, which gives motion to any and all existing elements. This effect will be demonstrated extensively herein with logical geometric arguments, since in truth it is the foundation of this theory.
As mentioned previously and shown in Figure 6, A and B are units of time (space) that possess knowledge, which is the same as fluid memory. In order for there to be movement, there must be a logical, mathematical link between A and B. This link is element C, which is located between two preexisting spaces at each instant. Of course, element C is also a space, because all the elements that existed until then were spaces.
Between spaces A and B, time C is interposed, while A and B are observing one another. Element C between A and B has the nature of a dividing line or boundary line. Whenever elements A and B are in the same spectrum within the universe and are opposite to each other, there will be a third element. Although this third element is part of plasmatic time itself, it will appear as a unit, for it is contained within an existential range. That unit, element C, is knowledge, i.e., fluid memory. This fluid memory is dual. That is, this space between elements A and B is knowledge, but this knowledge will be “absorbed” differently by elements A and B, because what one sees the other will not see.
As stated previously, the inductive effect is in fact the joint action of the fourth and fifth absolute truths. It is necessary therefore to present these two truisms at once. The fourth absolute truth will be addressed first, because in synthesis, this maximum truth is the result of the system enabling the creation of memory and, in particular, the first embryonic memory. When element A passes or stands in front of element B, element C is generated. The fourth absolute truth enables one element within a spectrum in a space to recognize another, distinguishing it from other forms of existence that are effectively brought into its knowledge. That is, if geometric spaces A and B are neighboring, there will necessarily be a third element.
That is, in order for two elements to be different and for one to recognize the other, there must be a boundary between them, and this dividing line can also be called a knowledge line.
As the second absolute truth says, every element has a magnetic field, its own aura. Another absolute truth that appears is that between two distinct magnetic fields there will always be a boundary line, because it is not possible for two elements to exist in space with the same extent without there being a boundary line between them. In other words, it is not possible for two elements to be “glued together” without a third element between them.
Indeed, when the auras of two elements join, that is, when their magnetic fields merge, these two elements are transformed into a single element. Thus, when the auras or magnetic fields of two or more memory units merge, these memory units immediately become a single element.
A memory unit can only exist independently while it is separated from others, with its unique and exclusive magnetic field. The moment that the magnetic field of a memory unit fuses with the aura of another unit, the two units begin to form a new being, as sub-elements.
In this regard, the fourth absolute truth must be presented and, in the course of this discussion, gradually justified. Initially, it could be said that it is not possible for two elements to exist together in the universe in the same existential spectrum without there being a boundary line, i.e., is a third denominated element of knowledge, between them.
Then, the fourth absolute truth can be summarized as follows:
“Two different elements cannot exist in the same spatial spectrum without at least one boundary line also existing between them.”
As the second absolute truth says, every element possesses an aura, which separates it from the universe. This aura is a logical and mathematical condition necessary for an element to exist as an individual unit. On the other hand, the boundary line given by the fourth absolute truth is the mathematical condition necessary for the separation of the auras of the various elements within the same spectrum, when the extents of these elements meet. In fact, this borderline that separates the auras of two elements is knowledge, fluid memory, and the extent is the space occupied by the element, including its magnetic field.
The aura of an element should not be confused with a boundary line or knowledge line. A knowledge line is the space that exists between two elements contained in the same existential spectrum and that have the same extent.
Then, when the two elements are attached to each other, there is a boundary separating them, since each element has its own unique aura. If the auras of these elements merge, they will immediately become only one element. As will be described in geometric terms, when the auras of two memory units merge, the outer aura of the reason unit that forms will have an aura derived from this summation, because if the memory units fuse, the part of the magnetic field that would have been in that space of convergence cannot be lost or condensed, but rather will move by occupying a space within the same set. That is, the more memory units join to form a reason unit, the greater the magnetic field of that reason unit, because the magnetic field of a reason unit is the sum of the magnetic fields of the memory units that compose it.
The aura of an element separates it from the rest of the universe, and the boundary line called knowledge separates two elements facing each other at the same location within the existential spectrum.
Therefore, every individual existing in the universe possesses a unique aura that is exclusively its own. This same aura enables the memory units and elements it composes to absorb external knowledge, since this aura is a neutral field, as is described geometrically herein.
As shown, the second absolute truth indicates the existence of auras since antagonistic time. However, it is necessary to define the aura of an element itself in terms of the existential time:
“An aura is a magnetic field that surrounds each element contained in the universe and gives it a logical condition of unitary existence."
It is then necessary to explain the difference between a filament and its magnetic field, or to clarify the substance of these elements in the Era of Nothing.
The answer lies in the essence of Tempus Antagonicus. The substance of each element is unique, but they have differences that distinguish them, so it is necessary to say what their differences are. However, in the Era of Nothing there were no elements other than Nothing. Although there was no other element, an effect derived from logic occurred. The mathematical essence necessarily causes there to be filaments and respective magnetic fields. The antagonistic spherical point represents the first essence of all things, i.e., mathematics. This spherical point, its folds, its expanding filaments, and their respective magnetic fields are logical conditions necessary for Nothing to cease to be antagonistic, to cease to coexist with the infinite, which is the very absence of an element, and to generate the total existing universe. Thus, filaments and their respective magnetic fields, as well as the boundary lines that separate them, are mathematical derivations occurring due to the faces of the antagonistic spherical point, and what distinguishes them lies in the logical and mathematical essence of that derivation.
Let us return to the analysis of the inductive effect. After an element is contained in a spectrum in the universal space, a new element will arise every moment, for time is continuous and expands perpetually. This concept is related to the fifth absolute truth, which together with the fourth absolute truth forms what is herein called the inductive effect, which makes everything work and flow perpetually. In saying that time zero ended and time became countable, that count must mean something. It is not sufficient to say that time is added at every moment and that this movement is the perpetual energy that sustains all of existence. Instead, it must be proven that this situation really happens. In other words, it is necessary to prove that there is an energy, i.e., a real mathematical effect called the inductive effect, that makes everything happen. In fact, there must be a true energy that makes everything possible. Based on the evidence, this true energy is the fundamental mathematical essence. There are grounds to support that the inductive effect actually exists. Furthermore, it is not a relative, conceptual truth, but rather an absolute truth. It is now appropriate to define briefly the fifth absolute truth, since it is a fundamental part of the inductive effect. This truth allows time, i.e., space, to advance perpetually.
The fifth absolute truth
is as follows:
“An element cannot exist in a spectrum without having its faces integrally observed in a single instant by at least two other elements.”
In Figure 07, for element A to exist in a spectrum, it is necessary for its faces to be contemplated simultaneously by other elements; otherwise, it would no longer have a spectral existence and it would fluidize.
Thus, in order for element A to exist spectrally, it is necessary for element D to contemplate one or more of its faces, because if element D did not exist, element A would flow into space itself. Furthermore, the other faces of element A not yet seen also need to be considered by element C, because if element C did not exist, element A would be confused with element B. That is, element A would cease to exist by itself and would be a different element formed by spaces A and B.
The same reasoning must be developed in relation to element B. In order for element B to exist it is necessary for elements C and E also to exist and to contemplate its faces simultaneously. Otherwise, element B could flow into space or fuse into element A.
In this way, the fourth and fifth absolute truths form what is herein called the inductive effect, for it is from the joint application of these two absolute truths that the logical movement of the fundamental mathematical essence was created. It is through this effect that the plasma filaments arose in bundles from the faces of the spherical antagonistic point and that memory units formed from the plasma filaments and later joined together to form reason units and existential spectra.
The term spectrum
herein refers to a variety of spatial elements contained within the universal space. In addition, fluidity
in space expresses the fact that if an element is not with other elements within a spectrum, it will no longer exist as an element and will fluidize in the universe, returning to plasma.
This finding is mathematically logical, because a spectrum is a subset contained within the universe. If one of the units of this spectral subset did not have all of its faces contemplated by other elements contained within the same spectrum, the invisible face would become part of a unitary subset within the universe, tearing itself away from that spectral cluster. In any case, the inductive effect must be imposed, otherwise the element would succumb and become plasma.
This reasoning is presented in Figure 07 by depicting each element with only two faces, although in fact every element has four existential faces. This characteristic is contrary to conventional human mathematics. However, the Theory of Objectivity will demonstrate in a reasoned way that every element in the universe has four dimensional faces.
Certainly many readers will already rightly be wondering, should the fifth absolute truth consider four elements rather than two elements?
The answer to this inquiry is that there are situations in space in which one element can contemplate another and see most of its faces, but it can never see all of them, for only at least
two different elements are capable of fully contemplating all the faces of a third element. What may happen is that there are situations in space in which one element needs three or more elements to be contemplated, rather than just two. That is precisely why the fifth absolute truth speaks of at least two elements.
Figure 8 synthesizes the fourth and fifth absolute truths, composing the inductive effect, to introduce what is herein called the range
of the element, which is, in fact, the extent of the element, considering even its magnetic field. It should be noted that this graph depicts a portion of a logical beam of filaments that have expanded from the faces of Nothing.
The visual field of the filament with a blue magnetic field is contemplating the inner face of the filament in front of it with a yellow magnetic field. Likewise, the filament with the yellow magnetic field is contemplating the outer face of the filament with the blue field. The space containing the filaments with the blue and yellow fields is formed in part by filament PQYZ and in part by filament YZRS. These filaments are necessarily separated by a boundary line (YZ), for that is what the fourth absolute truth tells us. That is, two elements cannot exist in space without a third element also existing that separates them. In the same way, for filaments YZRS and RSTU to be united and exist autonomously, a boundary line must separate them (RS). This principle determined by the fourth absolute truth can be verified for these filaments from the expansion in antagonistic time and is perpetually maintained as a logical part of the existence of the plasma that initially composed the universe and later formed the memory units, as will be described here in detail. In Figure 8, the points labeled A, A1, and A2 lie along the boundary lines. These points represent the tangency that occurs between the filament units, magnetic fields, and boundary lines. These points are also herein called fusion points. It is from the end point that occurs in each filament unit that the derivation is verified, enabling the formation of a new filament in sequence. In other words, the expansion does not occur like magic. On the contrary, it occurs as a mathematical derivative of the previous element. Thus, there is always a portion of the filament that will serve as a reference for another filament in a sequence to be derived. As shown in Figure 8, filament PQYZ has an end point located in the outermost part of the filament, which will serve as a reference for the derivation of the next filament. This most extreme point will lie along the boundary line that forms, separating this first filament from the next filament, filament YZRS. These fusion points act as a kind of portal between the filaments. As stated previously, filaments are part of Nothing itself and occur only as sub-elements of their own bodies. These sub-elements maintain logical connections to each other, which occur through two main routes: one for delivery and one for receiving.
That is, filament PQYZ (blue) gives filament YZRS (yellow) information that enables the latter filament to occur. Meanwhile, filament YZRS provides information necessary for the next filament, filament RSTU (green), to exist. In this way, these sub-elements are connected to each other via two fusion points, one for information input and one for information output. The input point is connected through the boundary line to the magnetic field of the filament, and the output point is connected to the unitary portion of the filament, also through the boundary line. It will be seen that a boundary line will always be present at the fusion points through which these sub-elements provide and receive information. Each fusion point is joined simultaneously to two elements, connecting them. In the Antagonistic Era, this information was still antagonistic, since the sub-elements could not yet process it. This knowledge, therefore, was contradictory and present only as the logical essence that formed the filaments sequentially. In any case, this mathematical principle is derived and applies unassailably during the Existential Era occurring after the formation of the universe. In this regard, it is necessary to present the following resulting truth in the Theory of Objectivity:
“Every element in the universe has fusion points through which it can provide and receive information.”
This resulting truth is of the utmost importance in the Theory of Objectivity. In fact, it is the essential link allowing existence itself to occur. The universe and the systems contained within it could not exist logically without transmission of the knowledge forming within the universe. This formed knowledge logically requires input and output points to be present in each existing element so that it can actually flow.
Each external fusion point connects the three logical elements: the unitary filament, magnetic field, and boundary line. That is, these fusion points are the links that connect the three logical essences in the formation and expansion of filaments. At each fusion point, the unitary filament, its magnetic field, and the boundary line separating the filament from the next one have the same extent.
It should be further emphasized that the output point of one element will also be the input point of the element receiving the information. For the supplying element, the fusion point connects its unitary filament and magnetic field, while for the receiving element, the fusion point is connected only to its magnetic field. This finding is logical and fits in this theory. The supply of knowledge must start from the unitary part of the filament connecting to its aura. On the other hand, the reception of information can only be measured by the unitary part of the filament through the connection between its magnetic field and the boundary line. That is, in receiving information, the unitary part of the filament is not directly connected to the fusion point, but rather only to the magnetic field connected to the boundary line separating it from the supplying filament. This characteristic demonstrates the logic that exists in expansion, which is also observed in the Existential Era: the supply of the information from an element must start from inside of it, and the receipt must be gauged by the aura of an element. Thus, each fusion point represents the information at the site at which the unitary part, magnetic field, and boundary line of a filament are present. On the other hand, the receipt of information can only be measured by the unitary part of a filament via its magnetic field. This convergence signifies the representation of the three logical elements at a single logical point, which is why it is called a fusion point.
Figure 8 also illustrates the fifth absolute truth. Although the geometric foundation of the fifth absolute truth requires more geometric analysis, even considering the origin of the filaments from the spherical antagonistic point, I would like to describe in an introductory fashion how Figure 8 already illustrates the fifth absolute truth. In this figure, in order for filament YZRS to exist mathematically, it is necessary for its two neighboring filaments to exist. This central filament could not exist if there were not at least two other elements that observe each of its faces. Thus, for an element to exist in space it is necessary for its faces to be observed by at least two other elements. This truth applies to all of the filaments that arose from the faces of the antagonistic point, as will be discussed further. Consequently, in Figure 8, filaments PQYZ and RSTU also each require that at least two other elements to observe all of their faces so that they can exist logically. Between each pair of these elements, a boundary line exists that separates them and gives them individuality. In fact, it was the inductive effect that allowed the expansion of filaments in bundles from the faces of the antagonistic spherical point.
From these observations, the following truth is evident in the Theory of Objectivity:
“No element in space can simultaneously see all of the faces of another element.”
However, the relation among the faces of the elements still requires much analysis, rather than simply theoretical background.
All of the fundamental principles of the Theory of Objectivity have been present since antagonistic time and have a mathematical nature that forms the basis of the creation and perpetuation of the universe.
Nothing, in contradictory time, had the form of a perfect spherical point that initially occurred autonomously and antagonistically. This fact is also proven by the existential equation yielding two virtual values of -2 and +2. Evidently these values occur because they represent the conditions imposed by the essence that makes up Nothing itself: mathematical logic. These numbers deal with absolute values and form all possible dimensions. Thus, each of the unit values yielded by the equation corresponds to a quadrant, with values of -1 and +1. The only geometric figure that accurately portrays these values is a perfect spherical point, as shown in Figure 9.
The antagonism of Nothing lies in the fact that its faces bordered the infinite, but infinite means non-element, total non-existence. This characteristic is a part of the antagonism. The other evidence of antagonism is the fact that this unity, Nothing, did not yet have a reference, another unit that could be said to exist.
Nothing did not lose its antagonism until the universal sphere was completed. Therefore, during the expansion of antagonistic time, the inductive effect did not yet have a universal space, for it was in fact the inductive effect that would form this space, the total mass sphere. Thus, it is necessary to present a derivative truth that arises:
“During the expansion of antagonistic time, the inductive effect did not have a universal space, because this space was in fact created due to the action of this effect.”
The expansion of antagonistic time from each of the faces of Nothing caused this era to lose its contradictory quality upon gaining a reference and ceasing to border infinity. This expansion of the faces of the antagonistic Nothing formed the universal plasma, which was complete when the total sphere was fully formed. That plasma is what composes space, because there is no empty space within the universe. That is to say, the universe is a sphere composed of space, and this space contains a formative substance, namely, plasma filaments. There can be no empty space within existence.
The expansion of the antagonistic point gave rise to filaments of four types. These filaments of opposing geometric patterns were actually components of the plasma that formed the universe. The center of the newly formed universe, the embryonic memory, is not located in the same sense as in conventional mathematical coordinates, as can be seen in Figure 9, which depicts the expansion of the spherical point. The existence of the universe is only possible because it was created with an exact geometric form, and everything that can be said about the existence of the universe necessarily results from geometric elements derived from that first form, which was a spherical point.
Here the word expansion is not intended to refer strictly to expansion, but rather to arising. Expansion in the strict sense would mean entering another space, and there was no space outside the antagonistic Nothing. Thus, there was a true development of the plasma filaments from the spherical point representative of Nothing.
The Theory of Objectivity is intended to prove that the plasma energy making up the universe arose initially from four patterns of filaments derived
from each of the faces of the antagonistic point. These filaments make up the universal plasma, which is the substance that forms space.
Figure 10, an initial figure that will be improved during the presentation of this theory, is intended to depict the expansion of plasma filaments from the four faces of the initial spherical point.
As it turns out, the geometric filaments formed from the antagonistic Nothing were opposites, but were logical conditions necessary to end the antagonism of time in that era. These filaments were in truth the plasma that would compose the universal sphere when beams formed poles for the sphere through composition. As can be seen, these bundles of filaments “expanded” because there is a mathematical truth that says that it is not possible for an element to exist in a spectrum without at least two other elements observing all of its faces.
It should be emphasized, however, that this era was not existential, but antagonistic.
That is, it is not possible for a unit to exist without at least two other units also existing as references. It could also be said that every element has four faces, and it is only possible for an element to exist and not fluidize if at least two other elements or other faces also exist and are observing it. Furthermore, a boundary line must exist between two different faces. This is the inductive, mathematical, true, perpetual effect that makes time not just a concept, an idea, or a convention but in fact a logical reality.
Of course, during the expansion of antagonistic time, there was no existential spectrum, since the universe had not yet been formed. Thus, in the Antagonistic Era when the inductive effect was not applied, filaments did not fluidize in the universe, because no universe had yet been formed, but became an infinite fluid, total non-existence.
It can be seen that the inductive effect, as an absolute truth, had its origin during the Era of Nothing and is in fact part of its own essence, because if a filament did not form immediately after the appearance of the first filament, that filament would remain contradictory, bordering non-existence, i.e., infinity, and as mentioned previously, infinity means exactly the absence of any element.
Thus, the inductive effect is a logical and mathematical truth that has been imposed since Tempus Antagonicus as a way of causing the filaments of antagonistic time to appear sequentially, finally forming the total sphere of the existential universe.
III - Fundamental Existential Geometric Logic
It is not sufficient to say that time is dynamic and eternal; instead, these characteristics must be proven. This proof is given herein, initially only philosophically and discursively, and later by presenting geometry that shapes mathematical and logical arguments. It should be noted that the reason of every man is limited, and the mathematical principles now presented discursively reach these limits.
As a demonstration, let us look at the element below.
A
One may ask, does this element exist? If so, why does it exist?
It is evident that element A exists because the reader, another form of existence, is observing it. The reader is the reference required to say that element A exists. If there is no external reference, no element will exist. Furthermore, it is not sufficient for another element to exist separately; instead, it is also necessary for this element to face the element observing it within an existential spectrum. Therefore, it is necessary for both element A and the reader to exist in the same spectrum, in order for element A to exist. In addition, it is necessary for the reader, the other element, to be facing element A, for the fifth absolute truth says that at least two elements must observe the faces of an element in order for it to exist.
Of course this example is only intended for clarification, because in fact, in existential systems, the occurrence of an element depends on the coexistence of at least two other elements, considering these elements to be memory or reason units.
Another clarification should be made, as stated in the following derived mathematical truth:
“Every element in the universe has four existential faces.”
This truth originates from the fact the universe contains four dimensions, which formed due to expansion in antagonistic time. As will be shown, there is no logical reason why any existing element should not also be required to have four existential faces. Even when an element apparently possesses, by conventional human mathematics, only one face or more than four faces, all of these faces will in fact only be folds contained within the existential dimensions that connect an element to the universe and will be contained within the four required existential faces. For example, according to conventional human mathematics, a line has only one face, but according to the existential logic of the Theory of Objectivity, even a line or point must have four existential faces. Another example would be a hexagon. According to human mathematical logic, this element has six faces, but according to the logic of the fundamental mathematical essence in this theory, this element has only four existential faces and its six sides represent only folds within the four necessary faces.
It is necessary to reaffirm that each face of an element must have its own reference; otherwise, that face will not exist. However, it may occur in space that an element can be entirely contemplated by only two other elements.
When, starting from antagonistic time, the formation of the universal space began, each filament appeared in a successive chain, because when the first eight filaments appeared, their internal faces already had references, namely, the faces of the antagonistic Nothing. All of the subsequent filaments appeared in successive chains because whenever a filament appeared, it was missing a reference for one of its faces, so another filament had to arise. However, each filament has four faces, as will be clarified here.
In Figure 11, which will be analyzed in more detail later, the antagonistic point is framed by a magnetic field. Representing the edges of this magnetic field are blue lines. These lines are not filaments, but rather are intended to represent the limits of the magnetic field extending from the surface of the spherical point.
Five of the absolute truths are present in this figure: the first absolute truth, which states that before the formation of the universe, there was Nothing; the second absolute truth, which says that every element in the universe has a magnetic field; the third absolute truth, which asserts the existence of infinity as a non-element of purely mathematical essence necessary for the existence of every element; the fourth absolute truth, which states that it is not possible for two elements to exist in space without a third element, namely, a boundary line, occurring between them; and the fifth absolute truth, which affirms that an element cannot exist in space without having its faces observed simultaneously by at least two other elements.
It should be noted that each filament in this theory has an elemental nature, but in fact these filaments are not autonomous elements, but rather derivatives of Nothing itself. That is, these filaments obey the absolute truths, but they are only derivatives of Nothing. It is precisely this derivation that allowed the logical creation of the universal space.
Figure 11 depicts the antagonistic point surrounded by a magnetic field, whose extremities are indicated in blue. These blue lines are not filaments, but rather the limits of the magnetic field of the spherical point. It should be emphasized that Nothing did not occur due to the fifth absolute truth. The fifth absolute truth, as shown, occurred geometrically posterior to the antagonistic point, since this point was the essence from which all else was derived. It was only from the primary filaments onwards that the fourth and fifth absolute truths, i.e., the inductive effect, acted. The four primary filaments were the first filaments neighboring the magnetic field indicated in blue. However, it is assumed in this theory that, in a four-dimensional reality, eight beams were derived from the faces of the antagonistic point, two on each face. That is, the filaments were derived from the faces of Nothing in pairs. The foundation of this understanding will be presented when the logical, mathematical, geometrical, and rational reasons that justify the formation of the universal space are given. However, it can be anticipated that the expansion was dual because the proposed form that allowed the primordial point to expand and create a valid universal space as well as the existential systems logically composed of atomic units within it in a valid rather than contradictory manner is unique and exclusive.
Now, the way in which the faces of the antagonistic point and its filaments are constructed in this theory will be presented. This presentation, however, does not include calculations or formulas defined by conventional mathematics, because the proposal here is not to be involved, as much as possible, with theoretical references and scientific instruments, to prevent the presentation from going down paths along which this theory has no pretension.
Figure 12 depicts one of the four faces of the spherical point, which corresponds, considering mathematics, to ¼ of the spherical point or a 90° spherical wedge.
The spherical point can be mentally divided into four edges, which have outer faces of equal dimensions. In Figure 12, it is only possible to see in full the lateral face highlighted in blue that faces the observer. The other two side faces can only partially be seen. There is also a fourth face that is hidden from this perspective. This figure represents the spherical point from a different perspective than in Figure 11. Specifically, Figure 11 is a plane diagram in which it is possible to construct the expansion occurring from the faces of the point graphically; in this case, the observer sees the spherical point from a higher perspective, and this spherical point is cut through its exact center. Meanwhile, in Figure 12, the observer sees the same spherical point from a lateral perspective, without cutting. Thus, the visible and hidden side faces occurring logically in Figure 12 correspond to the lower and upper faces, respectively, in Figure 11. Only by presenting a flat figure constructed like Figure 11 is it possible to depict graphically the way in which the filaments expanded from the four faces of the antagonistic spherical point.
Regarding the dimensions of geometric figures, I would like to provide insight that I consider important. Humans have developed a system of drawings of three-dimensional (3D) figures. These 3D images are today, for humanity, the closest graphic representation of reality.
However, according to the Theory of Objectivity, any and every geometric figure necessarily has four dimensions, rather than just three.
Nonetheless, this presentation of the human knowledge of real images as representing three dimensions serves to corroborate what the Theory of Objectivity demonstrates. Of course, any human being or any other animal on Earth can only see things in three dimensions and never in four dimensions, unless a device such as a mirror that allows 360º vision is employed. Man cannot without technological artifice see an image in four dimensions because of the fundamental mathematical essence. That is because the fifth absolute truth states that an element cannot exist in space without having its faces observed simultaneously by at least two other elements. For instance, a tree exists not because a man is observing it, but because there are at least two exponentially larger elements in relation to that tree that can see all four faces. The elements that allow life on Earth will be dealt with later, when analyzing existential systems. The key point here is that man is contained within the existential system of Earth, and when he sees a tree or any other element, the fifth absolute truth is being applied, since man is an element that absorbs an image as knowledge, but for an image to exist, other elements also need to exist before it. Man is not able, as a single element, to see all of the faces of another element. Man cannot see in four dimensions because his condition as a single element does not allow him to see all of the faces of any other element simultaneously.
Returning to the analysis of Figure 11, it should be noted that this geometric construction is based on the absolute truths. The first and most important fact is that the spherical point has four faces not by convention, but due to the fundamental mathematical essence. In addition to the fact that the existential equation already presented indicates that Nothing has four spatial dimensions, these four faces of the antagonistic point and their respective filaments, together with the applied maximum truths, are the only possible way that the filaments could have expanded into beams until they formed the total universal sphere containing within it the embryonic memory. I have found no way other than that described herein that allows for the expansion and formation of the universe if the absolute truths are taken into account. For example, the sphere could not have expanded if it had two or six or any other number of initial faces. At first, from the four faces, the inductive effect formed the first four strands of filaments. Soon afterwards, when the first framing fields were formed, as will be described here in detail, continuous and sequential formation of an exponentially increasing number of filament bundles occurred until the complete formation of the universal sphere. Each face corresponds to exactly one-fourth of the sphere. In conventional mathematics, a face of the spherical point would correspond to a 90° spherical wedge.
According to what is proposed, if the antagonistic point had begun its expansion without taking into account all of the absolute truths, it would surely have succumbed before its full formation and the emergence of the embryonic memory, returning all construction to the initial point, for no derivation would have enabled Nothing to lose its antagonism, and those false derivations would have returned to the condition of infinity, of no element.
The question posed is, why are the faces arranged in the way they appear on the chart 11?
The answer evidently passes through the application of the existential equation. This equation is an instrument of conventional mathematics, but it refers to the fundamental mathematical essence, since it indicates, with the use of logically true sentences, that zero cannot have existed as a first element. When the existential equation indicates that Nothing is a virtual element that has values with symmetrical weights of -2 and +2, these values, as stated previously, represent two existential quadrants each, thus composing the only geometric figure possible: a spherical point. Thus, a spherical point is the only geometric figure capable of meeting the requirements of this fundamental mathematical essence because there is no reason that another figure without the same dimensional scope could have been present in that era. That is, there is no reason that could justify the initial antagonistic point having a geometric figure for which the distance from its imaginary center to any point on its surface was not uniform. A sphere is the only element that has these unique values. That is to say, a sphere is the only element that has the same distance from its imaginary center to any point on its surface.
A philosophical question of unique importance emerged in this Antagonistic Era. As shown herein, the initial autonomous element was a spherical point, because otherwise there would have been no existence. It can also be said that a spherical point was the initial figure giving rise to everything because a spherical point is symmetric if it is considered to have an imaginary point at its imaginary center as well. That is, a sphere has a uniform radius. No other figure would exhibit the same symmetry as a spherical point. Moreover, if it is considered that there was non-existence outside the first autonomous element, then there is no reason for this element not to have a uniform radius; otherwise, it would be necessary to consider some other kind of mathematical truth, which cannot be found. Of all seven absolute truths, none of them conveys logic that would have allowed the first autonomous element to have a geometrical figure with edges not having the same dimensional reaches. Squares and cubes, for example, are symmetrical figures, but their diagonals are longer than their sides. If the radius is considered to be the maximum extent that the edges of an element can have in space, considering a line drawn from its center, then squares and cubes would have not only defined radii, but several rays. Thus, neither a square, nor a cube, nor any other geometrical figure other than a sphere has the symmetry that the antagonistic starting point possessed and logically required in that contradictory era.
The previously mentioned philosophical question is that if we consider a cube and a sphere of equal diameters, the cube may contain the sphere, but that same sphere cannot contain the cube. Certainly this fact will lead many to believe that the cube is an element preceding the sphere. However, in fact, the sphere was the initial element and the cube appeared only as a derived figure.
The cube arose only after the first autonomous spherical element, rather than the other way around, as demonstrated herein.
However, the fact that a cube can contain a sphere but the same sphere cannot contain the cube, if both have the same diameter, also occurs as a logical consequence of the Theory of Objectivity. This logical consequence suggests that it is not possible for a circumference to be perfectly contained within itself.
Thus, the following resulting and unavoidable truth arises: no circumference can be perfectly contained within itself.
That is, every circumference has endpoints or successive lines with angles that unite them.
To reiterate, a spherical point is symmetrical and has a uniform radius. However, the extreme points of a sphere, or of any circumference, require angulation in order to occur, i.e., they need an essence that allows the circumference to compose its geometric nature.
The resulting truth can be summarized as follows:
“There is no circumference that does not contain in its own nature a set of lines and angles that allow it to have a geometric shape.”
That is to say, the antagonistic point was a unique and autonomous element, but for its nature to be circumferential, angulation of that same antagonistic point must have occurred, in what could be thought of as stair steps, in order to allow that point to have a circumference. In short, it can be said that every circumference is shaped by lines joined at angles that give it shape.
This truth arises because there is an absolute truth that infinity is a non-element of purely mathematical essence necessary and simultaneous to the occurrence of the first and all other elements. In addition, the second absolute truth says that every element has a magnetic field.
In this way, the following truth can be seen: if a magnetic field is indeed part of the unit that was the primitive element, there must be geometric steps connecting this spherical point to its own magnetic field. It would not be possible to have an antagonistic point with its own magnetic field without any connection between the two. In other words, it is not possible to have a single body composed of several parts without these various parts being connected in any way.
This truth cannot be departed from. If one does not consider the existence of the aforementioned steps necessary for the formation of a circumference, it would not be possible for the magnetic field of the antagonistic Nothing to belong to itself. Consequently, that magnetic field would also be infinite, leading the antagonistic point to be confused with the non-element.
The existence of magnetic fields is asserted by one of the absolute truths and is a necessary condition for the existence of any and every element. Furthermore, a magnetic field must belong to the element itself and be connected to the element to which it belongs. This connection is not due to another magnetic field, but rather due to angular steps of the element to which the magnetic field belongs. In the era of the antagonistic point, these steps were not derivatives, but rather components of the very nature of this spherical point.
In addition, the Theory of Objectivity demonstrates that the filaments derived from the faces of the antagonistic point were in fact derivatives of those steps framing the face of Nothing, as will be discussed next. This derivative truth, which can be stated as follows, is of the highest importance:
“The filaments were derivatives of the faces of the antagonistic point, and these derivatives, as the word itself expresses, were truly sub-elements or similar folds resulting from these faces.”
These aspects of the angulation of the antagonistic point and the resulting filaments are of the highest importance, for in truth they demonstrate that no elements are wholly contained within themselves. That is, every element that presents itself as reality will necessarily be connected to the existential dimensions. In the Antagonistic Era, the spherical point had its extremities imbedded in a magnetic field that contradictorily bordered on the infinite. This contradiction had to be broken, and the only way it could be broken was through expansion in a logical way, taking into account the absolute truths presented herein. Other forms of expansion, without strictly taking into account the absolute truths, would not have been completed, and everything would have succumbed to infinity. The fact that every existential element must have four dimensions follows the pattern already set forth in Tempus Antagonicus. The spherical point occurred as an autonomous and eternal element. However, this first autonomous element could not have occurred without simultaneously producing another essentially mathematical condition: the infinite. Indeed, as mentioned previously, the infinite is an absolute truth without which Nothing could not have occurred simultaneously and also without which the first formed universe could not exist. Infinity is a necessary condition for the universe to exist since every existing element has a finite physical form and extent, and there is no logical way for a universe to be finite without having outside itself a non-element, an eternal, infinite mathematical essence.
The aforementioned steps of the spherical point demonstrate the existence of a derived truth:
“No existing element is completely enclosed within itself.”
This statement can be made because a magnetic field always needs angular derivatives to be able to belong to an element. So, if every element has a magnetic field and this magnetic field is not free, but rather attached to its respective element by angular steps, these steps mean precisely that the outer line that delimits an element is arranged with part inside itself and part in the magnetic field, in a transition state between being and non-being. It is precisely for this reason that the Theory of Objectivity includes memory units as elements that absorb and transmit knowledge through their auras via these magnetic fields of mixed nature to which they are connected. It is also for this reason that the spherical antagonistic point was able to create derivatives of itself, for I do not believe that there can be any kind of derivation without taking a part, however small, of the element from which it is intended to obtain the derivative. This point also leads to a logical conclusion from which one cannot escape: for an element to create derivatives of itself, it is necessary for that element to yield part of itself. This point is important because no element can appear by magic. It will always be necessary to apply the absolute truths presented herein. The derivatives of the antagonistic point, as well as the derivatives occurring after the formation of the universe, occurred through the application of these logical truths.
Thus, no final number encloses within itself the faces of a sphere, or of the formed universe. In fact, the number herein called the break number occurred at a boundary, inside of which part of the sphere lies and outside of which another part of it lies. This break number allowed the expansive filaments to find a boundary beyond the universe itself and represents the number of angular steps connecting the formed universe to its magnetic field, to its aura.
Here arises an issue that appears contradictory but is not. Although a magnetic field is part of each element, it is outside the element present in the Antagonistic Era. That is, the aura of the element extends beyond that unit but is fixed to it. The element is being and its aura is non-being, attached to itself. In other words, the element is the unit, and its magnetic field is the zero belonging to that same unit.
The mathematical essence provided only the first five absolute truths during the expansion of the filaments, namely, 1) a spherical point was present as the first autonomous element prior to universal existence; 2) an infinity outside of the primary element was necessary for its existence; 3) a magnetic field was required so that this primary element would not be confused with infinity; and 4) an inductive effect was present that allowed the filaments to arise from the faces of the antagonistic spherical point, as a condition for Nothing to lose its contradiction and begin expanding to form the universe.
Given all the truths of the fundamental mathematical essence, the values obtained from the existential equation can be applied as coordinates according to human mathematics. Then, the faces of the spherical point arise from those points because the graphical construction takes as a reference the system of Cartesian coordinates adopted in conventional mathematics. What is shown in this chart is within our understanding. That is to say, the image has a configuration adopting the point of view of mathematics. However, this configuration that takes mathematics as a reference has no contradiction with the absolute truths of the fundamental mathematical essence. In short, every form of truth in conventional mathematics is a derivative of the absolute truths proposed herein, which were derived from the fundamental mathematical essence. However, there are rather specific points in a sphere that will determine its faces. This fact will soon be addressed.
Having said that, it is necessary to present the geometric construction of the antagonistic point considering its magnetic field and the first four filaments that were derived from it, as illustrated in Figure 13.
Figure 13 represents 1) the initial antagonistic point with its four faces, 2) the magnetic field surrounding the antagonistic point and belonging to it as a unit, 3) the four primitive filaments, and 4) the expansive magnetic field representing the logical extension of the circumferential magnetic field.
This flat figure depicts a central cut of the antagonistic point in its primordial expansive moment. It should be noted that the antagonistic point and its magnetic field have no boundary line separating them, but rather there are angular steps on the surface of the spherical point. That is, the spherical point has a solid and unique body, but on its surface there are steps belonging to that body that connect it to the magnetic field. The boundary lines separating one filament from another appeared only between the first four filaments surrounding the antagonistic point. Thus, in Figure 13, the first three absolute truths are fully present, and the genesis of the expansive inductive effect with the four filaments begins, which represents the fourth and fifth absolute truths.
It should be emphasized that the figure shows that along with the antagonistic point is its magnetic field, due to the second absolute truth, which states that every element requires a magnetic field that distinguishes it from the spectral universal space as well as from the other existential elements in the same spectrum. In the Antagonistic Era, the magnetic field of the antagonistic point distinguished it and its derivatives from the infinite.
Nothing, the spherical point, could only have existed as an autonomous element due to this logical mathematical condition related to the magnetic field. That is because, if there were no aura, a kind of primitive boundary line separating the antagonistic point from the infinite, the antagonistic point would have become a non-element and would have been confused with the infinite, becoming without geometrical limit, which would have meant non-existence.
The question that arises at this moment is, why did filaments arise, if a magnetic field was already separating the initial antagonistic point from the infinite?
The answer is that the antagonistic point had to lose its antagonism. As mentioned, this antagonistic point initially existed autonomously. That is, the eight filaments lying behind the faces of the antagonistic point did not serve to give it the conditions necessary for existence. The fourth and fifth absolute truths (the inductive effect) were not applied to the antagonistic point, for in fact what determined the existence of the antagonistic point were the first three absolute truths simultaneously and in an eternal manner. That is to say, the infinite is non-element, the antagonistic point was the first element, and the magnetic field of this first element was connected to it as a way of distinguishing it from the infinite.
Although, the antagonistic point occurred autonomously, independent of the existence of the first eight filaments, it needed to lose its contradiction, for those first eight filament beams were not autonomous references that could end the contradiction of Nothing. That is, Nothing continued without a valid reference even after the appearance of the first eight filaments. In fact, these first eight filaments were the beginning of the formation of the first eight beams. These bundles were still contradictory, because they bordered a non-element, i.e., the infinite, and therefore were not autonomous. Nothing only lost its contradiction when the first element appeared within the formed universe. The first filaments that arose, as well as the bundles that derived from them, were not yet autonomous and non-contradictory forms of existence that could serve as references and enable Nothing to lose its contradiction, since they belonged to the antagonistic point itself. These bundles were contradictory because they were still expanding, seeking to form the universe, so that they could occur without confronting the infinite. So, it is necessary to emphasize this derivative truth of high importance in the Theory of Objectivity:
“The antagonistic point was autonomous, but the bundles of filaments that appeared from its faces did not remove its contradiction before the appearance of the universe, for in fact those bundles, in the Antagonistic Era, were not yet autonomous elements that could serve as references for Nothing, for they were parts of the antagonistic point itself.”
An observation of the highest importance can be made at this time in the Theory of Objectivity. Upon the geometric construction of the antagonistic point and its expansion, the fourth and fifth absolute truths emerged simultaneously. Indeed, they emerged. As mentioned previously, many of the absolute truths are mathematical essences that originated during that era. They emerged because they were necessary for Nothing to expand in filaments to be able to compose a complete, non-contradictory universe. Thus, the first eight filaments were the beginning of the genesis of the fourth and fifth absolute truths. The fifth absolute truth, which states that an element cannot exist without having its faces observed simultaneously by at least two other elements, emerged at the moment of the construction of the universe. This statement can be made because after the appearance of the first eight filaments, Nothing continued without losing its contradiction. Consequently, those primitive filaments detached from the magnetic field of the antagonistic point in Figure 13 contributed to the emergence of the fourth and fifth absolute truths following the eternal geometric configuration. The magnetic field is indicated in blue in Figure 13, and the primitive filaments only appeared later. The combination of the fourth and fifth absolute truths forms what is herein called the inductive effect, and this inductive effect, together with the other truths, enabled the formation of the first valid universe. It is necessary, in this regard, to define a derived truth of high importance in this theory:
“The first eight filaments represent the beginning of the genesis of the inductive effect. However, it was only after the formation of the filaments following these eight primitives and their boundary lines that the complete genesis of the fourth and fifth absolute truths occurred.”
It could be said that the first eight filaments were the embryo, the initial preparation that the mathematical essence formed by the eternal triad,
i.e., the first three absolute truths, logically required to give rise to the inductive effect.
Due to the inductive effect, the first eight filaments soon gained subsequent filaments emerging from their faces, so that these faces would not border the infinite. The filaments following the eight primitive filaments had their auras, their magnetic fields, which also required new filaments, so that the requirements of the absolute truths would be satisfied and they would not be contradictory or antagonistic or border non-existence. This process was repeated until a new global sphere, namely, the existing universe had formed.
This mathematical truth is the foundation of the whole Theory of Objectivity, for it is responsible for the beginning of the creation of “space” in the Antagonistic Era. In the Antagonistic Era, the magnetic fields that arose were parts of the universe that was forming. Those auras of filaments, like magnetic fields in that era, were components of the universal plasma along with the filaments and boundary lines, as will be shown even more thoroughly herein.
It must also be said that those filaments were not memory units and also were not references to antagonistic time. These filaments were parts of the very antagonistic time that was derived in bundles from the antagonistic point towards the formation of the universal sphere.
Only when the sphere had formed and within it the first memory unit had emerged did the antagonism of time end and the count of existential time begin.
Therefore, all that arose during this antagonistic time were folds of the initial single element, Nothing. Based on this evidence, it is necessary to define a derived truth of fundamental importance in the Theory of Objectivity:
“Everything that existed during the expansion of antagonistic time was a unique presentation of this same antagonistic time, and those forms of presentation indicate that the initial element created folds or derivatives of itself.”
This truth can be synthesized as follows, emphasizing that in the Antagonistic Era time remained zero, because there was no existential universe:
“Antagonistic time or Nothing was unique. Its essence was mathematical logic, and it was necessary to create folds of itself to make its antagonism cease.”
The concept of folds of antagonistic time is a logical mathematical reality that cannot be departed from. All of the absolute truths with their mathematical, logical, and rational foundations prove that this initial existential element was but a single antagonistic point, a single element through which everything began.
However, it is important to emphasize this important point. As stated above, the fourth and fifth absolute truths originated upon the appearance of the first eight filaments. The genesis of this inductive effect carries within itself a derivative truth of unparalleled importance in this theory. Notably, the absolute truths that emerged after the eight primary filaments are only applicable from that point forward. So, the fourth and fifth absolute truths do not apply to anything that came before those first eight filaments, for they only emerged after the filaments already existed. That is, the fourth and fifth absolute truths do not apply to the eternal triad.
Having said that, the following truth is of great importance:
“The absolute truths of mathematical essence do not apply to the geometrical reality of the universe occurring before their respective emergence.”
This derivative truth is of paramount importance in the Theory of Objectivity. It demonstrates that after the magnetic field of the antagonistic point, other mathematical truths emerged that had not existed until then. This concept leads to another truth. Specifically, it is evident that there are two kinds of absolute truths. If the truths starting from the fourth absolute truth emerged, it is necessary to specify the nature of the three previous absolute truths.
Indeed, the question to ask at this moment is, what is the nature of the first three absolute truths?
The answer to this question is also of paramount importance in this theory. In fact, the answer has already been demonstrated. The first three absolute truths did not emerge like the next four and are indeed inseparable from one another. These first three absolute truths cannot be of the mathematical essence that emerged in sequence. That is, it was not the case that they appeared one after the other. These first three absolute truths, which are briefly related to infinity, the antagonistic point, and its respective magnetic field, did not arise in sequence and have no genesis. In fact, this statement means that these first three absolute truths are eternal. Indeed, these first three absolute truths are eternal, for if any of them were not present together with the others, it would not have been possible for existence to have had a beginning, a first unbreakable, indelible, and indestructible mark. As is often said in this theory, if it were possible to destroy the universe and everything in it, one element would remain, because it is eternal: the antagonistic point, Nothing. Nothing cannot occur in isolation, for it is in fact inseparable from the other two absolute truths related to infinity and the opposing magnetic field.
There then arises evidence of the highest logic and reason, specifically, evidence that the absolute truths can be classified into two main types: eternal truths and existential truths.
This statement can be made because what is eternal cannot have had a genesis. For something which is eternal to have had a genesis would be a contradiction. This contradiction is shaped by the fact that an eternal element must have always existed, not from a certain moment. Here, the difference between the eternal and the perpetual can be seen. In the Theory of Objectivity, the first three absolute truths are eternal, and they occur in an unshakable, indelible, and indestructible form. On the other hand, the perpetual truths are those that emerged later due to the only eternal element, the antagonistic point, but which, due to their true mathematical essence, created conditions allowing them to endure in an objective and constant way. Therefore, the mathematical essence represented by absolute existential truths is perpetual, as are, therefore, the last four absolute truths in the Theory of Objectivity.
In this regard, the following truth should be highlighted:
“The first three absolute truths did not have a genesis and occurred simultaneously. Furthermore, they are indelible, inseparable, and indestructible. Consequently, they are considered eternal. The last four absolute truths are considered existential, because they each had a genesis and are maintained in an objective and perpetual form.”
Faced with this understanding and according to what is evident in the Theory of Objectivity, the first three absolute truths are eternal, so they are herein collectively called the eternal triad. Indeed, infinity, the antagonistic point, and its magnetic field are eternal, because they had no genesis. Only the following four absolute truths had a genesis, and therefore they are called existential absolute truths. It is at this point appropriate to draw attention to the fact that the fourth and fifth absolute truths still had their genesis during the Antagonistic Era. Meanwhile, the sixth and seventh absolute truths had their genesis only upon the formation of the universe, when the universal sphere had been completely composed. These concepts will be discussed in greater detail, because they are essential aspects of the Theory of Objectivity. For now, this point can be summarized as follows:
“Eternity is composed of the infinite, the antagonistic point, and its magnetic field.”
In addition, the essential classification to which the seven absolute truths are subjected must also be summarized:
“The first three absolute truths are eternal, and the last four absolute truths are existential and perpetual.”
It is clear that the question arises whether the formation of invalid universes could have occurred. Another question is whether the first valid universe, with all of the existential absolute truths, has also become eternal.
This theory asserts that the construction of the universe occurred in an objective way. However, it seems that before the emergence of the first logical and valid universe there were other attempts at the formation of universes that were unsuccessful, since they did not end the contradiction of eternity and thus succumbed to infinity. It is not, however, a question of randomness, but only of the application of the only possible valid form of expansion. There was no randomness in that era.
The question is whether these attempts to build a valid universe allowed the construction of a contradictory but existential universe. That is, were there several non-logical universes, which functioned according to a contradictory logic for a certain period until they succumbed?
I believe there have been several attempts to construct a valid universe. Before the current universe was formed, it is probable that there were other universes with contradictory and precarious functioning. These contradictory universes, precisely because of their contradiction, succumbed to infinity, making again only the first three absolute truths exist, which are eternal.
Thus, to answer the question regarding whether the existential absolute truths, that is, the last four absolute truths, could become eternal, this theory asserts that this transformation would not be possible, since only the first three absolute truths are eternal. Eternal means that which has always existed and will always exist, for there is no logic or reason that can justify that eternity was created or had a genesis. However, the four existential absolute truths are not eternal, but they create conditions of perpetuity.
Faced with this concept, a question of highest importance also appears at this moment: did another era exist before the Era of Nothing?
This question cannot be entertained in the Theory of Objectivity. Reason at this point puts before us two obvious answers: yes and no.
Answering yes would be admitting that infinity occurred alone, without the presence of an antagonistic point. That is, there would have been only non-existence without any other force or element that would have served as reference. This hypothesis is indeed tempting, but it would go against any kind of logic or reason, for it would not be possible for total non-existence to create some kind of later existence. If non-existence is total, some force or element could not have appeared magically from that beginning to form a set of existing elements. Therefore, infinity could not have occurred first, followed by the genesis of an antagonistic point with a magnetic field separating it from the infinite. The antagonistic point is the first geometric form, and infinity is the absence of any form. However, infinity was necessary for the primitive geometric element to occur, since it is not possible to have any element without a limit in itself. This occurrence was not sequential; instead, the first three absolute truths occurred simultaneously and are eternal.
Thus, the answer to the previous question can only be no, and that is precisely what the Theory of Objectivity demonstrates. Existence cannot occur like magic. On the contrary, only a primordial and eternal mathematical essence could bring forth a universe, and this universe also could not have had as its starting point a huge explosion or the holy hand of God. The construction of the universe is purely logical, and the first logical truth that every man can understand is that before there was a universe, there was Nothing. However, the Nothing that the Theory of Objectivity describes is not the absence of any element. On the contrary, Nothing necessarily must be an element of mathematical essence, for it would not be possible for everything to have arisen from the absence of any and all elements. This mathematical essence is summed up in the seven absolute truths of the Theory of Objectivity. Any and all other existing truths could be derived from these absolute truths or be simply relative truths.
Another question that needs to be answered in the Theory of Objectivity refers to the apparent logical impossibility lying in the fact that the spherical antagonistic point bordered a non-element, infinity. The obvious question is as follows: how can non-existence, that is, infinity, possess a boundary with a spherical point?
It is obvious that many scientists will cling to this apparent logical impossibility and want to impose a model that explains the beginning of everything from atomic elements, which will certainly happen.
However, according to the Theory of Objectivity, there is no logical impossibility in this fact, since existence occurred precisely because it has a geometric form. As this theory asserts, the first autonomous and eternal element had a certain geometric shape, namely, that of a spherical point. Zero also has a certain geometric shape, because it necessarily composes space. This space is only composed of geometric forms, since every element must have a geometric form, even if that element is zero. Furthermore, the absolute truths are related to the ways in which these geometric forms interact with one another in a logical, mathematical way. In this regard, existence is synonymous with geometric form. Thus, space, i.e., time, as has been demonstrated here, has a geometric form. Only infinity cannot have a geometric form, but it is simultaneously a truth that presents itself as a condition of the mathematical essence and that enabled the first existential element, the antagonistic Nothing, to occur. This statement can be made because the spherical antagonistic point was surrounded by a zero, a magnetic field belonging to it, and immediately outside of this magnetic field was infinity. That is, infinity has no form, for in fact form belongs to the antagonistic point and its magnetic field. The boundary between the magnetic field and the infinite was a geometric construct belonging to that antagonistic point and not to the infinite, since there can be no endless element. Therefore, it was necessary during the Antagonistic Era for the initial antagonistic point, as an autonomous and constant element, to find a way to end this antagonism. To reiterate, the infinite did not have a boundary; rather, the boundary was possessed by the antagonistic point itself. However, beyond this boundary of the antagonistic point, which was limited in itself since it had definite geometry, there were no other elements. Where there is no element, what occurs is infinity, for it is the only thing that has no geometric form and therefore is a non-element; it is only a condition of mathematical essence.
Thus, it is not logically impossible for the antagonistic point to have bordered the infinite, because, in fact, the infinite, the antagonistic point, and its magnetic field belong to the first and eternal mathematical essence. However, the contradiction lies in the fact that the logical eternal triad
is incompatible with an existential geometry in which there is a space bordering the infinite and containing within itself a first referential element. The valid means of ending the contradiction of this antagonistic point was to expand its faces using filaments, from the application of the four absolute truths that had their genesis after the first three.
An issue of the highest rationality presents itself at this moment: logic is not synonymous with truth. Although often in this theory the term logic is used synonymously with truth, in a strict sense logic and truth are related but not equivalent terms. Logic, in the strict sense, means the possibility of identifying facts compatible with existential reality based on mathematical essence. That is, logic encompasses not only what is mathematically true, but also what is false from an existential point of view. To clarify, logic represents the possibility of determining based on mathematical essence whether something is true or not true. However, truth and non-truth are related to that which is compatible with universal existence. The antagonistic point existed in a logical way, and its expansion occurred in a logical way. However, this antagonistic point and its expansion, which formed the universal space, coexisted with a non-existential truth. This non-truth from the point of view of universal existence is conveyed in two contradictory facts. The first contradiction lies in the fact that it is not possible to have a true existential logical instance if only one element is present, and in Tempus Antagonicus, only Nothing was present. This contradiction is the first confronting the logic existing in that era. The other contradiction is the fact that this single element bordered infinity. These two contradictions were only overcome when the total existential universe was formed. In fact, the overcoming of these two contradictions is what gave rise to a valid existential universe. Thus, the logic of the mathematical essence in the Existential Era ceased coexisting with these two contradictions, for a space was formed and within it a first unit of existence as an initial reference. On the other hand, this formed universe no longer bordered infinity, because this border was formed by new filaments expanding from the faces of the existential universe. It is necessary to summarize the truth that arises at that moment:
“Logic is the confrontation, firstly, with essentially mathematical elements and, secondly, of those elements with compatible or incompatible events in the reality of the existing universe, yielding at the end a conclusion of truth or non-truth, respectively.”
Also present herein is the essence of what makes up what is called reason. Logic is at the basis of the reason units developed during the Existential Era. During Tempus Antagonicus there was no reason, but the logical mathematical essence that would later compose reason was already present during the Antagonistic Era. Thus, the identification of what is false and what is true according to logic could only occur after the formation of the universe. Within the existing universe would arise atomic elements capable of identifying based on the mathematical essence called logic what is compatible with existence, i.e., what is true. Thus, it is justified again here that reason is greater than mathematics, for mathematics lies within reason, but only reason is capable of being employed to identify truths or falsities occurring before logical reality. It is also worth mentioning that the resulting truth that conceptualizes logic demonstrates that this logic can be arranged into stages. First is the confrontation with true, essentially mathematical elements, and second is the confrontation of those mathematical elements with other events that may or may not be compatible with the reality of the existing universe. Thus, logic occurs in a sequence consisting of at least two stages. In the Antagonistic Era, the universal space was created, and in the Existential Era, knowledge, i.e., time itself, was created. These concepts pertaining to movement and the formation of knowledge, i.e., time itself, will be described in more detail herein and related to more fundamental ideas, for they are the essence of this theory. What is certain is that the elements that confront essentially mathematical elements are not necessarily also essentially mathematical elements. Nothing antagonistic, for example, which demonstrates the birth of logic, occurred upon the confrontation of infinity with a single element with no other reference. Infinity is an essentially mathematical element, for it represents non-existence. However, to argue that a single isolated element that occurs without any other reference is incompatible with universal existence is not an essentially mathematical element, but rather one of reason. Here is truly the demonstration that reason is greater than mathematics. Only reason, which arose after the appearance of the atomic elements, can be employed to identify within the existential universe the logic in all of its periods of measurement.
Returning to the analysis of the graph depicting the geometric construction of the antagonistic point, the nature of the aura or magnetic field of an element should be clarified. That is because the following question arises: if antagonistic time is unique and everything that occurred in that Era of Nothing was the spherical point transmuted into sub-elements, folds of itself, what would that aura of magnetic field really be?
After all, what is the nature of a magnetic field?
We have already seen that a magnetic field is a mathematical condition of existence, as stated in the second absolute truth, which says that every element in the universe has a magnetic field, an aura that separates it from the other existing elements and from the universe itself.
We know that during Tempus Antagonicus, the only element was a spherical point and the magnetic field of that spherical point gave it the logical conditions necessary for existence, since this magnetic field separated the antagonistic point from infinity.
In this regard, a magnetic field has a kind of mixed nature, as if it were a transition element between being and non-being, between existence and total non-existence, between what is finite and infinite.
During the Era of Nothing, there were still no positive or negative elements in the sense that they would occur during the Existential Era. However, according to what is proposed, this magnetic field has a neutral meaning. As it turns out, the initial antagonistic point was the first element, and its magnetic field was the element connected to itself and represented by a non-unity other than infinity, i.e., by a zero.
These pieces of evidence corroborate the existential equation in this theory, which logically proves that zero does not signify the absence of any element. In fact, in order for zero to exist, it is necessary for a unit to have occurred before it.
As shown in the figure representing the expansion of the antagonistic point, the formed universe is composed of elements representative of either unity or zero, i.e., filaments or neutral fields, respectively.
The resulting truisms may also be synthesized as follows:
“For every unit there must be a corresponding zero, and it is not possible for zero to exist without a corresponding unit having existed before it.”
As the magnetic field was embedded in the surface of the antagonistic point, the internal dimension of this magnetic field was equal to the diameter of the antagonistic point.
The question that arises is, what defined the external dimensions of the magnetic field of the antagonistic point and the filaments that arose?
To answer this question, it is first necessary to assert that every element existing based on the fundamental mathematical essence has a geometric form. Based on the analysis of the graph that depicts the expanding antagonistic point, the magnetic field of the antagonistic point had a unique dimension that allowed the expansion of filaments to occur and, jointly, provided the conditions for knowledge framing. It is appropriate to introduce at this moment this concept of knowledge framing, since this framework is necessary for knowledge to be absorbed by a memory unit.
This point will be discussed in greater detail later, because it forms part of the foundation of this theory. However, it is necessary to say immediately that the expansion of the antagonistic point was in fact the construction of the universal space and its embryonic memory. This embryonic memory functions on the same principles as the other memories that would arise. In addition, every memory unit needs a knowledge framework within itself, as will be demonstrated herein, so that knowledge external to it can be absorbed and knowledge internal to it can be shared with other memory units.
The antagonistic point had a spherical shape. A sphere is a physical form, and every physical form requires limits that define its spatial extent and give it an existential outline. Thus, for example, it is very easy to observe the spatial boundaries of a cube, since its lateral faces, using the language of conventional mathematics, are connected to common edges and vertices that give it these limits. In addition, the faces of a cube are defined by straight planes. These straight planes together with their respective edges and vertices define the spatial boundaries of a cube. This example is relevant because the Theory of Objectivity asserts that a sphere also has definite limits or spatial extent. As has been demonstrated, the antagonistic point had four faces that gave it spatial extent, which formed the matrix that would make up the four quadrants of the universe. The faces of the spherical antagonistic point needed to be composed of lines also to give it its final contours. This theory does not admit that the faces of the sphere were composed of infinitely many points, because if a spherical point is finite, the features that compose it are also necessarily finite. Thus, the traits defining the boundary of the spherical point also require shapes or patterns. Furthermore, the pattern defining the boundary of a sphere cannot lie in a single plane, for if it did, it would be a line rather than a circle.
In other words, every sphere touching a plane does so at a specific point that defines the minimal portion of the sphere lying along a line. This minimal straight portion that can touch a plane obviously indicates that a pattern repeated in a finite number of times will compose the circumference. That said, in this theory, the spherical antagonistic point was formed by the minimal portions making up its surface. These minimal portions occurred in an exact and determined number. That is, the antagonistic spherical point was composed of dots, which are herein called micro-squares
and which were the minimal portions arranged angularly to form the surface of the sphere. These micro-squares had outer faces lying along lines, because when a sphere touches a plane, its minimum portion necessarily forms a line. These micro-squares were, therefore, the angular steps that provided the surface of the sphere with its logical contours.
The question that arises then in the Theory of Objectivity is the following: if the surface of a sphere is composed of a finite and determinate number of portions in the form of lines, then what is the minimum number of portions that could have made up the surface of the antagonistic point?
In other words, if these straight portions are points, referred to herein as micro-squares, then what were the quantity and spatial arrangement of these minimal straight-line portions that formed the angular steps that together formed the surface of the antagonistic spherical point?
Obviously, the answer to these questions lies in the figure depicting the composition proposed here. Thus, the geometric construction of the antagonistic point will now be presented considering its surface to contain angular steps in the form of micro-squares that give the total contour.
It is evident that the figure presents a shape using a flat construction, when in reality the spherical antagonistic point has four dimensions.
The antagonistic point has its perfect symmetry determined by parallel lines containing the extreme points on its own surface, indicated in red in Figure 14. Two vertical parallel lines contain the extreme points of the posterior and anterior faces, which are herein called eyes; two horizontal parallel lines contain the extreme points of the upper and lower faces, which are also called eyes; and two lateral parallel lines contain another two extreme points, which are herein called tails. One of the tails is hidden in Figure 14. As can be seen, angular steps are neither a creation nor a convention. These steps of the antagonistic point are necessary logical conditions determined by the absolute truths. The faces of the antagonistic point did not expand randomly, but rather from certain points. This truism cannot be refuted. If an antagonistic point serves as the eternal geometric element and this antagonistic point expanded its faces to lose its contradiction and form a universe, there must have been real motives that led to the formation of the faces of that antagonistic point, since Nothing initially was static. If the antagonistic point was perfectly symmetrical, it could apparently be concluded that the expansion could have occurred from any point on its surface, that is, the four faces could have been defined based on any parallel points on its surface. However, the Theory of Objectivity demonstrates that the expansion did not occur as such, since the faces of the antagonistic point were neither random nor just conventions. Indeed, the faces of the antagonistic point were defined at specific points on its surface for reasons determined by the mathematical essence. Those reasons are also logical. As this theory demonstrates, the surface of the antagonistic sphere could only be formed by angular steps connecting that point to its magnetic field. These angular steps exist because the first three absolute truths are eternal. If one does not consider the existence of these micro-squares, one would have to admit that the antagonistic point expanded its faces randomly. This situation obviously could not have occurred, for randomness is counter to the objective logic that governed the construction of the universe.
Recall that the first absolute truth indicates that this antagonistic point existed as the first element, the second absolute truth states that this first element necessarily had a magnetic field that distinguished it from the infinite, and the third absolute truth conveys that the infinite is a non-element, a truth, a condition of purely mathematical essence without which it would not have been possible for the antagonistic point itself to have occurred.
The synthesis of these first three absolute truths for a specific reason will now be described: a magnetic field, as this theory has demonstrated, is not an autonomous element, but it is not a derivative either. Zero can exist only if a corresponding unit occurs simultaneously. Thus, there cannot exist between a zero and its corresponding element a boundary line, a third element, as the fourth absolute truth asserts. Thus, the fifth absolute truth also does not apply to zero, for in fact zero is not an element but part of an element. So, what expanded from the faces in the Antagonistic Era was not the magnetic field of the antagonistic point; in other words, it was not the zero, but rather the unitary body of the antagonistic point itself.
What is evident from this discussion is that zero is an essence that is embedded in an element and belongs to it. Thus, if zero is not a sub-element, not a derivative of filaments in the Antagonistic Era, then a boundary line could not be present between the antagonistic point and its magnetic field, since both are components of the same element. Thus, the zero, i.e., the magnetic field, is bound to its unit, i.e., the antagonistic point by angular steps, rather than a boundary line. So, what joins the antagonistic point to its magnetic field is not a boundary line, but rather angular steps.
Moreover, it is evident that the existence of a boundary line is an absolute truth that had its complete genesis after the eternal triad.
As described previously, absolute truths apply only to the geometrical reality of the universe from their emergence and never previously.
The questions that arise here are as follows:
Why did the surface of the antagonistic point consist of points in straight planes, i.e., micro-squares? Why could these points not had another geometric shape?
The answer is that no other geometric figure fits the truths presented here. No other geometric figure would bring the mathematical conditions that are demonstrated in the Theory of Objectivity. Furthermore, it seems that spheres and cubes are species of primary geometric figures. Everything that exists is a derivative of these two first geometrical elements. It should also be noted that the sphere was the first geometric figure, but it already contained micro-squares forming its surface.
One might think that the antagonistic spherical point was formed by the joining of several micro-cubes or micro-squares, but this, according to what is proposed, is not true. In order for the spherical antagonistic point to have been formed by the joining of several micro-squares, it would be necessary to admit that the cube occurred before the sphere. However, according to what is presented and justified herein, it is not possible for a geometric element with the spatial characteristics of a cube to have occurred as the first element.
These steps obey truths that go beyond the perfect symmetry of this spherical point, and these derivative truths are determined by the following facts:
1) Initially, the presented sphere was logically static in position, indicating the initial formation of each dimension of the universal space. This graph 14 is intended represent a band of the sphere viewed in one of its two lateral parts, in which it is possible to see half of each face. Each face of the sphere has two tails,
and these tails have their extreme convergent points determined by the central steps on the sphere. There are, therefore, two central micro-squares in the spherical antagonistic point, one located in the lateral visible band and another in the hidden lateral band of the sphere, that gather all of the tails of the faces
and make up the tails of the sphere.
Consequently, eight tails of the faces compose two tails of the sphere. In Figure 14, the micro-square marked in red represents one of the tails of the sphere. It should be emphasized that I am referring to the visible lateral band of the sphere taking a human observer as the point of reference in relation to the sphere and considering that the graph is a flat construction, when in fact the depicted object has four dimensions.
2) There are micro-squares or steps of two types. The first types are depicted in blue and represent parts of the solid body of the sphere at its highest level. These steps can be called solid since they represent the highest solid part of the spherical point. The second types appear in black and represent parts of the magnetic field embedded in the surface of the antagonistic spherical point. Consequently, they are herein called caves or depressions. Depressions evidently correspond to the higher steps that are close to them. That is, where there is a high step, then there will be a lower step. This concept of higher and lower has meaning only when two micro-squares are considered together.
3) The diagonal yellow lines appearing due to the cutting of the side band of the sphere indicate the raised solid steps that are common to neighboring faces and therefore occur as neutral lines separating the faces from one another. These lines that separate the faces from one another are herein called neutral facial lines, including the word neutral because these dividing lines are common to both sides of the antagonistic point.
The faces of the antagonistic point were the origin of the dimensions that would later compose the universe. The faces of Nothing in fact formed a matrix, a static, four-dimensional universal structure. As can be seen from Figure 14, a sphere has four eyes and two tails, as the extreme points at which the six extreme squares are located are called herein. There are six such squares because, as stated, a sphere has four eyes, one for each face, and two tails. These two tails of the sphere are in fact two central steps that contain the tails of each of the faces. That is, each raised solid step located centrally on the side band of the sphere actually is the point of convergence of four tails, one for each of the faces. There are, therefore, eight tails of the faces converge towards the two central points of the sphere, four in each band. These eyes and tails are, as shown in Figure 14, the extreme points on the surface of the sphere. At the same time, they exhibit the best characteristics and allow themselves to develop improvements. The spatial extent is herein called the height of each step in relation to the tails and eyes of the sphere. Since the two central steps have the greatest heights, the lateral extent of the sphere is the greatest. In addition, the eyes of the faces have the greatest spatial extent in their respective dimensions, occurring at the same height as the tails. The six highest points of the sphere actually arising are the six points that the sphere will have a cube of equal diameter, if that sphere were contained within that cube in the same static position. 4) The four red steps are the sides of the raised steps corresponding to the centers of the eyes of each of the faces. Thus, it is evident from Figure 14 that it is not possible for one observing a spherical point from a central perspective lateral to the sphere to see the centers of the eyes of each of the faces. To reiterate, it is not possible in Figure 14 to see the central steps that form the eyes of all of the faces completely, if a central and lateral perspective is considered. Thus, the steps appearing in red are depressions in lateral extreme positions and are neighbors of the raised solid steps in the centers of each of the faces. However, since these central solid steps also belong to the hidden band of the sphere when observed laterally, since they are in the centers of each of the four faces, they cannot be seen frontally, but only laterally. Thus, when observing a sphere centrally and laterally it is not possible to see the central steps of each face frontally. A human observer is referred to here as an example, but in fact this phenomenon is an application of the fifth absolute truth, although this truth was not yet present before the antagonistic spherical point began its expansion. The fifth absolute truth is relevant only in regard to the view one has of a sphere already considering the Existential Era, since it is not possible for a single element to see all of the faces of another element simultaneously. It is only possible for a single element to see two faces of another element simultaneously. However, a single element may partially see three or even four faces of another element.
5) The eye of each face cannot be an angular step at its point of convergence. This statement means that the center of each of the faces cannot lie along the imaginary line dividing two micro-squares. Instead, the eye of each of the faces must lie on a plateau or along a horizontal or vertical line. The posterior and anterior faces have vertical central steps, while the upper and lower faces have horizontal steps. Again, the location of Nothing was static. The expansion that occurred caused movement of the faces of the antagonistic spherical point and not of the antagonistic point itself. That is, each face defined the direction of one of the dimensions of the universal space, because they in fact form a matrix.
Furthermore, all of the ensuing truths contained in the geometric construction of this spherical antagonistic point are not derivatives of one another, but rather truths that occurred simultaneously, because they belong wholly to the first absolute truth, which is related to Nothing in its static initial position.
That is to say, the eye or central point of each of the faces of the antagonistic point could not have an angular step at its point of convergence, because that is not what is revealed by analyzing the formation of the antagonistic filaments. If the center of the face had an angular step at its point of convergence, the expansion of filaments and consequent formation of a valid universe would not be justified. A valid universe is one in which, at the end of the expansion, a total sphere has been formed that contains an embryonic memory with perfect framing of its boundary lines.
In addition, this arising universe had its own magnetic field, and new filaments expanded from its faces toward the formation of a larger universe. Therefore, the eye of each face of the antagonistic point, as well as the eyes of the other filaments that derived from it, was not at its center the point of convergence of a step, but rather a plateau arranged along the line of a solid step. In addition, the center of each face of the sphere was parallel and perfectly symmetric with respect to the solid plateau of the opposing face. In other words, the eye of each face was determined by the micro-square contained in its integral extension in its center.
A question of the highest relevance has emerged through this discussion of the initial geometric construction of the antagonistic point: what exactly defined the faces as posterior and anterior, upper and lower?
The answer is given in the discussion of the geometric construction of the antagonistic spherical point. As stated repeatedly, the definition of the faces was not random, but rather was determined by the fundamental mathematical essence. However, it should be emphasized that human vision actually corroborates the Theory of Objectivity. The human view is in fact the result of a system that follows the logic imposed by the fundamental mathematical essence, for the earth is contained within a system that is derived from this essence. Thus, the horizontal and vertical senses are not conventions, but rather truths. Similarly, the coordinate system of human mathematics is not a pure convention, but rather is the result of what a human perceives, because a human being is connected to the universe through its dimensions. Consequently, when it is said that man perceives the sun from the earth in the positions mentioned herein, this seeing is not a convention, it is a reality given by the absolute truths. Furthermore, when it is said that a face is posterior, this characteristic is not a convention, but rather a reality. The posterior face could not be considered anterior and vice versa, just as the upper face could not be considered the lower face and vice versa. This restriction results from these faces being in given positions, even gauged by human vision, that are determined by the fundamental mathematical essence, as described herein. It should also be noted that I am not here referring to the simple nomenclature of each of the faces, but rather to their meanings in terms of existential logic.
To reiterate what was stated earlier, the antagonistic point has an exactly defined number of micro-squares in the form of raised solid steps. In addition, all of those micro-squares are connected to its magnetic field. In turn, this unique magnetic field is connected to the bundles of filaments that expanded to form the universe. The spherical point, therefore, can instantaneously perceive the entire universe, because it is essentially the central element in the universe and is connected to the entire universe through a magnetic field, enabling it to monitor the entire universe instantaneously. The spherical point thus functions as a kind of processor capable of gauging the existence of the universe instantaneously because it is connected to the entire universe through its magnetic field. The positioning of the antagonistic point at the center of the universe will be discussed in greater detail herein, for this concept is indeed at the heart of the logical development of this theory. For the present, the following evident truth should be highlighted:
“The antagonistic spherical point can instantaneously perceive the entire universe via its magnetic field, which is connected to the filament bundles that made up the universal plasma.”
In rendering this derivative truth, other derivative truths can certainly be evidenced. This statement can be made because the universe has four quadrants, as described previously. Then, if there is a central spherical point that can perceive the entire universe, consequently the quadrants must be connected to each other via a common point that can perceive them all instantaneously.
6) Each face of the antagonistic point is separated from the others by a neutral facial line crossing the sphere diagonally and converging at the extremities of the two lateral central points (i.e., tails).
A micro-square in the shape of a cave will always have as neighbors to the north, south, east, and west four micro-squares in the form of raised solid steps. Furthermore, each high step will have as neighbors to the north, south, east, and west four lower steps. The convergence zone is the point determined by the meeting of two neighboring steps. One question that arises at this moment is, what is the height of each step? In other words, what is the dimension of the point of convergence between the angular steps?
That is, taking as a reference the geometric nomenclature of conventional mathematics, what would be the height of the mirror that makes up each angular step?
It is clear that an answer to this question cannot be determined, since it is not even possible to state the dimensions of the antagonistic point or the micro-squares that formed its surface. However, considering relative sizes, the mirror of each step had a height insignificant compared to the area of the square, the area of the step. If it were possible for a human to have seen the spherical antagonistic point, it would have been perceived as having a smooth surface, because these steps had almost imperceptible heights when considered relatively.
These mirrors of the angular composition had a single size in all of the steps forming the faces of the antagonistic sphere. The important point is not to answer what the heights of each step and its mirror were, but rather to confirm their existence. The existence of angular steps is necessary because the antagonistic point, as shown here, occurred and expanded from four primary faces. These four primitive faces could not have existed if the antagonistic sphere, Nothing, had possessed a single and completely smooth surface. If Nothing had only a single face, the expansion described in this theory would not have occurred. Furthermore, if the spherical point had possessed four faces, differences would have existed that would have made these faces distinguishable from one another. There must have been facial lines forming borders between the faces. These differences were the angular steps occurring due to truths derivative from the first three absolute truths.
In this way, the lines separating the sides were not imaginary but real, because these lines, as shown in the figure 14, were composed exclusively of raised steps. The surface of the spherical antagonistic point, as shown here, was sometimes formed by lowered steps and sometimes by raised steps. It would not be possible to identify four distinct faces if there were no such steps distinguishing their exact locations and spatial extents determined by the body of the sphere. In fact, the final proof of the existence of these steps will be provided by presenting a graph representing the expansion of the antagonistic point, forming filament bundles in perfect framing until the appearance of the universe containing the first memory unit, the embryonic memory.
7) These micro-squares or steps actually only occurred upon the conjunction of elevated or lowered steps when analyzed together. The six highest points of the sphere, which therefore possessed the greatest spatial extents, are the starting points of this dual analysis. That is, after a raised step, there was necessarily a lower step, completing the entire body of the sphere. This statement means that the lowered and raised steps were in fact formed by square caves in the solid body and that the magnetic field was embedded therein. That is, the magnetic field actually conformed to each micro-square contained in the body of the antagonistic point.
There is no contradiction in depicting a black micro-square on the surface of the sphere without a blue lateral micro-square to support it, because the sphere is depicted as a flat figure rather than a four-dimensional one. It should also be considered that the magnetic field did not end at the surface of the sphere. Instead, the magnetic field began its extension from the surface of the sphere.
This set of truths indicates that the spherical point and magnetic field formed a single element with several parts, for there was no line between them to separate them and make them different elements. As mentioned previously, for two separate elements to exist, a third element must also occur between them, according to the fourth absolute truth.
This central step in the lateral band of the sphere, where the four faces are partially observable, is the visible tail of the sphere and represents a determining step, as shown in Figure 14. There are two tails and therefore two central lateral steps. These two tails are the points of convergence of neutral facial lines, which separate the faces from one another. These central steps in the lateral part of the sphere also determine the vertical and horizontal levels forming the eyes of the faces. From the central determining point, the lines that extend horizontally and vertically form the eyes of the faces, in their exact centers, while the lines that extend diagonally make up the lines separating the faces from one another. The four eyes of the sphere together with the two tails represent the micro-squares of greatest height or dimensional scope. It is evident that this height can only be verified because we are analyzing an antagonistic point that was initially static. This central plateau in the lateral band of the sphere is the only point (micro-square) of convergence that is common to all of the faces of the sphere. However, the sphere has two bands and therefore two determining points, i.e., two central raised steps, which are also referred to as solid central determining points or simply tails. It should be noted, however, that the existence of determining points does not mean that other steps arose subsequently, for in fact the antagonistic point is eternal, and this theory does not assert the construction of that sphere from an earlier point.
When I say determining point, I mean the highest point in space, with respect to the first converging cube and containing the spherical point. That is, a determining point is the most far-reaching step of the sphere if its dimensional position is considered as well as the cube containing it. In addition, the form of the spherical antagonistic point is referred to as dimensionally static to indicate that it exists eternally and expanded to form the universe. The universe is a derivative of the static dimensions determined by the antagonistic point. A question that arises and will be answered later is whether, after the universe was formed and the spherical point lost its antagonism, this point ceased to be static and began to rotate perpetually at the center of the universe. This question will be answered herein in the geometric description of the universe in the Existential Era.
Returning to the question of the dimensional extents of the steps forming the surface of the antagonistic point, it could be asked whether it is impossible for the various points making up the surface to have different dimensional extents, since the distance from its imaginary center to any point on its surface is unique. However, it is evident that this possibility exists and, as will be described geometrically herein, has as reference a cube of equal diameter that contains the sphere, and that can be drawn from the micro-squares defining the eyes and tails of the sphere.
This theory considers every being to be connected to the dimensions of the universe. Thus, what man considers to be posterior, anterior, upper, and lower are not conventions, but rather results of this connection. In this way, this theory considers the senses of the faces of a sphere to be the same as those identified by human beings. It is evident that these senses are relative within each system arising after the formation of the universe. That is, each system and each existential being within the universe has faces. These faces determine the senses, which are not necessarily oriented in the same way as those of the universe containing them, but the principles of their formation are the same. So, every memory unit necessarily has back, front, top, and bottom faces, and every reason unit also contains these faces. The universe itself, which contains the first existential being, namely, the embryonic memory, has posterior, anterior, upper, and lower faces defined by the orientation of this mother unit. These faces of the universe necessarily follow the same directional pattern as those of the antagonistic point, since this point is at the center of the universal sphere.
Thus, the central steps of the eyes of the faces have the greatest spatial extent in their respective dimensions, and the tails of the sphere have the greatest dimensional extent common to all of the faces of the sphere. In addition, although the cube referred to herein is obviously imaginary, real points can be found in the body of the sphere from which the cube can be traced. Thus, this imaginary cube can be used only to provide a logical and mathematical means of indicating the relative dimensions of the antagonistic point itself, as well as those of the parts forming the filaments, boundary lines, and magnetic fields.
Figure 15 summarizes the dimensional limits of the antagonistic point, with its four faces partially shown in the band of the sphere. At the center, the maximum square contained within the sphere
is indicated, and converging at the surface of the sphere are the traces that define the first cube with a diameter equal to that of the spherical point and containing it.
The micro-squares on the surface of the sphere and that are tangent to the cube with a diameter equal to that of the sphere and containing it define the points of greatest height. Similarly, the micro-squares on the surface of the sphere that define the largest square contained within that sphere define the points of least height.
It is evident that Figure 15 depicts a cross-section of the sphere through its center. It should also be noted that I am referring to a largest square
and cube
of equal size. The square is defined by the micro-squares lying along a neutral facial line through its exact center. It can be seen that this largest square is unique within the sphere and represents the limit that defines the maximum width of each face. This imaginary square drawn from real points contained in the body of the sphere cuts the sphere along a plane through its center.
The spherical point has four dimensions in reality. From this geometric analysis, the following necessary truths arise:
“The largest and imaginary square contained within the sphere has traces defined by the four micro-squares of lesser heights represented by the points of the spherical body that are at the exact centers of the neutral lines of its faces.”
“The imaginary and convergent cube containing the sphere represents the points of the body of the sphere with the greatest dimensions, determined by the four eyes of the faces and the two tails.”
Each neutral facial line has its ends defined by the two tails of the sphere. It may be said that a neutral line begins at one of the points representing a tail and ends at the point representing the other tail. Then, in fact, the largest and imaginary square contained within the sphere is tangent to the surface of the sphere at the exact center at which each of the four neutral facial lines is cut in half. These points, as stated, represent the points on the body of the sphere with the least dimensions.
On the other hand, the largest converging cube, has its outline-defining points on the micro-squares representing the highest points in the body of the sphere, which are its eyes and tails.
It is initially necessary to define the filaments appearing from each of the faces of the antagonistic point, after the magnetic field that surrounds it first, its geometric extensions, and its essential nature.
It is necessary to reintroduce here the geometric construction of the antagonistic point, magnetic field, and filaments, as shown in Figure 16.
By comparing Figures 16 and 17, it can be seen that the unitary filament has a length equivalent to the frontal and central extents of each of the faces of the antagonistic point. In other words, the filament length corresponds to the diameter of the largest and imaginary square contained within the same spherical point,
considering the sphere in its integral construction. That is, the figure 16 above is a flat representation of the cross-section of a spherical point through its center, covering the diameter of the sphere. In this central section, the filament has an extension corresponding to the diameter of the largest square that could be contained therein. It can be seen that this square has as its faces parallel to those of the antagonistic point itself.
It is evident that the filaments have unique extensions, since they are derived from the faces of the spherical antagonistic point. The fact is that if one considers the antagonistic point without taking into account the absolute truths presented in the Theory of Objectivity, it could be deduced that primary filaments of various extensions were initially formed. However, this theory demonstrates that this situation did not occur. That is, filaments of unique geometric extensions expanded from the spherical point, rather than ones of varying sizes, because at the beginning of expansion there were only five of the seven absolute truths present in this theory. The application of these logical truths, as described herein, allowed the antagonistic point to derive from its faces four primary filaments of unique diameters.
These initial filaments of unique diameters have lengths equal to that of the faces of the sphere. A filament is a four-dimensional figure, and it is necessary to define the other traits that specify the configuration of each filament. The definitions take into account the perspective shown in the figure. A four-dimensional element must have boundary features defining posterior and anterior lengths, posterior and anterior lateral widths, posterior and anterior heights, and intermediate planes interlacing these lateral features.
Every element necessarily contains at least four lines of length, four of width, and four of height. Even a dot or line will necessarily have these features.
The posterior traces are, as a rule, the limits visible from the perspective shown in the figure. These later and earlier boundaries together with the intermediate planes thus form three dimensions that can be seen by the observer. Not all dimensional faces can be seen entirely by the observer, and unobservable traits are usually defined by the preceding intermediate planes, that is, by the intermediate traits that define the limits of the observed figure, but which are hidden from the observer. Not every previous trait will be hidden from the observer, as not every trace will be visible to him later, but as a rule the traces corresponding to the later planes are visible to those observing the geometric element and the traces corresponding to the previous planes are concealed. It should also be emphasized that these traits are not to be confused with the logical faces that each element possesses. These traits indicate that the dimensions of an object are determined by taking into account only the view of the observer.
Thus, in spite of the existence of the four types of traits, it is not those traits that define the dimensions of a geometric element. That is, existential figures are not four-dimensional because they have four types of basic traits. In fact, every element is four-dimensional because it has four necessary faces, and these faces are connected to the four quadrants that make up the Universe, as described herein and as will be justified further. According to my understanding, the resulting truth can be stated as follows:
“The four types of basic traits that make up every geometric figure are necessary results of the derivative truth that every element existing in the universe has four dimensional faces connected to the four quadrants of the universe.”
According to my understanding, there is a logic imposed by the fundamental mathematical essence that determines all of the geometry existing during Tempus Antagonicus. This logic always requires a minimum reference in geometry. That is, in geometry, logic will never yield more than the minimum necessary to assert itself as truth.
The relevant minimum is related to the extent of the element. Thus, the front and back filament lengths are determined by the diameter of the largest possible square contained within the sphere, since it is from there that the length of each face and, consequently, the length of a unitary filament is determined. The four lines drawn to define the lengths of the unitary filament are therefore of equal size. It should be emphasized that this largest and imaginary square contained within the sphere has as the points determining its four vertices precisely the micro-squares of small heights contained within the surface of the sphere, and those points divide each neutral facial line through its exact center.
Figure 17 highlight the micro-squares that are neighbors of the central micro-squares on the inferior face of the sphere. It is not possible to see from this viewing angle, from which the sphere is shown laterally and where the four faces are visible partly and equally, the filaments that are central to the faces of that sphere. However, the neighboring micro-squares are highlighted in red, showing the shape that the filament adopts due to the micro-squares central to the eye and the faces of the sphere.
It should be noted that the limitations of graphical construction do not allow a sphere to appear in perfect circumferential form. It would not be possible to do so with the available instruments, since it would show a surface that would appear perfectly smooth to human eyes. The graph 17 is intended only to demonstrate the logical symmetries existing in the construction of the surface of the spherical antagonistic point and how these points herein called micro-squares served as logical references for the construction of plasma filaments and their respective magnetic fields.
The logical extrema
that define the lengths of unitary filaments are derived from the maximum lengths of the faces of the antagonistic point. Thus, the same maximum front lengths of the antagonistic point faces are also the lengths of the unitary parts of the filaments. According to what has been observed, each face is delimited by two neutral facial lines. Thus, each neutral facial line belongs simultaneously to two faces, since neutral lines cannot be substances foreign to the four faces that form the sphere. In this way, each half of the thickness of a neutral facial line will belong to a face. In this way, each unitary filament that is derived from a face with the greatest frontal diameter will have a front length equal to this distance.
Now that the logical geometric essence of the total length of a unitary filament has been presented, it is necessary to say what defines the height and width of that unitary filament.
It should be noted that here only the configuration of filament unit itself is being analyzed, without considering its respective magnetic field.
According to what is proposed, following the orientation of the required geometric minimum,
the heights and widths of the filaments are derivatives of the micro-squares forming the surface of the spherical antagonistic point. This truth cannot be departed from. There was no randomness in that era, and the filament configuration was defined objectively. As it turns out, the filaments are mathematical derivatives originating from the faces of the antagonistic point, and their final diameters are defined by these faces. Thus, the height and width of a filament are determined by the micro-squares. The height is the same as that of the angular step mirror, and the width is the same as that of the micro-square. The intermediate traces appear as derivatives determined by the traces described herein as the lengths, widths, and heights of formed filaments. It should also be noted that, as can be seen in the graph 17, a filament has as lateral boundaries the exact centers of the neutral facial lines separating the face in question from the neighboring faces. This fact corroborates the understanding that neutral facial lines belong simultaneously to two faces and that half of such a line is on one face, while the other half is on another.
It is then possible to synthesize the dimensions that make up the unitary part of a filament in the following way:
“The part of a plasma filament corresponding to the unit has a lateral height and width equal to those of the micro-squares contained within the surface of the spherical point and a length equal to those of the faces of the spherical antagonistic point.”
Figure 18 below depicts a possible frontal view of the band of a sphere, where two faces of the sphere can be seen frontally.
As can be seen, the micro-squares with the greatest spatial extents on the two faces shown are marked with the number 9, forming the centers of the eyes of those faces. Moving from these two eyes in a line towards the neutral facial line, in yellow, which separates the two visible faces and is simultaneously common to both of those faces, one arrives at the micro-square of lesser dimensional reach located at the center and identified with the number 1. Moving in the lateral directions, the dimensional height also decreases. The graphical representation shows that the last micro-square is numbered 2. The micro-square numbered 1 would appear on the next neutral facial line.
The four faces can only be seen partially at any moment, as shown in the side view of the sphere in Figure 19.
Figure 19 depicts the micro-squares arranged on the body of the sphere and confirms the geometric logic of the arrangement of these steps that define the surface of the antagonistic point.
The micro-square at the center is defined as number 9 and is one of the two tails of the sphere. This visible tail is a point of convergence of four of the eight tails of the faces of the sphere. This central micro-square, representative of the tail of the sphere, is the highest point laterally; that is, it indicates the greatest dimensional reach of the lateral part of the sphere. There are two micro-squares representative of the sphere tails, which are arranged parallel, each in a band of the sphere. It should also be noted that these parallel micro-squares representing the tails are non-angular; that is, they lie along a line. It can be seen that only the highest points of the sphere are arranged parallel to each other and are non-angular, because they are correctly positioned relative to one another.
That is the case with the points representing the eyes of the sphere, because the posterior and anterior micro-squares are arranged parallel to one another along a vertical line and the upper and lower points are parallel to one another along a horizontal line. As it turns out, only six micro-squares of the sphere occur along parallel lines. These six points are the eyes and tails of the sphere. All of the other micro-squares on the face of the sphere are angularly arranged relative to the six highest points. These six highest micro-squares are in fact the frames determining the directions and boundaries of the faces of the sphere, which form the matrix of the quadrants of the universe. The micro-squares that are arranged angularly therefore have the six highest non-angular points, i.e., the eyes and tails of the sphere, as references for their spatial orientations.
The numerical scale presented in the graph represents the surface features of the sphere that interconnect the non-angular points arranged in parallel. In my mind, it is not possible to use numerical scales composed of whole natural numbers to assign numbers to all of the micro-squares making up the surface of the sphere, since, with the exception of the six highest points, all of the other points are arranged angularly relative to the six main ones. Thus, if numerical scales containing only whole natural numbers were used to assign numbers to all of the points, the values obtained would be non-true for the geometry of the sphere. Consequently, for the micro-squares arranged in the body of the sphere, there must be unnatural numbers derived from the six highest squares. These numbers can, given the angulation existing in these micro-squares, accurately indicate the geometry existing outside the already indicated parallel lines. Thus, since it is not possible to assign integers to all of the micro-squares contained in the body of the sphere, it is possible to analyze the proportionality that exists at least along the lines containing the six highest points in the sphere body. The values assigned to the micro-squares are therefore intended only to indicate the relative heights of the points on the surface of the spherical point.
From the position marked 9 to the center, two straight numerical scales are depicted in red that only indicate the position and height of one micro-square in relation to another. This positioning is intended to illustrate what are herein called angular steps. Thus, beside the central tail formed by the points numbered 9, there are steps that are logically lower and that have heights of 8. From this formed cross are lines that define the two visible scales cutting through the center of the sphere. These two transverse scales extend from the center, decreasing in height until they reach the minimum height of 1. The heights down to 1 indicate the height of each micro-square relative to that of the highest micro-square, with a height of 9, at the center. When these two transverse scales reach a height of 1, they begin to increase in height until reaching the four micro-squares with heights of 8, one on each front face of the sphere. The part of the scale from a height of 1 to a height of 8 represents the heights of the micro-squares in relation to the eyes of the sphere, which have a height of 9 and are not visible from the point of view from which one can see the four faces partially and equally. What can be seen is that these two scales that logically vary in their trajectories have two height references, one at the central tail and the other at the centers of the eyes of the sphere, which are neighbors of the micro-squares with heights of 8 that are arranged at the lateral border of each face of the sphere. These scales are written using whole natural numbers only to indicate the relative heights of the angular steps that are connected to the six higher points of the sphere body. However, as mentioned previously, there are in fact unnatural numbers that indicate values that could be assigned to the other micro-squares and that would complete the body of the sphere. In any case, the differences that makes the four faces of the sphere exist in a real way are evident in the analysis of these suggested scales. According to what has been presented, at least on the proposed scales, only the micro-squares neighboring the six highest points of the body of the sphere all have entirely proportional heights. As described, each micro-square is next to other micro-squares that are located to the north, south, east, and west.
To reiterate, only the six highest squares have four neighboring points with the same height. All of the other micro-squares in the body of the sphere, taking as reference only the scales drawn, have only three neighboring micro-squares with the same height and a fourth micro-square with a different height. This fact justifies the existence of the neutral facial lines and the faces themselves, just as it indicates with logical precision that these six highest points contained in the body of the sphere are real. It is evident that the truths indicated by the proposed scales cannot be taken as conclusive, since they do not explain the angulation of the other micro-squares that complete the surface of the sphere. In any case, the resulting logic deriving from the absolute truths presented indicates that the antagonistic point necessarily has four faces. In possessing four faces, there must also be differences among the micro-squares populating its surface because, if all of the micro-squares had the same height and angulation, it would have to be assumed that the faces are defined randomly rather than objectively. This fact justifies the existence of necessary differences in the body of the sphere. In addition, the proposed scales indicate logical paths that exhibit these differences. This truth related to the initial antagonistic point is observed in any and every perfect sphere within the universe, for if the logical first element has this truth in its symmetry, it would not be possible for another sphere to be formed without following the same logic. Furthermore, this logic indicates why the faces of the sphere have specific locations on its body as well as why the six points representing the tails and eyes of the sphere are considered to be points contained in its body.
However, in addition to the six points that occur in parallel and in pairs, it is possible to draw four more lines composed of whole natural numbers at the points indicating the location of the largest imaginary square that could be contained within the sphere. The drawn scale, of course, refers to the micro-squares on the surface of the sphere, even though this theory does not assert the existence of micro-squares inside the sphere. As stated, the largest square that could be contained within the sphere can be traced using the micro-squares that indicate the points of least height on the surface of the sphere. These four points represent the boundaries that determine the width of each face and, as shown, divide the neutral facial lines through their exact centers. Figure 20 below considers this numerical scale composed of whole natural numbers arranged along lines that define the height scales and that have as reference the smaller micro-squares, marked with a value of -9, located at the ends of the neutral lines shown. Also illustrated are four smaller scales near the center of the sphere and forming a square with a maximum height of 5 and a minimum height of 1 along the four neutral facial lines.
By cutting the sphere diagonally through its center, the four neutral facial lines that define the boundaries of each face of the sphere become observable. The most lateral micro-squares of each of these neutral facial lines, located at the lateral end of each face and marked with the number -9, make up in real form points that indicate the four vertices that form the imaginary largest square that could be contained within the sphere.
It should be noted that this imaginary largest square would cut the sphere through its exact center. If we imagined dividing the sphere into two bands, this largest square would be split so that each half of the line giving it a dash would be in one of those bands.
In relation to the largest imaginary square that could be contained within the sphere, a philosophical question arises at this point in the analysis, since the micro-squares delimiting each face laterally have a different nature. These four micro-squares represent the points of the body of the sphere that serve as guidelines for filament expansion. Thus, these four micro-squares must be at a height that exceeds the body of the sphere itself. In addition, these four micro-squares defining the vertices of the largest square that could be contained within the sphere are visible to the observer who sees the four faces partially and in equal amounts. That is, unlike the eyes of the faces, which cannot be seen by one who observes the sphere laterally in the central position, these four square micro-squares marked with -9 can be seen. Furthermore, if two observers each view a band, both will see, partially, those four points numbered -9 on the neutral facial lines. These four essential points are those from which the spherical point can remove portions of itself from the limits of its own body, though attached to it. This philosophical position has been presented in detail in this theory. This concept indicates that the numerical scale defining the largest square that could be contained within the sphere is visibly represented by the extreme points numbered -9. The points of lesser height on the sphere are marked with negative numbers, for they indicate opposition to the highest points contained in the body of the sphere (on the tails and faces of the sphere). Thus, the scale that defines the largest square is divided between negative and positive points, indicating the correlation between the scale that provides access to the tails and faces of the sphere, representing the highest points and that defining the points on the lower part of the sphere. Since these two scales intersect, logically the part of the scale that is the closest to the eye of the sphere is positive and the corresponding part that is the closest to the side edges indicating the lower points is negative. The locus of convergence of these two references that form a single scale is indicated as 1, since it centrally divides the positive and negative parts of the scale. It should be noted that these positive and negative values are intended to represent only the logical proportionality existing between the lowest and highest points in the sphere.
Even though this philosophical position cannot be confirmed and the lowest points in the sphere are not detached from the others, the faces of the antagonistic point actually occur in the body of the sphere, making the expansion in any way true, because without expansion of the faces of the antagonistic point, logically existence could not have occurred.
As shown in the figure 20 presented, it is only possible to see four of the micro-squares that define points that would form the vertices of the largest square that could be contained within that sphere. These four micro-squares of lesser height and numbered -9, although they are presented as whole in the graph, can only have 50% of their bodies seen by one who observes the sphere laterally in the central position, since the other 50% can only be seen by a second observer who sees the hidden band of the sphere. These micro-squares that make up the vertices of the largest square that could be contained within the sphere are of great importance in this theory, since they indicate the points that define filaments and magnetic fields, as well as being the significant logical portions that define the boundary lines that derive from the body of the sphere. These boundary lines also address the logic of the necessary geometric minimum and non-randomness. Boundary lines do not have random dimensions. On the contrary, they are logical elements existing in this era and are delineated by micro-squares that compose the body of the sphere. These lines really represent the knowledge existing in this era, which is derived from the body of the antagonistic point.
The spherical point representative of Nothing is a unique element and only began to form sub-elements from itself when the filaments began to appear. In this way, the boundary lines defining the faces of Nothing appeared as a kind of logical principle that will later be defined as the fourth absolute truth. This logical principle already contained in the antagonistic point manifested itself after the appearance of the primary filaments. The fourth absolute truth did not emerge at that time altogether, for the faces of Nothing do not exist as true individual sub-elements, since they do not individually have their own auras. Indeed, the logical principle of the fourth absolute truth was already present in the very body of Nothing. However, the emergence of this truth occurred after the faces of the antagonistic point, when the fourth and fifth absolute truths had their complete genesis, forming the inducing effect and causing filaments to appear successively, each with its individual aura, and containing between them boundary lines separating them from one another and giving them logical existence.
According to what is evident, the body of the spherical antagonistic point elucidates logical truths that are based on the fundamental mathematical essence. In addition, there is a proportionality in the numbers that define the micro-squares arranged in the body of the sphere. As can be seen, the lines of the numerical scales presented indicate the positions of these points, demonstrating that nine points are required to compose a numerical scale. It should be noted that these scales accompany the angular geometry of the sphere, since they are actually composed of the squares or micro-squares. Regardless of whether whole natural numbers or any other form of fractional or exponential numbers are used, there are nine portions that define the logic of the lines intersecting the faces of the sphere. These nine portions in fact demonstrate the logical and initial root of the numerals used in mathematics, since human mathematics has adopted the decimal system, from which one can arrive at any and every multiple or fractional number of the first 10 existing numerals. Geometry is the matrix of all mathematics. There can be no exact mathematics without the geometric truths included in this theory. That is because every existing element has a geometric form, and the origin of everything lies in the geometry of the eternal triad.
From that first and eternal sphere all other things were created. Thus, human mathematics is not a pure convention, but on the contrary, it deals with the verification of what logic imposes as truth. One of the truths imposed logically presents itself within the Theory of Objectivity. Specifically, there are nine logical portions that define the number line enabling the presentation of the highest and lowest points in the sphere. Thus, the numbering from 1 to 9 along this scale is not a pure convention, but an imposition of logic. Nine micro-squares that make up the scale between the highest and lowest points on the scale, and these nine portions demonstrate that the origin of the decimal system developed in human mathematics is not a pure convention. The spherical Nothing is a unique element, and its body considers the first scale to which logical and proportional unit values can be attributed. The decimal system gives mathematics the status of an exact science precisely because it corroborates what the logic in the body of Nothing imposes. Furthermore, mathematics would not be an exact and perfect science if a decimal system were not adopted. There are nine essential logical portions in the body of the sphere that correspond, therefore, to the numerals from 1 to 9. As has already been described herein, zero is a transition element between being and non-being. Zero signifies a magnetic field or an aura that every element possesses. Therefore, zero could not be included with these nine portions found in the unitary body of the antagonistic point. Zero is necessarily outside this unitary body and only appears in its aura. In the aura or magnetic field will be contained the last numeral that composes the logical scale that gives true support to the decimal numeral system developed in human mathematics. Thus, the nine logical portions contained in the formatting of the numerical lines separating the eyes from the sphere, together with a representative zero contained in the magnetic field of the antagonistic point, are the logical matrices that give true support to the decimal system developed in human mathematics.
This understanding is justified because, if the numerical system used in human mathematics were not the decimal system, certainly there would be no true connection between the developed instrumental and logical truths contained in the origin of all things. This fact would cause errors and inconsistencies of several orders, since all mathematical analysis has geometry as its basis.
To return to the analysis of the dimensions of the filaments, the widths, lengths, and intermediate traces of the boundary lines that arise and surround the magnetic fields are already defined, since they occur according to the determination of the fourth absolute truth. When one element occurs that covers a second element, it is necessary to consider two lateral lengths or widths. The first lateral width is the contour that the element realizes around another element that it is intended to define, with another diameter of coverage. The second width is the width of the element without considering the coverage of another element by that one. This second width, which is herein called the width of the element itself, can also be called the thickness of that element. That is, the boundary lines occur as planes that completely surround the filaments. They occur as if they were mantles completely covering the filaments. These mantles have dimensions determined by the dimensions of the contoured filaments themselves. However, there is still a boundary line width that is not determined by the fourth absolute truth. This other width is the width or thickness of the boundary line itself, which equals the diameter of the micro-square. Therefore, the diameter of a micro-square is the logical reference that determines the actual width or thickness of the expanding boundary lines. What determines the widths, heights, and lengths of these boundary lines is essentially the fourth absolute truth, which results in the fact that the diameters of the boundary lines are equal to the widths, heights, and lengths of the magnetic fields of the filaments for which they serve as boundaries.
It should be emphasized that the lateral width, vertical height, and horizontal length, posterior to the observed object, are also in agreement here. It is evident that these concepts of width, height, and length must take into account the observer.
The boundary line has a thickness
equal to the size of a micro-square, and that boundary line surrounds the entire magnetic field of a filament, adhering to its height, width, and length.
The conclusions regarding the logical dimensions of the boundary lines can be summarized as follows:
“The boundary lines existing in the expansion of the antagonistic point have thicknesses equal to the diameter of a micro-square and diameters of coverage equal to the diameters of the total filaments.”
As demonstrated herein and will be discussed in greater detail, if initial filaments of various diameters were to be considered together with the mathematical principles brought by the absolute truths, it would not have been possible to cause the spherical point to expand to form the universe. As described herein, there is one and only one logical form of the antagonistic point that would allow expansion.
It is this logical, unique, and exclusive form that the Theory of Objectivity presents.
Now that the diameters of the filaments and boundary lines have been defined, it is necessary to define the diameters of the magnetic fields surrounding the antagonist point and filaments. Thus, I would now like to present Figure 21.
Figure 21 shows that the sphere has four faces, which correspond in conventional geometry to the external diameters of the four wedges of the sphere, each representing exactly 25% of the sphere. Logically, each neutral facial line belongs to the two faces that it separates. In this way, it can be imagined that half of each neutral facial line is contained in one face and that the other half is contained in another face. Each neutral facial line, therefore, belongs simultaneously to two faces of the sphere. Thus, the sum of the four faces makes up the total quantum of the sphere. Having said that, it is possible to affirm that each face has a height equal to the diameter of the sphere. On the other hand, the front lengths and widths (lateral lengths) of the faces of the sphere are variable, as the geometry of each spherical wedge (face) determines. The two micro-squares that define the two tails of the sphere determine the minimum widths and front lengths. On the other hand, the eyes of the faces determine the micro-squares that define the maximum width and front length.
In Figure 22, a band of the sphere with two prominent faces is presented in flat form.
It should be noted that it is only possible to see one of the neutral facial lines, corroborating the understanding that each boundary line belongs simultaneously to two faces. Thus, by applying truth deriving from the fifth absolute truth, it is not possible to see two boundary lines in full when one observes a band of the sphere entirely containing two faces of that sphere.
What should be emphasized is that the definition of the faces of the sphere is logically determined by the traces that define the surface of the sphere. That is, there are no features inside the sphere that separate the faces from one another. The traits that define each of the wedges of the sphere and that are within the body of the sphere do not exist in a real form, but rather only in an imaginary form. On the other hand, the traces that define the surface boundary lines of the sphere are real, for they are actually the micro-squares representing the angulations necessary for the geometrical body of the sphere to exist logically. Thus, the trace that defines the diameter of the sphere and consequently the height of each of the faces is imaginary, since it is inside the sphere, cutting it from one end to the other. Indeed, this height can also be measured by tracing an imaginary line from the micro-square representing a tail of the sphere to that representing the other tail located on the opposite band. Thus, the traces that define the widths of the faces are imaginary, since they represent portions that are within the sphere. These face widths correspond to the sides of a spherical wedge. However, the traces that define the front lengths of the sphere have real references, since they can be determined by the micro-squares that populate the surface of the sphere.
Thus, in Figure 22, the height of each face can be defined by the distance between the two taller micro-squares along the boundaries that represent the tails of the sphere. These two taller micro-squares representative of the tails cannot be seen by an observer who views the sphere from this central position. However, the two micro-squares highlighted in red at the top and bottom of the sphere band (Figure 22) neighbor these tails.
The maximum lateral widths,
defined herein as the greatest side lengths, can be defined by drawing lines from the micro-squares numbered 1 to the imaginary line that cuts through the center of the sphere. These traces from the micro-squares numbered 1 correspond to the conventional spherical radius. It is only possible to see a micro-square numbered 1 at the center, since the others lie along the neutral facial lines hidden from this viewing angle. These lateral widths are variable, since if from each of these micro-squares numbered 1 we proceed towards the top or the bottom of each of the bands, the distance of a line drawn to the central imaginary line would decrease until reaching a minimum width of only one micro-square at the end.
By tracing an imaginary line through the micro-squares arranged according to the numerical scale shown in Figure 22 to the center of the sphere, we will find the maximum intermediate width of the faces. This trait also corresponds to the conventional spherical radius. Outside of the depicted portion, moving towards the tails of the sphere, the facial width will decrease until it reaches the minimum, indicated by the last micro-square corresponding to the respective tail.
All of these traits define the geometry of a face of the sphere. It should be emphasized that the face is being considered in a broad sense, since the traits presented also define the imaginary inner geometry of the sphere divided into four exact portions.
Figure 22 also clarifies the number of micro-squares that logically complete the circumference of the antagonistic point. As mentioned previously, these micro-squares represent the minimal straight portions that make up the body of the sphere. In addition, Figure 22 verifies that each face has 15 micro-squares not belonging to boundary lines along its maximum length. Thus, the four faces together have 60 non-boundary micro-squares composing their lengths. In addition to these non-boundary micro-squares, each face will have at its maximum length two more micro-squares contained in neutral facial lines. That is, each face has 15 non-boundary logical portions plus two logical portions contained in lines that belong simultaneously to two faces. Therefore, there is a total of four logical border portions composing the circumference of the sphere when the maximum lengths of the four faces are combined. These observations are intended to clarify that the maximum circumference of the sphere is divided into 64 logical portions. On the other hand, as already shown, this fundamental numerical scale contained in the faces of the spherical point represents the first logical portions that can be concluded to have existed within the universe, because the sphere can be divided into nine logical portions. The 10th logical part is outside the unitary body of the sphere, but still contained in its existential body, which also encompasses its magnetic field. Therefore, the nine logical portions of the unitary body combine with the logical portion of the magnetic field to yield the 10 logical portions that provide the true foundation of the decimal system developed by humanity. Thus, those 64 logical portions that make up the circumference of the sphere can be divided into these 10 logical portions of the fundamental scale. The principle of the logical minimum applies here. Geometric spatial logic does not allow values greater than the minimum required to be truly present. Thus, if there is a fundamental scale that includes 10 logical portions arranged in the spatial dimensions of Nothing, this logical scale must be applied in order to have each logical portion contained in the surface of Nothing, measured in its minimal logical portion. That is, each micro-square contained in the circumference of the sphere can be divided by 10, in order to present each micro-square as its decimal minimum. Each micro-square would be divided into 10 other logical portions to give the circumference of the sphere exact precision. However, as the Theory of Objectivity demonstrates, a sphere has a logical circumference that contains exactly 64 portions. These 64 portions can be divided using the first-order decimal scale contained in the logical body of the antagonistic point and its magnetic field. In this way, the circumference of the sphere can logically be divided into 640 decimal minimum portions. That is, the circumference of the primordial sphere can be subdivided into exactly 640°, for that is what the geometric truths contained in the faces of the antagonistic point demonstrate.
The resulting truth that synthesizes the concept of the logical degree of a circumference can be defined as follows:
“A degree is the minimum straight portion in a circumference such that when 10 of these portions are positioned in line and all can simultaneously touch the same plane a logical circumferential straight is formed.”
Now that the concept of a degree has been defined, the resulting truth that synthesizes the concept of circumferential logic can also be derived. The two concepts complement each other intrinsically, for they are the result of the same logical arrangement that occurs in the body of the sphere or any other circumferential body.
“A logical circumferential straight is the maximum straight portion of a circumference and can be measured when 10° is drawn in a line in any direction in a spherical or circumferential body and having an infinitesimal logical height.”
Evidently, a logical circumferential line has a geometric trace with a height corresponding to the mirrors or welds of the angular steps. Logic is necessary for the trace of an element to be present in space and for the existence of that geometric element to have meaning. In addition, every line needs a logical height. The line that makes the circumference traces is seen from the perspective of the observer and requires a logical height. This height is an infinitesimal value other than zero, because if a line had zero height it would not exist. The micro-squares are straight logical circumferential portions each composed of 10 other micro-lines that are the degrees contained in the body of Nothing. This reasoning confirms the truths that there is no infinite line and that every existential element can only occur if a set of lines connect in space. The lines that make up a circumference are angular in relation to the eyes and tails of the sphere. What allows the angularity of the connecting lines is precisely the height of each angular step. It is precisely this angularity that each logical circumferential line and each logical degree have in relation to the six determining points contained in the body of the antagonistic sphere that determine its spherical configuration. A set of 640 straight makes up the minimal logical portions or degrees that give traces to the circumference of the antagonistic point.
It is necessary here to define the trace of an element with logical precision.
“The trace of an element is the set of lines that delimit the element, so that it can be perceived as existing, for it is not possible to have a form of existence that is not a finite geometric figure in space.”
It is not possible for an element to occur without a trace, and every trace is composed of straight lines that connect in space. In the specific case of the geometric body of a sphere and its circumference, these straight lines are arranged in a proportional and symmetrical relationship related to the spatial angulation that each of these elements has from six reference points. The fact is that the lines that provide traces for each existential element necessarily have an infinitesimal heights different from zero and are related to the magnetic fields of their respective elements. Furthermore, it is not possible for an element to exist without other external elements seeing its features. Nothing was non-existent precisely because it did not consider the fifth absolute truth. Nothing had no element to perceive its traits, because it was a unique element. The expansion of the faces of Nothing created an existential space where from then on every element would occur with its own reference and without bordering the infinite. In the Era of Nothing, the fifth absolute truth that generated expansion was not sufficient to end the Antagonistic Era, for the filaments that finally occurred still coexisted with an infinite border. Only when the universal sphere was formed could all of the contradictions of the Antagonistic Era cease and the Existential Era begin.
Therefore, the straight lines that make up the trace of an element are a condition of existence and not a convention. It is not logically possible for a circumference to be composed of infinitely many points. A finite element must consist of a minimal number of finite logical portions, and these minimal logical portions are necessarily straight.
The statement in human mathematics that a circumference is composed of infinite points is a pure convention rather than a logical truth. This assertion is supported by the facts that division, addition, and multiplication are infinite from the imaginary point of view and also according to the agreed-upon mathematical instruments. Only in the imagination can mathematical operations reach infinite values because, given universal existence, no element can be infinite, including the universe itself. Nothing is a finite point and therefore logically is eternal. The universe itself is finite in its dimensions and existence. The existing elements are geometric figures and are necessarily formed from logical and finite portions. The antagonistic sphere is the first eternal geometrical element. On the other hand, the minimal logical portions that make up the body of Nothing are unique, determinate, and finite.
The existence of the actual universe will necessarily cease when all of the memory units within it reach their capacities to store knowledge. However, human mathematics treats infinity as a possible element that is only imaginary, and multiplication and division, as well as other operations, are mathematical essences that make the infinite itself a mathematical condition of existence. When mathematical operations are applied to the condition of universal existence, however, they always encounter limits. However, if these mathematical operations were applied in an imaginary fashion without considering the limited and finite existence of the universe, then they would find no limits, since every mathematical operation is based on the logic of the fundamental mathematical essence, which considers the infinite to be an element without limits and therefore non-existential. It is relevant to emphasize in this respect that it was precisely this possibility of infinite multiplication and addition that allowed the expansion of the faces of Nothing and also allow one universe to generate another perpetually. This replication is logically possible because the infinite is a mathematical essence that in truth composes the eternal triad. Because it has an infinite essence, the inductive effect extend beyond the finite universe, to transcend the universe itself.
All of the tools developed in human mathematics serve to gauge the geometrical reality of universal existence. However, there are truths that transcend existential logic, as they encompass values that are not be in line with the limited reality of existence. The infinite transcends the finite geometry of the existential elements. Consequently, from the faces of Nothing appeared a multiplier effect, i.e., the inductive effect itself, which allowed the formation of the non-contradictory geometric instance that is the universe. Within this universe and beyond its borders, a multiplier effect continues to act. The universe itself, as well as all of the elements that compose it, necessarily has a limit to its existence.
However, beyond the boundaries of the current universe, the multiplier effect will proceed perpetually, for outside the universe there is a mathematical essence that allows for infinite multiplication. Thus, successive finite geometric instances will perpetually be composed.
In this regard, it is possible to assert here the following truth:
“The instrumental operations developed in mathematics are derived from the fundamental mathematical essence, which considers the infinite and, therefore, can only be applied without the limits necessary within the existing universe in an imaginary fashion, since the existential universe and all that it contains occurs in a necessarily finite manner."
The concepts of circumferential lines and degrees elucidate the fact that the points that form the body of Nothing, which are herein referred to as micro-squares, are in fact circumferential points. Every circumference contains squares in itself, when they are considered to be the parallel points of their extremities. In addition, the extreme points on the faces of a circle form a square. These circumferential points have been described herein as micro-squares, for doing so does not remove the logic of the presentation of the portions that form the body of the sphere from the six higher lines arranged in the static body of Nothing. These micro-squares are the graphical representation that most clearly enables understanding of this theory. However, this representation does not modify the construction of the filament expansion model. The circumferential reality of the points in the micro-squares proposed herein does not contradict the absolute truths evident in magnetic fields, boundary lines, and unitary filaments. That is because, as stated, the micro-squares have the same diameter as these circumferential points and therefore represent the reality of their geometrical dispositions. Greater proof of this fact is that rectangular elements expanded from the spherical body of Nothing. The set formed by a unitary filament and its magnetic field, which composes a total filament, is rectangular, and this rectangular form was derived from the faces of Nothing and the logical arrangement of those initial portions that populated the surface of Nothing. The logical limits of these portions consisting of micro-squares were determining factors in this expansion. These rectangular forms of the total filaments are the result of the absolute truths that give rise to successive filaments.
However, in this geometry put of the Primordial Antagonistic Point, there is the logical possibility that the micro squares are geometric formations where the square and the circumference are confused in a same geometric plane. This realization becomes logically possible because what determines the formatting of the square and the circumference in a spherical body in a static position are the angulations of the traces that give it shape. These traits are intimately related to the analysis of the Antagonistic Point geometry, considering the heights of the angular steps here verified in graphs derived from the Absolute Truths. In this way, I want to add the resulting truth.
"It is possible that in the geometry of the Antagonistic Point and the Total Universe derived from it, the Micro Squares that form their bodies as straight portions that can to be tangent the a plane are mistaken for Circles, so that square and circumference are equal in a unique geometric configuration ".
Moreover, the circumferential logic exhibited by the body of Nothing and any other sphere can be truly presented by taking as a parameter a circumference or a square. The circumferential micro-sections do not take away the logical essence conveyed by degrees and straight circumferential logic, since the micro-squares taken from the extremities also are based on the essence of these logical concepts.
It is also evident that a logical circumferential straight line can be traced from any point in a sphere or on a circumference. This fact does not contradict the existence of logical portions arranged in a sphere as described herein, because these logical portions are derived from the six highest points in the body of Nothing in a static position. Therefore, the neutral facial lines and all of the other micro-squares forming the body of the sphere in an exact and determinate quantity are thus considered when the logic of the geometric body of Nothing is drawn from its eyes and tails. These determining logical points cause this particular quantity of micro-squares to occur precisely and logically. If one does not consider the existence of these higher points of the sphere in a static position, as has been verified herein, it would be possible to form a finite but exceptionally high number of micro-squares or circumferences, in spatial reality, interlacing the sphere. It should be noted again that these higher points in the sphere are real, since it would not have been possible for filaments to have expanded randomly from any point on the body of Nothing. In considering these circumferential points, the six highest points and the boundary lines in any case appear to be defined in the body of Nothing, and all other circular points are related to these essential logical determining portions.
In mathematics, the constant Pi (π) is used to indicate the value that results from dividing the circumference of a circle by its diameter. In this way, one arrives at the conclusive formula that states that the circumference equals twice the radius of the circle times π. That is, C = 2πr. I would like to establish and demonstrate that the 64 logical portions that make up the circumference of antagonistic sphere can be described in a true way by taking that frame of reference from human mathematics to find an exact value that makes up every circumference. In other words, the number of micro-squares forming a sphere and the circumference of that same sphere have an unequivocal relation.
Here I would like to present mathematical expressions that corroborate the understanding that the logical portions in the body of a sphere that are configured in angular steps formed by lines in fact exist. Only 64 maximum portions can compose the circumference the antagonistic point according to the logic presented herein. That is, only a circumference composed of 64 pieces can actually translate this logic, with the formation of the logical scales in the surface of the body with this spherical circumference. A multiple of 64 can also translate this logic, but without considering a true and determining factor, the logical minimum. That is, 64 is the smallest number of pieces that could be used to construct the perimeter of a sphere or a circumference, and as stated previously, logic never uses more than the minimum necessary to make itself act. Logical truth is always defined when the smallest possible number of events occurs. This principle, or the true law of the logical minimum, applies to the faces of the antagonistic point and the universe, because only 64 logical portions are necessary to compose the circumference of sphere using lines arranged in angular steps to give it a geometric outline.
Another fact that mathematically proves that these minimal logical portions composing the bodies of spheres exist is the following: it is stated in mathematics that the length of an arc of a circle or sphere is proportional to the angle formed in the center of the circle or sphere. Indeed, an arc is one portion of a circumference; specifically, it is the distance between two points on the circumference. In fact, on the circumferences of the antagonistic point and the circumference universe derived from it, the distance between two points will only form an arc if the measure of the arc is greater than 1/64 of that circumference. That is, if the circumference of a sphere is divided into fewer than 64 parts, then an arc will be formed. Meanwhile, if the is divided into exactly 64 parts, a line will be formed rather than an arc. Furthermore, if the circumference is divided into more than 64 parts, also not arcs will be formed. This mathematical evidence proves the assertion of this theory.
A relevant and important fact is also present in this regard. An arc in mathematics is proportional to the angle formed in the center of the circle. This angle is related to two lines drawn from a central point. However, mathematics does not establish the diameter of this central point. Mathematicians often say that the center point is zero.
It turns out that, according to this theory, zero cannot be contained in the exact center of an existential element. In other words, the point contained in the center of the element cannot be without a determined dimension. The point located at the center of the element, even if it is imaginary and only used to check the geometrical reality of the element, must have exact dimensions proportional to the diameter of the circle.
This theory asserts this fact. The point located at the center of the antagonistic sphere can only be imaginary, for Nothing is a single element and is not subdivided into smaller parts. This center point has dimensions exactly equal to those of the micro-squares that form the sphere. Thus, the two imaginary lines starting from the center of the logical circumference to form an angle corresponding to a proportional length of the circumference will have angulation determined by the imaginary micro-square contained in the sphere. If these two lines start from the center of the circumference, they could be parallel, forming a zero angle. This fact clearly demonstrates all of the logic discussed in the presentation of these micro-squares, since the minimum angle that can exist at the center of a sphere is a zero angle. This zero angle corresponds to a line contained in the surface of the sphere. That is, a logical circumferential line is straight,
since the maximum portion that may be contained in the center of a sphere has a diameter proportional to the circumference of that sphere. This zero angle in the center of the sphere will compose a straight portion on the surface of that sphere when projected in any direction. In this regard, the following derivative truth is of high importance in this theory:
“The point located at the center of the circumference of the antagonistic point and the universe derived from it, even if it is imaginary and intended only for gauging the geometrical reality of that circumference, must have a maximum dimension of 1/64 of the circumference of the sphere, and the minimum angle that can be formed by two lines drawn from that point is zero. This non-angle, if projected proportionally in any direction onto the surface of the sphere, will compose a straight line with a width equal to that of the central point.”
It turns out that the circumferences of the two logical spheres are formed from straight points equivalent to 1/64 of those circumferences. The micro-squares are the maximal straight portions in a circumference and can be mathematically divided by the 10 logical portions existing in the Antagonistic Era to form degrees. These 10 logical portions configured as degrees can also, from a mathematical point of view, be divided by larger and infinite values. However, as stated herein, existential reality does not permit infinite values. Thus, there is necessarily a limit that determines the minimum dimensions of the straight points that can make up a circumference. Consequently, every sphere has a limiting number that completes it, and beyond that limit a magnetic field occurs. Beyond the magnetic field of the antagonistic sphere, expansion occurred. For the universe, which is a sphere that was completed when the break number was reached, new expansion tending to form a new universal spherical occurs outside its magnetic field. I will now prove mathematically that there is a complete number that allowed the faces of Nothing to find a limit and that from that limit expansion occurred.
It should be noted that this concept of logical circumferential lines applies absolutely only to the geometric construction of the antagonistic point and the universe. However, regarding other spherical and circumferential forms within the universe, this concept of logical lines will be relativized. Specifically, portions smaller than 1/64 of these relative forms of spheres and circumferences will form the lines that form their real sides. That is, logical circumferential lines occur for the spheres formed within the universe during the Existential Era but do not represent 1/64 of their circumferences.
In other words, for the composite spheres of atoms contained within the universe, straight formations even smaller than 1/64 of their circumferences occur on their faces. For an atomic sphere, when taking into account the heights of the logical lines, which are related to the magnetic field of the spherical entity, and using all of its body to draw a line, then the representative part in the Existential Era is less than 1/64 of the circumference.
These explanations are meant to
indicate that, in the first universe derivative from the Antagonistic Era, there are only two perfect spheres: the antagonistic point located at the center of the universe and that very universe, which originated directly from the initial and eternal spherical point.
The term perfection is being used here to indicate the existence of a circumference composed of exactly 64 equal parts, as was discussed in regard to the geometric construction of the antagonistic point.
Within the universe, every existing sphere visible to the sensible being in fact has the same structure as the first perfect original sphere, which is the antagonistic point, and the second perfect derivative sphere, which is the universe. Thus, when a human being sees any sphere within the universe, this sphere will appear to be perfect, in the way the geometrical construction of the antagonistic point is presented, as already described.
This situation occurs, for example, when the sensory being sees the sun or any other spherical star. To a human contemplating that spherical construction, its formatting is harmoniously arranged in space as if it were perfect, in the molds of the antagonistic point and the universe.
The following resulting truth brings to the forefront this adaptation made by an observer of an existential sphere to the perfect antagonistic and universal spheres:
“A conforming sphere is a geometric construction whose perimeter-forming features conform integrally from the perspective of the observer in a static position, causing the observed spherical entity to appear as if it were perfect, with a circumference formed from 64 logical and equal parts.”
It is justified that the antagonistic point and universe are the only perfect spheres because, as will be shown herein, all spheres after the Antagonistic Era, with the exception of the universe itself, are derived from pieces that conform to the structures of atomic elements. Every sphere within the universe is a single spherical atom or a rational unit composed of a set of spheres. All of these significant spheres of atoms depend on one another for logical existence within the universe. In turn, the antagonistic point and universe are not constructed from atoms, and their logical existences do not depend on atomic spheres. Of course, the existential universe contains all spherical atomic forms, but its structure is not composed of atoms. As will be amply demonstrated here, the antagonistic point located at the center of the universe is the smallest existing sphere not composed of atoms, and the universe is the largest sphere formed in the Existential Era and within which all other existential spheres are contained.
Conforming spheres obey the dimensional reality of geometric construction. This conformation means spatial relativity.
That is, every sphere when it touches a plane necessarily forms a line, and this formed line indicates a relationship that conforms to the dimensional reality of the sphere. Thus, this relationship reveals, as shown herein, two significant limits of the smallest and largest existing spheres, i.e., the antagonistic point and universe, respectively. All other spheres necessarily conform to this reality. In this regard, the line that contains every compound sphere within the universe is related to the magnetic field of that element, and when any sphere touches a plane, a line necessarily forms. The dimension of this uncharacteristic trait that occurs when a sphere is tangent to a plane is what is herein called spatial relativity. In fact, this relationship is contained in two logical circumferential values, a minimum and a maximum. The minimum circumference is that of the primordial point, formed from 64 logical portions. The maximum circumference is that of the universe, also formed from 64 absolute logical portions derived from the antagonistic point.
Between these smallest and largest spheres, all other spheres have revised features. That is, the logical lines that form the circumferences of the spheres contained between the smallest and largest ones are not also formed from 64 logical portions, but they are related proportionally. When any circumference within the universe, other than that of the antagonistic point, is divided into 64 logical portions, an arc is formed. However, logical lines can necessarily also be found for all of the circumferences contained within the universe, by dividing the perimeter of the circumference in question into more than 64 equal parts. These greater numbers of parts occur for each type of sphere according to its circumference from a specific point that must be found in each particular case.
The spatial relativity of geometrical elements is related to relativity in the formation of knowledge and the relative truths that compose the systems contained within the universe. That is because this relativity is bound to geometry, and all knowledge existing within the universe necessarily has geometric constructs as references. For instance, when a man observes a stone that he can hold in his hands, the image of this stone for that man is relative, for he will understand within a limit relative to the reality of that geometric form. Thus, he will understand the dimensions of that stone, its color, its weight, etc., but will not be able to understand, for example, the micro-organisms that populate the surface of that stone, its atomic structures, etc., unless he uses technology to broaden his relative view. This example is related to relativity moving towards the geometric minimum determined by the antagonistic point. On the other hand, relativity moves toward the geometric maximum when a sentient being observes the moon, sun, visible planets, and so on. Beyond a certain limit, a human can no longer understand these stellar structures and may broaden his vision using technology.
It is necessary, then, to present the following resulting truth, which will later be grounded within the Theory of Objectivity:
“Spatial relativity means the conformation of spherical elements to the view of the observer, where the minimum circumference is that of the antagonistic point and the maximum is that of the universe. This spatial relativity is related to the relativity of the formation of knowledge and truth within the universe, since all knowledge is derivative and is necessarily linked to geometric forms in their varied dimensions, having as a minimum limit the dimensions of the spherical antagonistic point and as a maximum limit those of the existential universe, which are the only perfect spheres and whose traces of tangency to a plane form lines equivalent to 1/64 of their circumferences.”
In this way, the shortest line that could be drawn within the universe by tangency between a sphere and a plane has as its reference the diameter of the antagonistic point. Similarly, the longest line that could be formed by the tangency of a sphere to a possible plane in the Existential Era is produced by the tangency of the universe to a logical structure external
to itself.
For example, when an atom is tangent to a plane, it will form a significantly uncharacteristic trait, namely, a logical line. Similarly, when a star of exponentially greater dimensions, such as the sun, touches a plane, a logical linear trace will also necessarily be formed. What it is intended to demonstrate here is that the logical line that forms via tangency to a plane will correspond to 1/64 of the circumference for the two perfect spheres, the antagonistic point and universe. For the other derived spheres, their tangency traits will form logical lines that will not correspond to 1/64 of their circumferences, but which will necessarily be related to this proportion and the magnetic field of the geometric element, since they are its logical derivatives.
In this way, the following section will demonstrate this unequivocal relation existing between every atomic sphere within the universe and the 64th logical part that configures the antagonistic point and universe.
Initially, it should be mentioned that the constant π established in mathematics carries in itself two essential truths. The first essential truth lies in the fact that this constant does not have a mathematical limit on the number of decimal places that it contains. This assertion is based on the fact that infinity has no limit, and this mathematical constant actually represents the infinite as well as the infinite multiplicative possibility determined by the mathematical essence. It happens that this infinite multiplicative essence does not fit the reality of universal existence, for the universal sphere has a limit that completes it as a unit. Thus, this constant π contains this limit. This limitation of the sphere itself can be represented using this constant with 31 decimal places as a mathematical reference. Thus, the second truth contained in π is that it carries within itself the limit that gives unitary form to the sphere and to every circumference.
It should be taken into account that the calculations presented herein were obtained using an electronic calculator with 31 standard decimal places and that can reach 32 decimal places when an approximate number requires it. A calculator with 31 decimal places is an established convention that gives a limit to calculated fractions. However, this limit of 31 decimal places, extendable to 32, is sufficient to prove that a break number exists that limits all circumferences. The objective here is to prove that the break number that defines the limit of any and every circumference has exactly 32 decimal places and can be found by using this calculator with only 31 decimal places, extendable to 32, which is possible because any circumference is related to 64 logical portions, as described herein.
Let us take as an example a sphere with a radius of 1 cm and calculate its circumference C using a value of π with 31 decimal places. Of course, the radius can be given in centimeters or in any other unit of measurement. Therefore, I will always refer to a circle of radius 1.
C = 2π
C = 2 * 1 * 3.1415926535897932384626433832795
C = 6.283185307179586476925286766559
Thus, the circumference corresponding to a radius of 1 is 6.283185307179586476925286766559. This value is an approximation of the circumference, but there is the mathematical possibility of finding the exact circumference, rather than an approximation of it.
To prove that it is possible to find every circumference exactly, let us divide the circumference obtained using a radius of 1 by the 64 logical portions that make up in a relative way every circumference and find the extension of the micro-square, MQ:
MQ = C / 64
MQ = 6.283185307179586476925286766559 / 64
MQ = 0.09817477042468103870195760572748
From this MQ corresponding to a circle of radius 1, I will now present the radii of a set of circumferences in logical portions, that is, in terms of the number of micro-squares that represent the radius of any and all circumferences. The radius in units of micro-squares (RMQ) is a constant because it represents a value that applies to any and all circumferences in the universe. The product resulting from multiplying RMQ times MQ equals the radius corresponding to that circumference. So, to repeat, the RMQ is a mathematical constant.
We then have the following:
RMQ * MQ = 1
RMQ = 1 / MQ
RMQ = 1 / 0.09817477042468103870195760572748
RMQ = 10.185916357881301489208560855841
Any circumference with a radius defined in units of micro-squares will have this value. Therefore, 10.185916357881301489208560855841 is a mathematical constant with exactly 30 decimal places and represents RMQ.
It should be noted that a value of π with 31 decimal places was employed in the RMQ calculation, but the electronic calculator rounded RMQ to exactly 30 decimal places. Therefore, this value of RMQ is exact for the unitary reality of a sphere and not an approximation.
It is justified that RMQ is composed of exactly 30 decimal places because, considering an electronic calculator with 50 decimal places, the 30th decimal place is zero and RMQ to 30 places is 10.185916357881301489208560855840. On the other hand, considering the calculation of RMQ to 50 decimal places, it is assumed that the 10 decimal places after the 30th are represented by the following numbers: 9191702054. Thus, it is justified mathematically that the RMQ value with 31 decimal places is an approximation of the RMQ value consisting of only 30 decimal places and that the zero in the last box is replaced by 1, since the numeral after that last decimal is 9. This approximation is also justified in view of the fact that RMQ indicates the radius of the circumference in units of micro-squares. Thus, 10 micro-squares from the imaginary center of the sphere to the surface of that sphere compose its radius. Added to these 10 whole micro-squares, there is still a residual value corresponding to 0.185916357881301489208560855841 of a micro-square. In addition, if the RMQ is represented by 10.185916357881301489208560855841, then that value times two will represent the diameter of that sphere in units of micro-squares (DMQ). Thus, DMQ equals RMQ * 2, so:
DMQ = RMQ * 2
DMQ = 10.185916357881301489208560855841 * 2
DMQ = 20.371832715762602978417121711682
Multiplying this diameter times π will yield a number close to 64, which represents the number of logical portions that make up the whole circumference.
Therefore, taking a value of π with 31 decimal places, we have the following result for the circumference of the sphere in units of micro-squares (CMQ):
CMQ = DMQ * π
CMQ = 20.371832715762602978417121711682 * 3.1415926535897932384626433832795
CMQ = 64
Thus, the electronic calculator of 31 decimal places, extendable to 32, yielded a value of CMQ close to 64, which indicates that in fact RMQ has 30 decimal places and the last decimal place is 1.
On the other hand, if we use the value of RMQ to 30 decimal places in multiplication without considering the approximation of the last decimal place as 1, we would have the following for DMQ, considering π to 31 decimal places:
DMQ = RMQ * 2
DMQ = 10.185916357881301489208560855840 * 2
DMQ = 20.37183271576260297841712171168
Since this result was obtained using a non-exact value of RMQ, less than its true value, multiplying it times π to 31 decimal places yields a result less than 64 logical units:
CMQ = DMQ * π
CMQ = 20.37183271576260297841712171168 * π
CMQ = 20.37183271576260297841712171168 * 3.1415926535897932384626433832795
CMQ = 63.999999999999999999999999999994
The value is less than the logical number of 64 micro-squares that make up the circumference. Thus, this calculation corroborates the fact that 10.185916357881301489208560855841 is the RMQ, with exactly 30 decimal places and containing 1 in the last place.
Once RMQ has been established, it is also possible to establish the circumference in centimeters or any other units of measure, by dividing the radius in a given unit of measure by RMQ, giving 64. We then have:
C = r / RMQ * 64
Dividing 10.185916357881301489208560855841 by 64
C = r / 0.15915494309189533576888376337251
It should be noted that this division is, in principle, an approximation, since as a rule it is not mathematically possible to obtain a common divisor between an integer and a decimal number. Although the method of division is used here to obtain a result that, as a rule, is approximate, it is intended to prove that in this case the number of existential units in the circumference is exact. Dividing RMQ by 64 yields a fraction in which the numerator equals the radius and the denominator equals the break number. In this way, it can be established that the break number (nq) equals the radius divided by the circumference:
Nq = r / C
However, it can also be observed that the electronic calculation performed in the successive division by two units transformed the RMQ value with 30 decimal places into an nq value with 32 decimal places. This fact demonstrates that this nq value is exact from the point of view of the unitary existence of the sphere, rather than an approximation.
The electronic calculator could approximate the last decimal place of nq with 32 decimal places as 2, instead of 1. Calculating nq using an electronic calculator with 50 decimal places verifies that the 32nd decimal place of nq is 1. It is also noted that this last decimal place with a value of 1 should not logically be approximated as 2, since the number in the 33rd decimal place is 4. In fact, the sequence following the 32nd decimal place is 4362034459. Therefore, it is not mathematically justified to approximate the last decimal place of nq with 32 decimal places as 2. This approximation would only follow appropriate logic, considering the method of the mean verified between values, if the decimal place after the 32nd had a value equal to or greater than 5. This fact also justifies the understanding presented herein that nq occurs in a transition location between a sphere and its magnetic field, at a position that ends the unitary existence of the sphere and begins a value that transcends it, which corroborates the existence of the magnetic field and the expansive model presented herein.
As it is intended here to prove, 0.15915494309189533576888376337251 is a universal constant and applies to every sphere and circumference. This constant represents what in this theory is called the break number, being the number that closes the universe and makes it an existential unit. In fact, it is the number that completes in a unitary way any and every sphere or circumference that exists.
Nq = 0.15915494309189533576888376337251
It is intended here to prove that this nq value with 32 decimal places is an exact number and not an approximation of the reality of universal existence.
The exact value of nq can always be determined simply by dividing the radius by the circumference. This constant is an exact number that completely closes the circumference, as can be seen from 64 logical portions. That is, nq exists for a constant value of π with any number of decimal places. However, the number of decimal places must be limited to measure the exact circumference when using a value of π with only 31 decimal places. This finding can be made because no number other than 64 can be used in the successive division to arrive at the aforementioned value of nq. That is, only 64 logical parts can be used in the presented method of successive division to find nq and then an exact and precise value of the circumference. The divisors of 64, namely, 32, 16, 8, 4, 2 and 1, can also be employed to find nq using the method of successive division. However, none of these values can yield the number of logical portions that form the circumference of the sphere, as shown Figures 18–20. In other words, it is not possible to construct a logical sphere with a circumference subdivided into fewer than 64 straight portions, even if the number is a divisor of 64.
On the other hand, one can find any and every circumference by applying the following formulation, since nq = 0.15915494309189533576888376337251, with exactly 32 decimal places:
C = r / nq
or
C = r / 0.15915494309189533576888376337251
Thus, the exact circumference corresponding to a radius of 1 is 6.2831853071795864769252867665592.
It can be seen that the circumference corresponding to a radius of 1 electronically calculated using the mathematical formula C = 2πr has 31 decimal places. On the other hand, the circumference corresponding to a radius of 1 calculated using the formula C = r / nq has 32 decimal places. However, this circumference calculated using nq is not an approximation. As described, nq was calculated using π to 31 decimal places and considering the logical truth that all circumferences consist of 64 micro-squares. This value evidently represents the complete circumferential unit. Thus, the multiplication of this circumference times nq must equal 1:
C * nq = 1
So, multiplying 6.2831853071795864769252867665592, being the exact circumference of a circle of radius 1, times 0.15915494309189533576888376337251, the value of nq, yields 1, which represents the circumference completely, a whole unit, as it was intended to prove. It can be seen that the value of nq calculated from a value of π with 31 decimal places has exactly 32 decimal places. A value of nq with fewer decimal places would not close the circle completely, while one with more than 32 decimal places would represent an extent transcending the unity of every sphere and therefore any and all circumferences.
It can be shown that nq meets a limit that is contained in π. Consider that since π is a non-integer value with an infinite number of decimal places, then there is a first position among these decimal places that represents a number that completes the universe. First let us check the formulation asserted in mathematics and consider that the circumference equals 2πr.
Since π is an infinite constant, then mathematically the circumference can also be represented as a non-integer value with an infinite number of decimal places. Because the universe is a spherical unit that formed from the expansion of an anterior sphere, then necessarily in the decimal places that compose the value of the circumference there is a limit that completely closes that circumference. Then, in the decimal places of the corresponding perimeter calculated using π, a number nq that completely closes the circumference necessarily exists.
Let us consider then that nq is contained in the decimal places of the value of the circumference calculated using π.
As mentioned previously, nq is the final number that completely closes the universe, completing it as a unit. In this way, it is necessary that in the decimal places comprising the value of the circumference of a sphere is contained a true and final nq that closes the circumference of that sphere completely. That is because, if there were no number that completely closed the circumference of the sphere, that sphere would not be completed as a unit.
If nq were contained in an infinitesimal decimal place in the value of the circumference, then the true nq minus the nonterminating nq would give the minimal infinitesimal portion.
Calculating the circumference of a circle of radius 1 using π to 31 decimal places yields 6.283185307179586476925286766559.
I wish to prove that to close the perimeter of any and every circumference completely, there is one and only one true and conclusive nq composed of exactly 32 decimal places.
Thus, this true and conclusive nq minus an nq contained in an earlier decimal will give a minimum decimal portion close to zero. That is, there is an nq whose difference from a previous nq will give a minimum infinitesimal value close to zero, since the true nq minus itself will give zero. Thus, a later nq minus an earlier nq equals a number closer to zero when this latter nq is true. That is,
later nq - earlier nq ≈ 0
Considering an electronic calculator with 31 decimal places, extendable to 32, one can calculate all of the infinitesimal portions from the differences between later and earlier nq values until it is proven that there is a minimum threshold close to zero. It is clear that this closeness to zero takes into account this limited number of decimal places contained conventionally in a spreadsheet with 31 decimal places. If the electronic calculator possessed more decimal places, 50 decimal places, for example, then the proximity to zero would also, of course, become more distant when considering an nq value with only 32 decimal places. Let us also consider that if the true nq has an earlier nq close to zero, the next decimal place after the true nq will have an inverse value compared to true nq, because this true nq will have the meaning of zero and all subsequent decimal places will indicate numbers outside of the region existing until then. This number beyond the true nq is a number that transcends the unit. In fact, the true nq proves that the body of the circle forms a unit and therefore has sequential values representing its logical portions. The lowest value found would represent the minimum point, or the minimum straight portion that can represent the side of a circle. From this minimum value, the maximum number of sides that a circumference can contain can be reached. Each of these sides represents the minimum straight portion making up the straight sides of a circle, which mathematics calls the arc of a circle. However, all of the logical portions forming the body of the sphere and hence its circumference are contained in infinitesimal values different from zero. When the true nq is reached, the minimum infinitesimal portion that completes the spherical and circumferential body is obtained. Beyond this minimum point there is a transcendence, for the numbers therein no longer belong to the unitary body of that sphere or circumference.
It is also possible to find the true nq by multiplying the earlier nq times the later nq. Specifically, if there is a full number that closes a circle completely, then the product resulting from multiplying an earlier nq times the length of the true nq will yield a value as close as possible to 1. That is,
(earlier nq) * (perimeter of the true nq) ≈ 1
This relationship is true because the earlier nq closest to the true later nq cannot equal 1, since only multiplication of the true nq times the perimeter yields 1.
To reiterate, subtracting an earlier nq from a later nq yields a value close to zero regardless of the number of decimal places used. However, here it is intended to prove that only 32 decimal places are necessary to close the circumference completely. Furthermore, the number of decimal places that completely closes the circumference has as reference the logical portions that make up the body of the sphere. That is, the 64 micro-squares that logically complete the circumference of the sphere determine the number of decimal places necessary to find the true nq. Each logical micro-square in the circumference represents a decimal place. However, the number of decimal places necessary to complete the circumference is not 64 but half of that, i.e., 32 decimal places. That is because, according to the existential equation, the antagonistic sphere has virtual values of -2 and +2. Thus, n + 1 = n - 1. Each of these positive and negative values represents quadrants of the sphere. Specifically, the sphere lies in two positive quadrants and two negative quadrants. These quadrants, as described herein, are represented by the faces of the sphere. The sphere has four faces, and each of these faces has a total height equal to the diameter of the sphere. In this way, two diametrically opposing faces form the circumference of the sphere. Thus, graphing the arrangement of the posterior face in relation to the anterior face yields the complete diameter and circumference of the sphere. The upper and lower faces also form the complete diameter of the sphere. What it is intended to prove here is that the symmetry of the faces of the sphere, considering their highest points, is decisive in this verification that the true nq can be obtained by considering only 32 decimal places. Thus, if the antagonistic sphere is represented by n + 1 = n - 1, then n + 1 represents a band of the circle and n - 1 represents another band with that same circumference. In this way, the true nq that closes completely the circumference of the sphere is represented in each of these bands. While n + 1 yields the positive values, n - 1 yields the negative values. Thus, 32 decimal places provide an nq that completely closes the bands of the circumference corresponding to both n + 1 and n - 1. The decimal places of each of the bands of the sphere, and therefore of the circumference, do not add up, but they coexist virtually and complete the unitary body. Thus, rather than 64 decimal places representing each logical portion of the body, only 32 decimal places representing the logical portions contained in each of the bands of the sphere are necessary.
These findings regarding the existing logic relating the existential equation, sphere configured in 64 logical portions, and number of decimal places confirm that in fact the nq that completes the circumference of every circle has exactly 32 decimal places. However, this point can be proven to be true using another method, as demonstrated logically by the mathematical calculations presented herein. What I wish to clarify is that nq, as mentioned previously, represents the minimum number of straight portions that closes a circumference completely. Thus, nq times the circumference equals 1.
As stated in this theory, an element exists when several lines lie in space. Thus, if the circumference is formed from a finite set of lines, then logically, at the highest points of that circumference contained in space, lines with the same spatial arrangement will meet. If the circumference closes and completes itself when two lines meet in space, then those lines will necessarily have the same height and angular arrangement. As shown in Figures 18–20, the antagonistic sphere is formed from logical micro-squares, representing maximum and logical lines arranged in the sphere. These figures demonstrate that these micro-squares form angles with each other. That is, they are steps that occur in distance and height when compared to neighboring micro-squares. Each of the micro-squares has neighbors in four main positions: to its north, south, east, and west, which could also be called the posterior, anterior, superior, and inferior directions. As can be seen in Figures 18–20, the neighbors of most of the micro-squares have different positions. For example, the posterior neighboring micro-square has a height different from that of the previous micro-square, and the upper neighboring micro-square has a height different from that of the lower micro-square. Almost the entire body of the sphere is formed from micro-squares with that arrangement. However, the micro-squares at the six highest points of the sphere, i.e., the four eyes and two tails of the sphere, have posterior, anterior, superior, and inferior neighbors with the same height and angular arrangement. In Figures 18–20 these six points of the sphere are marked with the number 9, which represents the greatest height. Thus, a micro-square of height 9 has four other major neighboring micro-squares with height 8.
This logical arrangement of the eyes and tails of the sphere with respect to their neighboring micro-squares can be mathematically corroborated by performing a test to find the true nq. Since each logical portion of a circumferential band represents a decimal place, the true nq will indicate the positions of those highest squares that have neighbors with the same height. That is, for the six highest points of the sphere, the difference between the posterior and central micro-squares will equal that between the central and anterior micro-squares. Similarly, the difference between the upper and central micro-squares will equal that between the central and lower micro-squares. This relationship is further corroborated by the fact that the true nq that completely closes the circumference has exactly 32 decimal places, because this relationship only occurs when calculating nq using 32 decimal places. It will not occur when calculating nq using, for example, 15 decimal places. In addition, this corroboration occurs because, as the test will show, the positions of the measured numbers coincide with the positions of the micro-squares that form the body of the sphere when considering the logical decimal scale therein.
The true nq can be determined using the formula for calculating the circumference:
Nq = r / C
That is, nq equals the radius divided by the circumference.
If the later nq minus the earlier nq is similar to zero,
then the true nq
can be found by performing calculations using an initial value of π with only 1 decimal place and repeating the calculations while increasing the number of decimal places up to 31.
As a mathematical formula, one has the following relationship:
later nq - earlier nq ≈ 0
Following are the calculations of the circumference of a circle of radius 1 using the formula C = 2πr. Since all of these calculations were performed considering the radius to be 1, the equation for the circumference can be simplified to C = 2π.
Consider also that nq = r / C.
1) First nq (nq1) calculated using π to one
decimal place, π = 3.1:
C1 = 2 * 3.1
C1 = 6.2
Nq = 1 / C
Nq1 = 1 / 6.2
Nq1 = 0.16129032258064516129032258064516
2) Second nq (nq2) calculated using π to two
decimal places, π = 3.14:
C2 = 2 * 3.14
C2 = 6.28
Nq = 1 / C
Nq2 = 1 / 6.28
Nq2 = 0.15923566878980891719745222929936
Test of true nq (tnq) = later nq - earlier nq
Tnq = nq2 - nq1
Tnq = 0.15923566878980891719745222929936
- 0.116129032258064516129032258064516
Tnq = -0.0020546537908362440928703513458
3) Third nq (nq3) calculated using π to three decimal places, π = 3.141:
C3 = 2 * 3.141
C3 = 6.282
Nq = 1 / C
Nq3 = 1 / 6.282
Nq3 = 0.15918497293855460044571792422795
Tnq = later nq - earlier nq
Tnq = nq3 - nq2
Tnq = 0.15918497293855460044571792422795
- 0.15923566878980891719745222929936
Tnq = -0.00005069585125431675173430507141
4) Fourth nq (nq4) calculated using π to four decimal places, π = 3.1415:
C4 = 2 * 3.1415
C4 = 6.283
Nq = 1 / C
Nq4 = 1 / 6.283
Nq4 = 0.15915963711602737545758395670858
Tnq = later nq - earlier nq
Tnq = nq4 - nq3
Tnq = 0.15915963711602737545758395670858
- 0.15918497293855460044571792422795
Tnq = -0.00002533582252722498813396751937
5) Fifth nq (nq5) calculated using π to five decimal places, π = 3.14159:
C5 = 2 * 3.14159
C5 = 6.28318
Nq = 1 / C
Nq5 = 1 / 6.22818
Nq5 = 0.15915507752443826215387749515373
Tnq = later nq - earlier nq
Tnq = nq5 - nq4
Tnq = 0.15915507752443826215387749515373
- 0.15915963711602737545758395670858
Tnq = -0.00000455959158911330370646155485
6) Sixth nq (nq6) calculated using π to six decimal places, π = 3.141592:
C = 2 * 3.141592
C = 6.283184
Nq = 1 / C
Nq6 = 1 / 6.283184
Nq6 = 0.15915497620314795810531730409296
Tnq = later nq - earlier nq
Tnq = nq6 - nq5
Tnq = 0.15915497620314795810531730409296
- 0.15915507752443826215387749515373
Tnq = -0.00000010132129030404856019106077
7) Seventh nq (nq7) calculated using π to seven decimal places, π = 3.1415926:
C = 2 * 3.1415926
C = 6.2831852
Nq = 1 / C
Nq7 = 1 / 6.2831852
Nq7 = 0.15915494580678602311451841336779
Tnq = later nq - earlier nq
Tnq = nq7 - nq6
Tnq = 0.15915494580678602311451841336779
- 0.15915497620314795810531730409296
Tnq = -0.00000003039636193499079889072517
8) Eighth nq (nq8) calculated using π to eight decimal places, π = 3.14159265:
C = 2 * 3.14159265
C = 6.2831853
Nq = 1 / C
Nq8 = 1 / 6.2831853
Nq8 = 0.15915494327375638595283828411045
Tnq = later nq - earlier nq
Tnq = nq8 - nq7
Tnq = 0.15915494327375638595283828411045
- 0.15915494580678602311451841336779
Tnq = -0.00000000253302963716168012925734
9) Ninth nq (nq9) calculated using π to nine decimal places, π = 3.141592653:
C = 2 * 3.141592653
C = 6.283185306
Nq = 1 / C
Nq9 = 1 / 6.283185306
Nq9 = 0.15915494312177461028713451094259
Tnq = later nq - earlier nq
Tnq = nq9 - nq8
Tnq = 0.15915494312177461028713451094259
- 0.15915494327375638595283828411045
Tnq = -0.00000000015198177566570377316786
10) Tenth nq (nq10) calculated using π to 10 decimal places, π = 3.1415926535:
C = 2 * 3.1415926535
C = 6.283185307
Nq = 1 / C
Nq10 = 1 / 6.283185307
Nq10 = 0.15915494309644431437107064141535
Tnq = later nq - earlier nq
Tnq = nq10 - nq9
Tnq = 0.15915494309644431437107064141535
- 0.15915494312177461028713451094259
Tnq = -0.00000000002533029591606386952724
11) Eleventh nq (nq11) calculated using π to 11 decimal places, π = 3.14159265358:
C = 2 * 3.14159265358
C = 6.28318530716
Nq = 1 / C
Nq11 = 1 / 6.28318530716
Nq11 = 0.15915494309239146702524865789001
Tnq = later nq - earlier nq
Tnq = nq11 - nq10
Tnq = 0.15915494309239146702524865789001
- 0.15915494309644431437107064141535
Tnq = -0.00000000000405284734582198352534
12) Twelfth nq (nq12) calculated using π to 12 decimal places, π = 3.141592653589:
C = 2 * 3.141592653589
C = 6.283185307178
Nq = 1 / C
Nq12 = 1 / 6.283185307178
Nq12 = 0.15915494309193552169885660148295
Tnq = later nq - earlier nq
Tnq = nq12 - nq11
Tnq = 0.15915494309193552169885660148295
- 0.15915494309239146702524865789001
Tnq = -0.00000000000045594532639205640706
13) Thirteenth nq (nq13) calculated using π to 13 decimal places, π = 3.1415926535897:
C = 2 * 3.1415926535897
C = 6.2831853071794
Nq = 1 / C
Nq13 = 1 / 6.283185307178
Nq13 = 0.15915494309190005928458177325636
Tnq = later nq - earlier nq
Tnq = nq13 - nq12
Tnq = 0.15915494309190005928458177325636
- 0.15915494309193552169885660148295
Tnq = -0.00000000000003546241427482822659
14) Fourteenth nq (nq14) calculated using π to 14 decimal places, π = 3.14159265358979:
C = 2 * 3.14159265358979
C = 6.28318530717958
Nq = 1 / C
Nq14 = 1 / 6.28318530717958
Nq14 = 0.15915494309189549983131786791662
Tnq = later nq - earlier nq
Tnq = nq14 - nq13
Tnq = 0.15915494309189549983131786791662
- 0.15915494309190005928458177325636
Tnq = -0.00000000000000455945326390533974
15) Fifteenth nq (nq15) calculated from using π to 15 decimal places, π = 3.141592653589793:
C = 2 * 3.141592653589793
C = 6.283185307179586
Nq = 1 / C
Nq15 = 1 / 6.283185307179586
Nq15 = 0.1591549430918953478495424044098
Tnq = later nq - earlier nq
Tnq = nq15 - nq14
Tnq = 0.1591549430918953478495424044098
- 0.15915494309189549983131786791662
Tnq = -0.00000000000000015198177546350682
16) Sixteenth nq (nq16) calculated using π to 16 decimal places, π = 3.1415926535897932:
C = 2 * 3.1415926535897932
C = 6.2831853071795864
Nq = 1 / C
Nq16 = 1 / 6.2831853071795864
Nq16 = 0.15915494309189533771742404017602
Tnq = later nq - earlier nq
Tnq = nq16 - nq15
Tnq = 0.15915494309189533771742404017602
- 0.1591549430918953478495424044098
Tnq = -0.00000000000000001013211836423378
17) Seventeenth nq (nq17) calculated using π to 17 decimal places, π = 3.14159265358979323:
C = 2 * 3.14159265358979323
C = 6.28318530717958646
Nq = 1 / C
Nq17 = 1 / 6.28318530717958646
Nq17 = 0.15915494309189533619760628554095
Tnq = later nq - earlier nq
Tnq = nq17 - nq16
Tnq = 0.15915494309189533619760628554095
- 0.15915494309189533771742404017602
Tnq = -0.00000000000000000151981775463507
18) Eighteenth nq (nq18) calculated using π to 18 decimal places, π = 3.141592653589793238:
C = 2 * 3.141592653589793238
C = 6.283185307179586476
Nq = 1 / C
Nq18 = 1 / 6.283185307179586476
Nq18 = 0.1591549430918953357923215509716
Tnq = later nq - earlier nq
Tnq = nq18 - nq17
Tnq = 0.1591549430918953357923215509716
- 0.15915494309189533619760628554095
Tnq = -0.00000000000000000040528473456935
19) Nineteenth nq (nq19) calculated using π to 19 decimal places, π = 3.1415926535897932384:
C = 2 * 3.1415926535897932384
C = 6.2831853071795864768
Nnq = 1 / C
Nq19 = 1 / 6.2831853071795864768
Nq19 = 0.15915494309189533577205731424313
Tnq = later nq - earlier nq
Tnq = nq19 - nq18
Tnq = 0.15915494309189533577205731424313
- 0.1591549430918953357923215509716
Tnq = -0.00000000000000000002026423672847
20) Twentieth nq (nq20) calculated using π to 20 decimal places, π = 3.14159265358979323846:
C = 2 * 3.14159265358979323846
C = 6.28318530717958647692
Nq = 1 / C
Nq20 = 1 / 6.28318530717958647692
Nq20 = 0.15915494309189533576901767873386
Tnq = later nq - earlier nq
Tnq = nq20 - nq19
Tnq = 0.15915494309189533576901767873386
- 0.15915494309189533577205731424313
Tnq = -0.00000000000000000000303963550927
21) Twenty-first nq (nq21) calculated using π to 21 decimal places, π = 3.141592653589793238462:
C = 2 * 3.141592653589793238462
C = 6.283185307179586476924
Nq = 1 / C
Nq21 = 1 / 6.283185307179586476924
Nq21 = 0.15915494309189533576891635755022
Tnq = later nq - earlier nq
Tnq = nq21 - nq20
Tnq = 0.15915494309189533576891635755022
- 0.15915494309189533576901767873386
Tnq = -0.00000000000000000000010132118364
22) Twenty-second nq (nq22) calculated using π to 22 decimal places, π = 3.1415926535897932384626:
C = 2 * 3.1415926535897932384626
C = 6.2831853071795864769252
Nq = 1 / C
Nq22 = 1 / 6.2831853071795864769252
Nq22 = 0.15915494309189533576888596119513
Tnq = later nq - earlier nq
Tnq = nq22 - nq21
Tnq = 0.15915494309189533576888596119513
- 0.15915494309189533576891635755022
Tnq = -0.00000000000000000000003039635509
23) Twenty-third nq (nq23) calculated using π to 23 decimal places, π = 3.14159265358979323846264:
C = 2 * 3.14159265358979323846264
C = 6.28318530717958647692528
Nq = 1 / C
Nq23 = 1 / 6.28318530717958647692528
Nq23 = 0.15915494309189533576888393477146
Tnq = later nq - earlier nq
Tnq = nq23 - nq22
Tnq = 0.15915494309189533576888393477146
- 0.15915494309189533576888596119513
Tnq = -0.00000000000000000000000202642367
24) Twenty-fourth nq (nq24) calculated using π to 24 decimal places, π = 3.141592653589793238462643:
C = 2 * 3.141592653589793238462643
C = 6.283185307179586476925286
Nq = 1 / C
Nq24 = 1 / 6.283185307179586476925286
Nq24 = 0.15915494309189533576888378278968
Tnq = later nq - earlier nq
Tnq = nq24 - nq23
Tnq = 0.15915494309189533576888378278968
- 0.15915494309189533576888393477146
Tnq = -0.00000000000000000000000015198178
25) Twenty-fifth nq (nq25) calculated using π to 25 decimal places, π = 3.1415926535897932384626433:
C = 2 * 3.1415926535897932384626433
C = 6.2831853071795864769252866
Nq = 1 / C
Nq25 = 1 / 6.2831853071795864769252866
Nq25 = 0.1591549430918953357688837675915
Tnq = later nq - earlier nq
Tnq = nq25 - nq24
Tnq = 0.1591549430918953357688837675915
- 0.15915494309189533576888378278968
Tnq = -0.00000000000000000000000001519818
26) Twenty-sixth nq (nq26) calculated using π to 26 decimal places, π = 3.14159265358979323846264338:
C = 2 * 3.14159265358979323846264338
C = 6.28318530717958647692528676
Nq = 1 / C
Nq26 = 1 / 6.28318530717958647692528676
Nq26 = 0.15915494309189533576888376353866
Tnq = later nq - earlier nq
Tnq = nq26 - nq25
Tnq = 0.15915494309189533576888376353866
- 0.1591549430918953357688837675915
Tnq = -0.00000000000000000000000000405284
27) Twenty-seventh nq (nq27) calculated using π to 27 decimal places, π = 3.141592653589793238462643383:
C = 2 * 3.141592653589793238462643383
C = 6.283185307179586476925286766
Nq = 1 / C
Nq27 = 1 / 6.283185307179586476925286766
Nnq27 = 0.15915494309189533576888376338667
Tnq = later nq - earlier nq
Tnq = nq27 - nq26
Tnq = 0.15915494309189533576888376338667
- 0.15915494309189533576888376353866
Tnq = -0.00000000000000000000000000015199
28) Twenty-eighth nq (nq28) calculated using π to 28 decimal places, π = 3.1415926535897932384626433832:
C = 2 * 3.1415926535897932384626433832
C = 6.2831853071795864769252867664
Nq = 1 / C
Nq28 = 1 / 6.2831853071795864769252867664
Nq28 = 0.15915494309189533576888376337654
Tnq = later nq - earlier nq
Tnq = nq28 - nq27
Tnq = 0.15915494309189533576888376337654
- 0.15915494309189533576888376338667
Tnq = -0.00000000000000000000000000001013
29) Twenty-ninth nq (nq29) calculated using π to 29 decimal places, π = 3.14159265358979323846264338327:
C = 2 * 3.14159265358979323846264338327
C = 6.28318530717958647692528676654
Nq = 1 / C
Nq29 = 1 / 6.28318530717958647692528676654
Nq29 = 0.159154943091895335768883763373
Tnq = later nq - earlier nq
Tnq = nq29 - nq28
Tnq = 0.159154943091895335768883763373
- 0.15915494309189533576888376337654
Tnq = -0.00000000000000000000000000000354
30) Thirtieth nq (nq30) calculated using π to 30 decimal places, π = 3.141592653589793238462643383279:
C = 2 * 3.141592653589793238462643383279
C = 6.283185307179586476925286766558
Nq = 1 / C
Nq30 = 1 / 6.283185307179586476925286766558
Nq30 = 0.15915494309189533576888376337254
Tnq = later nq - earlier nq
Tnq = nq30 - nq29
Tnq = 0.15915494309189533576888376337254
- 0.159154943091895335768883763373
Tnq = -0.00000000000000000000000000000046
31) Thirty-first nq (nq31) calculated using π to 31 decimal places, π = 3.1415926535897932384626433832795:
C = 2 * 3.1415926535897932384626433832795
C = 6.283185307179586476925286766559
Here, π to 31 decimal places when multiplied times 2 is transformed by the digital calculator into a number with only 30 decimal places, because C = 6.283185307179586476925286766559.
So,
Nq = 1 / C
Nq31 = 1 / 6.283185307179586476925286766559
Nq31 = 0.15915494309189533576888376337251
This result confirms that in dividing the unit by the circumference determined in the process of calculating nq31, where the denominator has 30 decimal places, the electronic calculator turns the final result into a number with 32 decimal places. The electronic calculation makes an adjustment of two decimal places and the nq value obtained is equal to that calculated using the method of successive division, by taking the circumference of the sphere to be composed of exactly 64 logical portions. This finding confirms that 0.15915494309189533576888376337251 is not an approximation from the point of view of the existential spherical unit, but rather a precise value representing the true nq with exactly 32 decimal places.
Tnq = later nq - earlier nq
Tnq = nq31 - nq30
Tnq = 0.15915494309189533576888376337251 - 0.15915494309189533576888376337254
Tnq = -0.00000000000000000000000000000003
The above presentation demonstrates all of the possibilities for calculating the difference between a later nq and an earlier nq using an electronic calculator with 31 decimal places, extendable to 32. It can be observed that the smaller the nq used in the calculations, the greater the difference between the later nq and the earlier nq. Furthermore, the calculations show that the difference between nq31 and nq30 is the minimum, -0.000000000000000000000000000003.
In addition, the product of nq30 and the circumference calculated in the process of determining nq31 is 1.0000000000000000000000000000002.
That is,
Tnq = (nq30) (C31)
Tnq = 0.15915494309189533576888376337254 * 6.283185307179586476925286766559
Tnq = 1.0000000000000000000000000000002,
where Tnq represents the result of the multiplicative nq test.
Of course, when the true nq is found with 32 decimal places, the difference between that nq and itself will be zero. However, according to this multiplication test, when multiplying nq31 times the corresponding circumference C31, a value other than 1 results:
Tnq = (nq31) (C31)
Tnq = 0.15915494309189533576888376337251 * 6.283185307179586476925286766559
Tnq = 0.9999999999999999999999999999997
One may then ask, can the electronic calculator approximate the value of nq31 as 0.15915494309189533576888376337252, with a last decimal place of 2 rather than 1? In fact, checking the value of nq31 by using an electronic calculator with more than 32 decimal places verifies that the 32nd decimal place of nq31 is 1 rather than 2. Thus, in principle, the true nq31 is 0.15915494309189533576888376337251.
According to the standard formula C = 2πr, the circumference corresponding to a radius of 1 is 6.283185307179586476925286766559. However, the true nq test based on the multiplication method yields 0.999999999999999999999999999999997, which is other than 1. Therefore, C = 2πr does yield the actual circumference. However, when the formula proposed by this theory is used to calculate the circumference, it can be concluded that the resulting circumference is the true one, since the product of nq and the corresponding circumference is 1. This statement can be verified as follows:
True nq = 0.15915494309189533576888376337251
Calculation of the circumference using the formula proposed by this theory:
C = 1 / nq
C = 1 / 0.15915494309189533576888376337251
C = 6.2831853071795864769252867665592
Conducting the multiplication test with the circumference obtained from the calculations performed using nq31, which is true, we have the following:
Tnq = (nq31) * (C31)
Tnq = 0.15915494309189533576888376337251 * 6.2831853071795864769252867665592
Tnq = 1
Therefore, the true nq multiplication test confirms that 0.15915494309189533576888376337251 is a universal constant with exactly 32 decimal places that can be used to find the exact circumference by simply dividing the corresponding radius by that nq.
That is,
C = r / nq
or
C = r / 0.15915494309189533576888376337251
Figure 18 corroborates the logical scale that exists between two higher points of the antagonistic sphere. This figure demonstrates that between two eyes of the sphere, corresponding to micro-squares with heights of 9, there are 14 standard logical micro-squares and one logical micro-square belonging to the neutral facial line. The micro-square that belongs to the neutral facial line represents a portion of the sphere that simultaneously belongs to two of its faces. Therefore, all of the micro-squares that lie along the neutral facial line can be assigned values of zero. Aside from the micro-square contained in the neutral facial line, there are 14 logical micro-squares between two higher points of a sphere. Using a logical scale extending between two eyes of the sphere, the eye occurring after the end of this scale will correspond to a 15th micro-square. Only those highest points with heights of 9 have as neighbors to the north, south, east, and west micro-squares with the same height of 8.
Faced with these facts, it is necessary to discuss the following truth:
“The arc formed between two eyes of a sphere represents a logical scale, where there are 14 different micro-squares besides the micro-square lying along a neutral facial line. This fact assigns to each significant larger micro-square corresponding to an eye of the sphere a position of 15 outside of this logical scale.”
These logical and mathematical demonstrations thus corroborate that the circumference of every sphere has an exact and determinate length that can be calculated using a single and precise nq equal to 0.1591549430918953357888376337251,
which contains exactly 32 decimal places.
Nothing is represented by the existential equation n + 1 = n - 1. The antagonistic sphere has four faces and is therefore exists in four quadrants. Two quadrants are represented by n + 1 and the other two are represented by n - 1. It is necessary to find the value of n in each pair of quadrants. Let us define the n appearing in n + 1 as n1 and the n appearing in n - 1 as n2.
So,
N1 + 1 = n2 - 1
The sphere has a circumference with 64 logical portions. In this way, each band of this circumference corresponds to 32 logical portions. Thus, the equation can be manipulated as follows:
N1 + 1 = 32 - 1
and
N2 - 1 = n1 + 1
Solving for n1, we have
N1 + 1 = n2 - 1
N1 = 32 - 2
N1 = 30
Solving for n2, we have
N2 - 1 = n1 + 1
N2 = 30 + 2
N2 = 32
Therefore, n1 and n2 are respectively 30 and 32, when the form of the existential equation n1 + 1 = n2 – 1 is solved.
Now let us reverse the equality of the existential equation and consider that n2 - 1 = n1 + 1.
This reversal is valid because, if n1 + 1 = n2 - 1, then n2 - 1 will necessarily equal n1 + 1.
Solving for n2, we have
N2 - 1 = n1 + 1
N2 = 32 + 2
N2 = 34
Solving for n1, we have
N1 + 1 = N2 - 1
N1 = N2 - 2
N1 = 34 - 2
N1 = 32
Therefore, n2 and n1 are respectively 34 and 32 when the form of the existential equation n2 - 1 = n1 + 1 is solved.
Thus, we conclude that n1 can be 30 or 32 and n2 can be 32 or 34.
These values corroborate the understanding that Nothing has a virtual existence with values of -2 and +2, which can be shown as follows:
Values of n1 = (30, 32)
Values of n2 = (32, 34)
Therefore, the differences between n1 and n2 and between n2 and n1 are respectively -2 and +2, corroborating the understanding that the existential equation corresponds to n + 1 = n - 1 and that Nothing has a virtual existence contained in -2 and +2.
These values of 30 and 32 for n1 and 32 and 34 for n2 correspond to portions of the logical scales of the micro-squares contained in the sphere. Therefore, to find the centers of these scales, they should be divided by 2. Dividing the values of n1 by 2 yields 15 and 16, while dividing the values of n2 by 2 gives 16 and 17.
Thus, 15 and 16 are the centers of logical scales contained in the antagonistic sphere when considering n1, and 16 and 17 are the centers of logical scales contained in the sphere when considering n2. These values are hereafter called center points.
It should be noted that there are three center points contained in these scales, specifically, 15, 16, and 17, and that 16 is a center point common to n1 and n2. This center point of 16 can be measured in Figures 19 and 20, where it can be seen that the central micro-square has a height of 9. This micro-square corresponds to the center of the circumference of the sphere and represents central point 16 when the number of micro-squares contained in the maximum visible circumference of the sphere is verified. That is to say, from the micro-squares numbered 8 at the edges of the sphere to the center of that sphere there are 16 micro-squares, corroborating the existence of this center in the virtual body of the sphere and therefore in its circumference.
As shown, the center points given by n1 are 15 and 16, and those given by n2 are 16 and 17. These numbers demonstrate that the virtual existence of Nothing has four logical centers represented by three values contained in logical scales arranged in the sphere.
Each of these centers has a meaning in terms of the geometry of the antagonistic sphere. Let us look at each of these center points individually.
For n1, the point corresponding to 15 represents an eye of the sphere in the central position when considering the micro-squares contained between the eyes of the sphere, when the neutral facial micro-squares are removed. This situation is what is shown in Figure 18. That is, there are 14 micro-squares between two eyes of a sphere, when the micro-square contained in the neutral facial line is removed. Thus, taking three eyes of the sphere in a line, the central eye corresponds to micro-square 15.
Logically, 15 is a central number that excludes the micro-square contained in the neutral facial line and 16 is a central number given by n1 representing a logical scale that takes into account the existence of the neutral facial line. As mentioned previously, this neutral facial line represents zero within the spatial existence of the sphere. Thus, when considering the zero contained in the spatial dimensions of the sphere, the logical scale contained in a line drawn between the eyes of the sphere will demonstrate that an eye of the sphere contained between two other eyes of that same sphere is located at the central point of 16.
Thus, we can conclude that 15 and 16 are central positions of the micro-squares contained in a logical scale between the eyes of the sphere, where 15 excludes the neutral micro-square and 16 includes it.
On the other hand, for n2, the central values are 16 and 17, as can be verified using Figures 19 and 20, where one can observe the logic contained in a scale drawn between the tails of the sphere.
Thus, it can be seen in Figures 19 and 20 that the micro-square numbered 9, corresponding to the visible tail of the sphere, has a position of 16, when we count the numbers of micro-squares existing from the micro-squares numbered 8 at the edges of the sphere to the central micro-square appearing in red. There is no such portion that can be visually checked in Figures 19 and 20 for the neutral facial line. In these figures, after the micro-squares numbered 8 at the edges of the sphere would occur micro-squares numbered 9. However, these micro-squares numbered 9 are hidden, since it is not possible for one element to see all of the faces of another element simultaneously. As it turns out, the micro-squares numbered 9 that are hidden and correspond to the eyes of the sphere compose the feature here referred to as true neutral facial micro-squares, since they occur as zero and cannot be seen in Figures 19 and 20. Thus, it can be concluded that 16 is the central position of the highest micro-square contained in the sphere, when a logical scale is drawn between two eyes of the sphere, having at the center the tail of this sphere and excluding the hidden neutral facial micro-squares.
On the other hand, considering again Figures 19 and 20, when included in this scale drawn between two eyes and having as its center a tail, the hidden micro-squares numbered 9, the tail indicated in red and contained in the center of the sphere would occupy center point 17. These hidden micro-squares occur graphically as truly zero, because they cannot be seen by the observer in front of that sphere.
Thus, we can conclude that 16 and 17 are the central positions of the micro-squares contained in a logical scale between two eyes of a sphere, when we have at the center a micro-square corresponding to one of the tails of that sphere, where 16 excludes the hidden neutral micro-square and 17 includes it.
In view of the above, logical mathematical analysis of the existential equation shows that the antagonistic sphere has central logical points represented for n1 by 15 and 16 and for n2 by 16 and 17. As shown, the central point of 16 represents the convergence of all of the quadrants in which the sphere exists and corresponds exactly to the micro-square numbered 9. This central micro-square numbered 9, as shown, indicates one of the tails of the sphere, which is the site of total geometric convergence of the antagonistic sphere. The central micro-squares numbered 9 represented by the two tails of the sphere are the convergent points belonging to all of the quadrants of the antagonistic sphere.
These mathematical and geometric analyses corroborate the understanding that the antagonistic sphere has a magnetic field represented by a mathematical essence lying between being and non-being. The analyses show that indeed the central points of the sphere converge to zero, but that zero is outside the unit, since zero cannot be an integral part of the body of the sphere. Zero is embedded in the surface of the antagonistic sphere and therefore converges with the angular steps that form the body of the sphere. This understanding is corroborated by the presented mathematical calculations, since it has been shown that the central points corresponding to n1 and n2 represent the sphere in two real aspects: without and with the magnetic field. As will now be proven mathematically, the central points of greatest value obtained using n1 and n2 represent the sphere and its magnetic field, and the center points of lesser value obtained using n1 and n2 represent the solid body of the sphere without considering its magnetic field.
As mentioned previously, center point 16 corresponding to n1 considers the neutral facial line. This line logically has the meaning of zero, since it belongs simultaneously to two faces of the sphere. In addition, analysis of Figure 18 demonstrates that the neutral facial line separating one face from the other represents the lowest portion contained in the sphere. Thus, since zero cannot be contained in the body of the sphere, that zero actually occurs in its magnetic field.
Similarly, center point 17 obtained using n2 considers the hidden micro-squares that would correspond to the eyes of the sphere, not visible in Figures 19 and 20. These higher non-visible points logically occur along neutral facial lines, which correspond to zero. However, since zero cannot be contained in the solid body of the sphere, these hidden center points corresponding to the number 17 indicate a zero contained in the magnetic field of the sphere. Thus, the angular steps of the sphere converge to its magnetic field. That is, the unity of the sphere converges to zero, its magnetic field. Therefore, the logical centers of the sphere represented by 15, 16, and 17 correspond to the highest points of the sphere, represented by the eyes and tails, and to the lower points of the sphere, represented by the neutral facial lines. Thus, these higher and lower points of the sphere do not represent zero, since zero cannot be contained in the unitary body, but rather points of convergence between the unit and zero, between being and non-being. The existence of the magnetic field is indeed confirmed as a logical element necessary to separate the existential unit from total non-existence, which is infinity.
As mathematics corroborates, the lower and higher points of the sphere converge to a magnetic field that has logical significance of zero. The magnetic field represents a geometric portion that transcends the solid body of the antagonistic sphere. It corroborates, therefore, the occurrence of a zero-like element that has geometric existence, but that is contained between being and non-being.
In the Antagonistic Era, zero occurred, before the beginning of the expansion of the antagonistic point, as a true boundary line that logically separated the existential unit from the infinite, from total non-existence.
Returning to the analysis of the primordial geometry, with respect to the magnetic field of the antagonistic point, its minimum part located in the inner portion has a diameter equal to that of the sphere. On the other hand, the maximum diameter of the spherical magnetic field of the antagonistic point is given by adding the width of this magnetic field to its minimum diameter. In turn, the width of the spherical magnetic field of the antagonistic point equals the difference between the diameter of the sphere and the diameter of the largest square that could be contained within that same sphere representative of Nothing. This relationship is a logical consequence, since the magnetic field surrounds the whole antagonistic point. It is as if the antagonistic point is a sphere contained within a larger sphere.
Figure 23 depicts a cross-section of the spherical point though its center with its surrounding spherical magnetic field. In the figure, due to the limitations of the flat presentation, the magnetic field appears as a ring, but in fact the spherical magnetic field surrounds the whole body of the sphere and is four-dimensional. The green bar indicates the width of this magnetic field, which can be found by subtracting the diameter of the largest square that could be contained within the sphere from the diameter of the sphere. This diameter takes into account only the circumferential magnetic field, without considering the expansive magnetic field. In fact, there is only one magnetic field for every element, but it can be subdivided into logical layers. In the specific case of the magnetic field of the antagonistic point, according to what is shown geometrically, there is a complement to the spherical magnetic field that is herein called the expansive magnetic field.
However, these two layers form a single whole.
The following truth should be highlighted:
“The spherical magnetic field of the antagonistic point has a width equal to the difference between the diameter of the sphere and the diameter of the largest square that could be contained within that sphere.”
What is observed is that the spherical magnetic field of the antagonistic point acts as a mantle that covers the whole sphere. Thus, this magnetic field has a minimum diameter that sticks to the surface of the sphere and a maximum diameter defined by the lateral ends of that same magnetic field. The corresponding truth can be summarized as follows:
“The minimum diameter of the spherical magnetic field of the antagonistic point equals the diameter of that point, and its maximum diameter equals the minimum diameter of that point plus two times the width of the magnetic field itself.”
As stated, in addition to this definition of the circumferential part of the magnetic field of Nothing, it must be pointed out that when Nothing began its expansion towards the formation of the universal space, this spherical magnetic field immediately expanded, forming what is herein called an expansive magnetic field. This expansive magnetic field is not a sub-element of the spherical point like the filaments that later arose from it. Instead, this expansive magnetic field is an integral part of the magnetic field of Nothing, since the second absolute truth states that the antagonistic point, as well as any and all elements formed during that era, has a unique and exclusive magnetic field.
Now that the definitions of the diameters of the unitary filament and spherical magnetic field surrounding the antagonistic point have been discussed, it is necessary to determine the diameter of the magnetic field that surrounds the filament, composing it as totality.
Figure 24 shows the dimensions of the total filament. As it turns out, the total filament, including its unit and magnetic field, forms a rectangular figure. However, this figure is not a cube, since the front length is greater than the height, and the height, in turn, is greater than the lateral width.
At the center of the total filament is a micro-square appearing in green, which represents the central point at the back of the filament where the unitary part of that filament is tangent to the boundary line.
As shown, the total filament assembly plus two times the logical thickness of the boundary line surrounding it has a height corresponding to half of that of the cube equal in diameter to the sphere and containing it. In addition, the logical width of this same set corresponds to 1/5 of that of the cube equal in diameter to the sphere and containing it. The length of this set equals the diameter of the sphere.
It should be noted that the logical thickness of the boundary line and logical width of the filament are included here. Saying that these dimensions are logical refers to the fact that when two filaments are together, there will be only one surrounding boundary line, because it is not possible for two neighboring boundary lines to exist. Faced with this understanding of the logical arrangement of the boundary lines of separate elements and elements that come together, the following derivative truth of high important importance in this theory should be highlighted:
“The logical diameter of a boundary line is that which takes into account the fact that the boundary lines of two separate elements will reduce to a single logical boundary line when the faces of the two elements are adjacent.”
The diameter of the set formed by five filaments and their corresponding boundary lines equals the total diameter of the sphere when the filaments are appended in parallel. Of course, if the filaments and their boundary lines are considered in isolation, the sum of their diameters would be greater than the diameter of the sphere. However, these filaments cannot be considered separately, since the boundary lines separating the adjacent filaments from one another are common to both filaments. Then, it is as if each total filament were surrounded by half of a boundary line on each of the neighboring faces of these rectangles. Logically, the boundary line is unique element and belongs simultaneously to two total filaments that occur in rectangular form. It should be emphasized that the boundary lines are plastic elements that conform to the geometrical reality. Therefore, when two lines come together, they necessarily become a single, single-stranded line. It is impossible for two boundary lines to be close to one another without a third logical substance between them. In addition, a boundary line necessarily has a thickness equal to that of a micro-square. In other words, every boundary line within the universe will have width equivalent to the diameter of a micro-square. Thus, each single filament considered has a logical diameter equivalent to 1/5 of the diameter of the sphere, and a set of five filaments arranged in parallel in a beam will have a diameter equal to that of the sphere. The union of two sets of overlapping bundles with five filaments each will form a cube equal in diameter to the sphere. As will be seen, the embryonic framing field is equivalent to a cube with precisely the same diameter as the antagonistic point and therefore two overlapping bundles of five filaments each.
These five filaments are not aligned in parallel within the framing field, but in fact they fit into the framing field to form a memory unit, which is spherical. That is, outside the embryonic framing field the filaments are parallel to one another and are united by common boundary lines, but within the framing field these bundles take non-parallel positions, forming a memory unit. Thus, this demonstration that five parallel, bundled filaments have a diameter equal to that of the sphere actually serves to corroborate the understanding that two bundles are taken into the framing field to form a spherical memory unit, since two bundles each containing five filaments, plus their boundary lines, are exactly equivalent to the total quantum of each embryonic framing field.
Figure 25 again depicts a filament, this time in cross-sectional form, where one can see from a superior view the unitary filament in black, the magnetic field, and the boundary line in yellow surrounding the filament. It should be noted that the boundary line is not part of the filament, but rather represents a logical substance necessary for each total filament to occur individually.
The total filament, therefore, is composed of the unitary filament
and the space within the surrounding boundary line. This contained space represents the magnetic field of the filament.
Let us now look at Figures 26 and 27.
Figure 28 illustrates the size of the total filament, which includes the magnetic field and unitary filament. It should be noted immediately that the width of the magnetic field of the filament equals the width of the spherical magnetic field of the antagonistic point. That is, the magnetic field of the filament has a width equal to the difference between the diameter of the sphere and the diameter of the largest square that could be contained within the same sphere. It is thus emphasized that the width of the magnetic field of the filament corresponds to the distance between the of the magnetic field and the surface of the antagonistic point. It is then necessary to state the following truth:
“The width of the magnetic field of the total filament equals the width of the spherical magnetic field of the antagonistic point.”
The length and height of the magnetic field of the total filament remain to be defined. At the outset, it can be said that the front and back lengths are equal, given the symmetry of the basic features that make up the magnetic field of the total filament. From immediate visualization, it can be seen that the front length of the magnetic field surrounding the filament equals the diameter of the antagonistic sphere minus twice the diameter of a micro-square.
As shown in Figure 28, the assembly formed by the total filament plus the boundary lines that surround it has a length equal to the diameter of the sphere. Thus, the length of the total filament can be found by subtracting from that twice the width of the boundary line. As already shown, the width of the boundary line equals the width of a micro-square.
In this way, the magnetic field length can be defined as follows:
“The magnetic field of a filament has a length equal to the diameter of the sphere, minus twice the thickness of the boundary line.”
What the height of the magnetic field of a filament is remains to be demonstrated.
Figure 29 shows the dimensions of the magnetic field of a filament. The height of the magnetic field of a filament equals half of the diameter of the sphere minus twice the thickness of a boundary line. This fact is indicated in Figure 29 by the horizontal blue line that extends from the center of the sphere to its edge. A line drawn tangent to the micro-square in the exact center of the sphere would also be tangent to the tails or eyes of the sphere. That is, the height of the magnetic field of a filament equals the maximum width of a face of the antagonistic point, minus twice the thickness of the neutral facial line.
The diameter of the largest square that could be contained within the sphere, which appears in green in Figure 29 and is drawn using the four points of the sphere with lesser spatial extent and dividing the neutral facial lines , has important logical significance, since the maximum length of each face of the sphere equals that of the square, just as the length of the unitary filament equals that of the largest square. In addition, this largest square is equal in length to half of the total diameter of the antagonistic point when considered with its magnetic field. This logical half evidently considers the fact that two neutral facial lines belonging to the two halves of the sphere with its magnetic field gain the meaning of just one line, because it is not possible for two boundary lines to be parallel to each other. It is also not possible to divide a neutral line into two parallel portions, since these lines have micro-squares as their diameters. It is evident that there are no boundary lines or neutral facial lines separating the bands from the sphere. However, when dividing the total sphere into two bands, this imaginary dividing line necessarily has a thickness equal to that of a boundary line or neutral face line, which equals the thickness of a micro-square. This statement is also justified because this theory does not assert that zero is at the center of any element that has a logical existence. Regarding Nothing, which represents the first indestructible, indelible, and eternal unit, zero can only appear outside it, as its magnetic field. Thus, when dividing the sphere with its respective magnetic field into two bands, the diameter corresponding to that dividing line must belong to each half taken, since the dividing line belongs simultaneously to both bands. By joining the two halves, the dividing lines logically combine into one, for it is not possible for two dividing lines to approach one another. Thus, the diameter of the largest square that could be contained within the sphere has a diameter equal to half of the diameter of the sphere with its magnetic field, considering as the center point of that sphere a micro-square. This observation corroborates the understanding presented herein that these measurements of magnetic fields and filaments are not taken at random but actually represent this fundamental logical essence that is verified by the analysis of the geometry of the spherical antagonistic point. This geometric truth can be synthesized as follows:
“The diameter of the largest square that could be contained within the sphere equals half of the diameter of the sphere with its magnetic field, when the diameter of a micro-square is considered as the center point of that sphere.”
This resulting truth means that the distance from the center of the sphere to any point on the surface of its magnetic field equals the diameter of the largest square that could be contained within the sphere.
Another fact that corroborates the geometric logic presented here is that this measure of the largest square that could be contained within the sphere also equals the distance from an imaginary micro-square inside the sphere to the inner vertex of the cube equal in diameter to the sphere. This inner vertex indicates that the line forming this cube of equal diameter is not included in the measurement of the diameter of this cube. This statement can also be summarized as follows:
“The diameter of the largest square that could be contained within the sphere equals the logical radius taken from the center of that sphere to the vertex of the cube equal in diameter to the sphere minus the diameter of a micro-square.”
It should be noted that in this theory, the logical radius, like any other measure taken from the center of the sphere, even considers the diameter of the point (micro-square) located at the center. That is, the line drawn to measure the logical radius does not include a zero at the center, but rather a logical point with the size of a micro-square. This imaginary point is included in the length of this imaginary line.
As shown in Figure 29, the height of the magnetic field of a filament equals the logical half of the diameter of the sphere minus twice the thickness of a neutral facial line. This logical half, as stated, does not consider zero to be at the center of the element, but rather a minimum point, with dimensions equal to those of a micro-square. This dimension of the magnetic field of the filament is shown in Figure 29 as a horizontal blue line.
On the other hand, a central line inside the sphere, drawn between the two tails of the antagonistic point, would delimit the center of that sphere so as to divide it into two bands. This line, even if imaginary, must have the thickness of a micro-square, since the diameter of a micro-square serves as the logical reference of the lines in this era. Thus, the actual boundary lines have thicknesses equivalent to the width of a micro-square, and the imaginary lines, such as a line cutting the sphere into two bands, also have as a minimum logical reference the diameter of a micro-square. Therefore, when mentally dividing the sphere into two equal bands, this imaginary central neutral line must be with each of the bands, since it is not logically possible to divide a dividing line into two, nor is it possible for zero to be at the center of any element. In this way, when the two bands are mentally separated, the dividing lines of each logically become a single line. This reasoning defines what is herein called the logical diameter and, specifically, the logical half of an element.
A line drawn from one tail to another inside the sphere determines the height of each face and, of course, that the height of one face equals the diameter of the sphere. Note that I am referring to faces, because in the Antagonistic Era there were still no dimensions. The spatial and universal dimensions began to be formed from the four faces of the antagonistic point. In addition, the maximum and minimum width of a face can only be verified by considering the eyes and tails of the sphere. The tails are points at which the four faces, and, therefore, the four neutral facial lines that separate these faces from each other and at the same time belong to them, converge. These observations logically justify why the maximum face width corresponds to half of the diameter of the sphere.
Again considering Figure 29, it can be seen that in front of the horizontal blue line is a horizontal yellow line that extends from the face of the antagonistic point to its magnetic field. This yellow line indicates the width of the magnetic field of the antagonistic point as well as that of the magnetic field the total filament, since both are equal. In turn, the vertical blue line represents the length of the total filament, which in fact equals the diameter of the sphere, minus twice the thickness of a boundary line.
The dimensions of the magnetic field of a filament can be summarized as follows:
“The length of the magnetic field of a filament plus two times the thickness of the boundary line equals the diameter of the antagonistic point.”
“The width of the magnetic field of a filament equals the width of the magnetic field of the antagonistic point.”
From the analysis of the total filaments and the respective boundary lines that logically separate them, one can arrive at the following resulting truth:
“Five filaments arranged in a beam plus the diameters of their respective boundary lines equals the diameter of the antagonistic point.”
As can be verified geometrically, each total filament plus the boundary lines surrounding it has a logical width equal to 1/5 of that of the sphere. On the other hand, a beam with five total filaments plus the associated boundary lines has logical dimensions corresponding to half of the sphere in height and the whole sphere in length. These logical geometrical truths demonstrate that the set formed by 10 filaments and their accompanying boundary lines will form a cube of equal diameter to the sphere. However, it should be noted that each boundary line is shared by two adjacent filaments. Thus, five filaments in a parallel set will have a total of six boundary lines in front of their lengths, and a five-filament bundle that is primarily in front of a framing field will have four boundary lines between the filaments. In this way, five sets of filaments and their boundary lines have exactly the same diameter as the sphere. Therefore, each filament plus its boundary lines has a diameter equal to 1/5 of that of the sphere.
If the geometric construction of the filament were not exactly as presented here, there would be no embryonic memory and the necessary framing of these filaments and consequent formation of memory units would not have occurred, as will be discussed below.
A framing field is a logical formation determined by the joint action of the fourth and fifth absolute truths that describe the inductive effect. Each filament has four logical faces. However, since filaments are rectangular figures that occur in parallel bundles, where each filament is glued to the others and boundary lines are present as dividing lines, it is not possible for all four logical faces of each rectangular figure to be covered completely by only four other such figures arranged in parallel, since the four logical faces occur on six sides of the rectangular shape. It should be noted that the logical faces of an element differ from those agreed upon in human mathematics and are therefore herein referred to as sides of the element. Thus, each rectangular figure requires six other figures to be covered fully. It is not possible for a filament arranged in a bundle to have its four faces entirely seen by only four other filaments, unless the filament is neighboring the antagonistic point or a framing field, as will be verified by geometric analysis of the expansion. That is, it is not possible for all four faces of a filament (rectangular figure) arranged in parallel to be observed. According to the fifth absolute truth, each of these faces needs to have at least one other face observing it completely. The fifth absolute truth states that for an element to exist, it must be observed simultaneously by at least two other elements. Since the filaments are parallel rectangular figures, in principle each of these figures will have six other elements observing it, so that its four logical faces gain full coverage. However, the first 16 filaments, four on each front face of Nothing, arose sequentially due to the inductive effect. However, each set of four primary filaments does not have filaments that derive from the sides corresponding to its width, since logically in those spaces magnetic fields are derived, composing the four primary framing fields. This same fact applies to the side of a filament that is close to the other derivative framing fields. These features can be seen in Figure 31 below. However, although Figures 30 and 31 depict sets of four filaments appearing at each face, in fact eight primary filaments derive from each face. As it turns out, a filament plus a boundary line has a height equivalent to half of the diameter of the sphere. Thus, two filaments in parallel together with their logical boundary lines have a height equal to the diameter of the sphere. Although the flat figure shows four filaments in front of each face, it is intended to portray four-dimensional geometry, where the sphere has four faces, from each of which eight primary parallel filaments appeared. From these eight primary filaments arose other filaments, starting to compose the framing fields. There are, therefore, in four-dimensional reality, 32 primary filaments arranged in front of the four faces of Nothing, eight in each dimension.
On the sides corresponding to the widths of the first 32 filaments, eight on each face of Nothing, no other filaments were derived, since in that space the first four framing fields of the embryonic memory began to form. These first four framing fields are herein called extensive or expansive framing fields, using the same terminology as applied to the magnetic field of the antagonistic point. This denomination is justified because these first four fields are logical derivatives that connect directly to the expansive magnetic fields of Nothing. These first four framing fields are the only ones in the embryonic memory that approach only eight total filaments on each side. This arrangement is shown in Figure 30 below. All of the other framing fields that emerged after these first four extensions have 10 total filaments adjacent to their lateral boundary lines.
The question to be answered in this regard is, what is the logical reason for the existence of these first extensive frameworks?
The answer logically follows: if two filaments can derive a new filament according to the fifth absolute truth, but if the filament to be derived would converge with another on the line separating one dimension from the other, forming the same quantum of space, then the derivable filament will not be formed. It is not possible for a plasma filament to belong simultaneously to two dimensions. Between two dimensions there must be a neutral line separating them. This neutral line cannot be a derivative plasma filament, since if filaments arose at those places in the framing fields, the filaments would be of reduced size, since two filaments would be attempting to form the same space. The filaments are derivatives of the faces of Nothing, which all have the same diameter, and there can be no filament of reduced size. Thus, the quantum of space formed in this convergence zone will be composed of extensive magnetic fields formed from each of the originating filaments. Therefore, the extensive framing field, and all of the other derivatives that originated in front of the filaments that formed after the primary ones, have logical origins and are not conventions. The extensive framing fields exist as spaces of convergence between 16 filaments, eight belonging to each double beam attempting formation in the same space. All of the other framing fields, which are herein called derivative framing fields, exist as spaces of convergence of 20 filaments, 10 belonging to each double beam that attempts formation in the same space. That is, if the fifth absolute truth were applied to the lateral widths of these filaments, the filaments that would arise would converge only partially. Since this situation is not possible, this space is composed of magnetic fields derived from these filaments, which together form a framing field. In this way, the existence of these boundary lines is justified, as shown in Figure 31, where the faces of Nothing diagonally cut the framing fields to the center. This diagonal boundary line represents the division between the various magnetic fields derived from the filaments approaching the framing field. Each filament beam acts as an element. Thus, between two elements that are close, there is always a boundary line that separates them. It is therefore necessary to present the following derivative truth:
“The embryonic memory framing fields originated from the dispute in the formation of space by expansive filaments that would have created filaments with reduced diameters. Since neither the partial convergence of filaments nor the formation of filaments with diameters different from those of the primary filaments was possible, magnetic fields were instead formed in the space in which those partially convergent filaments would have appeared, at the end of which appeared the embryonic memory framing fields.”
The neutral facial line of the antagonistic sphere connects directly to the boundary line that delimits the center of the framing fields and, consequently, the embryonic memory. This characteristic corroborates the understanding that the four lowest points in the sphere are decisive in supplying a portion of the body itself. That is to say, these four points in the sphere, convergent with vertices verified by the largest square that could be contained within the antagonistic sphere, are not contained entirely within it, because in fact they yield portions of their lines to the derived embryonic memory. Once again, the fact that no element is entirely contained within itself is confirmed.
To return to the analysis of the geometrical construction of total filaments, boundary lines also converge when two parallel beams are joined with one above and one below. Thus, adding the heights of the two filaments and their respective boundary lines, including the convergent one, also equals the diameter of the sphere.
Consequently, when five filaments are combined into a bundle and five filaments also in a bundle are placed parallel to the first five, a cube of equal diameter to the sphere is formed.
Now that the diameters of all of the geometric constructions of the faces of the antagonistic point that occurred in the era of expansion have been defined, I would like to re-present the figure that demonstrates the beginning of expansion.
It should immediately be stated that the boundary lines completely surround the magnetic field of each filament. These lines occur due to the fourth absolute truth, which states that it is not possible for two elements to exist in space one in front of the other without a boundary line separating them. Thus, since a plasma filament has four faces arranged on six sides, the boundary lines will surround these sides completely, since they are all are in front of other faces that are next to them. Indeed, boundary lines occurred in the Antagonistic Era as planes completely surrounding the plasma filaments.
In Figure 30, in the expansion of the posterior face, it can be seen that the primary filament numbered 1 was formed in front of the end of the magnetic field of the antagonistic point, which is depicted in blue, causing the genesis of the inductive effect in antagonistic time. The appearance of the inductive effect represents in itself the origin of the movement or the objective will in the logical formation of the universe. This movement represents the expansion that translated into the original formation of the universal space. Due to the inductive effect, in order for the outer face of filament 1 to exist and not to contradict itself with non-existence,
i.e., infinity, another element, filament 2, was required to arise in front of its magnetic field. In turn, the outer face of filament 2 could only exist without contradiction if filament 3 arose, and so on until the complete formation of the universal solid sphere when those beams formed the poles of the universe. As a filament is a rectangular figure, in the space corresponding to the framing field, it will be close to six other filaments, so that all six faces satisfy the fifth absolute truth.
“During the Antagonistic Era there was no real movement, since there was no displacement and the antagonistic point and its derivatives were static. The only movement that existed during that era was the formation of filaments that arose successively. Real motion only began to occur from the moment at which the universe was completed and existential time began its count.”
Analysis of Figures 30 and 31 shows that these extensive framing fields are unique and that all of the others that form parallel to them cut the universe through its exact center from one pole to another. These framing fields that reproduce are not only extensive, but also derived. Only the extensive framing fields adjacent to the faces of the sphere are open. All of the other framing fields, even those neighboring the central cylinder, are closed and therefore are called only derived framing fields. As it turns out, a space corresponding to the diameter of the primordial antagonistic sphere occurs at the centers of these derived framing fields. At the center of the universe contained between derived and central framing fields there is a central magnetic field, herein called a cylinder, because it has a diameter equal to that of the primitive sphere and extends from one pole of the universe to the other. This cylinder is an integral part of the embryonic memory. The embryonic memory cuts the universe as a plane, dividing it into four quadrants, and the center of this embryonic memory is a cylinder, which contains the antagonistic point at the center of the universe. These findings are based on the application of the derivation of the filaments. By applying the logical derivations presented here, this expansion of filaments from the faces of the antagonistic sphere creates this geometry demonstrated. This geometry considers a universe formed of filaments and boundary lines that make up the primary plasma, as well as the embryonic memory that divides the universe into four quadrants. Figure 31 below shows precisely the central portion of the universe, demonstrating its essential geometric construction. Due to the existence of this central cylinder that cuts the universe from one pole to the other, filaments were formed that are herein called retraction filaments or retractions,
since these filaments only occurred within the universe in the previous geometric position of the other filament that gave rise to it. That is because this cylinder that centrally cuts the universe has a lateral diameter equal to that of the antagonistic sphere and the filaments from which it originated are in posterior positions due to the location of the magnetic field of the spherical antagonistic point. Thus, these retraction filaments neighbor the central cylinder in logical positions corresponding to what would have been part of the magnetic field. In fact, this central cylinder acts as a kind of single and extensive magnetic field derived from all of the existing retraction filaments. The magnetic cylinder of the universe, which represents the central embryonic memory, is formed because only one single retraction filament can be derived from each beam. Should more retraction filaments have arisen after the first formed, they would have converged with other retraction filaments that would have arisen from perpendicular bundles. Moreover, it is not possible for filaments to be formed that converge into the same space.
Similarly, it is not possible for the filaments formed to have fewer dimensions than all of the other derived filaments. Moreover, if more retraction filaments were formed after the first, with each bundle, they would be logically arranged in three or four quadrants, which is not logically possible. Thus, the central cylinder of the universe arose logically as a line of convergence belonging simultaneously to all four quadrants. The cylinder of the universe is part of the embryonic memory itself that divides the universe into four logical quadrants. Each of the four lines making up the embryonic memory separates two quadrants from each other and simultaneously belongs to them, as it presents itself as a neutral boundary line. This central cylinder also is the logical place of convergence of the four quadrants of the universe, since it also exists as a neutral facial line that separates one quadrant from the others and belongs simultaneously and logically to all of them. According to what is presented geometrically, the cylinder of the universe extends from one pole of the universal total sphere to the other, but its width corresponds to the width of a beam containing five filaments, which is equal to the diameter of the sphere. Nevertheless, the cylinder of the universe in fact has a rectangular form rather than a cylindrical one, because it has the exact geometry of five rectangular filaments arranged in sequence, cutting the universe in its exact center from one pole to the other.
These filaments that arose during antagonistic time were formed as derivatives of the antagonistic point itself, for Nothing in that era was unique and there was still no reference, no space, and no non-contradictory memory or knowledge. Therefore, the absolute truths underlying this theory are mathematical essences that have existed since the Antagonistic Era and apply to the derivatives of the antagonistic point itself, since they are components of a single expanding element rather than separate elements.
Therefore, when the first universe arose, it no longer bordered infinity, non-existence, for that would have made it as antagonistic as Nothing. Since the formation of the universe, its ends have bordered filaments that are expanding to form a new universe, rather than infinity.
It must be reiterated that memory units could only arise after the two poles of the universal sphere were fully formed, and the embryonic memory defines a neutral line that divides the four quadrants that make up the universe. These four universal quadrants are composed of positive and negative universal plasma, all with equal geometric shapes, but with specific positions. This primary plasma is, in fact, the universal space.
Again, this expansion during antagonistic time actually means only logical derivations from Nothing itself. As shown here, everything in the Era of Nothing was a fold of that very element. These folds were, of course, logical mathematical derivations of the very essence of Nothing. Nothing is a logical mathematical condition of existence, as well as all that was present in that era, for it was the unique, first, eternal, and autonomous element in Tempus Antagonicus.
This unique element with its derivatives ceased to be unique when they gave rise to the total universal sphere. This sphere is not antagonistic, because it contains a center, the embryonic memory that became the first existential unit in the universe. Those folds of the antagonistic Nothing represented by filaments and their respective magnetic fields and boundary lines formed the essence of this first universal sphere, and that essence is the space, the universal plasma that composes it.
The filaments that composed the universal massive sphere could already be conceptualized, because the logic of their formation was already mathematically determined. A plasma filament unit can be defined as follows:
“A plasma filament unit is the set formed by a unitary filament and its internal and external spatial extent, also called its magnetic field.”
It is also necessary to present in essence the boundary lines herein called false knowledge in the Antagonistic Era. That can be done by analyzing in still more detail Figure 30, which depicts the initial expansion of the antagonistic point already considering all of the types of derivations that would occur in that era: the antagonistic point, the first magnetic field connected to the antagonistic point, the four primary filaments formed after the magnetic field of the antagonistic point, the filaments formed after the first four filaments, and the boundary lines or knowledge separating the filaments.
First it is necessary to clarify the instruments used to produce Figure 30. It is clear that this figure was created using a computer program, and the antagonistic point and filaments represented as flat are in fact geometric figures that occupy four dimensions, since every existing element including the antagonistic point and its derivatives is four-dimensional. Another observation is that the figure presents a point that is apparently not perfectly spherical, and the filaments derived from that point follow the same pattern. Although the antagonistic point is a perfect sphere, this computational pattern was adopted because, although it is not perfectly sphere, it is perfectly symmetrical. That is because the presentation of the symmetrical filaments composed of dots and lines greatly aids in the presentation of the Theory of Objectivity and well represents the angular steps that make up the surface of the sphere. It is evident that the surfaces of the filaments also have the same pattern as the surface of the antagonistic point. That is, the filaments also have surfaces composed of angular steps, which are also referred to as micro-squares.
As shown in Figure 30, the filaments derived from the faces of the opposing spherical point are necessarily separated by boundary lines (depicted in yellow) that bypass the magnetic fields of the filaments, because of the fourth absolute truth. This maximal truth says that it is not possible for two elements to exist together in a spectrum without a boundary line separating them.
By analyzing the boundary lines, it is evident that they are a kind of third element that occurs between two filaments. These lines, which represent false knowledge in this antagonistic spectrum, have the characteristics of being continuous and merging freely. Filaments occur as individuals but are recognized when there is a necessary boundary between these individuals. However, these boundary lines, in spite of being continuous and whole elements, separates the filaments from each other, allowing them individuality. Figure 30 verifies that from each face of the antagonistic point there arose a bundle of filaments. In reality, from each face, two parallel beams were derived. The boundary lines, as asserted, were false knowledge in that era. However, this antagonistic knowledge, as shown, was unique and continuous for each filament beam. This characteristic is evident in the Theory of Objectivity: knowledge is not an element that is contained between two individuals only. In fact, knowledge occurs as an element that permeates all of the individuals within a certain logical range. In the case of the analyzed expansion, knowledge is unique in each beam, but the filaments that make up the beam are sub-elements, individuals that are not confused and coexist distinctly. Knowledge is therefore the element that interacts between two separate individuals, but at the same time it is the element that separates two other diametrically opposed individuals. However, in spite of this single-element characteristic for a given logical group, the knowledge that exists between two individuals when they are face to face has a specific characteristic. That is, between two individuals within the same range, there is specific knowledge inherent to those two individuals at that particular moment.
The range, as will be thoroughly analyzed herein, refers to the total extent of the sub-element. The total extent of a filament includes its magnetic field, and saying that two elements are within the same range means that between those two elements there is no element other than a knowledge line.
However, this specific knowledge that occurs between two elements is not impervious to these two individuals. That is, the knowledge that occurs between two individuals in fact will form part of a greater and unique knowledge base. It could be said that the total knowledge in a given bundle is the sum of the knowledge existing between separate individuals. This characteristic is very important, since the knowledge that was unique and contradictory during the Antagonistic Era was broken and the filaments that occurred as sub-elements of Nothing itself gained their own individuality in order to be transformed into new elements that would compose the universe. This characteristic portrays what in this theory is called the break number, which was reached at the moment that the universe became complete as a unit.
Having said that, it is necessary to define the boundary lines that appeared in the Antagonistic Era, also called knowledge:
“A boundary line or knowledge line is an element that in the Antagonistic Era appeared in front of each of the faces of two elements when those faces faced each other in the same spatial region.”
Now that the meanings of filament units and their respective magnetic fields and boundary lines have been discussed, it is also possible to define the primary universal plasma,
given that it was plasma units that formed the essence that initially filled the total universe. The term primary is used here because this plasma existed at the very moment when the universe was completely formed. However, the instant after the exact moment when the universe was completed, at what is herein called VLE, that plasma began to transform into memory units. From this transformation also arose a new type of plasma, which differed from this initial universal plasma, which is also herein called primary universal plasma. Logically, the primary universal plasma occurred alone within the total formed universe only at its zero moment, because in the next VLE cycle, what is herein called the secondary universal plasma had already begun to form. However, the secondary universal plasma became increasingly abundant while the primary one became rarer, although it remained essential nonetheless. This point will be discussed further herein. For now, the concept of the primary universal plasma can be summarized as follows:
“The primary universal plasma is the mass of filaments, magnetic fields, and boundary lines that in bundles made up the total space that formed the universe at its initial moment, also called the zero instant.”
Returning to the questions deriving from the analysis of the expansion of antagonistic time, it should be noted that this set of filaments and their respective magnetic fields were still separated by meaningful boundary lines of knowledge. However, as we are still considering antagonistic time and no universe had yet been formed in the Era of Nothing, there were no memory units, and the knowledge that occurred was false knowledge, since it was still antagonistic knowledge. No other name could be used for this knowledge, because in that era no universe had been formed and there was no reference. Thus, everything that occurred in the Era of Nothing was antagonistic, it was contradictory, for it did not yet mean existence. It is evident that saying that everything that was present in that age was contradictory affirms that the essential mathematical truths existing had to impose their logic for this contradiction to cease. Thus, there is a resulting truth that can be defined as follows:
“The knowledge existing during the Era of Nothing was antagonistic, for Nothing still bordered infinity and had no element different from itself as a reference, but the acted expansively to end the contradiction.”
The understanding of this derivative truth is of high importance. It can be seen that the knowledge existing in that era could only have been antagonistic if we consider another very interesting logical question: in this Era of Nothing, there was no being, no existence, and therefore no element capable of absorbing and recognizing the knowledge that occurred there. So the knowledge present in Tempus Antagonicus was truly a contradiction, for the word knowledge can only have valid meaning if there is an element capable of absorbing it. If no existential element capable of absorbing knowledge exists, then it is as if that knowledge did not exist.
When the bundles of filaments met at the poles, a new sphere was formed, exponentially higher, perhaps centillions of times. Yes, centillions One could not need a number of such size. However, if Nothing was, for example, initially the size of a soccer ball, and the mathematical principles of the inductive effect and the condensation of space were applied to that soccer ball so that its faces could expand continually and meet again at new poles, it would take a number of unimaginable magnitude, which conventional mathematics would surely say is infinite. However, according to what is proposed, a geometric element cannot be infinite, for infinity corresponds to non-existence. Thus, there is a break number that caused the ends of the filaments to meet and form the complete universal sphere. When the break number was reached, three important events in the creation of the universe occurred immediately and simultaneously.
The first event
justifies the use of the term “break number,” because the filaments and magnetic fields that were only folds of antagonistic time, which was unique, gained independence and began to compose in an individualized form the universal plasma.
Put another way, there was a break, a separation from the folds that were part of the single antagonistic element. Upon reaching the break number, the folds did not cease to be time, but rather ceased to be antagonistic time and became existential because the initial antagonism no longer existed. The filaments gained freedom and movement within the plasma sphere, composing it.
It is certainly necessary to identify what exactly this movement of plasma filaments means, as will be done in the Theory of Objectivity.
The second event
is the formation of the embryonic memory. At the center of the universal sphere, two neutral planes arose, cutting through the center of the universe diagonally and tangent to the points that would define the first and largest possible square that could be contained in the universal sphere. These planes are truly the embryonic memory, the first existential element contained within the universe. This memory is an existential element because it was the first element that occurred in the Existential Era that was capable of absorbing and transmitting knowledge. It is within this embryonic memory that all of the other memory units that comprise the spectra contained within the universe would be formed. In fact, this embryonic memory would compose the neutral facial lines separating the four faces of the universe. Indeed, it was the universal embryonic memory that gave limits to the four faces of the formed universe. These four faces of the universe are, according to what is proposed, the four existential quadrants of the universe. Thus, applying the principle that tells us that two elements cannot exist in space without there being a boundary line separating them and allowing them to exist as individuals, then it is necessary that between and this element is the embryonic memory, when considering the quadrants of the universe. However, in the formation of the universe, there were not only two elements but four, because the universe has four faces, four distinct quadrants separated by neutral planes that differentiate them and give them their own identities. The planes of universal knowledge are the embryonic memory, which cuts the universal sphere into four distinct quadrants, each initially containing a specific pattern of plasma filaments. These four types of geometric patterns are herein referred to as consisting of positive and negative filaments. Positive filaments are those derived from the posterior and upper faces, while negative filaments are those derived from the previous and underside faces.
Figure 31 graphically depicts the expansion, that is, the appearance of the filaments and their respective magnetic fields, which would form the complete existential universal sphere:
Figure 31 is a flat figure representing a cross-section through the central portion of the universe and demonstrates how the antagonistic spherical point expanded based on the elementary mathematical conditions describing Nothing. After the appearance of the first eight filaments, via the inductive effect, as many beams would arise within a VLE cycle, always accompanied at their limits by framing fields or the expansive cylinder of the embryonic memory, completely filling the environment of the antagonistic point,
forming the beginning of what would make up the four quadrants of the universe. This central portion of the universe can also be depicted so that it appears as a pyramid. If observed carefully, the form of a pyramid with its four faces can be identified in the cross-section in Figure 31. If six pyramids are joined together, so that the summit of each pyramid is arranged in a single center, these six pyramids form a cube. According to what is proposed, the universe was a cube before being completely formed as a sphere. However, in the Antagonistic Era during which the universe had this cubic form, it had not yet lost the antagonism described herein and therefore continued to expand to form the universal sphere, finally ending the initial antagonism and beginning the count of existential time. This statement is only made as an observation, for in fact, to reiterate, Figure 31 is a cross-section taken through the center of the universe in formation.
The antagonistic point together with the magnetic fields, filaments, and boundary lines, as arranged in Figure 31, are grounded in mathematical logical order and are the result of the first five absolute truths.
The analysis of the expansion of the filaments verifies that the universal space was formed from waves that originated from the four faces of Nothing. In the lower portion of Figure 31, one of these waves is depicted in color. Glued to the four primary filaments of the lower dimension is a filament appearing in red. This figure shows only one of the layers of each primary beam that occurs doubly. Thus, beneath the visible beams there is another layer of beams hidden due to the limitations of the graphic presentation and occurring simultaneously with the visible layer. In this context, simultaneity means that every movement occurring in the visible layer in the same way and at the same time also occurs in the hidden layer. From the filament highlighted in red, which is a direct derivative of the fourth primary filament next to the extensive framing field, three other filaments appear in blue, representing the first expansive wave. It should be noted that the movement that occurred was only that of formation, since each wave remained static after appearing and the beams composing it only gained movement when the break number was reached and the universe was formed. In each of the four dimensions, these waves occurred in the same fashion simultaneously. It should be noted that the primary filaments neighboring the extensive framing fields also derived filaments that would be close to the neighboring magnetic fields derived from the embryonic central cylinder. These bundles of filaments occurring before the first waves and derived from the primary beams are herein called bundles of contention.
Similarly, the zone accompanying the entire central cylinder of the universe and delimiting the space composed of bundles of contention is herein called the contention zone.
All of the bundles occurring before the first waves that originated after the central cylinder belong to the containment zone. The first filaments at the ends of these containment beams and approaching the central cylinder of the sphere are the filaments referred to herein as retraction filaments.
According to the logical conclusion, below the visible bundles arose filaments that originated simultaneously with the visible ones. Thus, a hidden filament that is glued to a visible neighboring filament originated simultaneously with that parallel filament and therefore was not a derivative of that visible filament. To reiterate, the filaments that emerged simultaneously in the dual formation of the beams and that are attached parallel to one another are not derived from each other. Two simultaneous filaments attached in parallel could have each originated from other neighboring filaments or from previous formations from the faces of the antagonistic point, but never from each other. These filaments of simultaneous parallel formation occurred only in the center of the universe from the four central beams of the logical supports. Each double beam of filaments central to a logical supporting pillar has a height equal to that of the antagonistic sphere. Thus, these simultaneously occurring parallel filaments are herein called filaments of simultaneous parallel formation. These filaments extend from the logical pillar throughout the central extension of the universe. Thus, they divide the whole universe through its exact center. When the break number was reached before the start of memory unit formation, the filaments of simultaneous parallel formation divided the universe into two exact bands, because in each beam one of these filaments was in one band of the sphere and the other filament was in the other band. The center formed by the filaments of simultaneous parallel formation is herein called the radial disc of the universe. As it turns out, the radial center of the universe occurs as a disc with a height of two filaments and is located at the center of the universal sphere, completing its diameter. Taking as reference the four eyes of the antagonistic point, it can be said that this disc that cuts the universe has as limits the exact centers of the eyes of the universe. The geometric arrangement of this radial disc is equal to that of the largest and imaginary square that could be contained within the spherical antagonistic point, which also indicates the four lowest points contained in the universal sphere. It should be noted that the radial disc is not imaginary but real, because it represents a set of bundles that occurred simultaneously and in pairs, dividing the universe through its exact center. This fact corroborates the understanding already presented herein that the expansion was not random and actually occurred from specific points in the body of Nothing and that determined this expansive logic. It should also be noted that this disc was completely intact at the exact moment that the break number was reached. However, when the formation of memory units began, this disc began to be undone, but its logical and real references still exist in the logical pillars sustaining the universe.
As will be discussed later, only the bundles making up the logical support pillars remained intact, while all of the other bundles became memory units. The existence of these filaments of simultaneous parallel formation corroborates the theory that Nothing, as well as the universe and the atomic units that inhabit it, has geometry with specific points in its body that are not random, which indicates that there are points in the sphere that stand out within its symmetry and therefore are specific and unique points in these primitive geometric forms.
As can be seen in Figure 31, these first three filaments, shown in blue, were generated simultaneously from the filament in red, due to the inductive effect, which synthesizes the fourth and fifth absolute truths. In fact, a wave always consists of filaments that were formed simultaneously. So, what logically characterizes a wave is the fact that all of the filaments composing it were formed simultaneously during the same VLE cycle. It is therefore appropriate to analyze the logical structure of these waves, which demonstrates geometrically the way the plasma filaments formed and behaved during the expansion. The filament appearing in red and that always occurs before each first wave is herein called the base filament.
As can be seen from the first wave in Figure 31, shown in blue, each wave has three ends. Two of these ends are its side tips. The third end of the wave is located at its center and is represented by a filament of unitary formation. The outer filaments on the sides of the wave are hereafter called wave edges, and the central filament is called the wave crest. From the seventh wave graphically depicted, a new type of logical filament will also begin to present itself. This type of filament that is located geometrically between a wave edge and the wave crest is herein called the intermediate filament
of the wave. These three types of filaments contained in the body of a wave have a common logic that will be described herein.
According to what is presented graphically, each filament that arose during the expansion can be of unitary logical formation
or of double or binary logical formation, which can be conceptualized as follows:
“A filament of unitary logical formation is one that was derived from another filament so as to adhere to the fifth absolute truth."
“A filament of binary logical formation is one that originated from two other filaments, so that the original filaments would adhere to the fifth absolute truth.”
Analysis of the demonstrated expansion verifies that there are waves that have their side edges arranged in front of framing fields. Every wave has two lateral edges, which shows that these waves with edges in front of framing fields began the expansion of the bundles starting from the two fields located at their ends. These waves with filaments at the edges parallel and attached to framing fields are herein called waves of original formation. This term is justified because these waves have the essential characteristic of determining the appearance of two beams from their two lateral ends. The other waves that do not have their edges parallel and attached to framing fields are herein called intermediate waves. The essential feature of these intermediate waves is that their edges are binary in formation and, of course, these ends never occur parallel and attached to framing fields. These two logical formations can be conceptualized as follows:
“Waves of original formation are those that have edges of unitary formation and are arranged at the origins of new expansive bundles from the framing fields.”
“Intermediate waves are those in which the filaments at the lateral edges are not at the origin of an expansive beam.”
Regarding the fact that there are filaments of unitary formation and filaments of dual or binary formation, other evidence exists. The first piece of evidence lies in the fact that, if the filament is derived from just another filament, the formed filament will as a rule have four sides from which to generate other filaments. Otherwise, if the filament is of dual formation, it will, as a rule, have three other sides from which to generate other filaments. These triple and quaternary expansions occur, as a rule, because in addition to the type of formation to which the filament is subjected, it is also necessary to consider the occurrence of longitudinal expansion
and transverse expansion. From the radial disc of the sphere in formation, two expansions occurred in terms of the spatial orientation of the beams. Thus, from the filaments contained in the radial disc, longitudinal expansion occurred in the directions corresponding to the tails or poles of the universe. Each web of the radial disc initiated longitudinal expansion towards the formation of one pole of the sphere. It should be noted that the radial disc was not completed prior to the formation of the poles. In fact, the formation of the poles was completed at the same instant that the formation of the radial disc was completed, given the symmetry of the sphere.
In addition, transverse expansion in the direction determined by the eyes of the sphere occurred, because the simultaneous parallel filaments making up the radial disc of the universe were formed in simultaneous pairs. The first filament that formed from the face of Nothing occurred doubly. That is, two filaments initially expanded from one face of Nothing. Thus, each of these first two filaments emerging from one side of the antagonistic point already had two of its sides covered: one side by the face of Nothing and the other side by one side of the filament that appeared simultaneously and in parallel to it. This principle of formation was maintained for all of the filaments that formed within the universe from the primary ones. Outside the radial disc, one side of the rectangular filament was covered by the filament that gave rise to longitudinal expansion and another side was covered by the filament that gave rise to transverse expansion. One side of each filament arranged in the radial disc had one side covered by the filament that gave rise to it and another side covered by the filaments that appeared at the same time as itself. It is evident that one side of each of the first eight filaments was covered by a face of Nothing. The corresponding truths that are of fundamental importance in the presentation of this expansion can be stated as follows:
“Longitudinal expansion is the expansion of filaments in the directions of the two tails of the antagonistic sphere and that indicate the logical and geometric positioning of the poles of the universe when formed.”
“Transverse expansion means expansion of filaments in the four possible directions indicated by the faces of Nothing. The anterior and posterior faces correspond to horizontal transverse expansion, while the top and bottom faces correspond to vertical transverse expansion. These transverse expansions indicate the logical and geometrical positioning of the eyes of the whole universe when formed.”
As for the filaments arranged in the radial disc, they were not formed by longitudinal derivation, since in this direction the formation occurred simultaneously and not by direct derivation. In other words, the filaments making up the radial disc all originated from transverse expansion in the four directions. Outside the radial disc, all of the filaments derived from longitudinal and transverse expansions had two of their faces already covered by the derivation that gave rise to it. If two of the six sides of each rectangular filament were already logically covered, there remained only four logical possibilities for the generation of other filaments from the uncovered sides. Thus, four specific types of basic filaments arose according to the mode of expansion, which are herein called unitary, binary, ternary, and quaternary expansion filaments. These four types of filaments can be conceptualized as follows:
“A unitary expansion filament is one deriving from one of its sides another filament, so as to adhere to the fifth absolute truth.”
According to what is proposed, the first filaments contained within the contending field and attached to the central cylinder of the universe derived from their bodies only single filaments. That is, each retraction filament derived from its body only one other filament, and this formed filament was also a retraction filament. Each of the second retraction filaments formed within the containment zone is of binary formation. In other words, each of the second retraction filaments occurring in each dimensional band and located within the containment zone was formed to meet the logical existence requirements of two other filaments, one via longitudinal expansion in a direction determined by the retraction filament and another via transverse expansion in a direction determined by the filament located ahead of the retraction filament. Only the first two retraction filaments contained in each of the spatial dimension bands are of unitary formation from a transverse shunt, while all of the other retraction filaments are of binary formation, determined by simultaneous longitudinal and transverse expansion. Therefore, as a rule, the retraction filaments of binary formation
and the other filaments generated from their geometric bodies are all of unitary
expansion.
Next let us examine the binary expansion filaments:
“A binary expansion filament is one deriving from two of its sides two other filaments, so as to adhere to the fifth absolute truth.”
It should be noted that binary expansion filaments are not to be confused with filaments of binary formation. Here, “formation” refers to the logic that determined the formation of the existing filament and “expansion” refers to the logic determining how an existing filament will cause other filaments to arise from its geometric body. A binary expansion filament will generate two other filaments. Accordingly, three filaments located within the containment zone, and which were formed from the longitudinal derivation of the first 32filaments, eight for each bundle arranged doubly, will each generate only two other filaments. Up to the fifth filament in the transverse position generated at the beginning of each beam attached to the central cylinder of the universe is considered to belong to the contention zone. The first filament in each contention beam is a retraction filament of unitary expansion and is attached to the central cylinder. The second filament of the transverse bundle is that which derives from itself a retraction filament as well as two other filaments, for a total of three filaments. Therefore, each transverse containment beam has five filaments, of which the last three are of binary expansion and the first two of unitary and ternary expansion. Such ternary filaments occurred within the containment zone because the first filament of the beam derived from the radial disc in the longitudinal expansion within that containment zone realized a further transverse derivation causing the formation of the retraction filament.
In addition to the last three filaments of the beams in the containment zone, each of the filaments located at the edge of a wave also formed two other bundles. Therefore, the edges of every formation and intermediate wave derived from two of its sides two other filaments, due to the fifth absolute truth. Geometrically, these binary expansion filaments occurred only within the containment zone and at the edges of the waves. However, it is possible that at the extremity of this expansive body outside the and outside the edges of the waves, close to the occurrence of the break number and consequent formation of the universe, these types of filaments of binary formation logically returned to other geometric locations in the sphere.
Next let us examine the ternary expansion filaments:
“A ternary expansion filament is one deriving from three of its sides three other filaments, so as to adhere to the fifth absolute truth."
The filaments of intermediate location within the body of the wave, and having binary formation, derived from their geometric bodies three other filaments. As shown, these intermediately located filaments only began to emerge from the seventh wave and were located between the edges and crests of the waves. Each intermediate filament generated two other filaments via transverse expansion and one filament via longitudinal expansion. Note that the transverse expansion occurred taking the eyes of the primitive sphere as references, while the longitudinal expansion occurred with the tails of that antagonistic sphere as references and also corresponded to the formation of the tails of the universe. This longitudinal perspective is described considering the view of an observer facing one of the tails of the sphere. As shown, the second filaments of the beams within the containment zone also derived three filaments, since in addition to deriving one filament via longitudinal expansion and another via vertical transverse expansion, an additional retraction filament was derived transversely.
According to what can be verified graphically, there were also waves with their edges contained by other waves. These contained boundary waves always preceded formation waves. The sixth wave, for example, depicted in green, has its edges contained by the seventh formation wave, shown in blue. Thus, these waves occurred every six waves. All of these contained edge waves also had ternary expanding edge filaments, deriving two filaments via transverse expansion and one filament via longitudinal expansion.
Let us now discuss quaternary expansion:
“A quaternary expansion filament is one deriving from four of its sides four other filaments, so as to adhere to the fifth absolute truth."
These quaternary expansion filaments occurred from the bundles making up the radial disc of the universe in formation. According to what is proposed, the representative filaments of the wave crests, whether forming or intermediate, each derived four other filaments. The crest filaments derived three other filaments, as shown graphically. In transverse expansion, each quaternary and crest filament derived two filaments horizontally and one vertically. In turn, the longitudinal expansion of each crest filament yielded only one other filament.
There is also a filament shown in red, which is at the origin of all of the waves arising transversally. This base filament occurring after the contending bundles and before the first transverse wave is herein called the filament embryo. As shown in the graph 31, each embryonic filament underwent quaternary expansion, since it derived from its geometric body three filaments via transverse expansion and another filament via longitudinal expansion.
As can be verified from this discussion, each filament, of any degree of expansion, could only derive one other filament via longitudinal expansion.
According to the analysis, no filament could produce filaments from five or all of its faces. That is, there were no five- or six-fold expansion filaments. However, it is necessary to assert that there were filaments of zero expansion. It can be logically concluded that zero expansion filaments occurred only at the end of filament expansion and upon the formation of the universe. In fact, these last filaments of zero expansion correspond to the filaments that were finally formed, composing the whole universe, and for that reason they did not derive from themselves other filaments. The zero expansion filaments occurred upon reaching what in this theory is called the break number. Upon reaching that number, antagonistic time ceased and the existential universe instantly began. As a result of the necessary existence of these last filaments that did not derive from their bodies any other filaments, it is also possible that at the end of the formation of the universe, before reaching the break number, forming filaments other than retraction filaments have arisen.
A question of high importance within the Theory of Objectivity now arises, for the sixth and seventh absolute truths only had their geneses after the universe was fully formed. However, it must be said that the sixth absolute truth emerged at the very moment at which the universe was completed. However, before presenting this sixth absolute truth, let us recapitulate the first five Absolute Truths underlying the formation of the universe.
One of these absolute truths, which applies to the foundation of the antagonistic point and its expansion, is the first absolute truth, which says that before existence, there was Nothing. As shown, Nothing could not have been without limit, for that would mean it was infinite, and infinity implies total non-existence. Thus, the antagonistic point must be spherical because that is the only possible logical mathematical condition of existence of an element in that era, has already been discussed in detail.
The second absolute truth
is also present in the foundation of this representation of the formation of the universe, because this truth tells us that every element existing in the universe must have an aura, a magnetic field
separating it from other forms of existence or infinity, as the case may be. We have already seen, also in detail, that in the Era of Nothing these auras belonged to the very unity of the spherical antagonistic point and to the units of its sub-elements, which are the filaments.
The other absolute truth that forms the foundation of this representation of the formation of the universe is the third absolute truth, which imposes itself as a logical mathematical condition for this representation because it tells us that infinity is a non-element of purely mathematical essence necessary for the occurrence of the first and all other elements. Thus, Nothing is eternal but has finite dimensions, since outside itself there was a non-element, an infinite essence that was therefore non-existent as a form, since any existing element requires a geometric form.
Another truth that imposed itself already during this era of expansion of the antagonistic time and formation of the universe is the fourth absolute truth, which tells us that. This truth evidently applies also to the sub-elements making up Nothing.
The fifth absolute truth
was also present during the expansion of the antagonistic point and says that an element cannot exist in space without its faces being observed simultaneously by at least two other elements.
As previously discussed, filaments arose in bundles from four faces, and these bundles occurred because this fifth absolute truth was also applied. It is important to point out that the fourth and fifth absolute truths apparently have equivalent meanings; however, they do not. The fourth and fifth absolute truths together form the inductive effect, which allowed for the existence of the movement already in the Antagonistic Era. The movement in that era was not real, for there was no displacement of one filament relative to another. This movement signified the formation of the logical essence that makes up the universe. The fifth absolute truth is responsible for the appearance of filaments in sequence and the consequent formation of bundles. The fourth absolute truth differs from the fifth absolute truth and moreover is not a result of it. Thus, an element must be observed by at least two other elements in order to exist, but this fact does not create boundary lines. That is, boundary lines are not a logical consequence of the existence of the fifth absolute truth. On the contrary, the boundary lines occur as autonomous and absolute mathematical truths according to the fourth absolute truth, since it is not possible for two elements to face each other without their existential regions having a dividing line between them. In other words, every element, as described herein, has a magnetic field, and when two elements are together, there must always be a third element separating these magnetic fields, otherwise they would become confused, forming a single element. This third element that exists whenever two elements face each other is a boundary line, i.e., knowledge.
Sixth Absolute Truth
Having made this synthetic re-presentation of the first five absolute truths, let us now turn to the sixth absolute truth underlying the Theory of Objectivity. As mentioned, Figure 31 represents Nothing in its initial expansion and also depicts a cross-section of a central portion of the universe already formed, where the formation is justified by the first five absolute truths. As also stated previously, the sixth absolute truth emerged at the exact instant at which the formation of the universe was complete, when the break number was reached. As has been described herein, the break number indicates that the last filament expansion in the four dimensions of the total universal space completely formed its sphere. At that very moment, the Antagonistic Era ended and the count of existential time began. This means that there was a instant zero, as verified precisely by the occurrence of the break number. This instant zero
was the point at which the current time count began.
The antagonism ended and the filaments composing the universe ceased expanding in search of a form, since it was already completed. When the universal sphere finished forming, the universe immediately gained a magnetic field around it, and beyond the magnetic field the faces of the universe continued to expand. The end of time zero gave rise to the current count of time, as stated. This twisting of time is not unique. Indeed, with the end of time zero, two times began: the current existential time and the current universal time. The current existential time. Current universal time refers to the perpetual expansion of space (time) that is occurring for universe. Existential time initially is unique, but as existential spectra arise within the Universe, each of these formations will have its own time. This time has a spectrum and does not exist between or detached from the current existential time, but actually belongs to it as sub-element. The time that is measured within the universe indicates in itself the creation of knowledge. The current existential time corresponds to the continuous creation of knowledge, of condensed space. Meanwhile, the current universal time signifies the continuous expansion of the space that continually emerges from the existential sphere. These foundations of time will be described in greater detail in the following discussion. However, returning to the sixth absolute truth, the universe already formed by the primary universal plasma has certain geometric forms. These geometric shapes are arranged within the four dimensions of the universe and correspond to positive and negative plasma, according to their positions. It should be noted that the terms positive and negative when used to describe filaments do not indicate any kind of charge, but refer only to the geometric areas in which filaments are located in bundles. This universal plasma, as has been shown here, consists of the filaments, magnetic fields, and boundary lines that have expanded into bundles until they formed the universe. In truth, the universe was formed from elements that arose before it, even during Tempus Antagonicus. What is presented, first, is an element composed of previous elements. Like the universe, its embryonic memory was also formed, and it is also composed of elements that arose prior to itself. That is, the universe and its first existing element as a reference, which is its embryonic memory, are composed of previous elements. This is a fact. In the Existential Era, everything that exists is improved by the universe and the embryonic memory and is composed of elements existing prior to itself. To reiterate, during the Era of Nothing, the sixth absolute truth did not exist, because during Tempus Antagonicus everything was an expression of the same element that created folds of itself. There was no element during the Era of Nothing prior to the antagonistic point, so the sixth absolute truth did not apply. However, there was a change at the beginning of the Existential Era, because all of the elements existing since the instant that the Antagonistic Era ended and the zero moment occurred have been composed of elements that arose prior to themselves.
This sixth absolute truth can be summarized as follows:
“Every element existing within the universe is composed of elements that arose prior to itself.”
This truism means that no element within the universe originated from or completed itself. Instead, what makes up any and every element within the formed universe existed prior to the emergence of that very element. As has been described herein, every element necessarily has a geometric form. It is evident that within the universe some elements are composed of sets of different types of geometric elements. As shown, the primary universal plasma is the initial basic geometric form that makes up the universe itself. This basic geometric form is not matter and does not possess or represent any kind of charge, but the primary plasma is representative of forces can be considered to be positive or negative. These positive and negative forces are determined by the positioning of the geometric shapes of the corresponding filaments within the universe and within their respective quadrants, initially. After the complete formation of the universal space, the plasma filaments began to compose memory units, all within framing units, which are also herein called the framing fields of the embryonic memory.
This point will be discussed in greater detail later on, but the intention now is to emphasize that these memory units are composed of elements that arose prior to themselves, namely, the plasma filaments. The memory units, in turn, united and formed new elements that are herein called reason units. These reason units are, as shown, also composed of elements existing before them. This obvious logic is present in every form of existence within the universe. Every element within the universe will be composed, in its entirety, by elements that previously existed within that same universe. Even after the emergence of an element and its transformation during the Existential Era, nothing that emerges, completing it, will be new to the universe, for it will indeed be composed of already existing geometric forms. This absolute truth applies to every element within the universe, from the most basic form of existence, which is a memory unit, to the most complex spectral formations composed of galaxies. This truism leads to the understanding that when a formation of elements is destroyed within the universe, this destruction does not mean a real loss of the quantity of existential mass. Thus, for example, if a portion of matter is taken and subjected to forces that destroy it, all of the mass that makes up that material portion will be transformed into other previously existing elements, even if those elements are arranged in sets that did not exist before. In other words, destruction may create non-existing compounds by causing the basic elements to be grouped differently, but the essences of these formed compounds will always have previously existing memory units or reason units. In addition, if memory units are destroyed, they will return to the previous state of plasma filaments or even turn into plasma. As will be discussed more fully below, if an element fails to meet the logical requirements for existence, that element will defragment and become a kind of fluid plasma. However, if it were possible for the whole universe to be destroyed and all that composes it to disappear, there would remain the eternal triad: the spherical antagonistic point, its magnetic field, and the infinite, for these in fact form the logical fundamental mathematical essence, which is indestructible.
In analyzing this sixth absolute truth, it is important to highlight a resulting truth, which has already been mentioned: the derivative truth that every existing element has four dimensional faces. The connection can be made between the sixth absolute truth and this derivative truth because even the most basic of the existing elements, which is a plasma filament, has four faces. It should be emphasized that the plasma of an element is not an existential atomic unit, but only the first logical essence making up the universe. Plasma is not matter, and the sixth absolute truth obviously only arose, as stated, after the break number was reached, when the universe was formed. It is not possible for any other element to have fewer than four faces, since the first element, which was Nothing, already had four faces and especially because every element exists as a unit. Regardless of the fact that an element is formed by an exceptionally large set of other elements necessarily existing prior to it, every element must possess a magnetic field to exist as a unit, as the second absolute truth asserts. This magnetic field is connected not to one, two, or three, but necessarily to four spatial dimensions. As described herein, the universe exists logically and there is a central point common to all four spatial dimensions or quadrants. This central point, which is the initial spherical point, is an eternal element, and everything that exists in the universe is connected to itself through the embryonic memory that has it as its center. Whatever happens within the universe will necessarily be connected to this central processing point. This connection, which exists individually for each element, occurs through its magnetic field, which distinguishes it from other forms of existence. This magnetic field does not exist alone connected to a limited number of quadrants. Instead, the magnetic field of every element is necessarily connected to the four dimensions, from the four necessary faces that every existential element possesses.
Therefore, to reiterate, the sixth absolute truth means exactly that every element existing in the universe is composed of elements existing before itself, and as a result, this element necessarily also has four existential faces.
It is interesting to note that the initial spherical antagonistic point, which is Nothing, lost its antagonism at the very moment at which the universe became complete. From that moment onward, Nothing no longer was an antagonistic element in the existential universe, but indeed became the center of the first existential form in the universal, the embryonic memory. That is, Nothing will continue to occur eternally, but not with a contradictory meaning, for in truth it became the logical central point of universal existence.
As shown, Nothing in the Antagonistic Era was contradictory precisely because it did not have a reference outside itself and because it bordered the infinite directly. Nothing occurred because its essence is eternal, and the essence of the antagonistic Nothing, as already discussed, is mathematics, logic. The antagonistic point was the first autonomous element determined by these eternal conditions of logical and mathematical order. During the Era of Nothing, its size had no logical meaning, for it was contradictory. Thus, in relation to the size of the antagonistic point, it that it was the size of an atom or the size of a galaxy, for there was not yet a reference in that era outside of Nothing.
Returning to Figure 31, which represents both the initial expansion of the universe and the central portion of the fully formed universe, some logical truths are evident and need to be emphasized.
The first logical truth is that the antagonistic point could only expand if one takes into account the existence of four faces, as stated previously. It would not be possible for the point to have expanded, for example, by replicating its own body to form a new universe composed of an exceptionally large number of copies of itself. In that case, it would not have been possible for an embryonic memory to have formed, which was the first existential element within the universe. If universe had formed in that way, there would have been no reason for it to have gained a reference and lost its contradiction. That is, there is no logic to support the formation of a universe composed of replicas of an initial point that multiplied itself exponentially.
In addition, it would not have been possible for the universe to form if the antagonistic point had only two faces rather than four. Logical order and mathematics does not support the formation of beams sequence from two single faces, as already discussed.
It would not have been possible for the antagonistic point to have expanded by replicating itself in one or even four directions, as shown in Figures 32 and 33.
A series of untrue possibilities of a spherical starting point expanding to form a universe could be enumerated. These forms are not true because, according to what is presented, none of them could occur in a way based on mathematical logic and consequently on the absolute truths given here.
The only logical reason justifying the formation of a universe containing a memory unit, a first existential element, is the model presented in the Theory of Objectivity.
However, we are interested here in analyzing only what is possible and not impossible from an existential point of view, and, according to what is verified herein, considering the model presented, Nothing formed strands of filaments with their respective faces and gave rise to a universe containing within itself a first form of existence. Here it is necessary to analyze only at this moment what this graphic presents.
One observation that can be made regarding Figure 31 is that the antagonistic point is surrounded by a first magnetic field, and this magnetic field occurred simultaneously because it would not have been possible for the antagonistic point to occur with an infinite extent. If it were possible, the antagonistic point would have been an infinite element, a non-existence, rather than a point. This magnetic field surrounds the antagonistic point, allowing it to exist as a true element, for otherwise it would have been infinite or non-existent. What can be seen here is the application of the eternal triad.
Much can be said about this magnetic field, and a resulting truth already presented is that the magnetic field has the meaning of zero. As has already been discussed in detail, zero does not signify the absence of any element. In fact, zero can only exist considering that an element exists. Zero can only exist as an aura of at least one existing element. To repeat, zero cannot mean the absence of any and all elements, for the absence of any and all elements is infinity, non-existence. Then, by analyzing the expansion of the filaments in the Antagonistic Era, the spherical point was the first autonomous element and its aura is zero, a neutral magnetic field. The aura of an element is herein called a magnetic field not by chance, but because it is through this field that an element interacts with other elements in the surrounding world. The aura of every element can also be considered to be zero because it represents the logical mathematical possibility of an element absorbing knowledge that is external to it as well as the form that the element must diffuse to pass on to other existing elements knowledge that is internal to it.
What is evident is that the knowledge that every element existing in the universe has in itself can only be passed on to the other elements that surround it through its magnetic field.
That demonstrates that the spherical antagonistic point is connected to its neutral magnetic field as a simultaneous, inseparable element. However, this set composed of the antagonistic point and the zero surrounding it was not sufficient to end the contradiction of the Antagonistic Era. A second observation that can be made from this figure is that after the first magnetic field, there are eight filaments, two for each of the faces of the antagonistic point. These filaments are not elements but folds of Nothing itself. However, for these folds to have the required mathematical conditions, it was necessary for them be contemplated by at least two other folds of Nothing itself, for if not, Nothing would not have lost its antagonism, would not have expanded, and would not have formed a universe.
It can be seen in the graph that the first four primitive filaments were observed by the antagonistic point itself, and later by four other filaments that arose successively due to the inductive effect. In fact, the eight primitive filaments observed by the initial spherical point are four-dimensional.
As presented herein, the four absolute truths of mathematical essence that emerged after the eternal triad do not really exist as necessary conditions alone. From everything discussed herein, it is very clear that the mathematical essence reached a milestone upon the emergence of the fourth absolute truth. The existential mathematical essence is not a set of logical conditions without origin. That is, the spherical point, its magnetic field, and infinity are eternal according to the first absolute truths, but the later truths each had a genesis, because the antagonistic point remained contradictory for an unimaginable portion of eternity. What I wish to assert is that the spherical point attempted centillions of times to lose its contradiction. This statement can be made because, according to reason, if there was only one way for the antagonistic point to expand and form a logical universe without contradiction, there is also no reason to believe that this only form was achieved in a first attempt. Here, the word “attempt” is not intended to imply that the eternal triad is a being that has subjective will. The eternal triad is the initial mark of the objective will that occurred in the Antagonistic Era. These attempts were due to the contradictory nature of that era. That is, there is an eternal logical set, but Nothing coexisted with the contradiction of being a single element and bordering non-existence. This contradiction was not extinguished by the subjective will of the eternal triad, but rather only due to the logical, objective, and expansive logical model that emerged.
It is evident that there is a different understanding of this concept, which considers that there were several attempts by the eternal triad to end the contradiction. This understanding could be summarized as follows:
“If the antagonistic point had effectively determined faces, expansion would have occurred from those faces, and there would have been no other attempts, because the faces were accurate and determined. If not, nothing would not have attempted expansion, for there was only one way for that expansion to occur.”
The understanding highlighted above is very relevant. However, the four absolute truths after the eternal triad emerged, indicating that the filaments that formed after the magnetic field of Nothing are not eternal but existential. Thus, attempts must have been made to construct a valid logic, all verified from the four faces of Nothing and considering that this antagonistic sphere initially was static. To consider that there were no attempts at valid expansion would be to assume that the universe itself is also eternal, and this statement would find contradiction, since it is not possible for an eternal element with a configuration differing from the eternal triad to exist.
For the justification, it is understood that before our universe was formed, other centers of expansive models were also formed, but all succumbed. All of these attempts to expand the antagonistic point were unsuccessful for a single reason: there was no true, non-contradictory mathematical logic in those attempts. Therefore, the existential mathematical essence must have originated when the antagonistic point encountered an expansion attempt capable of overcoming the contradiction existing in the Antagonistic Era. The eternal mathematical essence is composed of the first three absolute truths that did not emerge, for these truths are in essence eternal, indelible, and inseparable, but the existential mathematical essence composed of the last four absolute truths had a genesis. The existential mathematical essence is not a condition without origin, and it emerged when filaments expanded from the antagonistic point according to the absolute truths present in the Theory of Objectivity. Only when the antagonistic point encountered in an attempt the two existential maximal truths following the three eternal truths in this theory did it succeed in expanding without succumbing, thereby forming a universe containing a first existential unit, the embryonic memory. That is, valid expansion only occurred when the inductive effect emerged. It can be seen that construction of the universe was possible considering only five of the absolute truths. In fact, it was only upon the emergence of the universe that the sixth and seventh absolute truths had their genesis. The sixth absolute truth originated at instant zero, and the seventh absolute truth had its genesis upon the emergence of the first memory units, which occurred in the first VLE cycle. It should be noted that the eternal triad is not a being, and the attempts at expansion were the results of an objective mathematical will that came first until a means of constructing a valid universe was found. The eternal triad is the objective will itself in its primordial formation. This configuration of the objective will would later be modified by the addition of two more mathematical truths, which are the fourth and fifth absolute truths, the first of what are herein called existential truths.
Now that the expansion of the bundles and consequent formation of the valid universe has been presented, it is necessary to consider questions of great importance in the Existential Era rather than the Antagonistic Era. The fifth absolute truth says that an element cannot exist in a spectral space without having its faces observed simultaneously by at least two other elements. We know that during the Antagonistic Era this mathematical condition was imposed because a filament could not exist without contradiction if it bordered non-existence. However, we are here discussing this mathematical condition in the Existential Era. A memory unit within the universe does not border non-existence, infinity, but its field of view
will tend to infinity if it is not limited. After the formation of the memory units, the universal plasma began to work for each of them as an open field. The universal plasma working for the memory units formed as infinity working for the expanding filaments during the Antagonistic Era. Thus, the inductive effect is still present within the formed universal sphere in relation to the memory units. After a memory unit is formed from the embryonic memory it must be contained within a spectral set that gives it the conditions necessary for existence. If a memory unit created from the embryonic memory was not in spectral set, it would fluidize and become plasma with a quantum equivalent to the defragmented unit. Therefore, the inductive effect must exist in order for an existential unit to have a logical and true rather than contradictory occurrence. As stated, the absolute truths apply to every existing element. When it comes to the existential absolute truths, they began to apply only after their emergence. Thus, the fifth absolute truth is valid within the formed universe, and this absolute truth tells us that an element cannot exist in an existential spectrum without at least two other elements contemplating its faces.
When the break number was reached, at the instant at which the formation of the universe was completed, what existed was only the total sphere composed of plasma and a neutral plane cutting that sphere diagonally through its center, which defines the limits of each of the four dimensions of the universe. Starting from the exact moment at which universal current time started, the inductive effect no longer caused the formation of plasma filaments and began to cause the formation of memory units, at VLE, as occurred in the formation of the plasma filaments. At that initial moment of the universe, the composition of its mass became complete and it ceased to undergo quantitative changes. Thus, at that initial moment, the inductive effect started to act in conjunction with the sixth absolute truth. At the instant just after the break number was reached, within each of the embryonic memory framing fields a memory unit was formed. It should be noted that the term “instant” herein refers to a VLE cycle, which is the temporal period required to form a filament. Time is considered. That is, a filament is formed in a VLE cycle, and a filament is the basic unit of space that makes up the universe primarily.
The inductive effect ceased to act on the filaments alone, as there were no further antagonistic filaments, since the formed universe was no longer contradictorily bordering infinity, non-existence. Thus, with the beginning of the counting of current existential time, in the initial moment after the zero moment, centillions of memory units were formed within the embryonic memory framing fields. These primitively formed memory units shifted, due to the inductive effect, out of the embryonic memory framing field.
Detailed logical and geometric analysis will be presented later, but it should be noted now that the memory units were formed and placed alternately in neighboring quadrants, filling what are herein called logical rails, composed of bundles of filaments. As explained herein, when a memory unit formed in a framing field, that memory unit, due to the inductive effect, was placed in the next quadrant via quantum exchange
within a VLE cycle. The term “quantum exchange” is used because there was no creation or emergence of essentially new space, but only transformation due to the sixth absolute truth, as a result of the alternation existing in the formation of memory units. This alternation caused 10 filaments within the same VLE cycle to be taken in a beam pair, composing a memory unit, and at the end of each of those beams another memory unit was placed. Each beam obviously had two ends, and when at one end within a quadrant a memory unit was formed in a framing field, the entire corresponding beam moved, via quantum exchange with a neighboring quadrant.
What is observed is that the mass composing the universe in that first instant initiated a process of qualitative modification, since it is not possible for quantitative changes to occur. That is, since the simultaneous beginning of the counting of current existential time and current universal time, no more filaments have been formed within the universe. Since then, the sixth absolute truth has applied. That is, every element appearing within this formed universe is composed of previously existing elements. Thus, each memory unit consists of 10 filaments, and a set consisting of two or more memory units forms a reason unit.
It should be noted, however, that the sixth absolute truth states that every element will be formed from elements existing before itself. In this way, this truth is not referring to knowledge. Knowledge has no limitation determined by the sixth absolute truth, because knowledge is not an element that absorbs and transmits; on the contrary, it is a substance that is transmitted and absorbed. One must also consider that knowledge in the Existential Era emerged simultaneously with the sixth absolute truth, for knowledge is actual existential time. Thus, the total quantum of the logical universe at its exact zero instant zero indeed included the spaces formed by the existing boundary lines. That is, the antagonistic knowledge that made up the universe became the essence that in a complementary way to filaments and magnetic fields formed the total mass of the universe. However, the knowledge formed by the generated memory units, after the break number was reached and time began to count, is not added to the mass already composing the universe in an equivalent way. The knowledge formed by the memory units is not composed of elements existing prior to itself, but rather reflects only the elements existing hitherto. That is, the knowledge formed since the current time began to count does not increase the total quantum of mass of the universe, but rather occurs in a transcendent
way, as will be demonstrated hereafter. This transcendent element,
this knowledge, is the actual existential time. Thus, it is necessary to synthesize the obvious truth derivative from this moment of analysis:
“Knowledge formed within the universe is not a quantum element and thus does not obey the sixth absolute truth. Therefore, the knowledge formed within the universe transcends the total quantum of mass forming this universe. This transcendent element represents itself as the actual existential time.”
This resulting truth is of the utmost importance in the Theory of Objectivity, for it introduces the understanding that within the material world there is a substance, beyond the universal plasma, that is not material. This substance that has an essence different from that of matter and plasma is knowledge, considering geometric space to represent time. Certainly the reasoning of this understanding will be repeated herein.
The sixth absolute truth states that every element in the universe will consist of elements that previously existed. There is no loss or gain of universal mass when new elements arise within the universe. What this statement demonstrates is that it is not possible for a vacuum to exist within the universe. Of course I do not wish to refer to the meaning of a vacuum that is used in science, but only to say that within the universe there is no place that does not belong to some essence. Any place within the universe will either contain universal plasma or the extent of some element. Here the extent refers to the set that forms an element, its unit and zero, i.e., the element itself and its respective magnetic field.
In this way, the transcendent element has as its essential characteristic being contained within the universe without being part of the mass that composes it. In this way, this transcendent element, the knowledge formed by the memory units, is contained within the existing elements. That is, knowledge occupies space within the universe that is mathematically already occupied by some other essence or matter. Thus, knowledge always occurs together with another universal essence or matter and never alone.
Quadrants or Existential Dimensions
The quadrants of existence in the Theory of Objectivity are formed from each of the faces of the antagonistic point. These quadrants confirm the application of the existential equation, which asserts that Nothing in fact is a virtual element that has values of -2 and +2, where each of the units contained in these weights represents one of its faces and, therefore, one of the quadrants. Since the quadrants or existential dimensions were defined, they have existed as folds of time and functioned as sub-elements supplying the logical conditions for the existence of the embryonic memory. This situation occurs and is justified by the application of the fourth and fifth absolute truths. That is, the embryonic memory was the first existential element to occur within the formed universe, and every existential element must obey the logic determined by the mathematical essence. In this way, each quadrant is a fold of time that observes the first existing element, the embryonic memory. The embryonic memory functions as the true boundary lines between the universal quadrants. Thus, it is possible to define the existential quadrants in the Theory of Objectivity as follows:
“The quadrants or universal dimensions are the four sub-elements that compose the universe and that have as boundary lines an embryonic memory, which was the first unit of existence formed within the universe."
From this definition of the universal dimensions, other derivative truths must be demonstrated in this theory. The first truth, which has already been stated herein, is that whatever exists within the universe is connected to its four quadrants. This statement can be made because, as has been shown, the mathematical essence is a logical essence. It is not possible for any element to exist within the formed universe without being connected to the logic of the universal origin. Thus, the four quadrants are all connected through the filament bundles to the central spherical point that lost its antagonism, and these four universal quadrants provide the logical conditions enabling the existence of the embryonic memory. It is not possible, therefore, for the elements emerging from this embryonic memory not also to be connected logically to the four existential quadrants. Thus, the memory units generated by the embryonic memory framing fields are logical units also connected to the four spatial dimensions, according to instantaneous logical reading, because every plasma filament has four faces and therefore four fields of view. Consequently, each formed memory unit is connected to the universe via logical points of connection to the universal quadrants.
Spectrum
It is then necessary to demonstrate how the existential logical units that are the memory units logically connect to the four spatial quadrants, as well as how they connect with each other. This demonstration necessarily involves a deepening of the presentation of the inductive effect, the essential movement that gives logical support to the existence of the existential elements and about which additional considerations regarding its action within the already formed universe will now be discussed.
The fifth absolute truth tells us that an element cannot exist in a spectral space without at least two other elements also observing its faces, and the faces of the universe, in this theory, are the quadrants of existence. The universe was initially formed by a set of four types of plasma filaments with geometric shapes in different dimensional positions, and all that exists within the universe is also composed initially of primary plasma, which includes filaments, magnetic fields, and knowledge lines. Thus, the universe has four faces, formed from the expansion of the filament bundles during the Antagonistic Era, and every element existing in the universe, as will be justified herein, must be connected to these faces.
Within an existential spectrum, where there is one element, there will be at least two other elements in order to allow the faces of the first element to be contemplated and its mathematical existence to become possible within that spectrum. However, it must be said that these two elements that contemplate the faces of the existing element must be within the field of vision of the element contemplated, otherwise the inductive effect in the Existential Era would not be able to act. Figure 34 portrays the field of view of an element.
Element A, which has a spatial extension PQYZ, has a maximum lateral view equal to itself, formed in the image that is in front of its face beginning at YZ. Thus, for element A to exist, the element bordering YZ must also exist. In addition, the outer face
of the element that starts at YZ will not matter to element A, since the one that enables it to exist is the inner face of
YZ, which faces element A, regardless of the other faces of that element. Furthermore, element B has no influence on the mathematical possibility of element A existing. That is because, as already mentioned, element B is in a horizontal field of view tending to infinity, and element A cannot contemplate element B, nor can it be contemplated by element B. Element A is in one existential field, and element B is in another.
Element A can only contemplate the face of another element that is at the maximum lateral limit of its field of view, for from that point forward the field of view of element A element will taper towards infinity. The starting point of the bottleneck indicates non-existence of element A. That is, element A will not exist if the element beginning at YZ does not exist, even if element B does.
Thus, the phrase “contemplate the face” is used herein to refer to perceiving the extent of an element. Contemplating the face then means observing its extent in space.
This truth can be demonstrated mathematically:
Every element has four existential faces, but for the purposes of understanding, let us consider in an example in which each element has only two faces, to present the mathematical logic existing within the universe when considering two or more spectra of existence.
First, it is necessary to present a possible initial definition of a spectrum:
“A spectrum is an agglomeration of elements within the existential space, arranged in such a way that, while in an unclosed set, the side elements necessarily undergo action according to the expansive inductive effect.”
In fact, a spectrum is a set of elements within the universe, and while this set is open, its side units will continue to gain new elements due to the inductive effect. So, as a rule, a spectrum will always be expanding if it is not closed. Certainly this statement is a simplification, for mathematically speaking there cannot exist a definite set within a universe without this set being closed. However, it is necessary to demonstrate what exactly the closure of a spectral set means. According to what is proposed, a cluster of elements will no longer gain new elements when their four faces border the existential ranges of other clusters derived separately. The spectra, as will be discussed below, are indicators of primitive atomic mass. That is, they are sets of atomic elements that stand out as individuals within a larger atomic mass, the primitive atomic mass.
The specific geometry of how the memory units are formed and arranged in logical rails, causing spectra to appear, will soon be discussed. In the meantime, it should be noted that after the break number was reached, the formation of the memory units began immediately. The first spectra only appeared after all of the memory units within the universe had already been formed. Each initial spectrum in formation initiated an expansion of its space, adding more memory units and increasing its spatial dimensions, due to the inductive effect. After the primitive memory units had been formed in the same way or similar ways for each universal dimension, randomness in the formation of the spectra began, since logical plasma currents increased the space between spectra, as will soon be demonstrated via geometric analysis. As evidenced, an initial dispute occurred between several existing spectra, in terms of plasma space. A spectrum will no longer dispute plasma space, that is, it will cease to expand in the direction of a certain face, when in front of that face there is no more plasma space, but rather the existential range of another element. When the four faces of a spectrum are circumvented by the existential ranges of other elements, then what this theory calls closure will occur.
At the moment at which closure occurs, the expansive inductive effect ceases to act on the total spectrum, because all the faces of that element, that spectrum, will already be contemplated by other elements. At that instant, the element that is closed will be contoured by magnetic fields belonging to other elements. That is, this spectrum will be within the range of other spectra. Among these magnetic fields belonging to diverse spectra knowledge lines will form, due to the fourth absolute truth, distinguishing the neighboring spectral elements from one another. This type of occurrence is herein called external closure.
That is, the spectrum ceases to expand due to the existence of other external elements that do not belong to it.
Regarding external closure, an important fact can also be seen: two or more spectra can join to form a single spectrum. The logic applied in this case is evident but must be verified: if two or more elements have extents that are close to one another, they can come to exist as a unit. However, this unit will only form if the magnetic fields of the elements are merged. As shown herein, the inductive effect acts on every element existing in the universe. Thus, if a spectrum is an element, this effect will also act on spectra individually as well as together. This motive can be used to justify the “interest” that an intelligence unit has in not being subjected to external closure, as will be discussed next: external closure tends to remove the individuality of a spectrum.
It should be emphasized that the inductive effect initially acts on each memory unit in isolation. However, since these memory units occur together, forming a single collective unit, the inductive effect has a meaning for that body as well. That is, the inductive effect acts individually on the elements making up a reason unit. The action of this effect on each individual memory unit has an even broader meaning, which is the action of the same effect on the greater element formed by these memory units, that is, on the reason unit as a whole. However, the application of the inductive effect on spectral elements can only be understood completely from the actuation of the plasma and elementary logical currents, as will soon be demonstrated.
According to what is presented, there is also another form of closure, which is herein called internal or proper closure. In this type of closure, the end of the action of the inductive effect on the spectrum is not due to the existence of other elements outside the spectrum, but rather due to spatial conditions created by the spectrum itself. There are geometric forms that allow spectral elements to contemplate their lateral faces themselves so as to cease their expansion. For example, a spiral-shaped geometric element may have all of the angles of its outer faces observed simultaneously by parts of its own body. If this spatial condition exists, internal closure occurs.
After accumulating a certain level of knowledge, a reason unit becomes identified as a collective unit. When this situation occurs and a cluster of reason units is fully connected in full knowledge of its spatial reality, it can create folds of itself so that sub-elements of its own body can satisfy the requirement of the inductive effect. At that moment, the spectral construction ceases to be purely objective and gains a subjective, political aspect. This subjectivity is directly related to the fact that the beings that populate the universe produce knowledge and transmit this knowledge among themselves. This production and exchange of knowledge is relative and varies in quality and intensity, due to the randomness in the condensation of images, creating an inherent subjectivity to these beings as reason units and, later, as intelligence units. Consequently, no intelligence unit is the same as another. Each intelligence unit is therefore a being with its own personality. This being starts to act to control the objective effects determined by the absolute truths, in a similar way to what happened during the expansion of the antagonistic filaments, when Nothing created sub-elements, derivatives of itself, as a way of enforcing the fifth absolute truth. The difference is that Nothing is not a being as a spectrum is, but rather an objective mathematical essence that imposes itself. According to what is proposed, a cluster of reason units creates folds of itself to maintain its existential conditions determined by the mathematical essence. When this situation occurs, this cluster of reason units gains intelligence unit status, because in addition to having full knowledge of its content as an individual element, it is also capable of creating controlled derivatives of itself, so that it can remain in existence while being an individual. Thus, there could be intelligence units composed of several folds with interiors completely logically existential and only parts of the outer edges occurring in a controlled way, without bordering other external elements, but also without expanding indefinitely. That is, an intelligence unit uses its power of spatial self-control to create a lock, causing the expansion determined by the inductive effect to cease. This locking is justified when the continued expansion of a spectrum becomes a threat to the existence of that spectrum itself. There is no reason for an existential unit that is able to control its own spectral body to continue expanding in the plasma space if this expansion threatens its very existence. Therefore, this characteristic is included in this theory.
In the spaces that make up the edges of a spectrum, a kind of discard area could be formed where the contents of those edges would be simultaneously discarded in a controlled manner and added in proportional parts, so that there would be no further expansion. This behavior would only be possible for spectra already transformed into intelligence units and already capable of more than fully recognizing their temporal quanta, as well as acting to contain their expansion, when expansion would threaten their existence.
In this regard, it is necessary to present a derivative truth:
“An intelligence unit is capable of creating spatial conditions derived from itself in order to contain its objective and continuous expansion when this expansion poses a threat to its own individual existence.”
Within this initial presentation of the spectra, it is necessary to consider the existence of what is herein called the primitive atomic mass. Spectra have been formed since the emergence of the first reason units and interact with the mass of memory units as well as with the plasma currents. In this spectral formation process, initially the first reason units were contained within the primitive mass of memory units and, gradually, due to the specific plasma currents and the inductive effect, began to exist as specific units, capturing more memory units or even attaching themselves to each other.
Then let us consider the analysis of two expanding spectra, still existing in the form of reason units. In the example shown in Figure 36, reason units D and E in the first spectrum are not closed and must be subjected to the inductive effect so that their outer faces can exist. That is, after the outer faces of these two elements, there must be faces of other elements so that they can exist in a mathematically possible way. In order to have logical existence within a VLE cycle determined by the inductive effect, the lateral elements must not be static, so that their faces can be contemplated by other elements within a VLE cycle. Thus, the inductive effect has an alternating space of action, determined by the VLE.
As will be discussed later in more detail, the inductive effect acts continuously on all existential units. Thus, the most basic unit, which is the memory unit, experiences in itself the perpetual action of the inductive effect. However, it turns out that each spectrum in space has proper, independent existence, but its more lateral elements remain under the constant action of the inductive effect in macro form if the spectrum, the set, is still open. That is, memory units work due to the action of the inductive effect, and reason units and other spectral formations are in fact sums of memory units. In this regard, the edges of a spectrum function as sub-elements of that spectrum itself, and these spectral edges considered to be macro units undergo the perpetual action of the inductive effect. Thus, the action of the inductive effect never ceases, but its effects are bypassed when there is external or internal spectral closure, as described herein.
In Figure 36, it can be seen that there are two distinct spectra in the universal space U and that the second spectrum has side elements 4 and 5. Specific plasma currents cause the distance between the spectra to increase, simultaneously causing the dispersion of the primitive mass of memory units. Thus, lateral elements 4 and 5 also undergo the constant action of the inductive effect, while in an open set. To repeat what was stated previously, spectra remain under the action of the inductive effect while expanding. However, these spectra under analysis may create conditions to enable themselves to cease expanding, thus removing the consequences of the action of the inductive effect.
From everything presented so far, it is necessary to summarize what a memory unit is. The foundation of this concept will be thoroughly demonstrated in this theory, because it is the structural essence of the whole concept presented herein:
“A memory unit is a geometric element composed of 10 plasma filaments and capable of forming and absorbing the transcendent substance of the universe, which is knowledge.”
Of course, as described herein, 10 plasma filaments are required to compose a single memory unit.
In addition, when several memory units form a set, what is herein called a reason unit is created. The specific joint presentation of a mass composed of memory units and reason units has been described herein as a spectrum, closed or open, within the universe. In this regard, it is necessary to give a simple and objective definition of a reason unit immediately. First, however, it must be emphasized that by introducing in the Theory of Objectivity the concept that formed elements create subjectivity of a political order within the universe, scandal and disbelief among scientists will certainly result. However, in fact, everything here will be grounded in a logical and mathematical order and will in no way be based on arguments of a dogmatic or ideological nature, even though ideology is instrumental in making a man examine what he believes.
When the primitive memory units were formed from the embryonic memory, they immediately experienced the action of the inductive effect. Therefore, each primitive memory unit, in principle, needed to be observed by at least two other memory units. This requirement was met by the positioning of each unit formed in logical rails, as will be demonstrated herein via geometric analysis.
As will be demonstrated herein, a reason unit is formed when at least two memory units merge into one element. The formation of reason units occurs due to the inductive effect. However, the inductive effect does not apply instantly. Only the eternal triad is simultaneous. The logic of the mathematical essence does not apply instantly in the Existential Era. In order for the mathematical essence determined by the absolute truths to have a valid and logical manifestation, a velocity is necessary. Plasma filaments were formed via the inductive effect and taking as reference a rate of occurrence. It would not be possible or logical to say that the filaments emerged instantaneously or simultaneously. The logical mathematical essence asserts that only the eternal triad occurs autonomously and simultaneously. That is, this triad is not derived from any element prior to it and its components have no order of occurrence. On the other hand, the last four absolute truths, which are herein called the existential absolute truths, have their order of occurrence, and this order is derived from this current VLE. Therefore, the filaments in the expansive bundles arose sequentially and at a certain rate, one in each wave. As described, all of the filaments contained in the same wave were formed simultaneously in the same VLE cycle. The filaments were also formed simultaneously in the four quadrants, as they are symmetrical. That is, the expansion that occurred in one quadrant also occurred simultaneously in the other quadrants. That is, when a filament formed in a bundle, corresponding numbers of filaments were formed simultaneously in the other bundles existing in the other quadrants, because all beams have the same VLE. That is, each filament in each beam arose in a VLE cycle. This rate of onset at which the plasma filaments were formed is the same as the rate at which the memory units formed within the framing fields. The embryonic memory formed when the break number was reached, when the current existential and current universal time began to be counted, from primary memory units. Thus, what is herein called the primitive atomic mass can be conceptualized in an introductory fashion as follows:
“The primitive atomic mass is the total number of primary memory units composing the universe and the secondary plasma that formed concomitantly with it.”
What essentially characterizes the primitive atomic mass is the fact that within it there was still no fusion of memory units. Therefore, each memory unit making up a primary spectrum had its own magnetic field and was separated from the other memory units nearby by a boundary line. It was only after the emergence of specific plasma currents, as will soon be shown, that sets of fused elements emerged from two or more primary memory units. That is, reason units only arose within the universe after the formation of the primitive atomic mass. Reason units began to appear when spectra begin to form from the concomitant formation of spaces between spectra as well.
To serve as the basis for this presentation, a primary reason unit can be defined as follows:
“A primary reason unit is a set of elements formed only by the fusion of primary memory units, so that each of these reason units possesses its own magnetic field.”
Of course, the definition of a primary spectrum stems directly from the definitions of primary memory and reason units. The foundations of primary and secondary memory and reason units will be presented in a specific section later on. However, for the purpose of understanding, a primary memory unit is one formed by the embryonic memory and that initially composed the first atomic units within the universe. In turn, primary reason units are those that formed within the universe before the occurrence of plasma currents that are centrifuged in the centers of the dimensions of space, as will be shown below. The related concept of a primary spectrum can be defined in an introductory way as follows:
“A primary spectrum is a set formed only of primary memory and reason units.”
Meanwhile, a secondary spectrum can be defined as follows:
“A secondary spectrum is a set formed of secondary memory and reason units and may also contain primary elements.”
What is evident is that every spectrum is generated by a formation of primary memory units originating from the primitive atomic mass. This concept of primary spectrum formation is of very high importance in this theory. Its importance lies in the fact that primary spectra were the initial formations from which all galaxies and systems existing in the universe emerged. It is from these primary spectra that the first fusions of memory units occurred, but without contemplating the formation of secondary elements, as will be appropriately described below.
In a later section, the reasoning behind the appearance of primary and secondary spectra will be presented. However, it should be noted that no spectrum could be born secondary, since every spectrum of this type is the result of a transformation occurring within a primary spectrum. The essence of a secondary spectrum lies in the merging of primary memory units with one another from a level of knowledge that did not occur until then. The level of knowledge is essential in the formation of primary and secondary spectra.
In this context, merging means the joining together of two memory units to form another distinct element. This distinct element will be composed of two or more memory units, but it will have a unique aura, a single magnetic field. Due to the second absolute truth, when two memory units unite, they come into existence as a single element, for there will be a single magnetic field surrounding that element. Thus, what characterizes a secondary spectrum is precisely the fact that inside such a spectrum reason units form from a level of knowledge that did not occur within the primary spectrum.
The question that arises, of course, is, why did the memory units that existed individually within a primary spectrum fuse and form different elements?
The immediate answer is that this transformation occurred because that is the logic imposed by the seven absolute truths. The support for this response will be presented herein based on specific logic and geometric analysis.
Also important in the merging of two or more memory units is what happens to the boundary lines that separate those units. As mentioned previously, the filaments that make up memory units do not merge to form reason units. In fact, these components unite as folds of the same element, and the folds of that single element, which is a reason unit, also need a boundary line that separates them from each other, according to the fourth absolute truth. Thus, inside a reason unit, its components it will be separated by another element, i.e., a boundary line. It is precisely through such knowledge lines that the memory units that make up reason units can exchange the information with one another. Thus, part of the boundary line, when fusion occurs, will be disposed within the element core, separating its components, and another part will continue to surround the newly formed element. Clearly, since the disappearance of the existing boundary lines would mean a quantum loss, which cannot occur, they have to be divided. Part of each knowledge line lies between the components of the nucleus, and the other part is located outside that nucleus. In the Existential Era, the boundary lines separating the elements can be represented as fusion points, as will be discussed below.
Now that these basics have been presented, it is necessary to clarify in detail how memory units form reason units (new elements) and how the exchange of existing knowledge occurs.
It is now appropriate to provide an initial definition of what is presented as a reason unit:
“A reason unit is an element formed from two or more memory units, with a single core composed of two or more components and surrounded by one or more fusion points.”
It is evident that such a specific concept cannot be true if there is no justification. Thus, it is necessary to specify how these fusions occur and how boundary lines can signify fusion points in the Existential Era. This theory would not be complete if these concepts were not presented with logical support from the mathematical essence. Therefore, the concepts involved in the process of merging the elements will all be grounded in the geometry and logic determined by the absolute truths to clarify that the presented concept of reason units is true and not a pure convention.
This idea will be discussed in greater detail later, but at this point it is appropriate to present the principle causing reason units to combine into greater spectra as the holders of all of the knowledge existing in those spectra, forming intelligence units. This transformation makes the reason units that combine objectively, but with a certain randomness and certain relativity, come to exist as individual elements capable of acting to modify their own objectivity.
The individuality of these clusters of reason units means that they begin to exist not only as clusters constructed solely by the logical mathematical conditions of existence, but also as elements endowed with personality and capable of perceiving their own reality. In this context, no other word than personality can be used, because a cluster of reason units recognizes itself as an individual existing in a space and becomes able to understand that it is an integral part of that space, but that it differs from the other individuals or clusters that are equidistant from it.
When this cluster of reason units gains, in addition to the qualities mentioned here, the power and faculty to modify its spatial reality relatively, then it becomes an intelligence unit.
Faced with such circumstances, an immediate inquiry arises:
When a cluster of reason units making up a particular spectrum closes a space within the universe, does it at that instant become recognized as an individual and cease to be just a random set of reason units, becoming instead an intelligence unit?
The answer to this inquiry is that the mathematical logical truths put forward do not point in that direction. That is, an intelligence unit may arise even if the spectrum representing it is not closed, but rather is still expanding.
The definitions of memory and reason units have already been conceptualized in a simple and direct way. Before beginning the presentation of the systems related to the formation and functioning of these elements, it is now appropriate to define also in a very objective way what is herein called an intelligence unit:
“An intelligence unit is a cluster of reason units endowed with subjective will, capable of recognizing itself as a unit and that can the objective construction of its spatial reality.”
I would like to present once more a diagram representing a cross-section through the center of the universe at instant zero, which also depicts the expansion of the filaments from the faces of Nothing.
The question that necessarily arises when faced with Figure 37 is, how is it possible that the beams that expanded from the faces of the antagonistic point in lines formed a universe that has spherical geometry?
The answer to this question is fundamentally important within the Theory of Objectivity and is another example of understanding that pure science can hardly prove. Many of the essential conclusions regarding how the universe was formed and endures must pass through the exclusive sieve of reason; that is, there are fundamental components of this theory that only logic can be used to understand and justify, because science will not find support in the available mathematical instruments or in empirical tests. That is also the basis of my criticism of the contradictory scientism, because it is analogous to not accepting a rational being as such without first seeking evidence of the existence of this rationality, and even in the face of such evidence, only reason can be used to interpret its truth or falsity.
What is presented is that lines are always temporary geometric constructions, because otherwise they would become incompatible with existence. It is not possible for an infinite line to exist without angular steps in its path to give it existential validity. This mathematical principle is already present in the eternal triad and in fact is what gives it form. The spherical body of Nothing is unitary but shaped by angular steps. This principle of mathematical essence is also present in the construction of the universe, because the bundle of filaments expanded in the form of lines. However, those lines were necessarily temporary, since they would otherwise have become infinite, and infinity is non-existence, non-element. Thus, the bundles that expanded in lines underwent angulation to become compatible with existential reality. Thus, just as Nothing has its body shaped by angular steps that make up the micro-squares, so does the universe. Given this fact, the bundles of filaments that expanded from Nothing all underwent angulation, and therefore, the bundles that were initially straight eventually met at their ends, composing the final body of the universe. According to what is proposed, the eight primitive beams that initiated the expansion of the plasma filaments from the four faces of Nothing were also the last bundles to be found on the surface of the sphere. When these eight beams met, four at each pole, the break number was reached. In fact, those eight beams found their points of convergence at the two tails of the sphere. As it turns out, all other beams closed their respective quanta in the sphere before those eight primary beams. Those eight primary beams are at the center of what will be described herein as the logical pillars that sustain the universe, and it is they that provide the boundary of the final universal sphere.
Each total beam began to expand with the external part of the filament, that is, a convex part, facing the direction in which the expansion would occur. This directionality indicates that each pair of beams on the surface of the sphere attained an angular derivation that would cause both beams to have the same angulation and geometric position when an encounter occurred. If that were not the case, the bundles that were found would not have acted as individuals. To prove the logical rails, the beams individually expanding from the surface of the sphere acted as a single body, composed of two ends. When one end was placed into a framing field, plasma filaments were transmuted into memory units, and the other end received two formed units from another neighboring quadrant. The filament logical rails and memory units formed moved fully in each VLE cycle by delivering plasma filaments at one end and receiving two memory units formed at another end. Thus, the bundles could have lain in inverse positions relative to one another. Indeed, the expansion of the bundles and the application of the angulation that every line undergoes to conform to the conditions of existence ended up causing pairs of bundles to meet in the intermediate position of the sphere with the filaments all in the same direction.
The expanding filaments formed bundles, and these bundles together formed waves. These waves underwent the necessary decays before reaching what is herein called a break. The break number was reached when the last waves arranged in waves connected the tails of the universe. However, before this final break number, each beam individually had a specific break number, represented by the instant at which two opposing beams connected and ended their expansion. These connections occurred, after the decay of the waves, when the beams changed the orientation of their filaments so that when two beams connected, both had the same angulation. That is, the negative end of a beam could not have connected with the positive end of another beam. In other words, a beam in a convex position facing the expansive direction could not have connected with a beam in the concave position also facing the expansive direction. According to what is proposed, each beam underwent decay, besides gaining the necessary angulation, so that the meeting points between two opposing bundles would occur with the filaments in the same position. Thus, the bundles also experienced twists in their trajectories. That is, every beam began its expansion with the convex part of the unitary filament facing the direction of expansion, but after the waves underwent decays, these beams gained angulation and the filament directions were modified, so that the concave parts of the filaments, from an intermediate position in the expansion, would be directed towards their respective directions of expansion. So, when two beams connected, both had the tips of their filaments facing the same direction. This orientation indicates that the connecting beams had a symmetry verified within the same dimensional band, but this symmetry was relative only to the alignment of these beams. This symmetry does not refer to the geometric positioning of the connecting beams, but only to their relative alignment. In fact, with the exception of the logical support pillars, all of the other connecting beams necessarily had different extensions, justifying the fact that both interconnected with filaments facing the same position. That is, beams above the radial disc necessarily connected with beams expanding from the upper part of the radial disc in the same dimension and symmetrical only in alignment. Similarly, bundles below the radial disc connected with bundles expanding from that same lower radial disc band in one dimension, symmetrical only in alignment. Only the logical abutments connected with beams fully symmetric in alignment and geometric positioning, and therefore coming from opposite dimensions.
An initial derivative truth must be observed in this analysis of lines:
“Every line is necessarily a temporary geometrical element, for it would otherwise be confused with the infinite.”
Since a line is a temporary element, this temporary nature creates the negation necessary for it not to be confused with the infinite. In this way, every element is formed from lines but only becomes an individually existing element when those lines meet in space.
We know that every element has four faces, In addition, the faces of every element are necessarily formed from temporary lines. In fact, even a point, in close proximity, consists of four faces, and those faces are necessarily formed from temporary lines. Nothing itself, which occurs due to the indestructible and eternal primitive mathematical essence, is an autonomous element shaped by temporary lines that make up the micro-squares that give it its final contours. Thus, a further truth must be included in the Theory of Objectivity:
“Every element has its faces formed from temporary lines, but an element only becomes individually existing when the lines that shape it meet in space.”
Returning to the important events that occurred at the exact moment at which the break number was reached, the third event
occurred at this moment at which the second wave began. That is, the present universe closed and the formation of a new universe from it began. The formation of that new universe follows the same mathematical principles presented here. That is, our current universe functions for the universe in formation as the antagonistic point functioned in the formation of our own universe. The inductive effect still imposes its mathematical logic in the sense that an element cannot, without contradiction, border the infinite. Our present universe could not exist without contradiction while bordering the infinite, so new bundles of filaments are created to form a new universe. It is proposed is that after the expansion of Nothing there will be successive waves, because whenever a universe closes, a subsequent universe begins to be formed. It is not logically possible for a universe to exist without a new universe being formed outside it.
In the face of this fact an intriguing question arises: is our present universe a primary formation from Nothing, or is it the result of a second or later wave necessarily occurring successively after the primary universe arose?
It seems impossible to find an answer to this question. What can be said logically is that the next universe when it is formed will be centillions of times larger than the current universe and will have absorbed it. It should be emphasized that this theory describes the formation of the primary universe, which emerged from Nothing.
SECOND PART
OF THE LOGICAL FINDINGS ON THE EXISTENCE OF PHENOMENAL ELEMENTS AND INTELLIGENCE UNITS TO FUNDAMENTAL LOGICAL CONCLUSIONS
IV - Logic of Subjectivity - The Material Systems
At this moment a concept can be introduced that is derivative from the absolute truths. Consider a unit of material existence, the atom. Initially it can be said that, according to what is demonstrated herein, the atom was formed by the condensation of time. This condensation created the first units of matter, the first essential and diverse forms of atoms. These atomic units are condensed time, space condensed into logical geometric units, generated from the embryonic memory and composed of universal plasma. This condensation of plasma filaments allows each atomic unit to exist in its spatial spectrum and to recognize other units. One may ask whether logical geometric units like atoms could be the result of a huge explosion or the like. In fact, for such geometrical, logical units to exist so precisely, it is necessary for their construction to have taken place in a logical and precise manner as well.
In spite of the evident distance between what the Theory of Objectivity proposes and the knowledge agreed upon in the sciences, the initial correlation between what is presented here and what the sciences tell us already provides verification. This correlation relates to the memory and reason units described herein. A memory unit, as it appears, corresponds to a hydrogen atom, which has a center with a single proton and an electron in its orbit. Reason units correspond to the various other types of elements, which contain in their nuclei neutral and positively charged spheres. The magnetic cloud that surrounds each atom certainly corresponds to what in this theory is called the aura or magnetic field that every element possesses by virtue of the second absolute truth. The electrons would certainly be formed at the points at which boundary lines merge, which define the locations at which information exchange takes place between two distinct elements and that are logically interconnected with the current VLE and form the necessary connections between all of the elements existing in the universe and the four existential quadrants of the universe itself. These points of recognition contained in the boundary lines
will be discussed shortly, in the analysis of the means of operation of these systems.
One question that needs to be answered is the following: how can one explain how knowledge accumulates within memory and reason units?
From what has hitherto been presented, two paths could be taken. The first requires this knowledge to accumulate inside the memory of a movement of division of the temporal plasma still in an environment external to the memory unit, due to the action of the reductive inductive effect on the temporal plasma itself. In this case, the temporal plasma itself would be absorbed in a reduced form by the memory units. That would explain how memory units can absorb knowledge that forms before them. However, this path is not followed here. That is, the concept that the temporal plasma experiences the action of the reductive inductive effect in an environment outside a memory unit is not adopted here. In the Theory of Objectivity, the temporal plasma is composed of three basic essences, as will be demonstrated, and is not absorbed by the atomic units in principle. Due to the sixth absolute truth, the plasma in its first configuration only undergoes transformation upon entering into the composition of a memory unit. However, this transformation occurs by quantum exchange, because it is not possible for there to be a loss of the essence that makes up the universe.
It is necessary to present then the logical reasoning of the operation of the reductive inductive effect.
To begin with, the sixth absolute truth states that every element that exists within the universe is composed of elements that were present prior to itself. Accordingly, the sixth absolute truth, which emerged upon the completion of the formation of the universe, applies to the existential elements making up the universe. That is, this truism applies to memory units and everything composed of them. However, knowledge and the universal plasma are not existential units as memory units are. Knowledge and plasma are essences that are not confused with existential beings. In contrast, a memory unit is an existential being, because it produces knowledge, reproducing images of the external environment and also passing on to this same external environment the knowledge inside it. Thus, the knowledge that forms is an element that transcends the total mass of the universe, because it is placed within the universe without taking from it the essence that composes it. That is, the knowledge formed within memory units does not use elements existing before itself. This evidence means that if the memory units and everything formed from them represents matter, the knowledge that is formed will not be matter. The transcendent elements formed are not matter as memory and reason units are. Knowledge formed in the Existential Era permeates the body of the universe without increasing its total quantum, since it is different from the memory units, reason units, and universal plasma. Although the knowledge produced within the universe is not formed from previously existing elements, it is representative of images of those previously existing elements.
When a memory unit is formed, new elements in plasma do not appear in it, but only condensed reproductions of the existing elements. In addition, as described, after the instant that the universe was formed, there was only the universal plasma and embryonic memory. This universal plasma contains filaments, magnetic fields, and boundary lines. Thus, due to the sixth absolute truth, memory units are necessarily composed of the same three elements. This fact merits clarification because the reductive inductive effect does not create filaments as the expansive inductive effect, which formed the plasma filaments, does. The filament rings within memory units are not new creations, but only the presentation of elements already existing in equivalent dimensions in reduced geometric formations. Therefore, there must be a different logical reason for the reductive inductive effect to act inside memory units. This rationale cannot be the same as that of the expansive inductive effect. The expansive inductive effect occurred because the filaments needed to lose the antagonism of bordering the infinite, as well as because Nothing needed to gain a reference to transform the Antagonistic Era into the Existential Era. It so happens that these logical reasons that applied during Tempus Antagonicus cannot be the same as those that apply to the memory units in the Existential Era. Thus, the reason that the reductive inductive effect to act within memory units must be presented. The logical reasons leading the embryonic memory to form memory units within itself are the same as those leading memory units to form strands with equivalent dimensions in reduced geometric forms within themselves.
At the outset, it should be noted that the embryonic memory framing fields are delimited by six boundary lines and a diagonal boundary line exists through the center. This diagonal boundary line also occurs due to the fourth absolute truth, since each framing field is the result of magnetic fields formed from four bundles. Thus, if each framing field is made up of sub-elements, these sub-elements could not exist in front of each other without a boundary line between them to separate them. It is also noted that these framing fields make up the body of the embryonic memory. This embryonic memory was the first existential element within the universe. According to what is proposed, each framing field has a height corresponding to the sum of the heights of two plasma filaments. It is evident that in the representative graph there are only four boundary lines forming a square, due to the limitations imposed by presenting a flat image. However, since the universe is a sphere, these framing fields are actually cubes, delimited by six lines of lateral boundaries and a diagonal boundary line.
The expansive inductive effect created the filaments, and at the instant that the break number was reached, the sixth absolute truth emerged, for it was from that instant that in the Existential Era the atomic elements began to be formed by subatomic elements existing previously to themselves. That is, the memory units that began to be formed within the framing fields were formed from plasma filaments. Every form of existence from that moment on has had as its logical foundation the sixth absolute truth, for there can be no element within the universe that is not composed of other elements previously existing within the universe. That is, when the break number was reached, the quantum of the universe reached its final amount, and every form of existence that occurs within the universal sphere is a transformation of that quantum itself. Parallel to the genesis of the sixth absolute truth, an element that is not composed of this total quantum of the universe began to form in the universe, as will hereafter be described in more detail, and that element is therefore called transcendent. That element, as will be verified, is formed within the existential units as well as transmitted by them.
The reductive inductive effect, besides being related to the fourth and fifth absolute truths, as occurred with the expansive inductive effect, also considers the sixth absolute truth and the formation of the transcendent element. Thus, it is necessary to present at least an initial definition of the reductive inductive effect, since its logical rationale will be gradually presented within the Theory of Objectivity:
“The reductive inductive effect is the logical and successive action of the fourth, fifth, and sixth absolute truths, which together acted to form, from the embryonic memory, the initial basic existence units, called memory units, through which the element transcending the total quantum of the universe, herein called knowledge, is formed and transmitted in the Existential Era.”
The logical rationale behind the reductive inductive effect will be in a complementary way gradually demonstrated in this theory when discussing the existential elements, since this effect is in fact at the core of the logical foundations of the whole theoretical body that is now presented.
Geometric Logic of Memory Unit Formation
Now begins the presentation of how primary memory units are formed within the framing fields from plasma filaments.
Figure 38 shows a portion of the embryonic memory, where one can see filament bundles and free framing fields, since no memory units had formed within those fields at the exact moment at which the break number was reached. Each memory unit was formed from two bundles of parallel filaments, one above and one below. In Figure 38, when a filament beam is shown, the other that is parallel to it is hidden, due to the limitations of the graphical representation.
In the formation of a memory unit, 10 plasma filaments were taken from two parallel beams, one upper and one lower, so five filaments were obtained from each beam. The universal quantum did not change in the formation of a memory unit, because space did not contract or expand during the formation of such a unit. Geometrically speaking, 10 rectangular figures form a cube. Each strand filament and boundary line forms a rectangular figure, and the framing field represents a cube in which these figures fit. These 10 combined form the cubic framing field.
However, it must be assumed that due to the reductive inductive effect, a kind of mutation necessarily occurred, where two of the filaments were not placed in the external structure of the memory unit, but rather inside it. The reductive inductive effect took two strands and contained them in seven other rings inside the sphere. The boundary lines taken from the five pairs of plasma filaments were also partly contained within the memory unit, since there could be no loss or gain of the quantum of space. It should be emphasized that only the converging lines of the beams were taken into the field, since the filament initially attached to the embryonic memory did not carry into the framing field the posterior boundary line, since that belonged primarily to the framing field of the embryonic memory itself.
The only logical possibility for the formation of these new filaments via the reductive inductive effect involves a repositioning of the 10 filaments taken. The 10 filaments were framed within a framing field to compose a memory unit. This assertion is justified not only because 10 filaments have an area equal to that of a framing field, but also and mainly because a 10-filament portion has a quantum of space equal to that of a framing field. As shown, these 10 filaments were taken from two parallel beams, five from the upper beam visible in Figure 38 and another five from a lower beam that is not visible.
As shown in Figure 38, the five filaments appearing in blue correspond to the area of a framing field in the flat representation. However, in the geometric reality of the formed four-dimensional sphere, two bundles of five parallel filaments were taken, one bundle from the upper position visible in Figure 38 and the other from the lower position that is not visible. A framing field has a height corresponding to the sum of the heights of two plasma filaments plus their respective boundary lines. The two parallel beams containing five filaments each were taken into a framing field. However, these two parallel beams could not be taken into the framing field at the same position as initially encountered. Instead, it was necessary for each filament to take a new position within the framing field so that the filaments could form a memory unit. Eight of the 10 filaments make up the outer filament structure of a memory unit, and the other two filaments make up its inner filament structure. The eight filaments making up the outer structure of the memory unit have the same size as in the primary plasma, with the remaining two filaments being transmuted into filaments inside the formed unit. There was a quantum mutation of the beams taken into the framing field, since these filaments, along with their magnetic fields and boundary lines, reorganized within the framing field to compose a new existential unit. It is justified for eight filaments to be positioned in the outer frame, because geometrically eight filaments fit perfectly into a spherical shape in the hub represented by the framing field. Thus, eight filaments lie in the outer spherical portion of each memory unit, and the remaining two make up the inner rings.
Figure 39 depicts stage 1 of memory unit formation. This graph presents the first embryonic memory framing field
composed of four lateral boundary lines, which are in fact six lateral lines, since this framing field is a cube and not a flat figure as shown in the graphical representation, plus a diagonal central boundary line, which is also in fact a four-dimensional plane cutting through the rectangle diagonally.
In a memory unit, only two of the 10 filaments exist as filament rings inside the memory unit, since the other eight filaments are fixed in the surface structure of the sphere. In Figure 39, a free framing field can be seen in stage 1 of memory unit formation, where the logic discussed herein must be imposed. The framing field would be illogical and contradictory if the absolute truths presented as a basis were not taken into account. Therefore, considering VLE, filaments were formed within these fields, composing rings arranged in levels forming the inner structure of the memory unit. As will be justified next, during each VLE cycle, two memory units were formed.
Figure 39 shows a flat square due to graphical limitations, but the framing field is a four-dimensional figure. The free framing field is initially visible. This part of the embryonic memory is a cube delimited by boundary lines that make up its sides. Cutting through the field diagonally as a plane is the central boundary line, which was formed during the expansion of antagonistic time due to the fourth absolute truth. This framing field is neutral because it has no element inside it. During the Antagonistic Era, each field was formed as an integral part of the embryonic memory as the filament bundles expanded longitudinally and transversely. During the expansion, the formed framing fields did not attract plasma filaments within themselves, since the genesis of the sixth absolute truth had not yet occurred. Only upon the completion of the formation of the universe in spherical form was what is herein called the break number reached. Upon the achievement of this number, each filament in a beam gained autonomy and ceased to be antagonistic, because at that moment there was a complete logical universe. The universe was logical then because it no longer bordered the infinite and also because it had a reference, the embryonic memory. At the same time that the break number was reached and the formation of the last filaments making up the universe was complete, the sixth absolute truth emerged, which asserts that every element formed within the universe consists of elements existing before that element itself. Thus, upon the genesis of the sixth absolute truth, we gained what is called the reductive inductive effect. Consequently, since the break number was reached and the plasma filaments gained independence and movement, each framing field has been required to contain filaments giving it the logic determined by the logical mathematical essence. As stated in this theory, an element exists only if it can absorb knowledge, and knowledge can only exist logically if there is an element that absorbs it. According to what is proposed, when the universe was formed, at instant zero, the embryonic memory was the element and the primary plasma was the available knowledge. The filaments present during the Antagonistic Era were antagonistic knowledge, but in the Existential Era, this knowledge is the logical substance representative of primary and concrete knowledge. This primary knowledge, which is the universal plasma, is not to be confused with the transcendent knowledge arising from the first VLE cycle, simultaneously with the formation of the first memory units. The primary plasma is concrete knowledge that had its origin even during the Antagonistic Era. In this way, it is necessary to emphasize a derivative truth of primary importance within the Theory of Objectivity:
“At instant zero, the universal space was essentially composed of primary plasma. This initial plasma was the primary and concrete knowledge available. This primary and concrete knowledge is not to be confused with the transcendent knowledge that would arise from the memory units that began to form after instant zero, during the first VLE cycle.”
Thus, logic imposed itself, and the first element existing in the universe, the embryonic memory, absorbed the available original concrete knowledge. In addition, within the framing field, the reductive inductive effect began to act, causing 10 plasma filaments to be taken to compose within that field a memory unit containing logical levels.
The first four filaments make up the four eyes of the sphere and merge temporarily to the boundary lines of the framing field, as indicated by the four blue bars in Figure 40. Thus, for the other four filaments to exist perpendicular to the first four, it is necessary for the central points of these filaments to converge. These central points of filaments are their eyes. It is not possible for a sphere to be composed externally of eight filaments and two perpendicular rings without two of the filaments merging in the center. The four first filaments forming the four eyes of the faces of the sphere are herein called vision filaments, and the other four filaments are called formation filaments. As can be seen in Figure 40, the four vision filaments of a memory unit make up the ring that contours the sphere, and their lateral ends merge with the central points of the neutral facial lines. These centers of the neutral facial lines represent the four lowest points in the sphere, when considering a cube equal in diameter to and containing the sphere. Since the framing field is a cube, the centers of the neutral facial lines are lower than the vertices of that framing field. The four formation filaments are logically perpendicular to the vision filaments. In order for the four formation filaments to complete the outer structure of the sphere, two eyes of the vision filaments were required to merge with two eyes of the formation filaments. On the other hand, the remaining two formation filaments are located inside the sphere, merging their eyes with the tails of that sphere. That is what Figure 40 is demonstrating that occurred in stage 1 of memory unit formation. The black lines and blue dot located at the center of the sphere represent the filament that has its central eye converging with the visible tail of the sphere. The two red bars following this central filament represent the two lateral filaments that have their eyes fused to the eyes of the vision filaments of the forming sphere. Of course, in the hidden tail of the sphere there is centrally arranged a filament that fuses its central eye to the hidden tail of the forming sphere. It should be noted, however, that this fusion of the filaments does not represent total convergence, since it would not have been possible in this formation for the element itself to have had a loss of quantum. Therefore, this fusion of filaments is represented as an overlap. That is, it was necessary for a filament to be superimposed over another at each of the points representing an eye of the sphere, formed from intersecting filaments.
The cube has six sides, and eight filaments fuse their central portions, which are their eyes, with the central portions of the cubic framing field. Unlike the fusion between two filaments, where there is only overlap, this fusion of the filaments with the boundary lines occurred in a totally convergent manner, that is, the eyes of the filaments occupy spaces already occupied by portions of the boundary lines of the framing fields. What appears logically is that the sphere has six higher points, represented by the eyes and tails of the sphere. These six higher points converge with portions of the sides of a cube equal in diameter to the sphere and containing it. The highest points of four vision filaments converged with a quantum equal to that of the boundary lines of the framing field. Two formation filaments have their eyes superimposed on the eyes of the vision filaments and also converge with the boundary lines of the framing field in the positioning relative to the posterior and anterior faces of the sphere. It should be noted that this fusion of the eyes of the sphere with the boundary lines shows that two overlapping micro-squares are contained within the boundary line of the framing field, emphasizing that the thickness itself of that boundary line is equal to the width of a micro-square. However, the height of a micro-square, representing the height of a filament itself, is far less than the width of that filament. The height of the filament itself is equal to the height of the angular step and is exponentially less than the width of the filament itself. It is therefore logically possible for the center points of two filaments, superimposed upon one another, to converge within the boundary line of a framing field. Thus, it may be stated that the width of a boundary line is at least equal to twice the height of a micro-square or filament. Two other formation filaments have their eyes converge at the points corresponding to the tails of the sphere. That is what is shown in Figure 40, which represents stage 1 of memory unit formation. This logic is justified, because only in this way could the eight filaments making up the outer structure of the sphere have their central points converge with the six highest points of the sphere, completely composing the outer structure of that sphere. The fact that two eyes of the formation filaments merge with these points representative of entry into and exit from the sphere, which are their tails, corroborates the understanding hitherto presented about this geometrical peculiarity of the sphere, which has specific, real, logical points contained in its body. These truths also corroborate what has been discussed since the presentation of the antagonistic sphere, which has real and specific points in its body. These logical points contained in the body of a sphere are therefore not conventions, but rather geometrical and logical reality that presents itself in this theory.
However, there is still another logical question to be answered. The last four formation filaments can only occur in vertical or horizontal positions. That is, the first four filaments, the vision filaments, form the first ring of the sphere as shown in the graph 40. The last four filaments, the formation filaments, should form the next ring that completely makes up the outer filament structure of the sphere. This second ring composed of formation filaments could theoretically be in either of two positions: horizontal transverse or vertical transverse. It is not possible for the second forming ring to occupy both of these positions simultaneously; instead, it can only be in one position. This position cannot be taken randomly, because these spheres are logical constructs. Thus, this second ring must compose the two main faces, which are the back and front faces of the sphere, as shown in Figure 40. These posterior and anterior eyes are the only two points on the sphere at which two eyes of filaments in the outer structure of the sphere overlap. This overlap is herein called convergence or simply fusion. It should be noted that there is no totally convergent fusion. Each posterior and anterior eye is the fusion point of two filaments. That is, the eyes of the posterior and anterior faces are each composed of two eyes of filaments, one being a vision filament and the other a formation filament. This statement is justified because a sphere is a being that exists individually. The fusion of several of these beings forms a greater being, namely, a reason unit. All beings necessarily have their posterior, anterior, upper (hidden side), and lower (visible lateral) senses logically defined. These four senses for each being are real and not conventions. In addition, the posterior and anterior senses, or simply the horizontal transverse sense, are the main senses for a being within the universe. Every being has the posterior and anterior senses as the main ones, for it is these senses that determine a main and logical direction. The top and bottom eyes of a sphere are not its principal eyes. Its main eyes are the horizontal ones. According to what is proposed, any existential unit that makes a non-random movement within the universe will take as its main logical direction that indicated by the anterior and posterior faces. In this way, the clockwise direction that is very much in the nature of things has a logical origin determined by the construction of the faces of the initial spheres that make up the whole universe. Thus, it is justified that the second ring composed of the formation filaments and that completes the outer filament structure of the sphere is arranged horizontally to indicate that the anterior and posterior eyes of the sphere are its principal eyes.
The six highest points in the sphere, five visible and appearing in blue in Figure 40, are the umbilical cords that temporarily connected the filaments of a memory unit in formation to the framing field of the embryonic memory. According to what is proposed, a memory unit does not interact with its external environment from any point on its body at random, but rather from specific points, since they form the zone of convergence between the existential unit and external knowledge lines. The tails of the sphere represent the points through which knowledge can enter and exit the element. The eyes of the faces are also specific points of interaction between an element and its external environment. The posterior and anterior eyes are those that have a logical nature of main orientation for all existential units created from memory units.
These facts demonstrate derivative truths in this theory, since the logical truths indicate this path:
“In the creation of a memory unit, the quanta of the filaments used for formation temporarily fuse, at the six highest points of the sphere, with the knowledge lines of the framing field.”
“In the composition of a memory unit, four vision filaments and four formation filaments make up the two rings that give the unit its spherical structure. Two formation filaments have their eyes superimposed on two vision filaments, defining the main directions of orientation of the sphere, which correspond to the front and back faces. The central points of the other two formation filaments converge at locations corresponding to the tails of the formed sphere, representing the major points through which information can enter and exit the element.”
As already stated as a resulting truth, knowledge cannot exist without an element capable of absorbing it, just as there is no element without knowledge. Having said that, it is necessary to assert that in the observation that can be made from the graphical analysis of stage 1 of memory unit formation, elements also converge to knowledge. That is, in memory unit formation, a quantum of the knowledge line taken from the filaments in bundles merged with a quantum of plasma filaments. In addition to the convergence of the boundary lines following the filaments with those of the framing field, there was also convergence involving the magnetic field. In Figure 40, the locations at which quanta of the filaments corresponding to the unit converge to the boundary lines of the framing field are shown in blue. These blue lines, besides representing the overlapping of two intersecting filaments, also indicate the temporary fusion of two elements (the boundary line of the framing field and the filaments), but in the end only the essences of those two elements form the unitary external filament of the memory unit. This fusion occurred only when 10 filaments were taken into the framing field within a VLE cycle. As will be discussed in due course next, two memory units were formed within a VLE cycle. After a memory unit was formed, it was placed outside the framing field and the temporary fusion ceased to exist. The memory unit was then placed into a logical rail, as will soon be discussed. This fact has consequences in terms of the quantum involved in the formation of a memory unit. However, as described, no loss or gain of the total quantum of the universe has been possible since its formation. What could occur and will be described in the logical truths presented subsequently is a qualitative transformation. It is proposed that during the formation of a memory unit, the filaments used to compose it remained in the quantum of space converging with the framing field, which would mean a corresponding quantum loss, because the total quantum does not admit convergence of its parts without loss. Thus, the quantum used in this temporary convergence was compensated for by the formation of what is herein called a temporary plasma magnetic field. That is, when the break number was reached, at time zero, there were no plasma filaments within the framing fields. These plasma filaments were absorbed into the framing fields only from the first VLE cycle. Thus, during the first cycle, the filaments taken to form the primary memory units converged with the framing fields. Logically, the total mass of the universe would have been reduced, i.e., there would have been a loss of quantum in this convergence. Since it is not possible to have total quantum loss, temporary plasma magnetic fields appeared from the first VLE cycle, arising as a sort of temporary compensation for the quantum taken upon convergence. This fact shows that the universal logical essence was capable of creating a transcendent element. In fact, these plasma magnetic fields were a sort of transcendent space that occurred only temporarily, for less than one VLE cycle. Thus, there was no loss or gain of the universal quantum for a period equal to or greater than a VLE cycle in this formation process. Having said that, it is necessary to present another truth arising from the facts discussed:
“In the formation of a primary memory unit, the quanta of the filaments taken within each VLE cycle temporarily fused and the quantum of the respective framing field was temporarily compensated for within that same VLE cycle by the formation of a temporary plasma magnetic field with the nature of a temporary transcendent element.”
The Transcendent Element
Besides the total quantum that composes the universe and temporary magnetic fields, there is another type of quantum that does not add to the total quantum and that occurs continuously. That is to say, there is a kind of substance that is in the universe but does not add to the universal space. That is because the total quantum means the total space formed. Everything that exists within the universe makes up space. There can be no empty space. When the universe was formed, as soon as the break number was reached, the universal space contained only plasma, a central point, and an embryonic memory containing that point at its center. Thus, there was no empty space. The total spatial plasma was formed from filaments, magnetic fields, and boundary lines. This set is herein called a quantum. Due to the reductive inductive effect and the beginning of the formation of the primary memory units, the quantum of the universe also does not increase or decrease, but undergoes transformation. Moreover, as already stated, the formed universal space never undergoes definitive quantitative alteration, but it experiences continuous qualitative modifications. However, after the beginning of the formations of memory units, a new substance began to be formed within the universe, but this substance does not change the total quantum of the universe. That is, there is a substance that appears in the universe that is transcendent
to the quantum that makes up the universe. This substance is transcendent because it does not change the quantity of the total quantum. It is also transcendent because it does not at first alter the quality of the total universal quantum and can never change the quantity definitively. This substance may therefore pass between filaments, magnetic fields, and knowledge lines without ever changing the total quantum in terms of its quantity, but it does affect its quality. Thus, each newly formed memory unit immediately began to reproduce within itself images of the knowledge that was in front of it. As is well justified, memory units have internal chambers connected to circuits of knowledge and recognition, which accumulate in a condensed form knowledge acquired from the outside world. This knowledge, in condensed form within the memory units is not created via quantum exchange with the other elements existing in the universe according to the Theory of Objectivity. That is, these condensed images within the memory units transcend the total quantum. They are called transcendent precisely because they do not alter the quantity of the total spatial quantum but still exist within the universe. This quality of transcendence occurs for the knowledge condensed within the memory units because none of the absolute truths or the truths derived from them contains a logical fact that allows this condensed knowledge to be produced from the pre-existent quantum. These condensed images within the memory units do not take any previously existing elements in their formation. That is, they are not filaments, magnetic fields, or knowledge lines. This condensed knowledge is rather the reproduction of the knowledge lines outside the memory units, but not quantum transformations of them. Thus, after the universe was formed, another element emerged as a complementary form but did not add to the total spatial extent of the universe. That is why this new form of existence is referred to as an element transcending the total quantum.
In the formation of each primary memory unit, primary plasma was taken to compose it. Meanwhile, in the formation of the transcendent element, no plasma is used. In fact, this transcendent element has the nature of a substance and not of an element in the sense of being existential, because every existential being necessarily absorbs knowledge. The transcendent element does not absorb knowledge, for it is knowledge itself. Knowledge is the primordial logical essence that justifies the existence of the universe itself. The transcendent element is the current existential time itself.
In addition, this transcendence means that this substance can logically pass through all of the elements of the total quantum without, in principle, merging with them or changing their logical composition. Outside of an existential unit, knowledge can be absorbed by other units, for that is what justifies its existence. However, this absorption does not occur randomly by simple contact between the transcendent substance and the existential element; instead, certain logical requirements must be met.
As has been shown here, all of the elements existing in the universe from the formation of plasma filaments to the formation of memory units are connected to one another in a logical and objective way. That is, until the formation of the primary memory units within the universe, there was no element that did not obey the objective logic of the six absolute truths hitherto presented. However, this transcendent element formed within the memory units does not follow this purely objective construction. Even though the construction of the transcendent element is logical, the logic of its construction differs from the objective logic of universal construction. This difference lies in the fact that knowledge is relative. The images that the memory units absorb are relative. Although the images provided to the memory units are very close and very similar, as the reason units are formed and due to the randomness of the locations of the spectra, the knowledge that the memory units absorb gradually becomes increasingly diverse, and therefore relative. In this way, a transcendent and diverse element is formed within the memory units. The knowledge that is condensed within the memory units does not remain there forever. As memory units reach their maximum levels of knowledge accumulation, and due to external forces, these memory units begin to release to the external environment the transcendent knowledge that exists within them. As has been said repeatedly, knowledge only makes logical sense if there is an element capable of absorbing it. Not only that, but there is no logical reason for an element to absorb knowledge and not also provide to the external environment the knowledge formed. Thus, by logical application of the truths presented here, at given moments when memory units coexist in reason units, memory units need to provide the knowledge that is inside them. In addition, the spectral development of the universe and the various forces determined by the existing logical and random motions will cause the memory units to release their accumulated transcendent knowledge more and more.
The knowledge accumulated within the memory units, i.e., hydrogen atoms, is a kind of radiation. This radiation differs qualitatively according to the knowledge accumulated by the memory units and also according to the logical level in which it is located.
That is to say, each ring inside a memory unit individually accumulates a type of radiation with a different level of compression. Thus, as will soon be shown in Figure 42, the outermost logical level, level 7, contains less condensed radiation, whereas level 1, the most central, contains more condensed radiation. It should be reiterated that this radiation does not add to or merge with the already formed universal quantum, since it is not directly connected to that objective construction logic.
In the depiction of stage 1 of memory unit formation in Figure 40, a framing field is shown in green. This first framing field, and all of the others contained within the memory unit, are formed due to the fourth absolute truth. The reductive inductive effect then necessarily acts and places within this field plasma filaments in a reduced quantum ratio, as shown in stage 2, which is depicted in Figure 41 below. These filaments inside the unit are not new in essence, but actually represent a portion of the transformation of two of the plasma filaments taken from the primary plasma. Figure 41 and the others that follow that highlight the other stages in memory unit formation, to facilitate the presentation of the internal structures of a memory unit, do not depict the formation filaments, which fuse their centers to the posterior and anterior eyes and to the tails of the sphere.
The two filaments that do not compose the external structure of the memory unit instead compose in corresponding quanta each of the rings within the framing fields formed inside the memory unit, due to the sixth absolute truth. Thus, there is a truth that is derived from the sixth absolute truth, and this derivative truth states that each filament can be transmuted into several other filaments whose total quantum equals that of the filament taken for transformation.
That is, filaments can never experience quantum loss, but can be transformed. A unit can logically divide into smaller units. When the break number was reached, the smallest elements within the universe were the plasma filaments. However, due to the emergence of the reductive inductive effect, the plasma filaments within the memory units formed divided into even smaller ones. The filaments smaller than the plasma filaments are those inside memory units. Of course, the fluid plasma, which occurred due to memory unit formation, as will be shown here, is composed of the smallest geometric patterns in the universe. If a memory unit is destroyed and its filaments are not anomalously attached to other units within a VLE cycle, the filaments fluidize and turn into plasma. That is, if any force causes the destruction of a memory unit, that unit will subdivide into filaments with sizes corresponding to those making up its seven logical levels. Thus, if a primary memory unit (hydrogen atom) is destroyed, if it does not completely fluidize and transform into plasma, that unit will decompose into eight filaments corresponding to the outer ring and eight more corresponding to each of the remaining seven levels inside the sphere, for a total of 64 plasma filaments with eight different sizes. It is evident that this subdivision occurs if a memory unit is totally destroyed, without fluidizing.
There is also a chance that only parts of the outermost rings could be destroyed. For example, the last ring could be destroyed, releasing eight single-sized plasma filaments, but maintaining the seven lower rings. Even hypothetically I do not envisage the possibility of an inner ring being destroyed while maintaining the outer rings, since the inner rings are logical outcomes of the outer rings. Thus, if one of the inner rings, ring 2, for example, is destroyed, then all of the rings farther out (rings 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7) will be destroyed simultaneously, for they are supported logically by the inner rings in the set.
It does not seem logically possible for a memory unit to be partially destroyed, since its construction is determined by a logical set that here is presented as the reductive inductive effect. Thus, if the reductive inductive effect gives rise to a memory unit as a logically sustaining sphere, there is no reason to expect this sphere to remain partially whole if a destructive external force undid one of its logical levels. Thus, according to the Theory of Objectivity, whenever a primary memory unit (hydrogen atom) is destroyed, in the absence of its complete fluidization, 64 plasma filaments of eight different quanta will be formed.
The question that arises from these observations is, would it be possible for the filaments that result from the destruction of a memory unit to regroup and form new units of equal or even smaller size?
The answer proposed based on the logical truths presented here is that the formation of such elements is possible. However, these elements will be subatomic anomalous species, since they will be constructed from a logic that does not fit the reductive inductive effect in an embryonic memory framing field. Thus, whenever two filaments are placed side by side, a boundary line will arise between them, due to the fourth absolute truth. If eight filaments of equal size are arranged spherically outside a framing field, a framing field will be formed within that sphere. However, within this first framing field, the consequent rings will not form, for lack of the necessary logical sequence that only occurs within an embryonic framing field. In this way, this construction would fail or be anomalous, without precise existential logic. These elements would exist within the universe as species of strands of significant filaments of eight different sizes and could in principle be annexed to other logical elements, by the joint action of objective logical forces determined by the absolute truths and subjective forces, in spectra with reason units already capable of making political changes within the spectrum. In any case, these anomalous filaments resulting from the destruction of an atomic unit would not be matter, but logical subatomic elements.
Figure 42 below depicts stage 3 of memory unit formation. As can be seen at this stage, the filaments that make up the inner rings of the memory unit have quanta of mass several times less than the rings that circumvent the sphere. The boundary lines forming the framing fields inside the memory unit, as well as the inner filaments, have increasingly smaller quanta closer to the center of the sphere. The transverse knowledge lines that cut the sphere as two planes are an exception, for they have quanta proportional to the boundary lines of the forming filaments.
There are seven logical levels inside a memory unit. These logical levels are characterized by lower and posterior rings, with a portion of magnetic field inside. In Figure 42, each ring is composed of four filaments. However, these rings actually represent a spherical structure, since in fact eight filaments form each set of rings. This spherical structure is not completely closed by filaments. The filaments provide only the contours of the sphere, and the complete closure of the sphere occurs in a complementary fashion due to the internal magnetic field. That is, the vision and formation filaments provide the outline of the sphere as well as its inner sub-levels. In Figure 42, ring 7 with four filaments is formed, and there is a boundary line in green separating each pair of filaments, due to the fourth absolute truth. Since there are four filaments in each ring, there are four boundary lines, forming a framing field at the end. If we consider the four-dimensional reality, there are eight filaments and six planes, forming a sphere that contains a maximum cube. The largest cube is between the outer filaments and ring 7, and the smallest cube is at the center of the spherical unit, in ring 1. In summary, inside a memory unit there are seven cubes formed by knowledge lines and seven spheres composed of filaments and containing internal magnetic fields.
The last ring in the center of the sphere borders the center point, which actually represents a cylinder. At this junction, there is no logical level equal to the other seven, but rather a point of equalization, which, in fact, due to the spherical shape of the memory unit, is a logical equalization cylinder with a portion contained within that sphere forming a zone of equality between the four dimensions of knowledge that are provided to the memory unit. Indeed, quanta of the bodies of the seven filaments are fused with the knowledge lines at the points of convergence.
It should be emphasized that this equalization cylinder is surrounded by all of the rings or logical levels of knowledge, but only the outermost level surrounds it completely. The rings (spheres) nearer the center surround correspondingly smaller portions of the diagonal lines and the equalization cylinder at the center of the memory unit. Ring 1, which is the smallest and most central, surrounds the corresponding central portion of the equalization cylinder as a sphere. This sphere forms a central point in the memory unit, the nucleus of which contains a portion of knowledge belonging to the equalization cylinder. This central point is truly an equalization point, the point of maximum convergence between the zeros and knowledge lines that make up the memory unit. It can be seen that the smallest sphere contained within the memory unit is the only one that does not contain a framing field in the form of an empty cube, since the cube contained within it is massive, formed by a portion of the equalization cylinder.
Arising of Secondary Plasma
It can be seen from the analysis presented that, due to the second absolute truth, the magnetic fields that make up the filaments undergo modifications when plasmatic elements fuse, since every element has its own unique magnetic field that individualizes it, but this transformation will not result in loss or reduction of the total quantum. That is to say, the 10 auric filaments that make up a memory unit merge into an aura subdivided into inner levels as proposed in the seven levels of rings, and the ring outside the seven inner levels will also be surrounded by a magnetic field.
The boundary lines that surround a plasma filament are transformed when elements fuse, being partly absorbed by the newly formed element and partly surrounding that same element. After the formation of a memory unit, events of great importance occur. These are related to the qualitative change that occurs in parts of the plasma that made up the unit. According to the Theory of Objectivity, the parts of boundary lines that do not merge with plasma filaments and that are not used internally to form equalization lines surround the formed memory unit. As mentioned previously, a memory unit is a sphere. However, as shown in the analysis of stage 1, the sphere is contained within a square, which in reality is a cube composed of the boundary lines in the convergence zone formed within the framing field. This convergence is temporary, and when the memory unit forms, the portions of the boundary lines and magnetic field surrounding the memory unit become a kind of element independent of the formed sphere. As shown in Figure 42, these portions are the parts of the cube that extend beyond the sphere contained within it. These excess parts of the cube that are beyond the boundaries of the formed sphere are composed of boundary lines and magnetic field. These boundary lines that remain outside the formed memory unit remain quantum, but with a difference that needs to be mentioned. This difference lies in the fact that this outer quantum that exceeds the spherical contour of the formed memory unit exists not as a direct consequence of the fourth absolute truth, but rather as a species remaining after the formation of the memory unit. This quantum that circumvents the formed memory unit contains the outer magnetic field of each derivative sphere. However, this external quantum is the new qualitative configuration that the universal plasma takes. It can be seen that this plasma is different from the primary plasma used to form the memory units. As it turns out, this new plasma contains primary boundary lines and primary magnetic fields, as shown in Figure 43, which presents stage 4 of memory unit formation. This new plasma that bypasses the magnetic field of a formed memory unit is herein called secondary plasma.
The quanta of the knowledge lines and magnetic field outside the memory unit, in the moment following its formation, merge into a kind of cloud. Thus, the magnetic fields of memory units in the Existential Era are no longer free from the knowledge used in the formation of the universe. The memory units are the unit elements and will always have unique and proper magnetic fields attached, but outside them, as shown in Figure 42, there is a kind of surplus element representative of the magnetic field and boundary lines contained in a logic that determines their directions. These two surplus elements outside each memory unit formed do not present themselves with the original geometry, that is, with lines representing knowledge and the magnetic field from the primary temporary plasma. In other words, the second and fourth absolute truths that logically formed the magnetic fields and boundary lines of the temporary plasma are not present in the same way after the formation of the memory unit. These two elements that represent the total quantum unused in the formation of the memory unit no longer exist in the same way as primary plasma, since they are no longer contained within a framing field, and because the memory unit is already formed. These elements cannot be lost, because they make up the total quantum of universal space, but they change. The logic that arises indicates that these elements no longer support themselves as lines and magnetic fields, but rather exist as a substance initially surrounding each formed memory unit. This substance arising around each memory unit is a component of the secondary universal plasma. However, every substance must have a geometric shape, since there is no element or substance within the universe that does not. Only infinity represents a condition without geometric form, and therefore infinity represents non-existence. Thus, the formed secondary plasma composed of boundary lines and magnetic fields that are pulverized necessarily represents geometric forms. In addition, taking by analogy the filaments that compose the primary plasma, and considering still a geometric figure that fits perfectly together with others, these geometric forms are rectangles that interpose one another. These rectangles are therefore composed of magnetic fields surrounded by boundary lines, since these are the two substances available in secondary plasma formation. In this way, secondary plasma is composed of rectangular figures representing two substances resulting from the magnetic fields and boundary lines that fluidize. This fluidization thus represents the transformation of those primary plasma leftovers into secondary plasma. The geometric figures that make up secondary plasma are the smallest geometric shapes existing in the universe. They have exponentially smaller dimensions than the total filaments making up primary plasma and could each be millions of times smaller than a memory unit. These rectangular figures cannot converge with each other, creating a temporary plasma magnetic field, as in memory unit formation via the inductive effect. When each memory unit was formed, as part of a pair produced in a VLE cycle, the elements composing the quantum of the universe converged. The converging elements were the primary filaments that in bundles were taken into the framing fields of the embryonic memory. Thus, as a result of this logic, a temporary plasma magnetic field formed. This convergence, however, does not occur in the movement of the rectangular figures that compose plasma. It is not possible for two rectangular figures composed of magnetic field and the surrounding knowledge lines to converge. In this way, every plasmatic movement that occurs is produced by flows composed of these rectangles that interpose and are perfectly close. This fact justifies the understanding that each of these rectangular figures is exponentially smaller than a memory unit. In addition, as stated, each figure is at least millions of times smaller than a memory unit. The secondary plasma and, subsequently, tertiary plasma, which are composed of elements with exponentially reduced dimensions
and will be further discussed below, are herein referred to as fluid plasma.
What is proposed is that the VLE was initially used to form the plasma filaments that expanded from Nothing. Later, due to the reductive inductive effect, the VLE was employed to take the filaments and compose memory units within the framing fields. The geometric logic analysis presented herein verifies that in each VLE cycle, two memory units were formed.
After the formation of all of the memory units, the VLE continued to act, since it defines the logical period necessary for each element within the universe to exist individually. Thus, each memory unit must be connected to the surrounding environment within a VLE. As asserted here, logic is not a simultaneous mathematical essence. Logic requires alternation in order to exist as a mathematical reason. Consequently, the VLE must continue to act on each formed memory unit. Therefore, each formed memory has a fusion point that connects it to the other elements in the universe, and this point is not static. Instead, the fusion point completely traverses the four faces of the element within a VLE cycle. This VLE acts according to the determinations of the absolute truths presented, specifically the fourth and fifth absolute truths. The fourth absolute truth says that whenever one element is in front of another, there must be a third element between them, namely, a knowledge line. The knowledge lines present until the formation of an existential unit are then pulverized and transformed into clouds composed of quanta taken from themselves and from the external magnetic field, composing the universal secondary plasma. In addition, the formed memory units were grouped initially into logical rails, as will be discussed hereafter. After all of the primary memory units were formed within the universe, the logical rails were undone and all of the memory units would randomly compose the total quantum of the universe together with the secondary plasma. The existential spheres approached each other randomly within the universe. Thus, according to the fourth absolute truth, new knowledge lines in principle needed to form between each pair of memory units generated. Meanwhile, the fifth absolute truth tells us that for an element to exist in space it must be observed simultaneously by at least two other elements.
A very important fact in the Theory of Objectivity is that after the formation of the universe and the beginning of the construction of the spectra, the fourth and fifth absolute truths continued to act, because they are absolute. However, in relation to the primary memory units, these two absolute truths have their conditions fulfilled by a fusion point that exists for each unit formed. This fusion point is not static but in motion, because in that way it fulfills the demands of these two absolute truths. Thus, within a VLE cycle, a fusion point surrounds each memory unit, so that there is always a boundary line between each memory unit and the neighboring units that separates them from each other within that logical period. This boundary line is not static but mobile, with a speed determined by the VLE. The fusion point also serves to satisfy the fifth absolute truth, for, if this point surrounds each element, it must be connected to the external world so that the unit can be observed by at least two other elements. In addition, the fifth absolute truth means that a memory unit, besides being observed, that is, being within the fields of view of other two elements, also observes other elements. In this way, the fusion point that surrounds each element fulfills, within a VLE cycle, the requirements of the fourth and fifth absolute truths, when this element is being observed by at least two others. This fusion point constantly receives or supplies information across the two poles of the memory unit, which is evident, because, as mentioned, the ends of the equalization cylinder that every memory unit has are used by this unit to process the received information. This equalization cylinder seems to serve to provide the external world with the information contained inside the unit. The fusion point of the element seems to serve to make that connection, when passing in front of each of the memory unit tails, connected to the equalization cylinder, either bringing knowledge into the memory unit or extracting knowledge contained therein to provide it to the external environment. What emerges as a logical truth of what has been presented is that this fusion point orbits the body of the formed sphere, since it needs to read its four faces within a VLE cycle.
The boundary lines between formed elements in the Existential Era are lines of reproduction and therefore have negative charges. That is, they represent the inverses of their elements. The boundary lines present during the expansion of plasma filaments in the Antagonistic Era were outside the magnetic fields. A magnetic field represents zero and a boundary line represents a negative value, since the unit of positive value is already represented by the filament. This reasoning, however, does not serve exclusively to substantiate the negativity of a fusion point. However, it seems that the negativity of a fusion point, representative of a boundary line, lies in the fact that it is a crossing and reproduction point. That is, it is not an element that accumulates knowledge within itself, but rather has the power to bring knowledge into a memory unit. Thus, this point representing a boundary line logically needs to have a force opposite to that contained within the memory unit to be capable of bringing external knowledge into that unit. A boundary line could not be a neutral element, since neutrality has no power to reproduce images, and it could not be positively charged, for anything that has a positive meaning is an element composed of filaments. Thus, boundary lines have a reproductive force, but they reproduce not for themselves but for other elements. The knowledge that a boundary line reproduces is not contained in itself but in the element that it orbits. Thus, assigning a negative charge to a fusion point is not a convention but a logical truth. A line that reproduces knowledge has an inverse force on the element that will carry the knowledge produced. This truth cannot be departed from. Boundary lines, and the fusion points that represent them in synthesis with the fifth absolute truth, are elements of fruition. This statement can be made because it is through them that the images captured enter the elements that accumulate these images in condensed form. These elements also must have inverse forces proportional to the elements for which they provides images, because if not, they would not logically be able to cause this fruition of knowledge.
Faced with such considerations, Figure 44 depicts stage 5 of memory unit formation, an already-formed memory unit with a fusion point orbiting it.
Convergence Zones, Emergence of the Gravitational Force
As shown here in figure 44, the bars appearing in blue on the face of each sphere represent the eyes of the sphere. The formation filaments and fusion of the central filament to the visible tail of the sphere are not shown here. The bars are graphical representations only for the purpose of the geometric presentation of this theory. As stated previously, these bars actually represent only single points, which by analogy would signify micro-squares at these central locations on the sphere. As can be seen, parallel to the bar that represents the outer point on the upper face of the sphere is a red bar, which represents the fusion point that orbits the formed sphere and enables it to have logically valid existence. The manner in which a fusion point is attached in orbital position to each memory unit will be described when the logical rails are discussed, as will soon be done. This red bar representative of the fusion point that orbits each formed memory unit is of extremely high importance in the Theory of Objectivity, since it actually represents the synthesis of the fourth and fifth absolute truths (inductive effect) and represents the logical link that each of these units has with the external environment. This point, being the synthesis of the inductive effect, represents a boundary line as well as the logical possibilities of other elements being able to see the element and vice versa, satisfying the fifth absolute truth. As can be seen, this point is attached to the element and passes by it, but in fact it has the nature of a third element, although synthesized in the orbital magnetic field belonging to the existential unit in question. This fusion point allows the element to interact with other elements that are approaching. That is, it connects the most basic existential unit to the universe itself. However, this fact is not the only important one. Another fact to be highlighted is that the fusion point that surrounds each element belongs to it, because it is connected to it. However, even though this point belongs to the element and is connected to it, in orbit around the element, in fact this fusion point goes through a field that is considered to be convergent.
That is, the orbit of the fusion point is contained in space representing the convergence of the existential unit itself with the external plasma. That is, the fusion point orbits the element within its external magnetic field, because as the point attaches itself to the element, it cannot be beyond its magnetic field, as a logical consequence. This aura occurs due to the second absolute truth, which states that every element has a magnetic field that separates it from the rest of the universe. The external magnetic field is the geometric boundary of the existence of the element, and a fusion point belonging to that element could not be outside that magnetic field. In the Existential Era, the magnetic field of a memory unit has a height corresponding to the fusion point that surrounds it.
Although this fusion point is contained within the magnetic field, this magnetic field also converges with the plasma. As can be seen in Figure 44, the area outside the sphere represents the secondary plasma formed. In addition, the red bar, which represents the fusion point, is in a geometric position that coincides with the space occupied by the magnetic field, since this magnetic field completely surrounds every existing memory unit. Thus, a convergence zone exists between the magnetic field of each element and the secondary plasma that surrounds it. As stated, this logical fact is of great importance and can be summarized as the following resulting truth:
“The external magnetic field surrounding an element, and in which a fusion point equal in height to the field orbits, contains an equal quantum of plasma, forming a zone of convergence between the plasma and existential unit.”
In other words, the plasma does not penetrate the memory unit, but rather is contained within the external magnetic field of each of these existing units. Thus, when secondary plasma forms, part of this plasma belongs to the memory unit as its convergence zone. There is no loss or gain of the total quantum, because the fusion point that appears and belongs to the memory unit is a transformation of the boundary lines that already existed there. In addition, the convergence zone that emerges representing the plasma and external magnetic field of the element is also a quantum transformation of the boundary lines and magnetic fields that surrounded each plasma filament and were not used to compose the memory unit. As seen, of the 10 filaments taken to form each memory unit, all of them underwent quantum transformations and entered the composition of that unit, but part of the boundary lines and magnetic fields of the 10 filaments did not enter that composition and were transformed into secondary plasma. Part of this secondary plasma belongs to the convergence zone of the memory unit because the orbit of the fusion point cannot be outside the extent of that memory unit. Thus, the convergence zone logically must exist and have a height equal to that of the fusion point, which also equals the height of the external magnetic field. That is, the external magnetic field of each memory unit has plasma essence and surrounds that unit completely. The height or thickness of the convergence zone is the same as that of the fusion point.
Convergence zones, therefore, exist for both primary memory units and reason units. According to what is proposed, a spectrum also has a convergence zone, because, as an existential unit, a spectrum also must have a magnetic field that individualizes it. A galaxy, as a sub-element that makes up a spectrum, also must have a convergence zone. As described herein, the more elements merge, the greater the convergence zone of the resulting element. That is, the convergence zone of an element formed by the fusion of several other sub-elements will be equal to the sum of the least portions of the convergence zones of those elements. This finding is in fact of great importance, since it shows that every material being possesses a convergence zone. In this way, Earth, for example, has a magnetic field that surrounds it, but within that magnetic field universal plasma is contained, forming a convergence zone of its own. This convergence zone corroborates what the second absolute truth says, because it shows that it is through its magnetic field that every element interacts with the universe. The convergence zone logically indicates that plasma does not penetrate memory units, but it converges with their external magnetic fields. Therefore, when a reason unit is formed by the union of several memory units, the plasma must transit through the reason unit, as each reason unit has external and internal convergence zones. It is not possible to form a reason unit without forming some of the sub-elements that make up convergence zones inside the formed element.
During the Antagonistic Era, this interaction between magnetic fields and other elements had only a border configuration and there was no absorption of knowledge since those filaments in formation were only folds of Nothing itself. However, since the formation of the universe and the beginning of memory unit formation, these existential beings have had to interact with the external environment, by either absorbing or supplying knowledge. In this way, the external magnetic field that each formed memory unit has, representing its convergence zone, also represents a field of attraction. That is, the magnetic field of each element is the geometric location where the element connects with the environment that surrounds it. Thus, this magnetic field, which is a convergence zone, can also be called a zone of attraction and repulsion. Logically, it is through this zone that the element can attach itself to other elements, or, conversely, remove others that do not have logical requirements to be attached. Thus, there exists a logical derivative truth of high importance:
“The external magnetic field of every element and representing the zone of convergence between that element and the external plasma is also the locus through which the element will interact with other elements and universal substances, attracting them to itself or repelling them, according to their logical characteristics.”
This convergence zone that occurs for each memory unit also occurs for each reason unit composed of memory units, because each reason unit is formed through the merging of several memory units. According to what is proposed, the sum of the units that make up each element determines the size of its convergence zone. Every element composed of atomic units has its own convergence zone, which is equivalent to its external magnetic field, since the magnetic field of an individual element is the sum of the portions of the external magnetic fields of the elements that composed it. This external convergence zone actually explains what in science is called gravity when it comes to a star. Thus, Earth, for example, is an element resulting from the merging of a certain amount of memory units and, mainly, reason units. The sum of the portions of the external magnetic fields of the fusing elements creates a total magnetic field of the element formed through this fusion. The quantum of the convergence zone is between the merging elements, and another part is logically arranged in a magnetic field outside the final formed element.
As every star is the result of the joining of several sets of reason units, inside every star there is also an internal convergence zone, where the plasma fills the spaces contained between the memory units making up these the reason units. Therefore, the convergence zone of an element is equivalent to the magnetic field of that element and is distributed internally and externally. In the case of a star, composed by the fusion of memory and reason units, this convergence zone is equivalent to what in science is called a gravitational field. It is necessary, therefore, to present a derivative truth of high importance in this theory:
“The convergence zone of a reason unit is equivalent to the magnetic field of that unit, internal and external. In the case of a star, this magnetic field is equivalent to the gravitational field of that star.”
Therefore, the force of gravity actually represents the logic involved in the formation of an element, and it exists as an integral part of the element itself. Thus, a star formed logically by the fusion of memory and reason units represents unity and its external magnetic field represents zero, the gravitational field that belongs to it individually. The logical concept of the gravitational force can be summarized as follows:
"Gravitational force is the logical phenomenon of attraction or repulsion that occurs when one element tangence or converges to the magnetic field of another element."
Although Earth was used as an example, in fact every material element in the universe has external and internal convergence zones where necessarily the universal plasma is also present. This fact is of great importance for the understanding of universal material existence, since it shows that every being existing in the universe, besides being part of the quantum that makes up the total mass of the universe, also possesses internal and external convergence zones that contain the plasma that also makes up the total universal quantum. These convergence zones are also herein called existential convergence zones.
From these analyzes, the following truth of fundamental importance in the Theory of Objectivity arises:
“Every memory unit has only an external existential convergence zone, while every reason unit has both external and internal existential convergence zones.”
This resulting truth is indeed of great importance. As it turns out, convergence zones do not occur within the spheres representative of memory units, but always externally. In addition, when it is said that convergence zones occur within reason units, it is meant that this convergence occurs in the space between the memory units that make up reason units. These characteristics confirm that plasma never penetrates memory units but is present outside these units as well as between them when they together compose a new element. From this evidence, it is possible and necessary to present another truth:
“The convergence zone of a memory unit is equivalent to its external magnetic field, and the convergence zones of a reason unit are equivalent to the internal and external magnetic fields of that unit.”
Another resulting truth that presents itself is the following:
“The universal plasma is necessarily present in the convergence zones of the elements.”
Still considering the presentation of the logical construction of memory units, memory units initially populated and composed the universe objectively, but this objectivity is gradually becoming more and more random and relative. The memory units are not only within the universe, but also, together with the secondary and later tertiary plasma, form the total quantum of the Universe. Only knowledge does not belong to the total quantum, because it transcends it. Therefore, the following truth can be derived from this clear evidence:
“All that exists within the universe, except knowledge, which is a transcendent substance, is an integral part of the quantum of the universe.”
The fusion point that surrounds each primary memory unit reads the images that are within the field of view of that unit. The images that the memory units see of one another are the knowledge that was initially present only objectively and is becoming increasingly relative. It is argued that knowledge can exist relatively not due to ideological belief, but rather due to logic, since knowledge cannot be absolutely independent, given that it needs memory units in order to exist, either flowing outside these units or being absorbed by them.
From the presentation of memory unit formation, according to the stages presented in graphs, it is possible to establish a truth that cannot be removed, by determination of the second and sixth absolute truths:
“In memory unit formation, there was no change in the total quantum of the universe and the elements of the primary plasma that did not enter into the composition of memory units became secondary plasma.”
That is, some of the filaments making up each memory unit underwent transformation. Eight filaments form the outer rings of the sphere and the two remaining filaments compose the seven rings inside the sphere. The filaments that make up the seven inner rings have a total quantum equal to that of two primary filaments.
To return to the analysis of memory units specifically, each memory unit functions primarily as a camera that reproduces and stores knowledge, external images, within itself in the form of memory. This camera does not absorb the elements that are external to it; it only creates images of those elements within itself and stores them there.
To repeat, knowledge consists of images of the space that is before the face of an element, that is, images that each of the faces of the element sees in the boundary lines within its existential spectrum. These images are reproduced in a condensed form by memory units from their points of convergence, forming the transcendent element.
There are bundles of filaments that are not entirely transformed into memory units because of the geometric logic of the universe. Thus, there is a multitude of portions of beams adjacent to the embryonic memory, functioning as embryonic support pillars.
In addition to the support pillars of the embryonic memory, there are sterile framing fields contained immediately at the center of the universe, in which no memory units were formed, and therefore their filament bundles will remain whole forever. These filament bundles serve as a kind of support for the embryonic memory and for the universe itself as a unit. This statement is justified because Nothing expanded to lose its contradiction, and this construction took place through the plasma filaments, creating a universe in the form of a perfect sphere. According to Figure 45, which represents the central portion of the initial universe, the four initial beams that formed from the four faces of Nothing could not logically be taken into framing fields, since the central field is actually the spherical point. According to geometric logic and as a consequence of the spatial movement required in memory unit formation, the two lateral bundles neighboring the four primitive bundles were also not taken for memory unit formation. In this way, four main double pillars
supporting the universe were formed, each with three bundle of filaments connected to the spherical point, shown in red in Figure 45. At the bases of these four double pillars at the time and forming the center of the universe is, as can be seen in Figure 45, what is herein called the matrix flower of the universe.
If no filament bundles served as supporting pillars of the embryonic memory and the universe itself and there was no control in the formation of the clusters of spectra, the universal sphere and everything within it would have fallen into ruin. If the universe is a logical construction, logical pillars must exist, because otherwise its construction would have failed. In addition, these pillars and the cessation of the expansion of the spectra are justified because the spectra could not exist without being contained within a universe, making these spectra border the infinite. The construction of the universe occurred, by application of the absolute truths, precisely to end this contradiction. According to what is presented graphically, the matrix flower in the actual universe and not in a flat figure represents what is herein called the central quadrant of the embryonic memory.
Thus, the matrix flower of the universe is at the center of the logical support pillars, forming what is herein called the primordial cross of the universe.
Inside this central quadrant of the embryonic memory is, as shown in Figure 45, the central spherical point. In actual dimensions, inside this central quadrant of the embryonic memory is a kind of cylinder that crosses the universe through its center from one pole to another.
According to what appears and is presented as logical truth, the support pillars of the universe (primordial cross), represented by the 12 double bundles of central filaments originating from the universal matrix flower, do not obey the reductive inductive effect. As shown in Figure 45, three bundle of filaments emerge from each quadrant of the universe from its central point. Although this figure is flat, these bundles actually occur in a dual way. That is, where a group with three beams is depicted, in four dimensions there are two groups with three beams. That is, each logical pillar consists of two groups, each with three beams, forming a total of six beams per logical pillar. Thus, there are 24 bundles, composing a total of four logical pillars. This arrangement occurs because the primitive filaments formed from each of the faces of the antagonistic point are dual. Two primitive filaments arose from each face of Nothing, and the filaments to the right and left of these primitive filaments also have this geometric disposition. When the break number was reached, the reductive inductive effect began to act within the embryonic framing fields, transforming the filaments into memory units. It should be emphasized that the expansive inductive effect is what placed the plasma filaments into the framing fields, while the reductive inductive effect transformed these filaments into memory units.
The reductive inductive effect does not occur in the universal matrix flower in the same way that it occurs in the framing fields. Memory units were not formed in this central portion of the embryonic memory due to the reductive inductive effect, because there is no dimensional space available for memory units to be placed in framing fields and later within a VLE cycle to be arranged in front of their respective framing fields. Moreover, the primitive framing fields surrounding the antagonistic point are not closed as the other framing fields are. These primitive framing fields that are close to Nothing are open, and the internal magnetic fields of these primitive fields merge with the extensive magnetic field of the antagonistic spherical point. This fusion demonstrates the logic involved in the beginning of expansion, since all of the filaments that arose to form the universal space are in fact folds of Nothing itself, integral parts of its expanding body. Thus, according to geometric logic, the expansive inductive effect rather acts on the universal matrix flower by application of the fourth and fifth absolute truths. However, since the formation of memory units from the matrix flower is not possible because of a lack of space, the inductive effect causes the spherical point located at the center of the matrix flower to rotate perpetually.
This logical truth cannot be dismissed and can be summarized as follows:
“After the break number was reached, the expansive inductive effect that acts on the universal support logical pillars could not find logical space in the framing fields for memory unit formation, so the reductive inductive effect could not act. Due to the logical currents forming in the lateral bundles of the logical pillars, the antagonistic spherical point located at the center of the universal matrix flower began to rotate perpetually.”
It should also be noted that Nothing, in spite of still being referred to as an antagonistic spherical point, was no longer antagonistic after the break number was reached or during the consequent formation of Universe and can be truly called a logical spherical point.
Logical Rails
The formation of individual memory units and the logical structure that makes up the universe have already been discussed. The formation of the spectra within the universe was also introduced. It is now necessary to present specifically how the memory units formed from the embryonic memory began their trajectories within the universe. This presentation is of paramount importance in this theory, since it explains the essential logic of these logical rails that existed in the early stage of universal existence. It also shows how the memory units began to behave within the total sphere according to the fourth and fifth absolute truths.
Figure 46 depicts stage 1 of memory unit formation and the consequent appearance of logical rails, verifying that the first units emerged inside the framing fields. This first stage characterizes what occurred in the first VLE cycle after the break number was reached. In this first cycle, from VLE, memory units immediately began to be formed within the framing fields. It must be pointed out that the break number was reached in the Existential Era, at what is also herein called instant zero, which corresponds to the instant before the first VLE cycle. At instant zero, the universe had its embryonic memory formed without containing, initially, filaments or memory units. Only from the first VLE cycle did memory unit formation begin within the embryonic memory. Thus, Figure 46 does not represent instant zero, but rather represents a moment at which the first cycle was in progress. Logical geometric analysis verifies that two memory units formed in each VLE cycle, as shown in Figure 47, which depicts stage 2 in the formation of the logical rails. This graph represents the formation of the logical rails from the rear and upper lateral face of the universal sphere, since the beams contained in these two faces communicated during memory unit formation.
As shown in Figure 47, two memory units were formed in each VLE cycle and placed in front of the bundles. Geometric analysis verifies that it would not be possible for a single memory unit to be formed in a VLE cycle, because a single memory unit alone does not fit geometrically in front of a framing field.
There was no logical space available for a single memory unit to be formed individually, even with filament movement. Thus, there was only perfect spatial logic when two memory units were simultaneously placed in front of a framing field. Consequently, two memory units were formed in each VLE cycle.
As shown in Figure 47, a memory unit pair formed within a VLE cycle occupied a space corresponding to the quantum of 11 filaments. Thus, the space corresponding to 22 filaments was taken, 11 for each beam, with the upper beam visible in the graph and another parallel beam not visible. This characteristic indicates the movement of the beams in memory unit formation and the consequent qualitative transformation of the universal quantum, since in the formation of two memory units only 20 plasma filaments were taken. The two remaining filaments were those initially taken within the VLE cycle. This assertion is logically justified, because even a VLE cycle operates in periods of even smaller fractions. That is, individual filaments arranged geometrically one after the other could not all be placed within a framing field simultaneously. That is, a VLE cycle must be divided into even shorter periods so that logic could be imposed and each filament taken individually in turn. This fact corroborates the understanding that two memory units formed within a framing field in each VLE cycle, rather than just one. That is, a complete VLE cycle provides the maximum necessary and indispensable interval for each primary existential being to meet the demands of the absolute truths. However, as described, this very VLE cycle is divided in even shorter periods when each filament is individually taken into a framing field. This happens, to repeat, because the logic existing between distinct elements does not admit simultaneity in formation. Only the eternal triad is based on mathematical essence of simultaneous occurrence, and that is precisely why spatial logic in antagonistic time
arose after it. The eternal triad occurred initially as static geometric truth. Movement in the Antagonistic Era occurred only after the spatial logic of the inductive effect arose.
However, the movement that occurred during the Antagonistic Era was only that corresponding to formation. There was no displacement, and therefore no real movement,
during that era. The movement that occurred then was only that of the expansion of the body of Nothing with its derived folds. Therefore, the spherical point and all of its sub-elements remained static during expansion. Real, or spatial, movement
only began once the universe had been formed and the counting of existential time had begun. Thus, it is necessary to present a derived truth of evident importance:
“Spatial movement, also called real movement, represented by the displacement of one element in relation to another, originated along with the universe at the exact moment at which the current existential time began its count, since during the Antagonistic Era, the only movement that occurred was the logical formation of filaments.”
This argument that justifies the movement of plasma filaments in fractions of a VLE cycle could lead to the idea that there would be a geometric arrangement enabling only one rather than two memory units to be formed in each cycle. However, this situation does not occur. Graphical analysis shows that if only a single memory unit were placed in front of a framing field, there would be no logical space available for the filaments approaching that formed unit to meet the requirements of the fourth and fifth absolute truths.
Figure 47 also demonstrates that dually formed memory units are not glued together. The eyes of the faces of each of the memory units represented by the blue bars are arranged in parallel, and between these bars there is a space. This space corresponds to the boundary line that separates one primary existential unit from the other. As mentioned earlier, these boundary lines gained different meaning following memory unit formation, since they represent points of convergence at which the inductive effect occurs. That is, between each pair of parallel blue bars, a fusion point occurs, and each fusion point belongs exclusively to a single memory unit. The total quantum, minus the points of convergence, that lies outside this center delimited by parallel blue bars corresponds to secondary plasma. The outer circumference of the sphere corresponding to the height of the fusion point is the border of the external existential convergence zone of the sphere.
It will then be recalled that each of these fusion points, depicted in the graph 44 as red bars, has a meaning different from that of a boundary line not only because it represents the synthesis of the fourth and fifth absolute truths, but also because each fusion point belongs to only one memory unit. Unlike the boundary line occurring as an autonomous element between two neighboring elements, a fusion point is an integral part of only one memory unit. Thus, it is necessary to conceptualize the resulting truth that presents itself:
“Each fusion point that represents the synthesis of the inductive effect and belongs to a single memory unit was formed at the beginning of the composition of the logical rails, when the memory units were composed in dual form within each VLE cycle.”
As it happens, memory unit formation occurred alternately between neighboring bundles. This alternating flow of memory unit formation between communicating universal quadrants is justified because the four quadrants that make up the universe are perfectly symmetrical. In addition to their symmetry, all of the quadrants were formed based on the same logical and mathematical principles. Thus, there is no logical force or action that allows one quadrant to have more memory units formed than another quadrant. There is no justification for the formation of flows of atomic units occurring more in one quadrant than in another. The formation of alternating fluxes allowed all of the quadrants to conform to the geometric and energetic symmetry that existed until then. Thus, it is necessary to present the following fact:
“During the formation of the memory units and consequent emergence of the logical rails, the alternating formation of atomic fluxes between the dimensions occurred because this alternating movement logically fits the reality of the geometric and energetic symmetry between the four quadrants that compose the universe.”
The arrows within the framing fields indicate the direction of beam movement and dual formation of the respective existential units. Two parallel beams of filaments were taken to form a single memory unit. The graph 47 does not show the second parallel beam that is below each of the visible beams, due to the limitations of the flat presentation of the figure. For each memory unit formed, five filaments were taken from each of the bundles arranged in parallel layers. After the dual formation of the units from each framing field, these units were put into the logical rails. The formed units in the logical rails did not yet have freedom within the universe, as they were still connected to the incoming bundles that served as rails. It should be noted that these formed memory units already existed autonomously, but they were not randomly released into the universe, since they were still connected to logical paths that led them. Even without freedom within the universe, because they were still stuck in logical paths, the memory units already existed as individuals and therefore were already capable of forming and absorbing knowledge. In any case, this formation of knowledge inside each existential unit was limited to that disposed in the logical rails. This formation of initial knowledge is also justified because the transcendent element is the actual existential time that began its count precisely in the first VLE cycle. These formed memory units moved along with the beams during the primitive stage of memory unit formation within the universe. It can be seen in Figure 47 that the dual formation of memory units alternated. When a beam formed two units in one direction, the neighboring beams to its right and left and arranged in the neighboring quadrants formed dual memory units in the opposite direction. In other words, there was an alternating logical current.
Neighboring logical rails did not form in only one direction in the early stage of formation of the universe. Each pair of memory units formed occupied space in two beams that were in front of it, alternately. In fact, there was no occupation of space, but only quantum exchange, because the memory units replaced the filaments of the beams where they were placed. The bundles were in continuous motion during that stage of formation. When two beams moved completely and placed 10 filaments within a framing field, that same pair of beams at their other ends received a formed memory unit. Since the formation of memory units was dual within a VLE cycle, each beam, within a portion of a VLE cycle, placed 10 filaments into a framing field at one end. It should be emphasized that each memory unit formed occupied a space corresponding to two parallel beams, rather than just to one beam as it may appear in the graphical analysis due to the flat presentation. Thus, to form a pair of memory units, as stated, 20 filaments were taken in total. The assumption of this analysis is that each beam had two points, each connected to a different framing field.
Handles of the Universe
The following question arises in this analysis of the formation of memory units and their placement in logical rails:
In what parts of the universe do the ends of the beams connect?
It is evident that each beam has two ends or points, as they are called herein. These two points are also evidently connected to framing fields belonging to the embryonic memory. The bundles expanded from the beginning of radial disc formation via longitudinal and transverse expansion. Thus, to answer the raised inquiry, it is necessary to specify only if the two beam tips connect to framing fields belonging to the same quadrant or different quadrant. It should be emphasized, however, that every framing field belongs simultaneously to two quadrants, since the framing fields are in fact integral parts of the embryonic memory, and this mother memory acts as a boundary line separating one quadrant of the universe from the others.
According to initial logical geometric analysis, each beam expanded individually and connected to another beam that expanded from a framing field that had symmetric alignment within the same quadrant. Each band of the universal sphere is separated by a radial disc at its center. This radial disc evidently also divides each of the quadrants of the universe through its center. Thus, according to what is proposed, each beam that expanded in one of these bands of the quadrant connected to the corresponding symmetrical beam that expanded from the same band.
Each quadrant has as its center the spherical antagonistic point. The matrix flower of the universe arose from this center, and each of the logical pillars is located at the center that divides each of the universal quadrants into two sectors. According to what is presented geometrically, the first eight beams, one superimposed on the other, determined the geometry of the universal sphere. They are the eight primary beams that began expansion from the faces of the antagonistic point, from which the radial disc was formed. It should be noted that in the flat images 31 and 45 only four beams appear. It is precisely these eight first beams that attached themselves to the surface of the total sphere. All of the other expandable beams are derivatives of these eight primaries. The primary beams determined the dimensional limits of the universe.
In this regard, it is important to note that a sphere can have all of its faces fully observed by only two other spheres. However, this same situation does not occur for rectangular figures when they are in a line. Geometrically, it is impossible for only two other rectangular figures to see all of the faces of another rectangular figure simultaneously and completely if those figures are arranged in line one after the other. Thus, it is necessary to have six elements to cover all four logical faces of a single rectangular figure fully, since these faces are arranged on six sides of the figure. This geometrical and logical fact determined the total formation of the quantum composing the universe from the expansion of the filaments and consequent formation of the bundles.
The bundles that arose surround the antagonistic point and demonstrate in truth the beginning of the formation of the universal space. It should be reiterated that the fifth absolute truth states that an element cannot exist in space without at least two
other elements observing it. The phrase “at least” in this context obviously means that there may be cases in which more than two elements are needed. To reiterate, in the expansion of the antagonistic Nothing, the geometry of each total filament that arose did not allow this absolute truth to be fulfilled by only two elements observing the filament formed. In fact, the fifth absolute truth was necessarily fulfilled, in that case, by six other elements, rather than just two.
The eight primary beams follow lines from the faces of the antagonistic point and reach the surface of the sphere just at the centers of the eyes of the universe. It is evident that these representative support beams complete the centers of the eyes of the faces in minimal dimensional logical proportions, since the eyes of the faces of the universe, by analogy to the micro-squares making up the primary spherical point, represent exponentially larger geometric and logical portions. According to my understanding, the micro-squares of the universal sphere are units into which galaxies would fit. To reiterate, this theory deals with the logical construction of the universe, and all geometric logic has a minimum necessary portion. The logic of the construction of the universe cannot be understood from the major elements that compose it, but from the minimum logical and necessary elements that give it form. Thus, the total circumference of the universe is composed of 64 universal micro-squares. Just as the faces of Nothing and every sphere have circumferences formed of 64 logical parts, that of the universe consists of 64 universal squares. The universe was thus formed with a break number composed of 32 decimal places that completely close its circumference. Of course, every decimal place represents an exceptionally large number, since the minimal logical part that makes up each micro-square is equivalent to a unit of plasma filament in its primary form, and a micro-square of the universal circumference is large enough to contain galaxies.
A question that arises at this point is, if every line is logically temporary and the bundles expanding from the faces of the antagonistic point started as lines, at what moment did those lines begin angulation?
It could be proposed that the eight beams expanding from the faces of Nothing gained angulation before they reached the surface of the sphere. That is a possibility. However, the understanding here adopted is that these primary beams only began angulation when they reached the surface of the sphere. Thus, by analogy between the universal total sphere and the antagonistic spherical point, the eight primary beams expanding from the faces of the antagonistic point reached the central points of the faces of the universal sphere in lines, and the centers of the faces of the total universal sphere, as minimal logical units, are precisely the centers of the eyes of the respective faces, which have at their exact centers two filaments that expanded as dual beams representative of pillars.
As a rule, a beam expanding in one quadrant, composing it in essence, connected to another beam belonging to the same universal quadrant. However, the four primary beams connected in geometric positions corresponding to the centers of the tails of the universal sphere, which indicates that in relation to those primary beams, connections occurred between beams that originated in opposite quadrants.
Figure 48 depicts the filaments expanding dually straight from the faces of the antagonistic point, reaching the points representative of the centers of the universal eyes, and from there beginning angulation to form the handles of the faces of the universe, finally reaching the centers of the tails.
In Figure 48, the dual expansion and formation of handles from the posterior and anterior faces of the universe is shown.
Figure 48 depicts the universe laterally, where the lateral face is shown fully and the posterior and anterior faces are partially visible. Since it is not possible to demonstrate the longitudinal expansion of the beams in a flat image, an inversion was performed in the graph presented. That is, Figure 48 presents the tails of the universe in vertical transverse positions. However, these poles were hitherto described as being located in longitudinal positions. Again, this inversion was necessary to allow the demonstration of how the bundles from the anterior and posterior faces of Nothing formed at the end of the expansion the centers of the poles of the universe. In fact, this graphic is intended to show the way in which the handles that formed from the expansion of the primary beams were constructed. What stands out is that these primary beams presented graphically reach each dimension only at its center rather than at its lateral end. Thus, the dashed lines indicate expansion from the faces of the antagonistic point, and these lines reach the surface of the sphere in the centers corresponding to the eyes of each of the dimensions, from where they begin angulation. Indeed, these primary beams reach the faces of the universe at their four highest points, corresponding to the centers of the eyes of the universal sphere, and then follow angled paths until they reach the poles of the sphere.
It should be noted that the faces of the antagonistic point so far called the posterior, anterior, upper, and lower faces are the frames from which the faces of the universe were composed. The four quadrants of the universe are the result of the expansion of these four faces of Nothing. What should be highlighted here is how the nomenclature of the faces of the universe is related to the names adopted for those of the antagonistic point. In truth, this change of nomenclature is an adjustment to reality. As stated repeatedly, the graph is a flat figure and therefore the presentation of the four-dimensional reality of this expansion is limited. Likewise, it would not be possible to construct a plane graph demonstrating expansion toward the observer or at an angle that is not visible from the perspective of the viewer. That is to say, when the upper and lower faces of the antagonistic Nothing are presented, these faces correspond to lateral faces from the point of view of the observer. Thus, the upper face of Nothing is actually the hidden side face for one observing the sphere laterally. On the other hand, the lower face of Nothing is represented by the lateral face visible to one observing the spherical point laterally. This nomenclature of the faces is based on the point of view of one observing the sphere laterally, rather than representing an alteration of the logic described until now. However, this observation is important because Figure 48 verifies that the filaments forming the posterior dimension of the universe originated from the posterior face of the initial spherical point; those forming the anterior dimension of the universe originated from the anterior face of Nothing; those forming the hidden side face of the universe originated from the upper face of Nothing, which can also be called its hidden side face; and, finally, those forming the visible side face of the universe originated from the lower face of Nothing, now also called the visible side face.
It should also be noted that, although they are sometimes used synonymously, a face and a dimension are in fact different things. The term dimension also refers to a face of the universe. In the geometric analysis of the antagonistic point, as shown, the facial geometry inside the sphere was described only in an imaginary way. However, a face, strictly speaking, is only the external surface of each dimension. A dimension corresponds to exactly ¼ of the universe and, in geometric terms, corresponds to a wedge of a sphere when that sphere is divided into four equal parts.
Thus, the graph 48 shows the total universal sphere, where only one of the lateral faces is seen integrally. The posterior and anterior faces can also partially be seen. In what is presented, taking as a reference an observer laterally and centrally observing the sphere, the visible lateral face as well as the backs of the posterior
and anterior faces
can be seen fully. These two backs evidently represent half of each of the faces. Therefore, the lateral outlines of these backs are composed of the handles that begin angulation exactly at the center of each face of the total universal sphere. Obviously, the hidden side face is entirely behind the total universal sphere and therefore cannot be seen by the observer.
As shown in the graph 48, the double beam that formed from the rear face of Nothing, represented by the double dashed lines in blue and red, extends straight to the center of the posterior eye at the edge of the universal sphere, and from there the beam splits and each portion individually follows an angled path until reaching the center of the tail of the sphere in its superficial part. This geometric path traversed by the posterior primary beam and by the whole posterior logical support pillar is herein called the posterior handle, because that is how this logical geometric structure of support of the universe presents itself. As can be seen, each of the double beams as they separate forms a handle, as shown by the blue and red lines. Thus, the anterior, upper, and lower pillars each also have two support handles
and all connect at the centers of the sphere tails. According to what is presented graphically, the four faces of the universe form a total of eight handles. Four of these handles connect their ends at one tail of the total sphere, while the other four connect at the other tail. The four beams at the tops of the logical support pillars follow angular paths until they reach the upper tail of the sphere, and the four lower beams do so until they reach the lower tail of the sphere. As it turns out, the radial disc, in which the support pillars are contained, is the reference that divides the sphere into two bands. A relevant fact should be highlighted with regard to this radial disc. As shown, each pillar has a dual structure, so each of the beams making up a double pillar is separated by a boundary line. This central boundary line dividing each support pillar through its exact center occurs at the exact height of the eyes of the antagonistic sphere, for each of the eyes of Nothing is superficially at the exact center of this sphere. As each of these pillars split in half and began angulation, forming two handles, the single boundary line could not double its quantum so that it could accompany each of the handles. That is, there is only one boundary line dividing each pillar through its center, but this single boundary line could not accompany each of the handles formed. The boundary line, as shown, logically has a width equivalent to the diameter of a micro-square. Thus, when initiating the angulation that formed each of the handles, there were two logical possibilities for this boundary line, since it has the essence of a dividing line. One option was for this line to follow only one of the handles, and the second was for it to break in half and for each half to follow one of the handles. The second option is the one that is logically correct. It would not be possible for a portion of one of the handles not to be accompanied by a boundary line, because if it were, there would be no symmetry in the formation of the eight handles that make up the minimal logical essence of the universe. Within the universe, as in the expansion of filaments, each boundary line is always contained between two elements, separating them and giving them the logical conditions of existence. Boundary lines are the manifestation of the fourth absolute truth itself. However, when these sustaining handles of the universe formed, when the bundles began angulation, a logical event of great importance occurred. When the logical pillars reached the centers of the eyes of the universe at their midpoints and began angulation, each boundary line broke in half to give the final contour to each of the forming handles. This fact demonstrates that a sphere has central logical points in its body as well as in its magnetic field. As it turns out, the splitting in half of the boundary lines on the surface of the universal sphere is a demonstration that a spherical geometrical element in its minimum part converges with a magnetic field that begins. As has been reiterated, a magnetic field is embedded in the angular steps that make up an element. These boundary lines that break in half are the last logical portions that form the unitary body of the element. After these divided lines, the unit no longer exists, but zero. These lines divide in the extreme portion of the body of the total sphere because from there begins a magnetic field. This fact corroborates what has been presented so far, clarifying that a break number ended the unitary construction of the sphere, but that transcendence allowed a zero to occur outside this unit, from which new expansion began. These lines that divided on the surface of the sphere closed their logical paths at the centers of the universal poles herein termed tails. When that occurred, the break number was reached and the universe appeared as a total logical instance.
Note that in the figure shown in four-dimensional reality the lateral handles that derived from the upper and lower faces of the antagonistic point would also appear.
The spherical point is a four-dimensional geometric construction, and each of the primary filaments and logical pillars occurs in a dual way. That is, each logical pillar consists of two groups of parallel beams, one above the other. This truth has already been demonstrated in this theory, since the geometrical dimensions of the filaments have already been analyzed in detail. Each filament has a height equivalent to half the diameter of the spherical point. Thus, the first four filaments arising from the four faces are actually eight filaments, because each of the filaments formed in front of the face of the Nothing corresponds to half of the diameter of that face. Thus, the primary beams and consequent logical pillars formed from each of these primary filaments, all in a dual way. The dashed lines at the center of the graph 48 represent these dually formed filaments, one in blue and one in red. Since the geometric construction determined by the sustaining handles, these handles have acted in the universe as plasma filaments act in a memory unit. That is, these handles circumvent the surface of the sphere, besides having the line portions inside the sphere, defining its limits and giving it its essential geometric and spherical contours. A memory unit has eight filaments giving it its essential geometric contours, and the universe has eight main handles composed of logical pillars, giving it its minimal portion of essential geometric contours. It should be reiterated that these handles refer to logic in its minimum geometric dimensions. From these minimal logical and geometric constructions, exponentially larger logical formations are derived, because just as a spherical point is formed from a finite and exact number of angular steps, the universe also logically has this structure. To reiterate, in quantum terms, galaxies would fit inside each of the steps of the universe. The embryonic memory is the greatest proof of this macro construction that occurs from the sum of minimal logical units, since this unit is composed of framing fields with diameters equal to that of a memory unit, but outside the framing fields of the embryonic memory is an exponentially larger plane dividing the universe into four logical and exact portions.
As shown graphically, all bundles, with the exception of the eight primary and determining bundles, are formed in front of framing fields. These eight primitive beams are those from which all others are derived, and, as demonstrated, the eight primitive beams initially follow straight paths and after a certain point gain angulation, giving shape to the universal sphere. Thus, all of the other bundles derived from the primaries also behave in this way: they follow lines and then gain angulation to compose spheres. This angulation, as already analyzed, is a logical condition of existence, because there is no infinite line and it is not possible to form a universe unless the universe is constructed from several temporary lines that connect via angulation to form the body of the total sphere. What is presented herein affirms that only the eight primary beams expanded and reached the tails. In fact, the dual logical pillars converge at two points on the sphere, i.e., the tails. Sphere tails are logical geometric sites where all of the faces of a sphere meet laterally to form a common point, which is justified by the fact that the tails of the universe are actually the ends of the central cylinder that cuts the sphere from one end to the other. The central cylinder occurs as a magnetic field inside the universe and belongs simultaneously to all of the faces, since it functions to divide the four quadrants.
According to what is proposed, each dual pillar occurs prior to divided as a referential dividing line separating each of the quadrants of the universe into two parts. The radial disc accompanies these pillars and has them as an original reference. Thus, for example, the later quadrant of the universe can be divided into two portions, taking as reference the radial disc that cuts the quadrant in half. The bundles that expanded and approached framing fields of a portion arranged above the primary bundle formed at their other ends further framing fields. As it turns out, before a beam began formation of a further framing field, it underwent angulation, since it would not be possible for an expansive beam that began its formation in a line to connect to another framing field without undergoing angulation beforehand. That is what Figure 48 demonstrates with the four formed handles, two in blue arising from the back and anterior faces of Nothing, and two others in red, formed from the upper and lower faces of Nothing, composing the respective faces of the universe.
As it turns out, if the primary beams formed from the faces of Nothing reached the surface, then the beams forming in the respective portions of the faces connected to beams also successively forming inside the sphere from these boundaries that are the tails, indicating that in fact the tails formed last. It is evident that there are two species of bundles: external and internal. The external beams make up the surface of the sphere, while the internal ones form the quantum of mass inside the sphere. According to what is proposed, each of these derived beams forms a handles similar to those formed by the primary beams. Thus, each face of the universe is composed of, which complete the quadrant. That is, the following logical principle holds: the bundles appeared as straight lines, but for the universal space to consist of these lines, it was necessary for them to be temporary, since every infinite line has a meaning equivalent to infinity, non-existence. Therefore, when each of these lines gained angulation, it fulfilled the necessary and indispensable logical foundation for the emergence of the Existential Era. In addition, the angulation of the beams is justified because it would not have been possible to have the logical rails, which are described herein and served as the logical basis for the construction of memory units, without each beam having two ends connected to two different framing fields.
The filament connections, occurrence of the break number, and consequent beginning of memory unit formation have already been discussed. It is now necessary to continue describing the formation of the logical rails and their respective stages.
It should be noted that each of the dimensions communicates with two other dimensions, and these graphs representing the formation of the logical rails demonstrate how this communication occurs.
Figure 49 again depicts stage 2 in the formation of the logical rails, showing the anterior face and one lateral face of the sphere, since these communicated during the formation process.
In stage 3, as shown in Figure 50, new pairs of memory units continued to be formed in each VLE cycle. The formation of the logical rails followed, alternately taking as reference two ends of the same universal dimension. The figure shows the memory units being formed at one end of each filament bundle.
However, memory unit formation occurred simultaneously in all of the bundles, but always alternately. Thus, the beams appearing in the graphs without memory units also had memory units being formed, coming from the neighboring dimension, but that located at the other end and connected to another framing field belonging to the spatial dimension.
Figure 51 also depicts stage 3 in the formation of the logical rails, showing the front face and one of the side faces of the universal sphere. As already discussed, the rails were formed alternately from each framing field, and in this phase the memory units formed did not yet have autonomy and absorbed external knowledge to a limited extent, since they were still attached to the rails and follow in a linked way their movements.
Stage 4, initially presented in Figure 52, where portions of the posterior and upper faces of the universe are shown, is a highly important phase in the Theory of Objectivity, due to the disappearance of the logical rails that formed from alternating logical currents of memory units. This event is really of great importance because it marks the end of the era in which there was only objective will in the formation of the universe and initiated a randomness that was the logical basis for the formation of a subjective will.
In addition, the formation of primary memory units ceased at that moment. Since the disappearance of the logical rails, no more primary memory units have been formed within the universe. As already discussed, this subjective will arose because randomness and relativity were introduced into the universe. Upon the disappearance of the logical rails, the movement of memory units into the universal plasma ceased to be objective and became random. On the other hand, the memory units that were stuck to the logical rails gained autonomy and began the relative absorption of external knowledge. As has been proposed, knowledge consists of external images, because there is no knowledge that does not have a geometric shape. Every form of knowledge is a geometric element, and memory units are elements capable of reproducing in a condensed form any image that is within their field of view. As the memory units moved randomly within the universe, the images presented to each of them were related to this movement. At this stage there were still no spectra formed and the entire body of the universe was populated by primary memory units and secondary plasma. The logical support pillars of the embryonic memory stand out in the. The rationale for the existence of these logical pillars is given by logical geometric analysis, which verifies that after the formation of the memory units in all of the rails, in the geometric space presented, there were always three plasma filaments glued to the framing fields alternately.
It would not be possible to fit another memory unit into the space occupied by the three plasma filaments representative of each embryonic logical pillar. This logical geometric analysis also confirms what reason already indicates: it is not possible for a static element to exist inside the universe without being based on logical structures that sustain it. The embryonic memory is an existential unit, the first within the universe, and for it to exist in perpetual and static form as presented here, logically these support pillars must exist. These logical support pillars of the embryonic memory are presented in the graph as only three filaments, which determine the width of each pillar. However, in terms of height, each pillar is actually composed of six filament bundles. Each of the four logical pillars has full extension beginning in front of a face of the antagonistic sphere, tangent to the end of the line representing the center of the eye.
Thus, in addition to the four central pillars emerging from the matrix flower of the universe, there are also these logical support pillars of the embryonic memory, which are exponentially more numerous, since they are arranged alternately in front of the fields, as can be seen in the graph. It should be noted that these logical support pillars of the embryonic memory were only formed after the disappearance of the logical rails. As long as the logical rails existed, there were no definite logical support pillars, since the bundles themselves still partly provided the necessary support. Upon the disappearance of the logical rails and the cessation of memory unit formation, the logical supports of the embryonic memory became fixed, as demonstrated in stage 4 in Figures52 and 53.
Figure 53 also represents the last stage in the formation of the logical rails, showing part of the front face and the visible lateral face of the universe. It can be observed that the positions of the filaments that make up the logical supports of the embryonic memory vary according to the part of the embryonic memory in which they are located. Thus, in this representation of a portion of the front face and the visible side face, the filaments have different positions on the back and hidden lateral sides of the representative portion of the embryonic memory. It should be emphasized again that in the fourth and last stage, at the moment at which the logical rails were undone, the universe had as its basic essence, besides the logical support structures, only the memory units and the space between them, the secondary plasma.
Figure 54 emphasizes that the filament bundles making up the logical pillars of the universe are in perpetual motion. As shown in Figure 54, which represents the universe at instant zero, the lateral filament bundles that make up the universal matrix began perpetual motion due to the inductive effect. The same mathematical logical truths that led the filaments to form memory units within the framing fields cause the primary side beams of the logical pillars to be in eternal motion. These beams do not form memory units within the extensive framing fields.
These regions that are close to the antagonistic point are called fields because in fact they are extensions of the magnetic field of that initial sphere. Extensive framing fields are places of passage of the filaments that eternally surround the antagonistic point. The arrows in Figure 54 indicate the direction of perpetual motion of these filament bundles, and these movements mean that there is perpetual rotation around the initial spherical point. These primitive beams undergo rotational motion around the initial point and logically cause that point to rotate perpetually. This circular movement of the lateral bundles relative to the primary bundles began at the very moment at which the break number was reached. The antagonistic point representative of Nothing then became what can be termed the eternal logical spherical point, and the following logical geometrical truth cannot be removed: the center of the universe represented by the eternal logical spherical point is in perpetual rotation.
Formation of the Intergalactic Space
Emergence of Tertiary Plasma
Secondary plasma contains only two substances: magnetic fields and boundary lines. There is no substance in secondary plasma derived from the unitary parts of the filaments, since all of the unitary filaments were fully and arranged in the formation of the memory units and logical support pillars. After this secondary plasma, what is herein called tertiary plasma
was formed.
Even with the logical rails being undone, some memory units remained in front of the embryonic memory framing fields, and these memory units underwent the process herein called extrusion. The term extrusion is used for the forced passage of the already formed memory units through the framing fields. Contrary to what occurred with the formation of the memory units from the plasma filaments, when the inductive effect produced the movement of the filaments into the framing fields, the inductive effect did not directly act in this extrusion process. The existing random motion of the memory units within the universe forced the units close to and in front of the framing fields so that they were absorbed by those fields. As they passed through the framing fields, these memory units underwent defragmentation and became tertiary plasma.
The framing fields are logical constructions, just as the memory units were formed through logical construction, as has been demonstrated herein. The aforementioned defragmentation was also a logical consequence. The logic of this occurrence lies in the fact that the inverse of construction is defragmentation. The memory units underwent extrusion, which is contrary to their logical process of construction. Besides this first logical reason, another one presents itself, in the fact that the memory units were formed in pairs in each VLE cycle. In this extrusion process, there was no respect for duality or for the VLE cycle, since the passage of the memory units through the framing fields occurred randomly. The inductive effect produced this random motion of memory units within the universe, and this random motion randomly caused the memory units close to the framing fields to begin to be absorbed and defragmented. Gradually, these defragmented memory units began to form tertiary plasma.
However, as shown in Figures 52 and 53, some memory units became attached to the logical supports of the embryonic memory and will remain there forever. These memory units are herein referred to as guardians, because they protect the filaments that make up the logical pillars of the embryonic memory, not allowing them to defragment. Thus, these guardian memory units, even when neighboring the framing fields, do not undergo random movement and or extrusion. These guardian memory units of the embryonic memory resemble the guardian memory units of the logical pillars of the universe, as will be shown below, since all of them are still connected to the boundary lines that surround the filaments that make up the pillars. It should be noted that only the units that are attached to the pillars are guardians. The others that approach the framing fields and pillars, but are not attached to these pillars, are not guardians and in fact were the first to undergo extrusion.
It has been shown that primary plasma is different from secondary plasma, which in turn is different from tertiary plasma. As described, primary plasma was still formed during the expansion of the plasma filaments - including their magnetic fields - that would compose it quantically along with their boundary lines. Primary plasma consists of three essential elements or substances: unitary filaments, magnetic fields, and boundary lines. Secondary plasma, on the other hand, was formed together with the memory units, as shown, from portions of magnetic fields and boundary lines from the primary plasma. Secondary plasma therefore consists of only two logical substances. Tertiary plasma has in its composition the quantum essence of defragmented memory units. It contains a third substance in addition to those present in secondary plasma, namely, filaments. Thus, tertiary plasma is composed of quanta from magnetic fields, boundary lines, and unitary filaments. According to what is proposed, the primary plasma disappeared, except for the logical structures that sustain the universe. Although the extrusion process was random, the original movement was not. That is, the movement that the memory units promote within the universe is not random in itself, because in fact it results from the performance of the inductive effect on each memory unit individually. As shown, each memory unit has a fusion point that surrounds it and gives it logical conditions of existence, according to the fourth and fifth absolute truths. These memory units at the moment following the disappearance of the logical rails could not be static, as they vied with one another for logical positioning. This dispute generated continuous and random movement of each unit. These memory units also clashed with each other in this described movement. In this theory, movement always signifies a logical connection. The movement in this situation, as has been described, was in fact the manifestation of the absolute truths in the geometrical positioning of each existential unit. Thus, the objective will existing at the beginning of existence of the formed universe continued to act on the existential units, namely, the memory units. In this way, this movement meant only the positioning of each memory unit in relation to the others that were coming. This positioning created a consequent randomness within the universe, because as all of the units became closer, several could simultaneously meet the logical demands determined by the absolute truths. According to the fifth absolute truth, an element must be observed simultaneously by at least two other elements for it to exist logically. This moment of observation, of course, considers a VLE cycle. In fact, a memory unit may have not only two units watching it at the same instant, but several. On the other hand, the fourth absolute truth states that it is not possible for two memory units to face one another without there being a third element between them. As shown, these two absolute truths are satisfied by a single fusion point that logically surrounds each unit. These facts caused the aforementioned derivative randomness. This random motion was what allowed the beginning of what is herein called the extrusion process, because in this way many memory units returned to inside the framing fields and underwent logical defragmentation, transforming into tertiary plasma. Obviously there was no loss or creation of total quantum in this process, since that is not possible, given that the universe had already formed at that point and could only be transmuted. There was only the transformation of the existential elements into fluid plasma. It is also evident that during extrusion, temporary plasma magnetic
fields
arose, since when a memory unit is within a framing field, a transient field must emerge. Thus, during extrusion, each memory unit returning into a framing field remained within that field for a period that determined its defragmentation.
Emergence of Total Alternating Plasma - Centrifugal Plasma
As it turns out, this process allowed spaces to be formed gradually between the various spectra that began to be created in that era with the formation of reason units, as shown here. It seems that the emergence of tertiary plasma allowed spaces to form gradually between the various spectra that were initially composed only of memory units that gradually began to group into reason units. These spectra, as proposed herein, were the reason units that aggregated memory units and that would be transformed into galaxies and other similar formations. This process of creating tertiary plasma was, therefore, forming what would become the intergalactic space. Note that not only tertiary plasma makes up the spaces between the spectra. In fact, the universe has a type of plasma that can be called total plasma, and this total plasma, composed of secondary and tertiary plasma, forms the intergalactic space.
In the creation of the tertiary plasma that joined the existing secondary plasma forming the total plasma, neither within the universe nor outside it was a quantum not derived from the logic imposed by the mathematical essence. The randomness referred to herein did not create anything that was not logical either. Tertiary plasma is a logical substance. This statement can be made because the extrusion process rightly indicates that it is not possible for an element logically formed within a framing field to return into that same framing field forcibly and then exit it integral. The inverse of formation is defragmentation. Thus, a memory unit, as a logical and specific construction, could not continue to exist in the same way if it was forcibly relocated into a framing field. When the extrusion of an existential unit occurred, it was not present directly inside the framing field receiving the memory unit formed the expansive or reductive inductive effect. In the extrusion process, each memory unit lost all of the logical support that enabled its construction. Moreover, a memory unit returning into a framing field ceased to meet the basic requirement of existence determined by the fifth absolute truth.
By staying inside a framing field for longer than one VLE cycle, each memory unit remained unobserved simultaneously by two other elements. In this situation, the internal magnetic field of the embryonic memory belongs to a single element, the embryonic memory itself. The sub-elements that make up the framing field of the embryonic memory, which are the boundary lines, cannot serve as elements that enable the requirement of the fifth absolute truth to be met, because in fact they are only integral parts of a sub-element, i.e., a framing field.
Thus, when a memory unit was extruded, it was within the field of view of only one element, the embryonic memory. This fact made every element immediately fluidize.
This evidence demonstrates the logical possibility that arose in that era in which all of the memory units had already been constructed, of the formation within the total sphere of a temporary plasma magnetic field
lasting for longer than one VLE cycle.
However, at this point in the analysis, a question of high importance arises: did this defragmentation during extrusion cause the memory units to return to the condition of plasma filaments?
The answer to this question is indeed of great importance in the Theory of Objectivity. However, there is a single logically correct answer that meets the requirements imposed by the mathematical essence. It has been stated that it is not possible to destroy a plasma filament, since it is the result of a first logical construction. This statement is correct and cannot be modified. It is not possible for a plasma filament to be destroyed by other elements outside a framing field, unless the logical requirements of the fourth and fifth absolute truths are no longer satisfied. This fact justifies the logical structures that sustain the universe using minimum portions to do so, because when it comes to geometric logic, everything is solved using the minimum portion necessary. Thus, to compose the logical support pillars of the universe and embryonic memory, only three sets of double-stranded filaments were taken, since the way they were arranged and are still attached to guardian memory units could not be destroyed by any force whatsoever. It was not necessary for more filaments to be taken to construct these pillars, since the double sets of filaments already met the logical requirements. There are two levels of beams arranged horizontally and vertically for each logical support pillar. In the figure 54, each pillar appears with three visible bundles, which indicates that the other level is not visible graphically. That is, there are two layers per pillar in each horizontal and vertical direction, which means that a total of six beams compose each pillar. Thus, there are 24 filament bundles, six for each logical pillar. Two levels of central beams fit perfectly in the diameter of the sphere.
The mathematical essence that does not allow, as a rule, the defragmentation of a filament within the quantum of mass of the universe is the same essence that allowed memory unit degeneration and fluidization within the embryonic memory in the extrusion process. A plasma filament is a logical construction that cannot retain its original geometric form if it is subjected to extrusion. The return of a memory unit into a framing field undid the logical construction not only of the memory unit itself, but also of the filaments, magnetic field, and knowledge lines composing it. It was not possible for these elements to return to their previous geometric states when the primary plasma still existed.
To reiterate, neither in this extrusion process nor in any other could there be a loss or gain of the quantum of mass of the universe. Thus, the extruded elements defragmented into fluid form, forming the tertiary plasma and adding to the existing secondary plasma. This tertiary plasma, as well as the primary and secondary plasma, remained logical constructions derived from the elements composing them, but with the minimum geometric forms necessary, unlike the previous forms taken for their construction. What is proposed is that a memory unit fluidized and transformed into plasma in this extrusion process. In this way, the elements that composed the memory unit fluidly joined the rectangular figures making up the secondary plasma. A memory unit is composed of filaments, magnetic fields, boundary lines inside it, and fusion points outside it. All of these parts, after extrusion, composed a plasma that consists, in principle, of these four substances. As previously described, fusion points have the nature of boundary lines. A fusion point occurs as a synthesis of the inductive effect but actually represents a spherical boundary line that synthesizes the fourth and fifth absolute truths. Thus, in essence, a fusion point has a nature equivalent to that of a boundary line, which is a line of knowledge reproduction. Consequently, the quanta belonging to the fusion points joined those corresponding to the boundary lines inside the memory unit, forming a single substance. In addition to this substance representative of internal knowledge lines, substances corresponding to the unitary filaments and to the internal and external magnetic fields were also provided to the fluid plasma by each defragmented memory unit. Thus, after a memory unit was defragmented, corresponding quanta of these three substances were poured in front of the framing field. The total universal plasma moved so that the plasma from extrusion could be dumped into the universal quadrants. In fact, this process promoted what are termed tertiary plasma logical currents.
The quanta corresponding to the defragmented memory units joined the existing secondary plasma and initiated the flow of the tertiary plasma logical currents.
The tertiary plasma did not initially mix with the secondary plasma and therefore signified specific currents. According to what is proposed, only after the beginning of the Centrifugal
Era
would the secondary and tertiary plasma mix substantially, forming the total plasma. With the beginning of the Centrifugal Era, the elements corresponding to magnetic fields, boundary lines, and unitary filaments logically intersected the rectangles making up the secondary plasma. These new elements from the extrusion also had rectangular shapes, because only with this geometric form could these substances be perfectly matched to the existing rectangular figures. Perhaps one day technology that can be used to see this composition of the total plasma can be developed. In any case, it is evident that there is a disproportionality between these three basic substances that make up the fluid plasma. This disproportionality is shaped by the fact that magnetic fields are what provided most of the quanta, as can be identified by analyzing the compositions of primary filaments and memory units. These two essential elements in plasma formation are basically composed of magnetic fields. The elements corresponding to the boundary lines make up a smaller portion than those corresponding to the magnetic fields, and those corresponding to the unitary filaments make up the smallest portion. In fact, the unitary filaments correspond to a substantially lesser quantum than that of the magnetic fields. This fact becomes even more evident by analyzing the height of a unitary filament. It has been shown via point analysis of the geometry of a unitary filament that the thickness of a filament is determined by the diameter of the micro-squares that populate the surface of the antagonistic point. However, analysis of the diameter of a filament itself shows that the height of a filament corresponds to the height of an angular step that composes the sphere body, and as mentioned, the height of an angular step is such that, if it were possible for a man to see the surface of the antagonistic point, he would see a smooth surface. In fact, a unitary filament itself has a width corresponding to the diameter of a micro-square, but its height These facts show that the quantum in plasma corresponding to filaments represents a very low portion of the total quantum of the total plasma. Meanwhile, the boundary lines contribute an intermediate portion of the total quantum and the magnetic fields contribute a high portion.
The smallest geometric units in the universe are the elements that make up the fluid plasma. The total plasma is composed of geometric elements because it is not possible for a filament to fluidize to the point of existing without a minimum necessary geometric form. Only the infinite has no geometric form and therefore is not an element, but it is a logical mathematical condition without which existence could not occur. Thus, it is not possible for an element in the universe not to have a geometric shape. Every element, substance, and piece of knowledge has a geometric form. For the secondary and tertiary plasma and therefore for the total plasma, it cannot be different. According to what is proposed, the sixth absolute truth also applies to fluid plasma, since secondary and tertiary plasma are composed of elements that existed previously. Of course, the elements with their entire geometric constructions were not adopted in the formation of this plasma, since the primary filaments and atomic units were defragmented, but their corresponding quanta were employed.
Thus, the fluid plasma was initially formed of rectangular figures representative of magnetic fields circumvented by knowledge lines. These first rectangular figures in plasma correspond to the secondary plasma and were composed during the formation of the logical rails, when the memory units were formed. It is evidently possible for these smaller geometric formations that make up the plasma to have different forms, such as spherical shapes and irregular non-spherical and non-rectangular shapes. However, by analogy to the filaments that make up the primary plasma and also for logical reasons now justified, plasma is a geometric derivative of the previous geometric elements. Thus, the primary plasma, represented by the primary filaments, is a derivative of the first geometric element, which was Nothing, as thoroughly described herein. The secondary plasma, in turn, gained the configuration of fluid plasma and was derived from the primary filaments that made up the primary plasma. Indeed, as already described, the secondary plasma was formed from the remaining substance of the filaments that composed the memory units within the framing fields. In turn, the tertiary plasma, which is also fluid, was a geometric derivative of the integral parts of the memory units, since this plasma was formed by the defragmentation or fluidization of those units. Thus, even the fluid plasmas, represented primarily by secondary and tertiary plasma, have geometric shapes that are mathematical derivatives of previous geometric elements, and all of the elements preceding these plasmas had either spherical shapes or perfect rectangular forms. However, even the representative spheres of atomic units are composed of rectangular zones. The very structure of a sphere necessarily consists of angular steps, as already described. In this way, it is possible to determine geometric forms that are compatible with the logical reality of the formation of these plasmas. Thus, secondary, tertiary, and, hence, total plasma do not have random geometric shapes because they are the results of specific derivations of specific geometric elements. Therefore, it is proposed that secondary plasma contains regular and rectangular geometric shapes, and these rectangles represent portions of magnetic fields separated from each other by boundary lines. The secondary plasma is derived from the rectangular forms in the primary plasma and contains only two of its substances, magnetic fields and boundary lines, since the unitary filaments were used fully to construct memory units. If secondary plasma is the presentation of magnetic fields and boundary lines, the only logical form of these elements as fluidized minimum portions is magnetic fields separated by boundary lines. Thus, rectangular forms justifiably best represent the derivatives that made up secondary plasma. Consequently, as stated, rectangular figures representing magnetic fields are logically separated by boundary lines that completely surround these substantial portions. Figure 55 represents the geometric forms compatible with secondary plasma composed of magnetic fields and boundary lines.
As shown in Figure 55, minimal portions of magnetic fields are surrounded by boundary lines. According to what is proposed, the boundary lines are elements of fruition, because while simultaneously separating magnetic fields from one another, they interconnect logically. Any movement of these rectangular figures necessarily promotes the fruition of these boundary lines so as to conform to the quantum and logical reality. As it turns out, the boundary lines give plasticity to the secondary plasma. It should be noted that plasma occurs with a logical mass representing a universal quantum and does not have its own motion. Every movement of the plasma mass is promoted by the action of the atomic units and transcendent element that populate the universe. Thus, whenever plasma is in motion, interaction between the atomic units and plasma occurs. The interactions among plasma, atomic elements, and the transcendent substance are herein called phenomenal elements, as will be described in detail later. These phenomenal elements can all be represented by the logical interactions shown in Figure 56, which depicts all of the mathematically possible presentations of plasma, atoms, and radiation.
Like secondary plasma, tertiary plasma results from a derivation and could not logically have irregular geometric shapes. Tertiary plasma is composed, as shown, of boundary lines, magnetic fields, and unitary filaments, since they are the results of memory unit defragmentation. Tertiary plasma differs from secondary plasma in that it contains unitary filaments. As already justified, plasma does not contain irregular or spherical forms, since it is a derivative of atomic units that all have rectangular forms. Thus, the minimal fluid portions in tertiary plasma are geometric shapes representing magnetic fields, boundary lines, and unitary filaments. It is therefore reasonable for geometric forms compatible with tertiary plasma also to be rectangular shapes, containing magnetic fields surrounded by the fruition element, i.e., boundary lines, with unitary filaments in their center portions. This structure is also, by analogy, similar to that of the primary filaments that originated from the faces of Nothing. However, it does not seem possible for these portions of unitary filaments to have the same geometric positioning as they did in the expansion of the faces of Nothing, because the formation of tertiary plasma did not involve expansion derived from a geometric face, but rather the total defragmentation of atomic elements in minimal portions. In this way, it is justified for these minimal portions representative of the unit parts to be present in tertiary plasma as rectangular shapes centrally located in the magnetic fields. This central positioning is also justified because a unitary filament represents unity and a magnetic field complements this unit as an integral part of itself, corroborating what the second absolute truth shows. In this way, each filament unit possesses its own aura, and that aura is separated from the magnetic fields of the neighboring rectangles by boundary lines between these minimum portions. Figure 57 presents the graphical construction compatible with this tertiary plasma.
Although the secondary and tertiary plasma, are shown using flat images, the rectangular figures that make up these plasmas are actually four-dimensional. Thus, the question arises whether these figures are also cubes or have another rectangular shape. Certainly it is possible to answer this question, but with difficulty, since these small geometric portions in the universe are extreme derivatives of existing elements with dimensions that are quite possibly millions of times larger. However, by analogy to the primary plasma that originated from the filaments that expanded from the faces of Nothing, these rectangular forms representative of secondary and tertiary plasma are not cubes. That is because the filaments that made up the primary plasma did not form cubes, but only rectangles, as already demonstrated. Thus, analogously to primary plasma, secondary and tertiary plasma are not composed of cubes, but only rectangular shapes, all of the same size.
Now that the geometric configurations compatible with secondary and tertiary plasma have been presented, it is necessary to demonstrate how these two fluid plasmas joined together to make up the total plasma. As shown, the secondary plasma formed along with the composition of the memory units during the construction of the logical rails. The moment that the last memory units were formed and the Logical Rails Era arrived, there was a total primitive atomic mass in the universe. This atomic mass present at the moment before the beginning of extrusion did not occur in isolation. That is, each memory unit at that dividing moment had all of its faces observed by other units. However, between these memory units that made up the primitive atomic mass there was secondary plasma. The atomic units that made up the primitive mass alone did not make up the quantum of the universe. As shown, this quantum at the end of the Logical Rails Era consisted of both secondary fluid plasma and memory units. With the beginning of extrusion, the primitive atomic mass began to receive a new fluid plasma, tertiary plasma. Extrusion created tertiary plasma currents that initiated logical currents that formed from the embryonic framing fields and moved toward the centers of the four spatial quadrants. These tertiary plasma streams, of course, also formed streams of atomic mass that contained secondary plasma. These currents of primitive atomic mass represent the beginning of the formation of the spectra, as already described. When these logical currents of tertiary plasma and atomic mass containing secondary plasma began to meet from the four quadrants, these two plasmas with different geometric configurations began to mix and to compose a new type of plasma, herein termed total plasma. Thus, this total plasma has a geometric configuration determined by the sum of the secondary and tertiary plasma. The rectangular geometric shapes making up the secondary and tertiary plasma occur in the same quanta in the total plasma. The geometric configurations compatible with secondary and tertiary plasma did not change, but these rectangular figures together centrifugally and alternately compose the total fluid plasma. Figure 58 presents the rectangular shapes compatible with the total centrifugal plasma.
Although the secondary and tertiary plasma, are shown using flat images, the rectangular figures that make up these plasmas are actually four-dimensional. Thus, the question arises whether these figures are also cubes or have another rectangular shape. Certainly it is possible to answer this question, but with difficulty, since these small geometric portions in the universe are extreme derivatives of existing elements with dimensions that are quite possibly millions of times larger. However, by analogy to the primary plasma that originated from the filaments that expanded from the faces of Nothing, these rectangular forms representative of secondary and tertiary plasma are not cubes. That is because the filaments that made up the primary plasma did not form cubes, but only rectangles, as already demonstrated. Thus, analogously to primary plasma, secondary and tertiary plasma are not composed of cubes, but only rectangular shapes, all of the same size.
Plasma is a logical rather than random construction. Thus, it is justified for the rectangular figures representative of secondary and tertiary plasma to occur in total plasma alternately. As already described, filaments represent unity and magnetic fields represent zero. Thus, according to what is logically presented, the total plasma is composed of rectangular figures representative of zero and rectangular figures representative of units. Secondary plasma can be considered a neutral plasma because it is composed of neutral magnetic fields surrounded by boundary lines, and tertiary plasma is a positively charged plasma, since its rectangular figures are composed of magnetic fields containing within them information units, i.e., unitary filaments. To say that secondary and tertiary plasma are representative of magnetism and charge is not a convention, but rather something that presents itself in a logical way, for that is what the geometric constructions demonstrate. According to my understanding, secondary and tertiary fluid plasma, and consequently the total plasma, are still derivatives of the absolute truths that originated in the Antagonistic Era. That is, the absolute truths proposed in this theory. Thus, the rectangular figures in secondary plasma actually demonstrate the magnetic fields described by the second absolute truth. Secondary plasma could only be composed after the formation of the memory units; in fact, it was formed in conjunction with the memory units. In this way, secondary plasma did not arise as a magnetic field of these memory units, but rather as a fluid derivative of the primary filaments. Secondary plasma is actually a derivative of two absolute truths: the second absolute truth, which asserts the existence of magnetic fields, and the fourth absolute truth, which asserts the existence of boundary lines. Therefore, secondary plasma is truly magnetic plasma, because it has in its configuration a quantum of mass essentially composed of rectangular figures representing magnetic fields, logically separated by boundary lines.
Secondary plasma is magnetic not only because it is composed of portions of magnetic fields that defragmented the primary filaments, but also because logically the rectangular figures composing it can attract to themselves quantum equivalent units that contain pieces of filament units. This attraction is justified not by convention, but by the logical reality that is demonstrated here. The magnetic fields forming the rectangular figures that make up secondary plasma are derived from the magnetic fields that made up the primary filaments. That is to say, these magnetic rectangular figures originated in the primary filaments, and every primary filament was logically constructed from the faces of the spherical antagonistic point. Each quantum of the primary magnetic field surrounded a unitary filament, since in fact it was part of that filament, composing it as a unit. Thus, the logical construction of every magnetic field portion within the universe must consider that the magnetic field originally contained a filament unit. What follows as a logical consequence is that when quanta of these magnetic fields are defragmented and become fluid, they logically can attract equivalent quanta of filaments due to the memory of their original construction. Therefore, secondary plasma is magnetic and tertiary plasma is positively charged, because it contains a portion of unitary filaments that are attracted to a magnetic field that approaches. Thus, the rectangular figures composing tertiary plasma are attracted to those composing the secondary magnetic plasma. In this way, each secondary rectangular figure became surrounded by six tertiary figures, composing the total plasma. That is what is depicted in Figure 58 above, where each secondary rectangle is surrounded by four tertiary rectangles. However, since plasma is a four-dimensional construct, each secondary plasma rectangular figure is actually surrounded by six tertiary plasma figures, considering that all of the figures that compose the total plasma have the same diameters and are aligned. This alignment of the rectangular figures is standard in the total plasma, because each side of a secondary figure attracts a respective tertiary figure. Misalignment of the rectangular figures occurs only upon plasma movement due to the phenomenal elements, as will soon be described.
Thus, it is necessary to present the truths derived from the analysis of the secondary, tertiary, and total plasmas:
“Secondary plasma is a magnetic substance, for it is a derivative of only boundary lines and primary magnetic fields that contained unitary filaments and did not enter into the composition of that plasma. Consequently, the rectangular figures that make up the secondary magnetic plasma can attract equivalent quanta of unitary filaments.”
“Tertiary plasma is a positively charged substance because it is a derivative of boundary lines, magnetic fields, and unitary filaments. Therefore, the rectangular figures composing tertiary plasma, which contains a quantum of unitary filaments, can be attracted by the rectangular figures composing secondary plasma.”
“Total plasma is a centrifugal substance alternately composed of secondary and tertiary plasma rectangular figures, since secondary magnetic plasma has the power to attract positively charged tertiary plasma.”
Now that the compositions and logical characteristics of the secondary, tertiary, and total fluid plasmas have been presented, I would like to present Figure 59, which shows the center of the universe in the initial moment after the end of the Logical Rails Era, where the primitive atomic mass
occurs in the central portion. Every form of existence has a limited physical geometry, and every existential unit has a real and measurable center. The universe is a total logical instance
that contains every existential unit. This universe also has a real center, as shown in Figure 59.
Figure 59 represents the central portion of the total sphere the instant after the end of the Logical Rails Era, when the universe had only memory units and secondary plasma formed. In this graph, the red bars representing fusion points in front of the neighboring faces of the formed memory units are not highlighted. In the previous graphs, the fusion points were represented in static mode for demonstration. However, after the end of the Logical Rails Era, these points began logically rotating around their respective units. It would not, therefore, be strictly logical to depict these points all remaining at the same geometric locations. At that moment, there were no reason units or tertiary plasma yet, although both began to form immediately after the end of the Logical Rails Era. That is not to say that their formation was instantaneous. On the contrary, the reason units and tertiary plasma formed over exceptionally long periods, in the range of at least tens of billions of years. The formation of the tertiary plasma and first reason units refers only to the beginning of the formation of the spectra and spaces between spectra, which is the space between galaxies in the final construction. These processes only began instantaneously. That is, the tertiary plasma, first spectra, and reason units began to form immediately after the end of the Logical Rails Era. That occurred, as shown, because the formed memory units initiated random motion determined by the expansive inductive effect. This random movement of the units initiated the extrusion process and consequent formation of the tertiary plasma.
As can be seen in Figure 59, some memory units remained attached to the logical support pillars of the universe and embryonic memory. These memory units are herein called guardian memory units and are in perpetual strategic positions to defend the logical structures that sustain the universe. As it turns out, these guardian memory units form a protective mantle that the support pillars of the universe. These guardian memory units did not gain freedom as the others did after the end of the Logical Rails Era. Instead they remained attached to these logical structures, protecting them. The positioning of these guardian memory units allows the filaments that make up the logical pillars to have all of their faces observed perpetually by at least two other elements, as required by the fifth absolute truth. It should be noted that the front and back faces of each filament are observed by the filaments themselves. Only the lateral faces of the filaments are observed by the memory units, as can be seen in Figure 59. In addition, the guardian memory units themselves are geometrically positioned such that all of their faces are observed perpetually by at least two other elements. The guardian memory units observe each other, in geometric positions that allow all of them to exist perpetually without defragmenting. This geometric positioning of the guardian memory units in relation to the logical support pillars makes the structure that sustains the universe indestructible, since no force can destroy a logical construction when the logical mathematical requirements of existence are satisfied. Of course, these guardian memory units do not move like all other units do, since they are connected perpetually to the boundary lines of the filaments that make up the logical pillars.
As proposed, memory units accumulate knowledge, and the available knowledge is images. In the initial moment after the end of the Logical Rails Era, at the beginning of the formation of the tertiary plasma and spectra and, consequently, space between galaxies, the memory units facing the protective mantle composed of the guardians accumulated knowledge different from that accumulated by the memory units outside that region. This fact is of great importance in this theory, since it shows the existence of memory units with very different levels of knowledge already in the initial moments of the formation of the spectra. Apart from the guardians, there were immediately two groups of memory units. The first group, representing a small portion of the total, gained knowledge of the logical structure of the universe under the protective mantle of guardian units. The second group, representing almost all of the formed memory units, gained knowledge only in the form of images of one another and not the information about the logical structure and its mantle. Thus, it is necessary to name these two types of primary memory units, since there is an important distinction between them. The memory units that gained knowledge of the support structure are therefore called primary memory units of full knowledge, while those that did not see the logical structure are called primary memory units of intermediate knowledge.
Simultaneously with the formation of the tertiary plasma and, consequently, the spectra and space between them, the reason units were formed. According to what is proposed, a memory unit corresponds to a hydrogen atom, using the scientific nomenclature, and reason units correspond to the other elements in the periodic table used in science. The primary memory units of full knowledge, together with those of intermediate knowledge, began the process of fusion that would form the first reason units in the universe. It should be noted, however, that the union of several reason units is still a reason unit. That is, a spectrum composed of an exceptionally high number is still a reason unit, since it exists as an individual being, corroborating the sixth absolute truth. A reason unit becomes an intelligence unit when it is able to recognize itself as a personality and can optionally transform its existential geometric space relatively.
Formation of Reason Units
According to what is presented through simple empirical verification, it is geometrically possible for a sphere to add to itself 12 other spheres of the same diameter, so that all of them are tangent to one another, composing what is herein called a spherical reason unit. This term is appropriate because 13 spheres arranged in this way end up forming a new sphere due to the symmetry of its extremes. This formation yields an essentially symmetrical reason unit in the shape of a sphere, hence the term spherical reason unit. After the end of the Logical Rails Era and the start of the extrusion process, only primary reason units were formed. Prior to the start of the centrifugation of the logical currents, there was no formation of secondary units. Thus, the prior to the Centrifugal Era when the total plasma began to form are called primary knowledge units (UCPs). These UCPs can be subdivided, as will soon be explained, into primary memory units and primary reason units. The Centrifugal Era is the period after the age in which the tertiary plasma logical currents flowed due to extrusion (from the framing fields) towards the center of the quadrants, where alternating currents of plasma and spectra in formation met. Thus, the Logical Currents Era occurred due to extrusion. The Centrifugal Era occurred when these logical plasma currents met at the center of the quadrants of the universe and began a centrifugal process.
According to my understanding, the perfect and symmetrical clusters of 13 spheres formed that a single memory unit has all of its faces tangent to 12 other elements in a primary formation. Thus, after 13 elements join to form a single reason unit, it is necessary for a second structure to form in order for other elements to attach to this primary formation. That is, after the last primary reason unit (being a spherical reason unit) is formed, consisting of 13 spheres, so that all possible combinations of 13 elements are realized, new formations must be attached to it. Until the end of the era in which only non-centrifugal logical currents were present, this situation did not occur. Only after the start of plasma centrifugation did primary memory and reason units begin to attach to other secondary units to compose secondary chemical elements.
Prior to the start of centrifugation, there were no reason units composed of more than 13 spheres. Every unit that existed before the Centrifugal Era was either a memory unit or a reason unit composed of up to 13 memory units. Logical currents of memory units that were actually at the center of the quadrants were also present during the Centrifugal Era, promoting the centrifugation from then until the formation of the spectra and the spaces between spectra was complete.
Table 01 above presents the sequences of possible occurrences and combinations existing in the Logical Currents Era and Centrifugal Era. In column 1 are the elements that occurred until the end of the Logical Currents Era. During that era, there were only elements composed of no more than 13 spheres. The occurrence of these elements has a degree of rarity that increases as the number of spheres making up the element increases. Thus, in column 1 are the UCPs. The most abundant UCP is 1, which corresponds to the primary memory unit of hydrogen. In fact, after the Logical Rails Era ended, in the initial moment in the Logical Currents Era, there was only this element in the universe, and from it all the others were composed. As extrusion continued and the logical currents began to form, new fusions began to occur, and the most common fusion was that indicated by number 2 in the UCP column, which represents the merging of two memory units. As the number of merging elements increases, the rarity of the element also gradually increases. Thus, in the UCP column, the element indicated by 1 is the most abundant and that indicated by 13 is the rarest. This element consisting of 13 spheres is a spherical reason unit, which corresponds to a carbon atom in science. This spherical reason unit formed by another 13 spheres is the most resistant element in the universe, since it has the form of a perfect sphere composed of 13 other spheres. Thus, as will be explained below, Table 1 shows that the primary elements formed until the beginning of the Centrifugal Era contained at most 13 spheres per unit, indicating that in the era of exclusively non-centrifugal logical currents only hydrogen and its isotopes, helium and its isotopes, carbon and its isotopes, lithium, beryllium, and boron existed, using the scientific nomenclature. In addition to this logical geometric possibility of only 13 elements being clustered together to form a single element, there is another fact of great importance that distinguishes these primary existential units that occurred during the era of exclusively non-centrifugal logical currents. This difference is related to the level of knowledge contained within the existential units. As stated, there were memory units of full knowledge and memory units of intermediate knowledge. Those of full knowledge absorbed information about the existence of the embryonic memory or the support pillars, whereas those of intermediate knowledge only gained information in the form of images of each other and the geometry formed from the logical currents of tertiary plasma. Thus, after the end of the Logical Rails Era and the beginning of the extrusion process, there were only existential units with those levels of knowledge. The reason units that formed during that era also only possessed those levels of knowledge. Thus, the primary units, besides being composed of up to 13 spheres, also differ from the secondary units in terms of the type of accumulated knowledge.
That is because, when the tertiary plasma currents formed from the extrusion process began to be found in the centers of the spatial dimensions, the Centrifugal Era
began. With the beginning of centrifugation, a change of great importance occurred in the universe; specifically, the primary units composed of up to 13 elements began to acquire a new level of knowledge in the universe. The centrifugation process created geometric conditions previously not existing within the universe. This new geometric condition enabled new knowledge to be added to the existential units. Thus, in Table 1 the units listed in the first column are called UCPs, and those in the other columns are called secondary knowledge units (UCSs). The UCPs are those that accumulated knowledge of the tertiary plasma logical currents, and the UCSs are those that accumulated knowledge of the centrifugal currents.
The centrifugation process was essential, as will be shown, in the formation of the individual spectra. The universe began its formation as a single primitive mass containing only primary memory units (hydrogen). As the logical currents formed, this single mass began to move according to alternating logical currents. When these currents met in the centers of the dimensions, that single primitive mass began to fall apart, separating into an exponential number of spectra. In fact, just after the beginning of the extrusion process and formation of the logical currents, the intergalactic space had already begun to form, which means the formation of individual spectra that gradually became different from each other. This process intensified radically at the moment at which the Logical Currents Era ended and the Centrifugal Era began. With the beginning of the Centrifugal Era, new existential units beyond the UCPs began to be formed. The centrifugal geometric conditions allowed the beginning of the formation of UCSs. The level of knowledge that each existential unit had begun to be radically modified with the beginning of centrifugation. In this way, the primary units formed up until then and that were arranged within centrifugal currents began to gain a new level of knowledge that did not exist until then. This new knowledge was represented precisely by the geometric formations that the centrifugation process favored. Images that did not occur until then in the universe began to be formed due to centrifugation. It should be noted that the existential units that remained contained in the logical currents that were not related to the geometric formations existing in the centrifugal currents continued as primary units, since the level of knowledge within them remained the same. However, the existential units that were in the geometric position of perceiving this new spatial configuration promoted by the centrifugation began to absorb a new type of knowledge. Thus, there existed within the universe two types of units: primary units and secondary units. With the continuation of the centrifugal process, non-centrifugal logical currents encountered currents that had already undergone centrifugation. When that happened, primary existential units eventually fused into secondary existential units. In Table 1, it can be seen that UCSs occurred with levels of formation varying from one to 13 spheres. In fact, every secondary unit was the result of a primary unit gaining a new level of knowledge from the centrifugation.
The continuous centrifugation process provided conditions for the most important event to occur: primary and secondary units began to bond to each other, allowing the formation of new chemical elements besides hydrogen, helium, carbon, lithium, beryllium, and boron. The simple combination of elements in the UCP column of Table 1 with elements in the UCS columns of this same table allowed the formation of new elements within the universe. The beginning of this formation of new elements corroborates the understanding that the spectra that previously existed only as masses of hydrogen, helium, lithium, beryllium, boron, and carbon began to possess other chemical elements that began to form with the meeting of primary and secondary units. This fusion of UCPs and UCSs enabled the formation of oxygen, which is considered in science to be the third most abundant element in the universe. I say this because spherical reason units, composed of 13 spheres, have geometry favorable to the annexation of four other memory or reason units. That is because a spherical reason unit has four perfectly symmetrical faces, and this symmetry, coupled with the greater dimensions of spherical reason units, enables hydrogen isotopes to attach themselves to these spherical reason units due to the centrifugal centers occurring in the universal quadrants.
Here we see the application of the sixth absolute truth, which states that every element existing in the universe composed of previously existing elements. It is very obvious and logical that a geometric construction composed of several logical parts such as atoms could not be the result of an explosion, a big bang, or anything of that kind.
The first elements capable of forming and absorbing knowledge existing within the universe were the primary memory units. These initial elements were composed of previous elements corresponding to the plasma filaments. Primary reason units, in turn, were composed of these primary memory units. It would not be possible for an element composed of a substance or with a geometric form foreign to the universe to arise within the universe. The knowledge that is formed is a transcendent element that reproduces in a condensed form images of the elements. In addition, it should be noted that the total plasma is not an element but a substance. Precisely for this reason, the components of the plasma have minimal geometric form, also derived from previous elements. Every element and substance has a geometric form and is necessarily derived from previously existing geometric forms. The reason units represent the atomic elements other than the first special element, which is hydrogen. If one considers the fact that as a rule each atomic unit has a neutron for each proton, then it can be said that the total number of primary and secondary elements that could possibly exist in the universe is 85. That is, the secondary element with the greatest quantum of mass would have 84 protons and 84 neutrons in all. This number is reached considering Table 1, where there are 169 possible simple combinations of the UPCs and UCSs in total. Thus, there are 169 possible combinations of primary and secondary elements, considering that each memory unit can merge with another 12 memory units, by geometric logic. Thus, by taking a primary set of up to 13 elements plus a secondary set also of up to 13 elements, the total number of possible combinations is 169. Excluding the unit corresponding to hydrogen, which is a memory unit, there are 168 remaining combinations. Thus, it is possible to compose 85 subsets of elements, including single-sphere hydrogen, that contain a neutron for each proton. As a rule for the elements formed, the memory units that make up one reason unit will be half protons and half neutrons, so the secondary element with the most memory units would contain 84 protons and 84 neutrons. This element would be the rarest of all of the secondary elements, because it represents the last possible combination and also because the combinations for elements formed by large numbers of memory units only began to occur after the beginning of the formation of the spectra, in the moment at which centrifugation began. The fact that each sphere may correspond to a proton or neutron will be discussed shortly.
It is evident that we are not here presenting a compendium on chemical elements, but only the logical conclusions determined by the Theory of Objectivity. The conclusions presented are only those that I consider to be essential, since in the process of creating the atomic elements many determining factors can be taken into account that would stray from the aims of this theory and therefore are not addressed herein. Any element with an atomic charge greater than 84 will be a tertiary reason unit, that is, a unit formed by the fusion of secondary reason units with a total number of spheres greater than 168. That is what is presented in the third column of Table 03, which highlights that a tertiary chemical element is the result of the combination of two secondary chemical elements.
The tertiary and centrifugal plasma logical currents do not allow two UCPs consisting of up to 13 spheres to attach to form a primary element with more than 13 spheres. This type of fusion is unlikely to occur. However, if it were to occur, the question would arise whether the element formed would be primary or secondary. The answer can be found by considering the levels of knowledge absorbed by the merged units. If two primary reason units merged, the resulting element would necessarily be primary, even if the composite element had more than 13 spheres, because there is no secondary element containing only primary knowledge within its component spheres.
During extrusion, considering the plasma and centrifugal currents, fusion occurs when an element is in a geometric position that does not allow it to fulfill the logical requirements of existence determined by the fifth absolute truth.
Thus, if a primary memory unit is observed by only one other unit within a VLE cycle, it merges to the unit observing it, forming a single element. This logical possibility came to exist from the beginning of the extrusion process because the tertiary plasma that was gradually formed inside the universe, via quantum exchange with fluidized memory units, ended up creating a condition in which many units did not have all of their faces fully observed by at least two other units. This situation happened with the alternating logical currents that formed due to the extrusion process. As described, at the very moment at which the logical rails ceased to exist, no merges occurred because all of the memory units were close to one another, so that all of them had all of their faces observed by at least two other units. As the tertiary plasma formed due to the extrusion process, this condition of proximity between the existential elements gradually ceased, and many of these first elements became in geometric positions in which at least one of their faces was not observed. When that happened, the unit not satisfying the condition of existence set forth in the fifth absolute truth merged to the neighboring unit. A memory unit may, of course, be in a geometric position that does not allow it to be within the field of view of any other unit. If that situation occurs for longer than a VLE cycle, the unit defragments and becomes part of the fluid plasma. However, if within that same period the unit can enter the field of view of another memory unit, it attaches itself to that other unit. These two logical types of memory units that can be formed by one memory unit attaching to another are herein called bastard memory units and orphan memory units, which can be defined as follows:
“A bastard memory unit is one that completes a VLE cycle only partially meeting the requirement of the fifth absolute truth.”
“An orphan memory unit is one that completes a VLE cycle without meeting the requirement of the fifth absolute truth.”
From these two concepts, some conclusions emerge. The first is related to the bastard memory units. In this case, this unit remains with up to three of its faces unseen by other elements during a VLE cycle, failing to meet the requirement imposed by the fifth absolute truth, which asserts that an existential unit must be within the fields of view of at least two other elements in order to maintain its logical construction. The unit may also become a bastard if its faces are only partially covered. This geometric condition occurred from the beginning of the tertiary plasma currents. During the Logical Currents Era, this condition for the emergence of bastard units became more common, and it had its culmination at the beginning of the Centrifugal Era. That is, within the tertiary plasma logical currents, which consequently created currents composed of primitive atomic mass, bastard units arose. As a rule, there were no orphan memory units during the Logical Currents Era. Only in an exceptional and rare way could orphans be formed during that era. The geometrical conditions of the moving away of memory units to become orphans only occurred, as a rule, from the beginning of the Centrifugal Era. With the onset of the centrifugal process of plasma logic and primitive atomic mass, many memory units became outside the field of view of any other unit, giving rise to orphan elements.
If a bastard unit fails to meet the requirement of the fifth absolute truth in a VLE cycle, then it merges with another element that observes it. Specifically, at the beginning of the next cycle, the bastard unit merges into one of the memory or reason units within whose field of view it is. This fusion, however, only occurs if the memory unit does not return again to the field of view of another unit by the beginning of the next cycle. That is, if the bastard unit finds a second element that provides it with the conditions necessary to exist within the same logical cycle or at the exact moment that the next cycle begins, then it does not merge. Conversely, if the bastard memory unit does not find a second element to provide it with the conditions necessary to exist, then it merges with one of the elements giving it those conditions.
As already mentioned, the tertiary plasma logical currents created the conditions for an existential memory unit to attach to itself other bastard memory units. From what I understand, there is a period between two logical cycles that determines whether or not an element will continue to meet the requirements of the fifth absolute truth. That is, if a unit goes for a complete cycle without meeting the requirement of that logical truth, it does not yet defragment or merge, as the case may be, until the exact moment at which the next cycle starts. That is because, if the unit within that initial instant again meets the requirement of the fifth absolute truth, it retains its original construction, since it cannot be said that it went for longer than a logical cycle without meeting the mathematical requirement. In fact, the unit would have gone an entire VLE cycle without meeting that requirement, but met it at the very beginning of the next cycle, without going more than one VLE cycle without meeting that requirement. Thus, there is a period of logical tolerance to determine if a unit fails to meet the requirement of the fifth absolute truth. If within that period of logical tolerance the memory unit does not meet the logical requirement again, then it defragments or merges with another unit, if it is a unit orphan or bastard unit, respectively.
It should be emphasized, however, that the fifth absolute truth states that in order for a memory unit to have logical existence and not to defragment or attach itself to another element, its faces must be seen fully by at least two other units. It is evident that these two spheres must be positioned at angles such that they can observe all of the faces of the sphere, since it is not sufficient to have two memory units within the field of view of the observed sphere; it is also necessary for the two observing spheres to be able to view all of the faces of the observed sphere completely. Thus, when a sphere is being observed by only two other spheres, they must be positioned before the tails of the sphere, for only then could all of the faces be fully observed simultaneously. If these two spheres are not in these positions, the observed sphere will merge with one that gives it the conditions necessary to exist, for all of the logical conditions of existence for it to occur individually will not be fulfilled.
It should be noted that when one sphere is in front of a tail of another sphere, it is only partially within the fields of view of all of the faces of that neighboring sphere. That is, a single sphere alone cannot observe all of the faces of another element completely. Only two spheres, at least, can geometrically give full coverage to another neighboring sphere. It is therefore necessary to discuss the following truth of fundamental importance:
“The requirement of the fifth absolute truth can only be met for a spherical element when the two other elements that observe it are in front of its tails, because only with this geometrical positioning will all of its faces be observable.”
This truth is indeed important because it leads to the understanding that most of the primitive atomic mass composed exclusively of hydrogen, as a rule, was defragmented and became fluid plasma after the beginning of the extrusion process. In fact, according to what is proposed, since the end of the Centrifugal Era, within the universal space atomic formation has occurred as an exception and not as a rule.
This last truth leads us to another, complementary derivative truth. In the analysis of the antagonistic point geometry, it was verified that an element that laterally observes a sphere sees a band of that sphere. Furthermore, it was shown that the dividing line between two bands of a sphere, with a width corresponding to a logical micro-square, cannot be seen by the observer. Thus, when two elements are looking centrally and laterally at a sphere, both see the sphere completely, but neither of them sees the neutral facial line with a logical width of a micro-square that separates the visible band from the hidden band. Thus, the two observers see over the neutral facial line, which logically is hidden from both, just a portion of the magnetic field that lies on the body of that dividing line. When it comes to memory units, the following logical situation occurs: when two spheres are oriented laterally and observe a third sphere centered between them, they completely see the faces of the observed sphere, but only see the magnetic field of the neutral facial line dividing the two bands of the observed sphere, which is logically an integral part of the element, as will be seen, which is a unique situation. Thus, it is also necessary to present the following resulting truth, which in a logical way corroborates once more the existence of the magnetic field as an integral part of every element existing in the universe:
“Two memory units can only fully see a third memory unit when the only part that is seen of a neutral facial line with a width corresponding to a logical micro-square is its magnetic field, which makes up the totality of this existential unit.”
An important fact stands out in this analysis of bastard memory units. As shown, a memory unit can attach, by geometric spatial logic, to another 12 memory units, since one face of an element can attach to another three units. This fact corroborates the existence of secondary chemical elements in their various configurations.
All of the memory units making up the primitive atomic mass
were observed by up to 12 other units, according to obvious spatial logic. In this primitive atomic mass, after the end of the Logical Rails Era, each hydrogen atom was within the fields of view of up to 12 other hydrogen atoms. However, this formation did not compose a new element, because these memory units were not fused to each other, but rather existed individually as unique elements. This observation has several implications. One of them is that the tertiary plasma current needed to remove from one of the faces of each memory unit up to three other units, because if only one of them continued to see that face completely, the requirement of the fifth absolute truth would continue to be met. That is, a bastard memory unit can only arise if at least one of its faces has no logical coverage by at least one other unit or if all four of its faces are only partially observed. Furthermore, if that condition lasts for more than one VLE cycle, then the bastard unit will merge with another unit that satisfies that condition. When a face is only partially observed, it will not necessarily have the coverage required by the fifth absolute truth.
This idea motivates the hypothesis of the logical possibility of simultaneous mergers. That is, hypothetically it is possible for one unit to merge simultaneously with nine, six, or three other memory units. Since each unit has four faces and each of these faces can be seen by up to three other memory units, if one of these faces remains unseen, there is a logical geometric possibility of the remaining three faces being attached to up to nine other spheres. If two faces of a sphere are not being observed, the logical possibility of simultaneous fusion of the other two faces to up to six other spheres remains. Finally, if up to three faces are not being observed, there is the logical possibility of the sphere merging simultaneously with up to three other memory units. However, in spite of this geometric possibility of simultaneous mergers, the idea adopted in this theory is that simultaneous fusions do not, as a rule, occur for a single face. That is, even if each face of a bastard memory unit is seen by up to three other memory units, it only merges with one of the three possible spheres observing it. In addition, the sphere to which it fuses is the one closest to its tail. If two spheres are the same distance from the tail of the bastard sphere, simultaneous fusion occurs. It is understood in this theory that in the fusion process, spheres are attached from their tails, regardless of their previous positions. This proposal is justified because the tails of spheres represent the points of entry and exit of information. These tails are the poles of the sphere. For a reason unit, which is a single element composed of two or more units, these tails are represented by central points resulting from the merger. That is, even if the unit is a reason unit, it will have poles defining points of entry and exit of information. This proposal is justified because each sphere may have up to three other spheres attached to each of its faces. This type of simultaneous fusion that can occur as an exception corroborates the logical understanding of the formation of unstable elements, in which the number of protons is not equal to the number of neutrons. As a rule, however, it is corroborated that a bastard unit may be observed by up to nine memory units but will merge to only one. In addition, this fusion will not occur randomly, but rather will be determined by the position at which the fusion point is located at the instant that the fusion occurs. As shown, the fusion point that each element possesses orbits its body so that all four of its faces have the logically required coverage within a VLE cycle. Thus, the receiving sphere with the tail that is the closest to the fusion point of the bastard sphere will be the unit that will merge. This fact shows that simultaneous mergers are very rare, since as a rule the fusion points of the elements bastard unit will each be in different positions and only one of them will, as a rule, be nearest to the tail of the receiving sphere.
On the other hand, an orphan memory unit, which does not have all of its faces seen by other elements, will defragment if it has not merged with another element by the end of the logical tolerance period. Orphan memory units can attach simultaneously to other existential units. That is, if two or more memory units are orphaned, they may attach to a single receiving unit if the receiving unit simultaneously passes through all of their fields of view within a logical tolerance period. This type of fusion necessarily forms an isotope of the corresponding chemical element, as will be discussed here.
This analysis of bastard and orphan memory units can be extended to reason units, especially the isotopes of hydrogen. However, bastard reason unit formation was a rare event during the Logical Currents Era, since at that stage of spectrum formation the plasma currents allowed, as a rule, only memory units one of their faces not observed by another unit. A reason unit composed of two memory units has double the quantum of a single memory unit and consequently such units in the tertiary logical currents had low probabilities of having one of their faces not seen by another element. The greater the number of spheres composing an element, the less likely it is to become a bastard unit. Consequently, as a rule, no bastard reason units were formed during the Logical Currents Era. On the other hand, during the Centrifugal Era, due to the increasing geometric distance between the elements composing the secondary elements, bastard reason units as well as, more rarely, orphan reason units, began to emerge. Thus, with these caveats, the analyses of bastard and orphan memory units also apply to reason units.
With these considerations in mind, it is possible, at the outset, to present a logical summary of bastard and orphan memory and reason units, as shown in Table 04.
The single element of hydrogen can have up to 12 types of isotopes, as that is the possible number given by spatial logic. However, the probability of hydrogen occurring with more than one neutrons is rare, since the tertiary plasma logical currents create conditions such that only one face of each element before these currents reaches the centers of the universal quadrants unobserved by other elements. Therefore, these configurations of memory units that merge with one, two, or three orphan units are compatible with the formation of hydrogen isotopes. It is evident that the greater the number of neutrons in the hydrogen isotope, the rarer the formation. This fact corroborates what has been presented in the Theory of Objectivity, according to geometric spatial logic, that the tertiary plasma currents flowing from the framing fields toward the centers of the quadrants of the universe created the precise conditions necessary for these hydrogen isotopes to be formed. Thus, the bastard memory units were one of the types of units directly responsible for the transformation of the primary atomic mass, composed only of hydrogen in its various configurations at the beginning of the expansion of the tertiary plasma currents. In this way, the classification presented in the previous table regarding the rarity of the bastard and orphan units is justified. Since memory units initially composed the primitive atomic mass, their rarity is zero. The levels of rarity of the other elements were measured taking into consideration those primitive elements, i.e., hydrogen atoms. Thus, in relation to the primitive atomic mass, bastard memory units have low rarity, justifying the high formation of hydrogen isotopes since the formation of the tertiary plasma logic currents. On the other hand, orphan memory units have an average level of rarity. This assertion is justified because logical geometric analysis verifies that the tertiary plasma currents would need to leave a hydrogen atom outside the cover of any other atom for an orphan memory unit to appear. In this situation, not all of the faces of a hydrogen atom are observed, but this event is rarer than the occurrence of an atom with only partial coverage. Regarding bastard reason units, it is justified that their level of rarity is high because these units, as described here, occur as a rule from the formation of the centrifugal logical currents and because each has at least twice the quantum of a memory unit. The more spheres compose an element, the harder it is for that element to defragment, because the quantum of space is more likely to be within the field of view of another element. Thus, the rarity of bastard units is variable and has as its starting point an isotope of hydrogen with two spheres. Among the bastard units representing secondary elements, the rarest is that composed of 169 spheres. Thus, the more spheres an element has, the more exceptional its occurrence. It is precisely for this reason that Table 04 states that orphan reason units are exceptionally rare. This rarity is reasonable because, for a reason unit to become an orphan, it must be outside the field of view of any other existential unit. This situation became rarer and rarer in the Centrifugal Era, since what happened in that era was precisely an increase in the formation of elements with more spheres contained in their centers.
Unlike bastard memory units, orphan memory units only began to occur when the tertiary plasma logical currents began centrifugation in the central zones of the universal quadrants. The currents that began to spin from these centers created spatial conditions such that a memory unit might not be within the field of view of any other element. When that happened, if the orphaned unit did not merge with at least one other element within the logical tolerance period, it defragmented. Then an orphaned memory unit could merge with a single other memory unit and form an isotope of hydrogen with a neutron. However, hydrogen isotopes appeared mainly during the Logical Currents Era and less during the Centrifugal Era. The massive presence of these hydrogen isotopes within the centrifugal currents created the geometric conditions necessary for the second most abundant element in the universe to arise, which is helium. It seems that the spatial conditions created by the centrifugal plasma caused the reason units configured as hydrogen isotopes to merge into helium. Thus, helium is essentially formed by the fusion of two hydrogen isotopes. Isotopes are essential intermediates in the formation of other elements with higher atomic numbers than those of the elements being fused.
As can be seen, the tertiary elements are not classified in Table 04, which is justified because a tertiary element only becomes an orphan or a bastard in a very exceptional way. Due to the configuration of a tertiary element, which is composed of a very high number of spheres, this situation will not be observed. If tertiary reason units are allowed to become orphans or bastards, it can be assumed that quaternary chemical elements can be formed. Even though the formation of quaternary elements occurs very exceptionally, such elements do not have sufficient stability to coexist within a mass of primary, secondary, and tertiary elements, becoming anomalous species within the logical mass and being forced to split, losing spheres and returning to the condition of at most tertiary elements. These elementary instability splits would also occur for tertiary elements with very high numbers of spheres.
A logical fact of the highest importance in the Theory of Objectivity should now be emphasized. The fact is that when a single memory unit merges with another memory unit, the receiving unit will receive all of the information contained within the attached memory unit. In this regard, it is necessary to name and conceptualize two species of elements that are formed from memory units, specifically, those that supply and receive
information in this fusion process. It should first be noted that these supplying and receiving elements occur when faced with either a bastard or an orphan unit. These facts will be discussed in much greater detail. At the moment, consider the following concepts:
“A supplying unit is a memory unit that goes more than one VLE cycle without meeting the requirement of the fifth absolute truth and therefore provides all of the information stored within itself to the unit with which it merges.”
“A receiving unit is a memory or reason unit that receives the information provided by a memory unit that does not meet the requirement of the fifth absolute truth for a period longer than a VLE cycle.”
Thus, adopting scientific nomenclature, it is evident that receiving and supplying memory units correspond to protons and neutrons, respectively, in the nucleus of an element.
As it turns out, when two memory units merge, one of them will be a supplier and the other will be a receiver. This type of fusion forms a hydrogen isotope, and this type of hydrogen isotope with a neutron, it seems, is the most abundant set of spheres existing in the universe in the Logical Currents Era. It is evident that the most abundant element consists of a single sphere.
As stated, reason units cannot be suppliers. When two reason units merge, their information is shared and the two units become a single element. As it turns out, every reason unit is composed of supplying and receiving units. Each supplying memory unit corresponds to a neutron in the newly formed element. This situation occurs when a bastard or orphan memory unit becomes a supplier. However, a reason unit will never supply all of its information. When a reason unit does not meet the requirement of the fifth absolute truth, it may attach itself to another element, but it will not supply all of its information as a memory unit does. A reason unit, when merging with another existential unit, will share this information, forming a single element. This assertion is justified because a reason unit, unlike a memory unit, already has in its essence an element that holds knowledge and another neutral element of knowledge. A reason unit is already an existential logical set consisting of at least two other logical units. In merging with another element, a being with the characteristics of a reason unit will logically not only belong to the other element, but in fact will compose a new element, because it will be as an integral part of this new formation. Thus, when two hydrogen isotopes, each with a neutron, merge, they cease to be two isotopes together and instead form a new element containing two receiving units and two supplying units. In fact, two hydrogen isotopes, when they merge, form a helium atom, the second most abundant element in the universe. Thus, the following resulting truths that present themselves within the Theory of Objectivity should be highlighted:
“When two memory units merge, one of them will be a receiver of knowledge and the other will be a supplier, forming a new element with a proton and a neutron.”
“When a reason unit merges with another element, that unit will share its knowledge with the unit with which it merges to compose a new element with numbers of protons and neutrons equal to the total numbers of protons and neutrons in the fusing units.”
“A reason unit only becomes a receiver when a memory unit, which will be a supplier, is attached individually.”
As presented herein, elements absorb knowledge from the moment they are created, and this knowledge is stored within each memory unit as a transcendent substance, in the form of condensed images. Thus, if one element ceases to exist individually and merges with another because it no longer satisfies one of the logical requirements of existence, the knowledge that was within it is lost or shared, where loss means that the knowledge is transferred to the receiving element. The proton-receiving and neutron-supplying units are not named by pure convention. Logic determines this reality, which cannot be avoided. One element could not be fused to another, ceasing to be an existential unit, and continue to hold the knowledge it contained. If an element ceases to exist and merges with another, it is necessary for its knowledge to have a destination, and the logical destination is the unit that receives it. However, when two elements merge, the supplying element ceases to be an individual and becomes an integral part, a sub-element or a fold, as it is usually called herein, of the newly formed element. Thus, the receiving and supplying units become a single being, but the knowledge is only be transferred to the receiving party when the two units are memory units. Meanwhile when two or more reason units fuse, logically the information is shared between them, and the merging units become one, composed of diverse parts.
Taking the scientific terminology, the proton is a positively charged element and the neutron has no charge.
There is also the proposal that the supplying element could fuse with another unit without sharing its knowledge. In that case, knowledge would be lost in the fusion process and would flow into the total plasma as a transcendent element. However, it seems that this situation would only be possible if the receiving unit had its storage capacity exhausted, since every being has a limit to the amount of knowledge it can store. At the beginning of spectrum formation, the memory and reason units could not yet have saturated storage capacities, since they were newly created elements. Nevertheless, the recent creation period has lasted for billions of years.
Thus, a resulting truth about these elements that make up the centers of reason units must be presented:
“The center of a reason unit is composed of receiving memory units, which correspond to protons, and supplying memory units, which correspond to neutrons. These spheres are neighbors and are contained in the center of the element formed via the merging of the existential units.”
Now that the logical foundation of the creation of protons and neutrons has been presented, it is necessary to discuss in a corresponding way the electrons and electron levels described in science.
As has been demonstrated, a primary memory unit corresponds to a hydrogen atom with a single proton. Hydrogen isotopes are species of primary reason units. A helium atom can be formed as a primary or secondary reason units because it is composed of at least two hydrogen isotopes. Helium isotopes formed during the Logical Currents Era as well as during the Centrifugal Era, when bastard and orphan reason units fused to form hydrogen isotopes.
These primary memory units, as already discussed, have magnetic fields, due to the second absolute truth. They also have fusion points, due to the inductive effect, which is the joint action of the fourth and fifth absolute truths. Fusion points serve to separate memory units from one another within a VLE cycle. That is, a fusion point functions as a boundary line, while also ensuring that the requirement of the fifth absolute truth is met, for it is through this point that a unit remains within the fields of view of other units that observe it and provide it with the conditions necessary to maintain its logical formation. The fusion point is not a convention but a logical reality. The fourth absolute truth could not be applied to memory units in a manner similar to the way in which plasma filaments were formed during the Antagonistic Era. During Tempus Antagonicus, the filaments occurred parallel to each other and boundary lines circled their entire bodies, separating them from one another. With memory units this situation is not possible. There would be no existential units with movement and the capacity to absorb and pass on knowledge if there were no point of synthesis for the imposed logic. On the other hand, as already mentioned, logic does not impose itself simultaneously on the formation and interaction of elements. For the movement of several coexisting elements to be geometrically logical, this logic requires an interval during which to assert itself. This interval is the VLE cycle, measured in an atomic unit by the motion of its fusion point around it to observe all four of its faces. Elements conform to this VLE cycle as necessary for them to coexist. If this necessary logical condition did not occur, the universe would not exist with the observed configuration. The beings that form the universe are necessarily subjected to the imposed logical truths. In addition, according to what is proposed, the fusion point of a memory unit corresponds to an electron. The hydrogen atom has an electron, which corresponds to what in the Theory of Objectivity is called a fusion point. This fusion point logically needs to exert a force inverse to that of the element it corresponds to. Thus, the force capable of holding a proton in the center of an element is provided by the fusion point. An existential units a logical formation, and this truth is imposed. This assertion is corroborated by what has repeatedly been stated herein with regard to the absolute truths. Thus, as fusion points are the synthesis of the inductive effect, which is the joint action of the fourth and fifth absolute truths, they necessarily have inverse forces proportional to the protons with which they are associated, so as to keep them in logical positions within the structures of their elements. The imposed and unbreakable truth is that if a proton is positively charged, an electron must have a charge of equal magnitude and opposite sign. The electron needs to exert a force opposing that of the proton with which it is associated in order to form the logical equilibrium exhibited by the structure of each memory unit and, consequently, each atomic unit.
Another fact that indicates that a fusion point has a value inverse to that of the corresponding memory unit could even be observed during the Antagonistic Era, when the filaments were formed. As shown, a filament represents a unit and a magnetic field represents zero. The resulting truth was presented, stating that for every zero there must be a corresponding unit and that it is not possible for zero to have occurred before the first unit. A unit necessarily occurs before zero. In the expansion of space, filaments indicate the units and magnetic fields represent the respective zeros. A boundary line cannot be associated with the positive value of a unit, because only the filament has that nature. The boundary line also cannot be associated with zero, since zero is represented by the magnetic field associated with the respective filament. Therefore, according to logic, the boundary line can only be associated with a value that has the same weight as the unit, but the opposite sign. That is, if a filament represents a unit and a magnetic field represents zero, a boundary line can only represent a negative unit. This observation corroborates the existing logic that causes the fusion point of an element to have a negative charge, since a fusion point is actually the representation of a boundary line in synthesis with the fifth absolute truth. Thus, it can be concluded that an electron has a charge equal in magnitude and opposite in sign to that of the corresponding proton as a logical consequence of the mathematical essence and not by convention.
Thus, it is necessary to present another resulting truth derived from the logical determinations imposed by the absolute truths:
“The fusion point of a memory unit corresponds to the electron of an atom and exists in a logical manner, as the synthesis of the fourth and fifth absolute truths, orbiting the formed element in each VLE cycle.”
Now that the correspondences between memory units and protons, neutrons, and electrons have been presented, it is necessary to discuss what are referred to as electron levels in science. It is evident that electron levels correspond to what in the Theory of Objectivity are called the auras or magnetic fields of elements. As already described, every element in the universe has a magnetic field, due to the second absolute truth. In addition, as also stated repeatedly, when two or more elements merge, their magnetic fields also fuse, forming a single magnetic field, because the formed element will be unique. Thus, according to what is proposed, when two or more elements merge, their magnetic fields fuse into overlapping layers, forming several levels according to the number of elements. These levels are also a logical truth that imposes itself in this theory, because when several elements merge, a single element will appear, formed by sub-elements, folds, or integral parts of the same existential being. This is an application of the sixth absolute truth, since every element existing in the universe is formed from elements that existed prior to its formation. Thus, when two memory units merge, their magnetic fields form a single magnetic field, although divided into levels. In addition, the magnetic field of this new element will be orbited by the fusion point of the corresponding receiving element, since, in principle, when one element merges with another, its fusion point will no longer orbit its own body. This analysis of the magnetic fields, corresponding to the electron orbitals in atoms, can be summarized as follows:
“When two or more existential units merge, their magnetic fields also merge into a single magnetic field that is divided into levels corresponding to the number of elements that made up the new existential unit.”
The question that arises is as follows: when a memory unit merges with another element, will there be a boundary line between the receiving and supplying units to separate them and distinguish them from each other?
The answer to this question has been demonstrated since the description of the Antagonistic Era when the universal space was being composed via the formation of plasma filaments. That can be said because each filament did not exist as an individual, but rather as a fold of Nothing itself. The filaments were only sub-elements belonging to the body of the expanding Nothing. This logic remains in the Existential Era. That is, even during the period of universal existence, when an atomic element is formed by several other elements, there will be a boundary line separating each of these elements. Thus, the fourth absolute truth also applies to the elements that merge to form a single element, since it is not possible for two geometric spaces to approach each other without a boundary line between them. In addition, the fifth absolute truth gives existential logic to the sub-elements that make up each formed reason unit. In this way, the fusion point that occurs between the elements that make up a reason unit results from only the fourth absolute truth, since the fifth absolute truth is already applied to the total unit that contains the sub-elements. Thus, boundary lines exist between each proton and neutron contained within the center of a formed element, separating them from each other. However, just as with an electron, in the Existential Era a boundary line is formed by a fusion point and not by the environment that surrounds the whole body of the sphere. Thus, in the center of each element, between two observed faces, there will be a fusion point representative of a boundary line. That is, the memory units that make up an element do not touch the center. In fact, there will be fusion points between the faces of the elements within a larger element to separate them. These fusion points inside the reason units will, of course, be contained within the internal convergence zones of these reason units. This type of convergence zone belongs to the internal magnetic field of the element and also converges in the space between the spheres and the universal plasma.
Evidently, the units representative of protons supply their fusion points, which correspond to electrons. On the other hand, the supplying units, which correspond to neutrons, supply the fusion points that separate the spheres from one another as boundary lines in the center of the element, when the element configuration allows it, since situations will occur in which the fusion point of the supplying unit becomes part of the electrons of the newly formed element. When this situation occurs, a boundary line is created between the new units that are tangential to the center. Thus, in this question the following resulting truth also arises:
“The fusion point that represents the synthesis of the fourth and fifth absolute truths also applies as a manifestation of only the fourth absolute truth regarding the sub-elements that necessarily merge to form a reason unit and therefore can occur between the protons and neutrons that are approaching in the center of a formed unit.”
Therefore, between protons and neutrons, an element different from these two sub-elements occurs. The fusion point, in this case, acts as a boundary between the two sub-elements that are close to the center of the total unit. Thus, the following question necessarily arises in the face of such a statement: if a proton has a positive charge and a neutron has no charge, does this internal fusion point have a charge?
The answer to this question has already been substantiated here. As has been said repeatedly, the nature of a boundary line is reproduction, and this reproduction implies a negative charge because it represents the inverse of the weight of the elements that it separates. Thus, if this line separates a neutral element and an element representing a positive unit, the logical inverse value is a negative unit. That is, a boundary line, even within a reason unit, has a negative charge. However, this negative charge has a minimal significance compared to the negative charge of the external fusion point corresponding to the electron of the atom, since this external fusion point, apart from separating one atomic unit from the others, exerts a force opposing the total knowledge load that is contained within the receiving unit. Thus, the electron will have a charge proportional to the respective proton that is placed at the center of the element. This fact leads to a conclusion of high importance in this theory: if the proton of an element is empty of knowledge, the reason unit will defragment, because logically its electron will have a neutral charge, causing the fusion point to lose its boundary line nature, and leading to the ruin of the logical structure of the element. This fact corroborates the understanding espoused in this theory that asserts that it is not possible for knowledge to exist without an element that absorbs it and, conversely, it is not possible for an element to exist without having absorbed knowledge. That is, a unit will exist only if it contains accumulated knowledge. When an existential unit loses all of its knowledge, logically it will cease to exist, unless it is attached to another unit, forming a single element.
At the beginning of the extrusion process, which generated the tertiary plasma logical currents from the primitive atomic mass, the most frequent type of fusion was that in which one memory unit merges with another unit. This assertion is justified because extrusion means quantum exchange in which a memory unit is transformed into tertiary plasma. Thus, as it did when the logical rails existed, plasma flowed into the universe in logical but random currents. That is, when a unit was extruded at one end of a quadrant, the quantum moved so that exchange could occur. Consequently, the tertiary plasma currents did not follow logical rails that connected at the ends of the same beam. The logical chains did not proceed straight and with later angulation, as the logical rails did. The quantum exchange occurring when a memory unit was extruded occurred by moving a quantum of mass randomly disposed in the vicinity of the unit taken for extrusion. It is clear that when a unit was extruded in a framing field, causing that dimension to lose a quantum of mass in some other framing field of that size, a corresponding quantum of mass was received, because it would not be possible for a quadrant to lose a quantum of mass without instantly receiving the same amount of mass. A mass loss by one quadrant can only occur without simultaneous replacement of that mass if the elements involved in the quantum exchange are temporarily contained within the framing fields of the embryonic memory. In that case, a temporary plasma magnetic field
corresponding to the mass temporarily absorbed by the embryonic memory would necessarily be formed. It is evident that the four universal quadrants logically connected in the extrusion process through the existing quantum exchange. The quantum of mass of the universe is irreducible, as are the quanta of mass of its respective quadrants. It should be noted that during this quantum exchange, the formation of temporary plasma magnetic fields
necessarily occurred during extrusion when the memory units converged to the framing fields. The tertiary plasma streams flowed from the framing fields toward the center of each universal quadrant. This addition of tertiary plasma enabled memory units to remain without having at least two other units within their fields of view. That is, a unit could have part of its faces within the field of view of another unit and the other faces facing only the added tertiary plasma. When that situation occurred for longer than a VLE cycle, this memory unit would merge with the memory unit observing it to satisfy the requirement of the fifth absolute truth. This situation brings up a logical truth that cannot be dismissed: at the beginning of the extrusion process and creation of tertiary plasma, the most common types of fusion were those in which one memory unit merged with another. The most common formations were hydrogen isotopes. A second element corresponding to helium only formed when two hydrogen isotopes merged. These facts corroborate what is already known in science, because science considers the universe to contain several elements, but only two of these elements make up about 95% of the total mass. Hydrogen makes up about 75% of the mass and helium about 20%. It is clear that the Theory of Objectivity cannot be used to confirm these percentages in a timely manner. Nonetheless, what has been discussed so far does account for the fact that the primary memory units, hydrogen atoms, initially made up the entire atomic mass of the universe. After the end of the Logical Rails Era, with the beginning of the extrusion process and formation of the tertiary plasma, a fusion process began in which hydrogen isotopes merged, initiating the formation of helium. Thus, helium, together with the hydrogen isotopes, represents the first type of reason unit formed within the universe as well as, logically, the second most abundant element. According to what is proposed, other primary elements composed of up to 13 spheres were formed along with helium still during the Logical Currents Era and the early Centrifugal Era. The other combinations of memory and reason units that would form the rest of the atomic mass of the universe only began an exponentially long time after the emergence of the total sphere, in the range of tens of billions of years. This assertion is justifiable because, as it turns out, tertiary plasma initially occurred from the framing fields in currents with a thickness equal to that of a memory unit, creating geometric conditions that caused the memory units at the lateral ends of these currents to merge with their neighboring units.
The tertiary plasma macro currents were necessarily compounded by the joining of an exceptionally high number of micro currents that originated in front of each framing field individually. Only when the tertiary plasma currents began to occur at the center of each of the four quadrants of the universe did the formation of other forms of atomic existence different from the primaries begin. In addition, when these currents began to occur in the centers of the quadrants, the secondary and tertiary plasma began to mix in a more significant and determinant way, forming an essentially centrifugal total plasma. This statement is also justified because different groups of spectra consisting of primary memory units (hydrogen atoms) and primary reason units (essentially hydrogen isotopes and helium atoms) formed during that era. These centrifugal logical currents that enabled the formation of individual and intergalactic spatial spectra are compatible with the known forms of spiral and elliptical galaxies. The galaxies with irregular
shapes are compatible with primitive atomic masses where the centrifugal currents acted less intensely. The regions where there has been massive penetration of tertiary plasma, thereby dispersing the primitive atomic mass of primary elements, are herein called clear areas. On the other hand, dark
portions of quantum mass are those where the tertiary plasma barely penetrated, so that the primitive atomic mass suffered little from the action of the tertiary plasma currents, supplying sectors within the spectra formed by primitive atomic elements accompanied by secondary magnetic plasma currents as well as quantum sectors formed exclusively by secondary plasma currents. The greater the movement of tertiary plasma currents within a region, the higher the level of accumulated knowledge and the greater the occurrence of galaxies and systems. Scattered irregular
galaxies are compatible with centers of convergence
of plasma currents that are most strongly located at the centers of the quadrants. It also seems that the more centrifuged the shape of the spectrum and hence the galaxies that make it up, the higher the level of knowledge accumulated within these formations and the greater the emergence of secondary and tertiary elements. On the other hand, the less centrifugal the formation, the greater the concentration of primary elements such as hydrogen and helium.
The forms of atomic units other than hydrogen and helium, besides carbon, lithium, beryllium, and boron, only began to form after the appearance of the geometric figures of the first spectra. Note that until the end of the Logical Rails Era, the universe was a total mass, without division into spectra. With the beginning of the extrusion process, this unique primitive atomic mass composed only of hydrogen gradually broke down and within it appeared several portions, and between those portions was essentially tertiary plasma. That is, the spectra gradually were formed and moved away from one another, or even annexed others due to the random motion. This departure from the quantum of mass composed of atomic units indicates the appearance of space between the spectra. Many of these spectra would turn into galaxies. As it turns out, the tertiary plasma logical currents formed reason units, and these existential units gradually became attached due to the inductive effect, forming larger and larger spectra composed of galaxies and other formations equidistant from each other. It should be noted that the spectra did not all come together at the same time. In contrast, the spectra are the result of the gradual transformation occurring within the universe upon the emergence of tertiary plasma currents due to the extrusion process and consequent centrifugation. Thus, spectra were formed in different existential eras, which means that while some have already become galaxies, others are still in the form of spectra composed only of hydrogen and helium. It seems that a spectrum is composed of a determined number of galaxies and other formations, but it has not been possible for a spectrum to separate into multiple parts since the end of the Centrifugal Era. Once a spectrum is formed, it may gradually increase in size, attaching itself to more individual memory units or even other spectra, but apparently a spectrum will never be subdivided, for there has been no logical reason for one to do so since the end of the Centrifugal Era. Thus, in addition to the significant masses of spectra, it seems that primary memory units in small mass groups exist within the spaces between spectra. These groups of existential units occur as scattered portions available from the primitive atomic mass and are in fact a kind of non-centrifugal spectrum but were dispersed by the tertiary plasma logical currents and may or may not be attached to spectra resulting from centrifugation.
The question that arises at this point is this: after the end of the Centrifugal Era, what era began within the universe?
According to what is proposed and justified in this theory, the centrifugal process caused the creation of an extremely high level of knowledge within the universe. This formation of a vast amount of knowledge within the spectra was essential to transform the various formations of reason units into intelligence units. After the end of the Centrifugal Era, an event of extreme importance occurred: the objective will that created the universe ceased to act alone in this construction and came to exist alongside a subjective will. When this subjective will accumulates a level of knowledge that enables it to recognize itself as an individual and as one able to transform its space/time, the spectrum that holds this subjective becomes known as an intelligence unit. As much as scientifists could dispute this logical evidence, there is no other path to be followed. As will be justified further, after the end of the Centrifugal Era began the Intelligence Unit Era.
Phenomenal Elements
There are substances in the universe that cannot be classified as plasma, atomic units, or the transcendent element. Every substance and element in the universe is necessarily a logical construct, and the interaction between two or more logical elements causes phenomena to occur. Thus, as a consequence of the logic of this theory, phenomena occur in the universe that are not related to the elements and substances formed from the absolute truths. Therefore, these phenomena cannot be related to the substance that composes the universal plasma or to the atomic elements that populate this plasma mass. The phenomenal elements are not material elements, plasma, or the transcendent element. It seems that they actually represent the meeting or confrontation of substances with elements. That is, these phenomenal elements actually demonstrate the logically possible confrontations among plasma, existential units, and the transcendent element. In this way, there are seven possible logical combinations through which these elements can interact, namely:
1) Material Elements + Material Elements;
2) Transcendent Element + Transcendent Element;
3) Plasma + Plasma;
4) Material Elements + Plasma;
5) Transcendent Element + Plasma;
6) Material Elements + Transcendent Element;
7) Material Elements + Transcendent Element + Plasma.
Taking into account all that has already been exposed in the Theory of Objectivity, the existence of the following phenomenal elements that are now presented and about which conclusions are drawn based solely on the logical assumptions of this theory should be evident to every rational being. It should be obvious that here only basic logical conclusions are presented, rather than a full demonstration of how these phenomena occur and work. That is because, according to what is presented, these phenomena exist at different frequencies and in different varieties and intensities that seem to have been verified by science already and certainly may still be revealed by it. The scientific assessments of these phenomenal elements already conducted corroborate much of what this theory proposes.
- Temperature
In Tempus Antagonicus, there was no such phenomenal element as temperature, or any other, because there was no existence. In that era, the movement of formation of the existential logical unit occurred. Logic was being developed so as to form the existential logical instance that is the universe. At instant zero, the moment at which the break number was reached, when the universe with its first memory unit appeared, the temperature was the lowest temperature ever to occur in the universe, since it represents the starting point for everything that would occur from that moment onward. Temperature seems to be neither an element nor a substance, but rather only a state within the universe. This state is related to the movement of the substances that make up the universe. At instant zero, there was primary plasma. This primary plasma was gradually transformed into existential memory units. This creation of memory units caused the representative plasma filaments to move. According to what is perceived, this movement represents temperature. That is, there is an increase in temperature when there is an increase in the movement of the universal plasma and the elements that compose it. If the plasma is inert, the temperature is negative. It seems that the initial zero temperature of the universe is not represented by the conventional temperature scales adopted in science. The initial temperature of the universe was below the zero temperature agreed upon by mankind. In fact, this zero temperature was the lowest temperature that the universe has ever experienced. This assertion is justified by the fact that if the temperature indicates the movement of the plasma and the elements that populate it, at the instant that the break number was reached, the universe experienced the lowest temperature of all already registered, because at that moment there was no movement of any species within the formed universe. Thus, the universe experienced its most extreme negative temperature at instant zero.
However, this most extreme temperature the movement of plasma filaments into the framing fields. This event caused the immediate movement of the whole plasma mass and, therefore, an immediate increase in temperature. From that moment, the temperature of the universe gradually increased, because the formation of the memory units promoted greater movement of plasma than the universe had experienced until then, considering that the primary plasma was being transformed into primary memory units, i.e., hydrogen atoms. Together with the memory units, the secondary plasma was formed. This fact leads to the logical conclusion that the universe experienced the highest temperature ever recorded during the formation of primary memory units and their arrangement in logical rails. At the end of the Logical Rails Era, with the formation of the primitive atomic mass, the universe again experienced a period of freezing but not extreme temperature, as was the case at instant zero. It is evident that during the formation of the logical rails, the temperature varied from its initial freezing value, reached a maximum already observed in the universe, and began to decrease as the rail, culminating in the total formation of the primitive atomic mass and consequent beginning of the extrusion process. The temperature just before the beginning of the extrusion process was not as extreme as that experienced at instant zero because each memory unit formed had its own motion due to the inductive effect. The secondary plasma formed was not completely inert, because it had movement promoted by the movement of the atomic elements. As the extrusion process progressed, the movement of the plasma gradually increased due to the appearance of the tertiary plasma logical currents, which led once again to extremely high temperatures, although they were not as high as the maximum temperature experienced during the formation of the logical rails. Thus, in the era during which extrusion and tertiary plasma formation occurred, the temperature in the universe did not remain constant, but rather varied. This variation occurred because there were relatively stable masses of hydrogen in the centers of the quadrants of the universe away from the embryonic memory but greater plasma movement and therefore a high temperature near the embryonic memory. Thus, the temperature became higher near the embryonic memory during the extrusion process and cold However, this temperature gradually increased, since the creation of spectra was accompanied by the movement of plasma and atomic mass and the consequent centrifugal effect of the alternating logical currents. It seems that the primitive portions of atomic mass composed of hydrogen that did not initially attach to the spectra in formation remained at freezing temperatures. Once a spectrum was formed, the temperature at its center increased, because of the plasma movement occurring due to the formation of the reason units. Meanwhile, due to the lesser movement of the plasma at the edges of the spectrum, the temperature was lower there and could even be freezing depending on the degree of development of the spectrum. The temperature depended on the degree of development of the spectrum because spectra in their intermediate eras of formation had high temperatures throughout their bodies. This temperature tended to decrease and stabilize as the space between spectra took its final configuration and as the material systems became fixed within their respective spectra, since these situations involved lesser movement of plasma. Clearly the final configuration of the space between spectra, which would become the space between galaxies, was not static and definitive, for even after the formation of galaxies, spectra, and portions of primitive atomic mass, spectra formed only of primary hydrogen contained in essentially secondary plasma continued to form.
Thus, it can logically be concluded that the phenomenal element temperature is, in principle, the result of the plasma movement promoted by the interaction between material units and plasma or between plasma and itself, as occurred during the process of memory unit formation in which bundles of plasma filaments interacted with each other in alternating motions.
- Light
Any consideration of the phenomenal element light must take into account that this phenomenon is mainly the result of the interaction between the transcendent element and plasma. According to this theory, there is no empty space in the universe. In fact, the universe is a body formed of plasmatic substance and containing atomic units inside it. It would therefore be inaccurate to say that light propagates through empty space. Nothing can propagate through empty space, since there is no emptiness in the existing universe. Thus, when a human being sees the light that travels through space, in fact he is seeing the interaction of three factors: plasma, the material existential units, and the transcendent substance. According to my understanding, the transcendent element together with plasma and atomic units determines the formation of light and, consequently, of colors. In this way, when the material elements supply to the medium the knowledge condensed within themselves and this knowledge propagates, that transcendent element will interact with the plasma and other atomic units that it encounters. It should be emphasized that if there are no atomic units along the path of the transcendent element, but only plasma, then the transcendent element will only interact with that plasma. In fact, light is primarily formed from the interaction of the transcendent element with the total plasma, because even in environments in which there is atomic mass, such as the atmosphere of the earth, space almost always consists of only total alternating plasma. However, according to what is logically presented, the transcendent element must interact with atomic units for color to form. However, if the transcendent element only interacts with secondary plasma, then light will not form because the magnetic plasma is a neutral element. Thus, there would be total darkness only if there was no quantum interaction between the transcendent element and atomic If the transcendent element only interacts with tertiary plasma, then light with a special essence will form, since this plasma is positively charged. units or between the transcendent element and the total plasma or tertiary plasma alone. It should be emphasized that this transcendent element that can propagate through space is the knowledge condensed within the existential units. To this transcendent substance or element, the quality of radiation is attributed, according to scientific nomenclature. Knowledge is the condensed reproduction of external images that are within the field of view of a memory or reason unit. As shown, the knowledge accumulated within the units varies in quality and quantity. It can be summarized that this radiation, in this way, is a substance with a variety of types, strengths, and intensities, as is already known in science. In any case, light is manifested in this manner and is visible to the sensitive, invisible, or even intolerable being. According to what is perceived and is logically evident, the phenomenal elements light and temperature may interact, since the transcendent element interacts with the material elements outside each memory unit, and this interaction may, according to what is proposed, cause the movement of the atomic units, which in turn would cause plasma movement, generating heat. Atomic units react effectively to the external presence of the transcendent element, for that is the primary function of every material element contained within the universe: to provide and absorb knowledge. It is evident that logical systems derived from the primitive essences exist, so a variety of factors determine in what ways the transcendent element can be absorbed or not by material units. However, according to what is logically presented, the greater the presence of the transcendent element in a mass of atomic elements, the greater the excitation of these elements, that is, the greater the movement of the elements within that mass.
- Electricity, Magnetism, and Electromagnetism
As shown, the total plasma is composed of two types of plasma that have different logical characteristics. Secondary plasma represents a magnetic essence, and tertiary plasma represents a positively charged essence. These two types of plasma that compose the total plasma can be represented as logical rectangular formations that interpose alternately, as shown in Figure 58. When a certain quantum in the structure of the total plasma is altered, two phenomena immediately occur: magnetic plasma currents and positively charged plasma currents. The magnetic currents can be represented as shown in Figure 55, which depicts purely secondary plasma, while the positively charged currents can be represented as shown in Figure 57, which depicts purely tertiary plasma. When in the total plasma the magnetic rectangular figures and those representative of charge leave the alternating formation together and become individual formations, the total plasma will unfold into separate secondary and tertiary plasma streams. Thus, even in environments in which there are no atomic elements, magnetic currents and currents with logical plasma quantum loads may exist. Logically, these secondary and tertiary plasma currents when formed within the total plasma quantum correspond to what in science are called magnetism and electric charge, respectively.
It does not seem possible for currents of only boundary lines to form. As shown here, the boundary lines that make up the fluid plasmas serve as a substance of fruition. Thus, the boundary lines provide the plasticity necessary for the rectangular figures corresponding to the secondary and tertiary plasma to move, when this movement is promoted in a derivative way by atomic units. The fruition and plasticity of secondary and tertiary plasma, of course, apply to the total plasma. The boundary lines within the total plasma alternately separate the secondary plasma rectangular figures from the tertiary plasma figures. As proposed in this theory, boundary lines have the nature of reproduction lines and are logically represented by negative values. Thus, in the composition of the secondary, tertiary, and, consequently, total plasma, the boundary lines, which are elements of fruition, also have the nature of elements with negative values. This essential logical characteristic resulted from the expansion of the antagonistic point, when the unitary filaments corresponded to units, their magnetic fields corresponded to zero, and the boundary lines logically corresponded to -1. This logic was maintained after the total formation of the universe, when it gained the atomic units, all of which are surrounded by fusion points with values inverse to those of their positively charged central spheres. In fact, it turns out that the fluid plasmas, including the total plasma, follow this logic whereby the boundary lines are substances with values inverse and proportional to those of the elements they surround, when that plasma is the tertiary plasma that has a filament portion containing representative information, or charge, as it is herein called. Secondary or neutral plasma, of course, contains no information or charge and therefore only appears as a magnetic field. Thus, it is justified that this value inverse to that of the element itself or different from its neutrality enables this fruition and plasticity of the plasma. In conclusion, based on these characteristics that have existed since the Antagonistic Era, boundary lines do not form logical currents independent of other rectangular forms that are components of plasma. In fact, as a fruition element, boundary lines follow magnetic and positively charged currents. According to what is proposed, magnetic and charged currents are all accompanied by that substance of negative logical value, i.e., boundary lines. Without these boundary lines, it would not have been possible for these rectangular figures representing the magnetic and charged substances that make up the total plasma to form.
Based on this analysis, it can logically be concluded that magnetic plasma can also be termed truly negative plasma. That is because, in spite of the fact that the centers of the rectangular figures that make up secondary plasma are neutral, the elements of fruition that surround them have negative values.
The interaction between the integral parts of the material elements and plasma is fundamental for the presentation of the phenomena related to electricity, magnetism, and electromagnetism in an atomic environment. The interactions between parts of the elements occur between magnetic and charged currents with atomic elements and their respective electronic levels, so that their fusion points temporarily stay within these logical sequences. That is, atomic units coexist within the whole plasma pattern. As a rule, the convergence zones between the fusion points of the elements and plasma occur with that plasma in total form, that is, with magnetic and charged rectangular figures alternately composing the plasma. However, when the atomic units are inside purely magnetic currents with the essence of secondary plasma or purely charged currents with the essence of tertiary plasma, then magnetic and electric phenomena occur via interaction with the electronic levels of the elements.
Impermanence is an essential factor in the determination of electromagnetism. When external forces or knowledge inside the units cause the logical formation of the elements without defragmenting them, the logical patterns of their electrons and magnetic fields undergo temporary modifications so that not only the electrons, but also the elements themselves, gain movement different from that established by the VLE. This difference would lead the fusion points to experience each VLE cycle in an accelerated or delayed manner. That is, the VLE would be modified for elements experiencing electromagnetic phenomena. The intensity of the forces inside and mainly outside the atomic units would cause the elements to lose their initial logical structures, merge, or even defragment. It is possible for splitting to occur, which would mean the division of a reason unit into two or more elements. The complete destruction of the elements would release the filaments composing them, and they would defragment, transforming into plasma or existing anomalously, attached to other logical elements. In fact, electromagnetism represents temporary instability in the total plasma caused in principle by magnetic and charged currents. Thus, electromagnetic phenomena are interactions between secondary and tertiary plasma currents that occur temporarily within the total plasma and can alter the logical patterns that determine the positions and velocities of the fusion points that surround the elements, when these currents encounter atomic elements.
It should be noted that magnetic and electric currents do not penetrate into the memory units, because it is not possible for elements representing the total quantum of the universe to be in convergent positions. However, the electric and magnetic currents can converge with the convergence zone of a memory unit, which is represented by its external magnetic field, where the surrounding fusion point is located. On the other hand, these currents can penetrate reason units, but only their internal and external convergence zones, and it is not possible for them to enter the spheres that make up these units.
Not only external forces, but also forces that emerge inside atomic units themselves, can cause the electrons of atomic units to become unstable. The reception and supply of knowledge can alter the normal patterns of rotation, velocity, and positioning of the electrons surrounding the elements according to their intensity, causing electromagnetic phenomena to occur within the convergence zones of the elements. What seems to be essential in all of these phenomena is that, in principle, they do not occur in order to modify the logical constructions of the elements, but rather act mainly to alter the patterns of the logical speed and location of the electrons in the electronic levels. Essentially, these phenomena appear to occur when these instabilities and interactions occur in groups of elements contained in a space. As a rule, the presentation of these phenomena occurs from a collection of elements. However, even in environments containing no atomic elements, there is the logical possibility of triggering phenomena if the total alternating plasma is replaced by currents of magnetic or charged plasma, causing electrical and phenomena to occur.
Also with respect to these phenomenal elements related to electricity, magnetism, and electromagnetism, the conclusions presented herein are only essential logical links verified by elemental analysis. These phenomena, of course, are diverse in quantity and quality, as has already been pointed out in science. However, much of what is said in science on the subject corroborates the logical conclusions of this theory. Nonetheless, adjustments can be made between the logical truths proposed here and the reality of the presentations of these phenomena.
- Sound
Sound, like light, cannot propagate in a void. As mentioned, there is no emptiness, and in fact what propagates is plasma. Any movement of material units within the universe generates the movement of plasma. As shown, the movement of plasma signifies temperature. However, the movement of plasma also represents the vibration of this plasma and its formation into waves. The formed waves and vibrations occurring in the plasma represent sound itself. These formations do not consist of the elements that compose this plasma, since the rectangles that represent it always maintain their minimal geometric forms. That is, the rectangles representative of magnetic fields and unitary filaments remain intact. However, the rectangles representative of knowledge lines perform their logical role in the universe and function as a substance of fruition. Phenomena that occur within the universe do not cause the loss or gain of quanta of mass. The rectangles representative of knowledge lines and that make up the total plasma conform geometrically to the various forms that the quanta in specific zones are to take.
As already discussed, with the end of the logical rails and beginning of the extrusion process, a new type of plasma began to be added to the existing secondary plasma. The tertiary plasma formed by the extrusion process was mixed into the existing secondary plasma by centrifugation of the logical currents. This centrifugation caused the formation of the total plasma. As it turns out, tertiary plasma is composed of three elements: boundary lines, magnetic fields, and unitary filaments. These three elements contained within the tertiary plasma were centrifuged into the existing secondary plasma composed of rectangular figures representing magnetic fields surrounded by boundary lines. This rectangular formation of the secondary plasma was not undone by the addition of tertiary plasma. Therefore, even in the whole plasma, the initially formed rectangular figures representing the secondary plasma continued to exist, but between these initial figures were added other rectangular geometric shapes corresponding to magnetic fields, unitary filaments, and boundary lines. Consequently, in the total plasma, only the boundary lines are common substances that are close to the magnetic and charged rectangular units. Within the total plasma, the magnetic fields of the secondary plasma cannot be close to the magnetic fields of the tertiary plasma without boundaries between them.
As shown, the unitary filaments, which do not exist in secondary plasma, exist in tertiary plasma in the form of rectangular figures, and what separates these figures from one another are the respective boundary lines. When the tertiary plasma was added to the secondary plasma to form the total plasma, the tertiary plasma boundary lines became neighbors and bordered substance of equal content, since those lines became close to the lines that already existed in the rectangular formation of the secondary plasma. Thus, the boundary lines of the secondary and tertiary plasma were logically added, as they are a single logical substance. The boundary lines act within the total plasma as a kind of element of fruition, because they conform to the other substances. The boundaries of the total plasma are the substances that give the final plasticity to the quantum of the total plasma, allowing the plasma to mold itself and assume diverse configurations in vibratory waveforms in certain zones that are acted upon by the other atomic universal elements. As stated, this formatting of the total plasma does not refer to the formatting of the secondary and tertiary rectangles that make it up, since they retain their original shapes. However, the boundary lines act as fruition elements and function as a mass species that conforms to the unalterable rectangular figures representative of unitary filaments and plasma magnetic fields. This plasticity of the boundary lines that make up the total plasma allows the rectangular figures that make up that plasma to vibrate and be arranged into waves in specific plasma regions.
Thus, sound is actually the vibration and formatting of specific quanta of plasma. Specifically, when atomic elements cause the vibration and formation of specific quanta of plasma into waves, sound is generated. This statement is justified because the material elements and plasma are quantum substances , and two quantum substances cannot converge. That is, plasma and material units cannot occupy the same space, except for convergence zones. On the other hand, the transcendent element can converge with both plasma and atomic units. Therefore, the transcendent element, in principle, does not form waves in the plasma and therefore does not generate sound. When an atomic unit provides radiation to the external medium, the vibration and formatting of a quantum of plasma will not necessarily occur, because radiation can transcend the quantum of plasma and converge with it. However, the transcendent element also determines wave generation in plasma in a derived way. That is because knowledge or radiation is the essence without which existence would have no meaning. Knowledge is the essence of all existence. To think of a universe without the formation of knowledge or elements capable of absorbing and supplying knowledge does not adhere to any plausible logic. The truths presented herein support this logical conclusion. Thus, it cannot be imagined that existential units receive and supply this knowledge; instead, this radiation is inside them, without causing movement of these units within the quantum of plasma. Therefore, radiation does not directly generate plasma movement, but rather generates the dynamics of the atomic elements capable of absorbing it. Thus, in a derived way, the supply and reception of knowledge by the units that populate the total plasma leads to the movement of the plasma in different ways, generating vibratory waves and forming sounds, or even generating magnetic currents and charge, producing magnetic, electric, and electromagnetic phenomena, as well as causing the temperature of the element to change.
It should be reiterated that this formatting of the plasma in the formation of the waves that make up sound does not mean the formatting of the geometric units that form that plasma. Although these rectangular figures representative of the three basic substances make up the vibratory waveforms that make up sound, they do so without discarding their essential logical organizations. In any case, breaking the basic formatting of the total plasma to various degrees can generate heat, sound, and electromagnetic phenomena. The breaking that occurs is only of its forms of organization: from alternating in the total plasma to separate in secondary and tertiary plasma.
The phenomenal elements have common points of convergence and can occur simultaneously due to a force that simultaneously generates the movement of the plasma and atomic units in a certain region. Therefore, all of the phases of transformation of the universe since the break number occurred have simultaneously generated, to varying degrees, heat, sound, and electrical and magnetic phenomena, according to the situation. Electrical phenomena only began to occur upon the formation of tertiary plasma. Electricity only began to exist in the universe when the extrusion process began. In addition to this formation of heat, sound, charge, and magnetism, if there is the external flow of transcendent knowledge in a specific situation, then light will also be formed.
- Black Holes
Although a spectrum in principle is not divisible, it can be disintegrated by a massive extrusion process. This statement can be made because spectra tend to move away from the embryonic memory. However, during the process of moving the spectra and their galaxies in the universe, if a spectrum or galaxy becomes tangled with the embryonic memory, the atomic elements in that spectrum or galaxy will start to undergo mass extrusion, causing the whole mass, or part thereof, to be transformed into tertiary plasma, arranged in another dimension. This occurrence is compatible with what is termed a black hole
in science. Any form of existence that touches part of the embryonic memory will immediately be absorbed in the extrusion process. Even transcendent forms of existence would succumb to the embryonic memory, since it is not possible for a form of existence available in one quadrant to pass into another quadrant that has a distinct logical existence, without fluidizing its own construction. This absorption will evidently occur if the galaxy or spectrum is tangent to the embryonic memory. If it ceases to be tangent to the embryonic memory, the so-called black hole phenomenon will also cease and the spectrum or galaxy will maintain the quantum that was not subjected to the massive process. Indeed, the extrusion process presented herein is itself the massive defragmentation that occurred in the universe in its primordial period when the spectra and space between galaxies were being formed. This extrusive process signifies that black holes occurred in exceptionally high numbers all along the length of the embryonic memory, forming the spectra and their sub-elements configured in galaxies and other formations. With the end of the extrusion process and the Logical Currents Era, when massive defragmentation occurred all along the embryonic memory, black holes gradually began to occur more rarely starting from the beginning of the Centrifugal Era.
It seems that this process of absorption of one spectrum or galaxy per black hole creates in parallel an inverse process that is herein referred to as quantum reentrance. That is because if a quadrant of the universe loses a quantum of mass through a black hole, a quantum of equal magnitude will be poured into other framing fields in that same quadrant in the form of plasma, because the universe and its quadrants cannot lose quanta of mass without corresponding simultaneous replacement. The quadrant opposite to the tangential reentrance line also receives the corresponding quantum in the form of fluid plasma. Thus, whenever a black hole occurs due to tangency to the embryonic memory, two quantum reentrances will also take place: one in the transferring quadrant and the other in the receiving quadrant. Associated with these phenomena, temporary plasma magnetic fields will also form in the two quadrants in question, since whenever an atomic mass is absorbed by the embryonic memory, a temporary plasma magnetic field corresponding to that mass will logically be formed. Therefore, since there are two quantum reentrances, two temporary plasma magnetic fields will be formed due to the tangency of an atomic mass to the embryonic memory.
According to what is shown, a black hole is in itself the presentation of these phenomena that encompass quantum reentrances and temporary plasma magnetic fields. Logically, a black hole caused by tangency to the embryonic memory occurs as a kind of temporary plasma magnetic field that can last for a period ranging from close to a VLE cycle to exponentially longer than a VLE cycle. That is, the greater the extent of quantum tangency, the greater the plasma magnetic field, black hole, and duration of the phenomenon. Therefore, in fact, in the extrusion process, the temporary plasma magnetic fields that were formed were a species of black that occurred all along the length of embryonic memory. With the formation of the spectra after the end of the Centrifugal Era, when the spectra were mostly composed of galactic formations, the temporary plasma magnetic fields that occurred gained a new configuration, represented by tangency to the embryonic memory that generates the formation of a black hole field compatible with the dimensions of the tangent mass.
On the other hand, the material portion of a spectrum cannot logically be tangent to the magnetic field of the universe itself. It seems that the ends of the universal sphere that are close to the magnetic field are composed only of total centrifugal plasma, and no galaxy-configured spectrum can touch this zone of the logical construction of the total sphere. However, if this tangency were possible, there would not be a black hole effect anyway, as in the tangency of a spectrum or galaxy to the embryonic memory. This assertion is justified because the embryonic memory absorbs matter that is tangent to it, but the magnetic field does not. There is the possibility of a repulsion effect, in which the atomic portion of a spectral formation would be removed from the magnetic field of the universe itself, in its internal part.
If science could be used to map the locations of several black holes, it would logically become possible to determine the probable geometric location of part of the embryonic memory that forms the ends of our quadrant. It seems that it would not be possible for science to be used to investigate all of the extremities of the universe, but only those of the quadrant in which Earth is located. It is evident that when we understand our spatial quadrant, we will be able to arrive at an understanding of the total extent of the universe by simple mathematical calculations, because it is composed of four exactly symmetrical quadrants.
It is evident that here only the main logical points can be included in this theory. However, it is well understood that a series of phenomena can occur by logical combination of the atomic elements, tertiary plasma, and secondary plasma that still populate the universe in a variety of ways. There are tertiary plasma currents that did not experience the centrifugal effect and certainly have the possibility of generating phenomena via the tangency of these masses to spectral formations in various configurations. Large secondary plasma streams released from spectral masses and forming magnetic fields are also likely to generate phenomena, when they are tangent to other tertiary plasma currents or various spectral formations.
Tangency between atomic masses with very similar levels of knowledge also involves the logical possibility of massive defragmentation, generating the black hole effect. This statement is justified because, since atomic masses contain similar charges of radiation, it would not logically be possible for these units to merge, since none of them would have the characteristics of a supplier or receiver of knowledge. For atomic units to fuse, it is necessary for the levels of knowledge of the merging units to be different, so that a positively charged unit attracts another with a low level of radiation, making the former unit a supplier. That is, when two quanta in a secondary plasma stream and atomic mass are in space and contain very similar levels of knowledge, it is logical for defragmentation to occur when the atomic units that compose the masses cannot merge or coexist to meet the requirements of the inductive effect, thereby generating a plasmatic magnetic field of a size compatible with these masses. It is evident that black holes formed in this way, without tangency to the embryonic memory, would not generate quantum reentrance, for in this case the phenomenon would involve only one quadrant of the universe. However, the tangency of masses with the potential to generate a black hole effect, in addition to forming a plasma magnetic field, would also generate centrifugal plasma currents as a consequence, due to the violent process of massive defragmentation that logically occurs in such collisions. From this observation, the logical conclusion arises that during the Centrifugal Era, when atomic currents and secondary plasma met to form spectra and especially galactic formations, plasma magnetic fields and consequently black holes also formed in the centers of shock or meeting of these currents, if the requirements of the fourth and fifth absolute truths, which are in themselves the inductive effect, were not met.
Similarly, the encounter of alternating currents of atomic masses with very different levels of knowledge generates the black hole effect when one or both of the currents have no more knowledge capacity or are near their limits. In this case, in colliding alternating atomic and tertiary plasma currents, conditions would be created for the appearance of black holes if the atomic units of these alternating masses could not merge and could not meet the requirements of the fourth and fifth absolute truths.
The plasma magnetic fields that occur without tangency to the embryonic memory seem to have a different nature, because in fact these magnetic fields that occur due to the encounter of quanta of mass generate in the defragmentation process a field formed exclusively by magnetic plasma, whereas charged plasma follows a centrifugal current of atomic mass. That is, these formed magnetic fields do not represent temporary loss of quantum mass as can occur in tangency to the embryonic memory. In this type of tangency, what occurs is separation of the centrifugal plasma, so that a magnetic field is formed at the center between the colliding masses, exclusively by secondary plasma, while the tertiary plasma is extracted in centrifugal currents that accompany the atomic units. Therefore, not a temporary plasma magnetic field, but a centrifugal plasma magnetic field, is formed in this case.
It should also be emphasized that even if massive defragmentation does not occur when alternating currents collide, by either masses with very similar levels of knowledge or atomic masses with the capacity for absorbing depleted radiation meeting, a black hole effect can be generated when these masses are accompanied by secondary plasma currents. In these cases, massive defragmentation does not occur, but the center of the shock is composed exclusively of magnetic plasma, generating the black hole effect. Differently, when the currents that are already , the center of the shock will consist of a light zone and not a black hole.
Centrifugal magnetic fields therefore confirm the existence of secondary or magnetic plasma currents and, in the encounter between these plasma currents and atomic currents, the magnetic current is placed at the center of the centrifugation. Thus, it is possible to present the following resulting truth regarding the formation of black holes:
“A black hole is any phenomenon that occurs due to the formation of temporary plasma magnetic fields and centrifugal magnetic fields. The first type occurs when atomic currents are tangent to the embryonic memory, and the second type occurs when alternating currents of plasma and atomic mass collide in space and cannot meet the requirements of the inductive effect, forming centrifugal centers composed exclusively of magnetic plasma.”
- Colors
Although colors are related to light, they have the status of phenomenal elements different from light, since some of the colors existing and observable by a sensible rational being and the logic presented by the Theory of Objectivity exist independently of radiation and plasma, and therefore light. The presentation of these phenomenal elements of color in Figure 56 corroborates very clearly all that this theory proposes.
The existing universe in its totality is composed of three essential elements: plasma, atoms, and radiation. All of these elements exist in forms varying in quantity, quality, and intensity, and everything that exists within the universe can be interpreted by analyzing the interactions among these three elements. Figure 56 demonstrates the logical and fundamental interactions that occur among the three universal elements, for which some basic and essential conclusions from the analysis of colors are now presented, since these phenomenal elements have been present during all of the stages of development of the universe since time zero.
Again, only the essential conclusions are presented herein, since these phenomena can have much broader and more diverse interpretations due to the variety of possible manifestations when they act in sets, depending on their intensities, qualities, and quantities.
Figure 56 depicts the essential logical combinations and interactions among the three basic existential elements.
One circle (black) represents plasma. The second circle (white) represents the atoms. The third circle represents radiation and has a special nature, which should be clarified: knowledge (radiation), which is formed inside memory units, has no color and in fact exists as an invisible substance. Since it is not possible to draw a circle represented by a non-existent color, the tonality shown in the graph has been adopted for the circle corresponding to radiation, to enable the logical demonstration that develops. Thus, Figure 56 is composed of the neutral colors, black and white; the seven primary colors or colors of the rainbow: red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo, and violet; and a ring corresponding to the element without a special color and that is invisible, i.e., radiation.
Here, in fact, the obvious logic stands out: since knowledge is a transcendent element, existing within the universe in a form always convergent with the other two basic elements, it can only be logically composed of geometric forms lacking any color, because colors in logical essence belong only to the substances that make up the quantum of the universe. That is, only plasma and atoms had neutral colors during the first era of the universe, which was the Logical Rails Era. However, this invisible substance that makes up radiation was essential in the formation of all the other colors different from total darkness, which occurred from the beginning of the Logical Currents Era, as will be demonstrated herein. This colorless substance existing within the universe is represented in Figure 56 by region 3 in the radiation ring.
During Tempus Antagonicus, there was no such thing as the phenomenal element of color, or any other phenomenal element. During the Era of Nothing there were no phenomenal elements, since logic was being composed successively to form the total existential universe. Only from instant zero
did the phenomenal elements begin to exist. However, as discussed previously, the logic of things did not all emerge simultaneously. With the phenomenal elements, it was not different, since all of them began to develop within the universe in logical and successive periods, as has already been mentioned here in the discussions of the other phenomenological elements. In this way, colors also demonstrate in successive logic how the three elements that make up the universe interact with each other.
Region 1, belonging to the first ring, represents the universal plasma in which convergence is not observed with either of the other substances composing the existing universe. This type of phenomenal element represented by region 1 demonstrates what occurred at instant zero, when the universe was formed logically and came into existence. Region 1 represents total darkness, since at instant zero there was no element inside the universe other than the primary plasma. This total darkness lasted only during instant zero, since, from the first VLE cycle, memory units began forming and the current existential time started counting from the successive accumulation of radiation inside the units formed.
A fact of great importance is that there was no light in the universe during the Logical Rails Era, since there was no tertiary plasma and there was also the fusion of atomic elements. Thus, another fact arises in a logical and relevant way, since if at instant zero there was total darkness, from the first VLE cycle this total darkness could no longer exist alone in the universe, since the existential elements configured in hydrogen had already begun to form and accumulate knowledge. During the formation of the logical rails, the primary plasma was gradually transformed into hydrogen atoms and secondary plasma. Thus, if the primary plasma portions arranged in bundles represent total darkness, the hydrogen atoms cannot represent total darkness, since within them there radiation had already accumulated, which is essential in the formation of light and, consequently, of the primary colors. The essentially logical and relevant fact here is that, if the primary colors only began to occur when the tertiary plasma appeared, the white color necessarily represents the first atomic elements that were formed in the universe. That is, if the subatomic elements composing the primary plasma beams represent total darkness, configured in the neutral color black, the memory units that arose during the Logical Rails Era could only represent the second neutral color to occur in the universe, which is white. This understanding is justified, as stated, because the primary colors represented by red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo, and violet could only logically occur after the end of the Logical Rails Era, when the formation of tertiary plasma began. It is clear that an obvious logic presents itself, because if the absence of existential atomic elements indicates total darkness, the presence of atomic elements could not also be represented by total darkness. Therefore, atomic elements are represented by the other neutral color, white. The fact that white was the second color in the universe is justified because, from the first VLE cycle, the atomic units formed already began to absorb the existing knowledge, and the knowledge that existed then consisted only of images of other formed units. Thus, according to logic, these first atomic units could not be represented by total darkness or a total absence of color. Total darkness corresponds to substances that have a non-existential nature, namely, the primary plasma formed even during the Antagonistic Era. In turn, atomic units have an existential nature, for they were all formed during the Existential Era. Therefore, the neutral color representative of the initially formed hydrogen atoms could not be the total absence of color, nor could it be black. Consequently, the atomic units formed during the first era of the universe must be represented by white.
Faced with these initial findings, the following relevant derivative truth can be presented to facilitate understanding of what will be discussed subsequently:
“Color is an attribute that belongs exclusively to the units that compose the universal quantum, since the element transcending this quantum occurs in geometric frequencies with total absence of color. ”
Region 1 in Figure 56 also depicts what has been described here as black holes, since there is no convergence of this plasma with either of the other elements, the material elements and radiation. Black holes representing temporary plasma magnetic fields, which have already been observed in science, are material proof that magnetic fields do not form light. As shown in the analysis of black holes, temporary plasma magnetic fields, which necessarily occur when the embryonic memory framing fields absorb atomic units and could also occur during the Centrifugal Era, are areas in which there is no light formation and the radiation emanating from the atomic units does not find available quanta that would enable the formation of either primary colors or white. What happens, of course, in these temporary plasma magnetic fields is darkness, represented by black. It is not possible for there to be a total absence of color in these black holes that are formed on the embryonic memory, because the total absence of color corresponds to the transcendent element. In the Existential Era, a black hole represents the total absence of atoms, and where there are no atoms, there is necessarily darkness, which may be total or partial, as will now be discussed.
Outside the non-convergent zone (region 1), even after time zero during the Logical Rails Era, as well as during the Logical Currents Era, Centrifugal Era, and Intelligence Unit Era, there remained dark zones in the universe. In the Intelligence Unit Era, these phenomenal elements are represented mainly by currents still originating from the extrusion process, composed exclusively of quanta of a specific type of plasma, whether secondary or tertiary plasma. In this case, the tertiary plasma currents also occur as dark zones, since there is no total convergence of radiation with these tertiary plasma substances. This fact is of the utmost importance, since, in this case, light will not form, since it is necessary for knowledge to converge with the tertiary plasmatic substances for that to occur. Therefore, there are currents in the universe consisting of dark substances formed not only by secondary magnetic plasma, but also by tertiary charged plasma. These phenomena are represented essentially in the convergence indicated by region 4 in Figure 56.
Region 2, which belongs to the second ring, represents the atomic elements not observed to converge with either of the other substances that compose the universe. In fact, this situation, as a rule, does not occur in the universe, since the atoms formed from the first VLE cycle already had external convergence with the secondary plasma and internal convergence with the radiation inherent to them. Hydrogen atoms, when formed during the Logical Rails Era, already contained radiation, which is knowledge itself. However, this radiation did not yet circulate in the external environment, since the supply of knowledge to the external environment only occurred at a later time when the atomic units began fusion, which also signifies an exchange of knowledge between units. It was only with the intensification of the fusion process that some of the radiation formed by the atomic units could start to exist outside these units, a situation that occurs mainly when there is the defragmentation of orphan atomic units. However, this phenomenon indicated by region 2 occurs during the transition in fusion, when a supplying
unit merges with a receiving unit and all of its knowledge is transferred to that other sphere, representative of the proton. This event is temporary because the supplying sphere, which then represents a neutron within the atom resulting from the fusion, is only free of any radiation at the moment of fusion. Immediately after fusion, this neutron inside the element will compose a circuit in which the new knowledge absorbed by the atomic unit in question will also transit inside the neutral memory units. Thus, the neutrons within atomic units are essentially empty spheres of knowledge, as has already been analyzed and justified. This neutrality does not, as a rule, mean the total absence of radiation, since if a neutron is contained in a circuit where the information that circulates is radiation, this element will also contain, in obviously reduced amounts and necessarily temporarily, this continuously absorbed knowledge. That is, the protons are the memory units contained within a reason unit where knowledge is accumulated, and neutrons are also memory units contained within a reason unit, where knowledge is not accumulated, but through which knowledge necessarily transits when that reason unit is processing the information continuously accumulated by the total atomic unit.
This processing of the radiation absorbed by a reason unit is significant in terms of what is presented here as value judgment, which will subsequently be described in detail.
During the Logical Rails Era, the color white was intrinsic to the atomic units and not to the external quantum environment. That is, this white color of the memory units does not translate into light, since during the Logical Rails Era there was only secondary plasma in the environment outside the hydrogen atoms, and secondary plasma is a neutral substance that does not form light. If it were possible for an observer to see the primitive atomic mass in its final moment before the start of the extrusion process, he would see an essentially dark mass, since the white color of the atomic units composing that mass occurs only intrinsically
and not extrinsically. Intrinsic color exists independent of the existence of light, and extrinsic color can only exist if there is light. During the Logical Rails Era, the memory units formed saw only the other units to which they were still linked. The knowledge that these units absorbed in that era was limited to images of the other units to which they were attached and the movement of the filament bundles to which they were linked. As already demonstrated, this view of one memory unit in relation to another means that they are within the same existential range and did not yet translate during the Logical Rails Era into visible light. In the Logical Rails Era, there was no external formation of light, since these primitive hydrogen atoms were all enveloped by a totally magnetic plasma and there was no transit of radiation within that plasma.
Faced with these findings, the following initial truths concerning intrinsic
and extrinsic color can be added, to form the basis of the subsequent discussion:
“Intrinsic color is the color of the atomic units themselves, which in fact is represented by white, because if an element exists as matter, it necessarily has a geometric form as well as a logical color.”
“Extrinsic color is that which occurs at seven main frequencies when the levels of radiation inside memory units propagate and converge with plasma.”
As can be seen in Figure 56, these extrinsic colors are those in regions 6 and 7. Region 6 represents the convergence of two substances: plasma and radiation, and region 7 represents the total convergence of the three basic elements: plasma, atoms, and radiation. Public and well-known empirical scientific evidence confirms what this theory is presenting as truth, for it has already been found that when white light is incident upon a transparent prismatic solid, seven other colors are formed. Even though white light, in principle, contain all of the other colors in low amounts, what happens in the prism test is not essentially the decomposition of white light, because it is composed almost entirely of the white neutral color and cannot be logically decomposed into primary colors in equal amounts. What happens, as is logically demonstrated here, is that the atoms that make up the wall of the prism react to the massive presence of white light and emit the radiation contained in their seven inner rings, forming the seven primary colors. In this case, the primary colors present in low amounts in the incident white light are absorbed by the protons contained in the prism wall. These protons, by reacting to this massive absorption of new knowledge, emit the radiation that was already stored in their seven inner rings.
The incident white light also supplies atoms and in fact accompanies the primary colors by serving as the base.
This same phenomenon is observed in other situations in nature, such as in the formation of a rainbow, when this set of colors is similarly formed. These seven colors, herein called primaries, actually represent the seven levels, the seven frequencies of radiation emanating from inside the atomic units. According to this theory, the atomic units exist with the primary functions of forming, receiving, and supplying knowledge, and knowledge in this theory means the radiation in the seven rings inside the memory units configured as protons. These seven levels, as stated previously, signify compression: the more internal the ring, the greater the action of the reductive inductive effect and the greater the compression of the knowledge therein. As shown by empirical analysis of nature, red is representative of ring 7, which contains less compressed radiation that is more available to the external environment when an atomic element is submitted to forces that lead it to provide internal radiation. The greater the intensity of this external force, the greater the supply of radiation from the inner rings of the element. The color violet is representative of the innermost ring in a memory unit, ring 1, which is in the center of the sphere. There is a relationship between the seven levels of compression and the amount of energy available. The more internal the ring is inside the proton, the greater its energy level and the greater the amount of external energy needed to make the atomic unit provide radiation from that ring. Obviously, it is necessary to consider the atomic material under analysis and the type of external force to which it is subjected, because as the prism test and rainbows demonstrate, the seven colors corresponding to the rings inside atomic units seem to appear in similar amounts. However, the diverse forms of empirically testable flames, for example, that of a simple candle or domestic stove, sometimes form red to yellow colors, while others form essentially blue colors, and others still form all seven colors of the rainbow at different intensities, depending on the type of material submitted to the firing as well as factors such as pressure, temperature, etc. Of course, each of the existing atomic elements has different levels and intensities of radiation that, when they reach the medium outside the memory unit, can form light that is visible, invisible, or even intolerable to the sensitive.
The light that appears invisible is not without color, because only pure radiation has no color. However, it is not possible for pure radiation to exist without converging with plasma or atomic units, since this event is only observable within the embryonic memory framing fields. When this situation occurs, there is logical misconfiguration of this knowledge, as already stated. This situation is represented by region 3 of the radiation ring in Figure 56.
On the other hand, the convergence corresponding to region 5 in Figure 56, which indicates the convergence of radiation with atomic elements, occurs only inside memory units, because only in this environment does radiation exist together with only quanta belonging to atomic units, without the presence of plasma.
It should be emphasized that in the case of a reason unit, plasma will be present in the internal convergence zone and may converge with the radiation. That is what is represented by region 7 in Figure 56. This fact reveals the following derivative truth of high importance in this theory:
“Light and therefore colors are phenomenal elements that form within the atomic units configured as reason units, since in the internal convergence zones of these units, plasma will be present and may converge with the radiation emanating to outside the memory units.”
This resulting truth means that every atom, with the exception of hydrogen since it consists of only a single sphere, can form within itself the phenomenal element of light. This fact also indicates that every atom will tend to have an extrinsic color different from pure white. This statement is justified because, when radiation converges with internal plasma in a convergence zone, the primary colors necessarily form. On the other hand, when radiation converges with the external magnetic field of the element, which is equivalent to the external convergence zone, color will form, as there is the necessary convergence of radiation with plasma.
These verified convergences reveal the following fact, which is a derivative truth of exceptional importance:
“The extrinsic color of an atomic unit is derived directly from the amount of radiation that the proton or protons of that unit provide to the external medium from its seven internal compression levels.”
For example, if an atomic unit naturally supplies to the external environment the radiation it contains in ring 7, without supplying radiation from its inner rings, then it will necessarily have a red color. On the other hand, if an atomic unit naturally supplies to the external environment only the radiation that it contains in its innermost ring, ring 1, without supplying radiation from the other rings, then it will necessarily have a violet color. Obviously, the supply of radiation from inside the memory units varies in frequency and intensity according to the type of element and the external forces that act on the atomic units.
In addition to inside the reason units, radiation will also form light and therefore colors when it reaches the external environment, because that radiation converges with the universal plasma. The light that is invisible to humans necessarily has color. This light that is invisible to the senses has already been detected using technological devices developed by man and, I believe, visually observed. This statement is justified because light is the manifestation of two elements that necessarily present themselves together: radiation and plasma. When one observes the seven colors formed by a prism irradiated by white light, if this experimental event is realized in a vacuum, those seven colors actually seen have the essence of two elements together: plasma and radiation. On the other hand, when one observes a rainbow, one will actually see the essence of all three elements: atoms, plasma, and radiation. These empirical facts corroborate what has been repeated here: light is necessarily caused by the interaction of radiation with plasma, since there is no emptiness in the universe.
In broad analysis of the universe, region 7 indicates the possibility of the emergence of all forms of universal existence, since it is there that the three elements that make up the universe in its totality come together. Thus, all black color that forms in the centrifugal zones composed of alternating plasma is in fact a derivation of the primary colors and the white intrinsic color. That is observed mainly in situations involving saturation of the chemical elements, such as events in which atoms essentially lose knowledge that meets their seven internal levels of compression or in which they acquire levels of radiation that exceed their ability to absorb knowledge, and even in situations in which partial defragmentation and consequent formation of subatomic filaments occur. The underlying truth is that, in terms of broad analysis of universal existence, within the existential systems corresponding to region 7, where phenomenal elements occur due to the convergence of the three basic elements of the universe, total black does not exist.
As stated, region 2 in the white ring represents a phenomenon that in essence does not exist in the universe, because after the formation of a memory unit, it will always converge with the other two elements that make up the universe, plasma and radiation. Even within an embryonic memory framing field, no memory unit occurred alone, since even during a VLE cycle that generated two memory units, knowledge and secondary plasma were also already being generated. Regions 1, 2, and 3, which correspond to non-convergence, indicate what are herein designated as the colors of the elements themselves or their intrinsic colors.
That is, independent of the interactions that occur between the formed atomic units and the other two elements that make up the universe, every unit has a color of its own, which is intrinsic to it. That is, if the quantum of mass that makes up the universe exists, this mass necessarily has a geometry as well as a color. As for region 3, corresponding to the non-convergence of radiation, what actually occurs is a non-color, since radiation does not contribute to the quantum of mass of the universe, since it is transcendent.
Of course, the color of the hydrogen atoms at the beginning of the formation of the primitive atomic mass was white. This assertion that every atomic element has a necessary intrinsic color is justified, besides by the logic already presented herein, by the empirical fact that there is no atomic element in nature that does not have color, even if that color represents. This fact indicates that transparency is different from the absence of color.
A transparent element may be invisible to the observer, but it will necessarily be visible using elements or instruments with greater vision and observation power. The air we breathe, for example, is invisible to the sensible rational being. However, air has a color, which has a nature that exhibits itself in forms that cannot be seen by man without using technology. However, this fact does not make these transparent elements colorless, for only the transcendent element is entirely invisible and colorless.
Transparent elements such as water act similarly, because when water is in any of its states, it makes up a mass sometimes visible, sometimes transparent, but always based on some color, often That is, the color of every material element existing in the universe, even one that appears transparent and invisible, is a derivation of other existing colors: white, black, or any other of the primary colors. In this sense, the relevant fact is also shown because tertiary plasma is derived from hydrogen atoms. Tertiary plasma, as proposed herein, is the result of hydrogen atom defragmentation. Thus, tertiary plasma is a non-material element having a geometry as well as an intrinsic color, and, logically, if one element is the result of the defragmentation of another previous element, its color will be essentially the same, but less saturated. That is, the universal plasma corresponds to white, but given its minimal geometric dimension, it will present itself to the sensible rational being as transparent. This logic once again imposes itself because plasma, being an element that contributes to the quantum of mass of the universe, necessarily has a color. Thus, region 1 of the black ring, representing primary plasma, also represents the tertiary plasma currents that began to occur within the universe due to the extrusion process. This assertion is justified because tertiary plasma currents initially occurred without converging with radiation emanating from inside the atomic units. Only after the beginning of the fusion of the atomic units and mainly after the beginning of the centrifugal process would that occur. That is, plasma has a white intrinsic color. However, this white color will not be visible to a human observing a tertiary plasma current if that current is not converging with the transcendent element. Thus, even though tertiary plasma has a white color in itself, it presents itself in the universe as a massive dark element. After the centrifugal period, no more tertiary plasma streams completely free of radiation existed. Therefore, these tertiary plasma streams are not totally black, but rather are portions of dark mass. The lower the incidence of radiation on a tertiary plasma mass, the darker the mass.
When centrifugation of the tertiary plasma streams with secondary plasma streams occurred, the total centrifugal plasma formed, and these dark masses disappeared due to the massive amount of radiation resulting from the intense fusion that occurred during that period in the centrifugal centers. This phenomenon of total plasma currents converging with radiation is represented by region 6 in Figure 56, where it can be seen that the primary colors are formed. This fact indicates that centrifugation transformed the universe from an essentially dark environment into an illuminated and colored environment, without neglecting to consider the vast dark regions represented by the secondary and tertiary plasma streams not yet essentially subjected to centrifugation.
Like the tertiary plasma streams, the secondary plasma streams also have essentially white as their intrinsic color. This assertion is justified because this type of plasma was composed together with the memory units and He occur as elements resulting from the transformation of the primary plasma into atomic elements. Secondary plasma is a kind of remaining element that did not participate in memory unit formation; therefore, its intrinsic color is essentially white, since it is inherent to the Existential Era. However, secondary plasma currents are essentially dark extrinsically, since they do not contain any information or charge, for they are true magnetic currents, not forming light of any essence. Thus, it seems that these secondary plasma currents are well represented by region 1 in Figure 56. Consequently, these currents would appear to an observer as essentially dark masses.
However, in the same way as the tertiary plasma currents, the secondary plasma currents also experienced the incidence of radiation emanating from the atomic units, mainly during the Centrifugal Era. This assertion is justified because even a stream of plasma not contained in a centrifugal zone will still receive incident radiation from centrifugal centers because radiation is not contained within the centrifugal zones where it is formed, but rather also propagates to other non-centrifugal spectra. These masses of secondary plasma, as well as those of tertiary plasma, have white as their intrinsic color, but when the radiation penetrates their spectral bodies in low amounts, the seven primary colors do not form. There is no light or color formation inside secondary plasma, because this type of plasma is free of charge and does not contain information that can be reflected.
In the case of tertiary plasma, light of a special essence different from the primary colors forms, producing an essentially dark mass if the radiation incidence is low and an essentially clear mass if the radiation incidence is high. This fact is represented in Figure 56 by region 4.
Region 3 represents a phenomenon that, as a rule, does not occur in the universe, since radiation, which is knowledge itself and is a non-quantum substance, is generated by atomic units and always pervades the two quantum substances, plasma and atoms. This type of phenomenal element can occur without converging with atoms and plasma only when the radiation is absorbed by the embryonic memory framing fields. In any case, it seems that the radiation generated in one quadrant will be totally eliminated when overcome by an embryonic memory framing field, because the previously transcendentally generated images will be completely undone.
The non-convergent
zones, regions 1, 2, and 3 in the rings representing plasma, atoms, and radiation, respectively, represent phenomenal elements that necessarily occur inside the embryonic memory framing fields. Therefore, the phenomena representative of the non-convergence of the essential elements are herein called phenomenal elements of reductive effect. This name is justified because all of these phenomena occur in a geometric environment inside the embryonic memory, which has a reductive logical nature. The primary plasma that experiences the reductive inductive effect is an element representative of this phenomenon, as it undergoes transformation in which a set of 10 filaments is transformed into a memory unit composed of a total of 64 filaments, of which 56 have reduced quanta. In turn, the hydrogen atoms consisting of single spheres, when absorbed in extrusion, also represent these reductive phenomena, since the total quantum comprising a memory unit is reduced to tertiary plasma. Meanwhile, the radiation inside the embryonic memory undergoes a reductive phenomenon that annihilates that previous radioactive geometric formation, since knowledge is inherent to each dimension of the universe individually and cannot logically go through the embryonic memory without being totally undone.
This reductive inductive effect is also inherent to the memory units, as explained in detail below. The reductive effect acts within these basic units so that they accumulate in seven levels of compression the external images that remain within their fields of view. The memory units configured as neutrons, as stated, do not accumulate external radiation, but this radiation is necessarily transmitted through their bodies during the continuous process of value judgment, as discussed below. Thus, what is proposed is that these elements configured as neutrons provide the external medium with radiation that forms essentially white extrinsic light. This assertion is justified because the intrinsic color of the outer plasma is white. Thus, the light provided by the sun has a mostly white essence, because the sun is essentially composed of hydrogen and helium atoms. Hydrogen atoms, which consist of single spheres, as stated, do not internally form the primary colors, since no plasma is present inside an individual memory unit. These memory units only form colors in their outer convergence zones, represented by their magnetic fields. In turn, the isotopes of hydrogen as well as helium atoms (and their isotopes) form the primary colors in their inner convergence zones as well as in their outer convergence zones configured in magnetic fields.
Empirical evidence demonstrates that the sun presents extrinsic light outside its body that varies between red and yellow, indicating that the atomic elements that compose this star provide to the external environment in great quantities the radiation contained in rings 5, 6, and 7, representing yellow, orange, and red, respectively. However, since the environment outside the sun is composed almost entirely of total alternating plasma, the primary colors are formed, and all of them have in their basic nature the white neutral color. That is, the radiation emitted by the sun converges with the plasma with a white intrinsic color, forming the primary colors. Therefore, all of the primary colors and their derivatives are necessarily based on white.
Thus, it is necessary to present the truth that follows logically:
“The extrinsic white light emitted by the sun contains the primary colors, since it is the result of the interaction of the radiation from the seven levels inside the protons and processed by the neutrons with the plasma outside the atomic units that has white as its intrinsic color.”
Another truth that arises logically is the following:
“All colors in the universe other than total black necessarily have white as their basis.”
When these hydrogen and helium atoms they reach atmosphere of the earth, they promote fusions essential for the development of the entire terrestrial biological system. Thus, in essence and based only on the elemental logic presented herein, the blue color that a human being sees in the sky on a clear day is the result of the interaction of these chemical elements that populate the terrestrial atmosphere with essentially white sunlight. It is evident that the chemical elements that populate the magnetic fields of each of the planets in the solar system have their own characteristics derived from their logical constructions. If the sun supplies to the external environment greater quantities of the radiation from its outer rings corresponding to red, orange, and yellow when it burns the atomic elements making up its mass, those same atoms promote the fusion of elements that provide an essentially blue extrinsic color when they reach the magnetic field of the earth, formed in its outer convergence zone, since the radiation from the three outermost rings is essentially spent before these atoms reach the magnetic field.
The process of photosynthesis that occurs in plants also obeys the logic of this theory in an elementary way and with the support of the truisms presented herein. The atoms that participate in photosynthesis upon the incidence of essentially white sunlight, especially on their protons, transform the radiation contained in their outermost rings, corresponding to red and orange, into energy that feeds living plants. This fact causes the portions of the vegetal chemical elements that receive the incident white light to produce an extrinsic color originating mainly from rings 3, 4, and 5, which results in an essentially green color, representative of the chlorophyll that forms in plants during photosynthesis.
According to broad analysis, all of the colors formed in the existential systems and represented in region 7 of Figure 56, where essentially centrifugal spectral portions occur, are the result of a series of rules related to the amount of radiation contained in each of the seven rings inside the memory units and the light processed inside the neutrons.
Still considering broad analysis of the convergence represented in region 7 of Figure 56, this convergence demonstrates what happens in essentially centrifugal systems, where the total plasma with an alternating nature occurs. In the Intelligence Unit Era, since centrifugation previously promoted the emergence of existential systems in the forms of spectra, galaxies, and other derivative subsystems, atomic units initially occurred, as a rule, with their knowledge storage capacities near the limit, given the intense absorption of new knowledge promoted by the intense centrifugation. Therefore, the atomic units from the Centrifugal Era, mainly in regions where the plasma occurs in its total and alternating form, constantly provide their inherent knowledge to the external environment. During the earlier eras, as a rule, atomic units formed knowledge via the absorption of external images. However, starting in the Centrifugal Era, they also began to provide the external medium with their inherent knowledge, to prevent their knowledge storage capacities from becoming saturated, which would logically cause defragmentation or even splitting of the chemical elements. Thus, while no extrinsic light was generated during the Logical Rails Era, as stated, external light was already being supplied during the Logical Currents Era, promoted essentially only by defragmentation and not by proximity to knowledge absorption capacity limits. Only from the Centrifugal Era did the intense formation of new knowledge occur due to intense fusion. Therefore, the atomic units began to approach their knowledge accumulation limits during the Centrifugal Era. The resulting truth can be stated as follows:
"During the Centrifugal Era, the atomic units, besides forming and absorbing knowledge, also began to provide the external medium with radiation from inside them, promoting the substantial generation of light in the form of primary extrinsic colors with a white base. Therefore, in the existential systems in essentially centrifugal spectral zones, the level of radiation contained in each compressive ring of a memory unit varies according to the relationship that each atomic unit maintains with the external environment.”
This truth means that, within the existential systems, the atomic units have varying levels of radiation according to the processes to which they are submitted, since there is no necessary proportionality in the supply of the radiation by each one of the seven compressive levels. Thus, for example, a set of atoms may form a molecule and in that process provide the external environment with the radiation contained in two outer levels, while in another process another set with the same types of atoms may form a molecule different from the first and provide the external medium with the radiation contained in more central levels. In other words, it is possible to form an exponential number of combinations of the quantity and quality of radiation supplied to the external medium by the seven internal rings of a memory unit. In addition, if the atomic units provide radiation varying in quantity and quality, then in a specific system containing those units there will be other atomic units that also absorb this radiation in qualitative and quantitative levels different from those of the seven internal rings. Once again, this situation confirms the logical roles of atomic units: to form, supply, and absorb knowledge. Just as neutral and primary colors can be combined to compose an exponential number of variations and shades, the levels of radiation internal to the atomic units can also be combined to form an exponential number of elements and material and energetic phenomena contained within the essentially centrifugal existential systems.
It should be emphasized that to form knowledge means to absorb images of the nearby geometric elements and that to absorb knowledge means, in the strict sense, to absorb radiation from the external plasma. However, the fact described in this last resulting truth was essential for the emergence of the Intelligence Unit Era, as will be described later with more justification and in greater depth. In this sense, the term “forming knowledge” gained new meaning, since the exceptionally high number of possible combinations of colors and radiation from the Centrifugal Era are in fact used by reason units in the value judgment process. That is because light, which is the representative synthesis of colors and radiation, is produced inside rational existential beings composed of two or more memory units, forming the basis for the emergence of intelligence units.
- Thought
This phenomenal element is also a truism, and it is not here demonstrated without a logical foundation supported by geometric, rational, and mathematical analyses derived from the seven absolute truths. Every man who is bereft of religious, philosophical, and scientific dogma can understand that beyond the phenomenal elements hitherto presented, thought is a phenomenon that has occurred within the universe since the beginning of the Centrifugal Era. This phenomenon . The Intelligence Unit Era thus emerged because the quantum formations within the universe represented globally by the spectrums became able not only to produce and absorb knowledge, but also to identify and take political stances. The corresponding phenomenal element, here termed thought, is in fact the most elementary manifestation of what is herein called the judgment of ponderation
or even subjective will. A summary of this element will now be presented, supported exclusively by the logic discussed so far in the Theory of Objectivity.
The phenomenal element of thought did not exist prior to the Logical Currents Era, because, as already described, it could only occur when the first reason units arose within the universe, essentially due to the fusion of hydrogen atoms.
To understand the logical foundations of this phenomenal element, it is necessary to present in essence the meaning of memory, since it is not possible for thought to occur without the accumulation of knowledge within atomic units. There is no form of knowledge that is not a geometric image.
According to what is presented as a logical consequence, every captured image is initially stored in the outermost ring, ring 7, of the capturing memory unit. Once again, logic necessarily occurs in successive periods. In ring 7, the most recently captured primary images are stored. The period defining what is recent is determined by the dynamics to which the atom is submitted. For a hydrogen atom in the Logical Rails Era, for example, a period of billions of years could be considered recent. This same hydrogen atom in the Intelligence Unit Era could define recent as a period only in the range of thousands of years. This assertion is justified because in the Logical Rails Era, the diversity of absorbed images was limited. Thus, if the observed images remained the same for billions of years, they would initially be stored only in ring 7 and would only begin to experience the reductive inductive effect if the ability of that ring to store knowledge approached the maximum. The same situation did not occur after the beginning of the Centrifugal Era, since the diversity of images formed became exceptionally high, resulting in the continuous action of the reductive inductive effect, which successively acts to reproduce the oldest images in more inner rings. To reiterate, knowledge is acquired and stored in layers, and the seven compressive rings of the memory units actually act so that this process occurs in a logical way, as described herein. Thus, the information contained in the seven rings necessarily corresponds to different eras. Ring 7 contains new radiation from recent eras, while ring 1 contains the oldest radiation. This fact is also justified because there was still no randomness in the universe during the Logical Rails Era and the knowledge stored within the memory units still obeyed an objective mathematical will. Only with the beginning of the extrusion process, when the Logical Currents Era began, did randomness begin to occur in the universe, giving rise to what is herein called relativity. This randomness and the relativity of absorbed knowledge are the logical basis for the emergence of the phenomenal element thought, as is justified herein.
In correspondence to the extent that different images are acquired, the previous images experience the action of the reductive inductive effect and are reproduced at more internal levels. When an image already stored in a compression ring is re-sighted, new storage occurs and that information can be stored in more than one compressive level. The same image may be present in the seven compressive rings if these images were captured at different periods and considering the storage capacity of each ring. Of course, if the same image is continuously seen without another one existing within a logical range, then this image, it seems, will be recorded only once without being compressed. Alteration of the images and, therefore, of the absorbed knowledge, is essential for the action of the reductive inductive effect and, consequently, for the same image to be accumulated in layers contained in different levels of compression.
According to what is logically presented, memories are necessarily formed in successive levels. In this respect, logic once again imposes itself in that ring 7 will contain more superficial memories, which are lost or transmitted more easily, compared to the inner rings. Another conclusion that can be drawn from the resulting logic is that the more compressed the memory, the more internal the sphere. The innermost ring, ring 1, is the one containing the radiation that was most processed by the reductive inductive effect. The radiation contained therein forms the color violet when it reaches the environment outside the memory unit. This most compressed knowledge represents memories that are more fixed to the reason unit and more difficult to lose or transmit than less compressed knowledge.
Absorbed images form knowledge, and when two images of the same geometric element are found, recognition occurs. This recognition is stored within the memory units in bundles or partly supplied to the external medium. These images in individual formations and knowledge bundles and acquired recognition are herein called memories.
That is, these memories are the forms that knowledge (radiation) accumulates within the seven levels inside protons or environments representative of the convergence zones inside reason units. Ring 7 contains recent radioactive formations, which can form the color red when they reach the environment outside the protons. To the extent that new recognition occurs, these memories experience the reductive inductive effect so that the images are reproduced in compression levels closer to the center, until reaching ring 1, which contains radiation that forms the color violet when it reaches the external environment. The greater the recognition, the more bundles are formed at compression levels that are closer to the center of the proton. The same information may be present in several compressive rings simultaneously.
Memory is, therefore, the way knowledge is stored within atomic units. While these memories are contained within protons, there is no primary color formation. When the memories are contained within the spheres, they only form a white intrinsic color. Only in centrifugal plasma do the primary colors form. Secondary plasma alone does not form light of any kind, and it is precisely this characteristic of secondary plasma that makes it essential in the formation of primary colors. That is because it creates the necessary contrast so that the tertiary plasma, which has charge, can be reflected extrinsically. According to what is proposed, the primary colors are formed precisely by radiation from the compressive rings inside memory units encountering the external alternating plasma. Thus, the primary colors are not emitted by atomic units, strictly speaking. In fact, memory and reason units composed of two or more spheres emit only radiation that has no color. When this radiation converges inside a memory unit, it assumes the intrinsic color of the unit, which is white, because there is no convergence with plasma. When this radiation is emitted by a memory unit into the external environment, the primary colors are formed on the white base of the plasma. The radiation emitted by rings 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 form the primary colors violet, indigo, blue, green, yellow, orange, and red, respectively, in plasma environments.
Memory units configured as protons can emit this radiation without it being effectively processed. That is what actually happens with the hydrogen atoms consisting of single spheres, because those units do not form reason units. Only reason units composed of two or more spheres can effectively perform value judgment of the accumulated information, as justified herein. Thus, even in an atomic structure composed of two or more memory units, the protons of every atomic unit can transmit their accumulated knowledge without having processed it. This fact is also a consequence of the essential logic presented herein, in that, if an element exists, it will show itself to other elements regardless of whether it forms a judgment in its own respect. In other words, if an element exists, it will show itself to the universe independent of its own will. An element “A” that exists in the universe is a set of accumulated knowledge, and this logically accumulated knowledge can be transmitted to other existing elements, enabling them to see element A, even if element A is not aware of that fact.
The protons individually considered in the composition of an atom are only sub-elements of this atomic formation and logically can also transmit the knowledge accumulated in their bodies independent of a determining will. Thus, atoms and, consequently, every element made up of atoms, have two essential types of knowledge: unconscious and conscious.
This classification is justified because if an element exists and transmits to other elements the knowledge inside it without being aware of doing so, the supplying element is unconscious.
That is, the knowledge accumulated in the form of memory exists and is transmitted to the external environment independent of a determining will and is called unconscious knowledge herein. Unconscious knowledge is, therefore, a derivative of the objective will that formed the universe and that acts continuously and perpetually through the expansive and reductive inductive effects.
In turn, consciousness is representative of knowledge that has been identified by a reason unit. That is, the memories contained objectively within memory units can be recognized by reason units when they transit through the corresponding neutron spheres. This knowledge that is the result of processing performed by a reason unit is herein called value judgment, as described below. In this regard, the following underlying truth is necessary and will be gradually justified:
“Every reason unit possesses two essential types of knowledge: conscious and unconscious. A hydrogen atom, which consists of a single sphere, has only unconscious knowledge.”
Faced with this resulting truth, another is evident and is supported by the arguments presented so far:
“Unconscious or stationary memory is knowledge in its primary form, representations of the images that atoms see and store initially in the compressive rings of protons.”
These truths are derived from the logical foundations presented herein, which have geometry as their basis. Unconscious knowledge is formed as a rule by the objective mathematical will of the inductive effect and is located within the memory units. Conscious knowledge has a different location, represented by region 7 in Figure 56, and is formed as a rule by a relative will that develops within reason units, as follows.
When a reason unit performs recognition, which is the processing of the radiation contained in its seven levels of compression, this radiation travels through the neutrons and is subsequently emitted from those neutral spheres because they do not store knowledge. This recognition occurs relatively, because similar, but not necessarily equal, images may be recognized. That is, when a memory unit absorbs the same image at different times, then that knowledge signifies relativity. The storage of different but very similar images also indicates relativity. Thus, the images are stored as memories in a diverse and necessarily relative manner, which consequently promotes relative recognition. In other words, similar, but not necessarily equal, images may form a memory beam at a frequency of relative recognition.
A human being can be used as an example, for the human brain is a system necessarily consisting of atoms, plasma, and radiation. Every image seen by a man is relative, and the recognition of that image is also relative. For example, if a man sees a red ball of size “n,” every time that he sees any red ball of size “n,” recognition will occur, even if the ball seen each time is different. Therefore, every image that man sees and keeps in his memory is necessarily relative. Thus, the recognition of these images cannot be strictly objective. That is, an identical image cannot be required, because there is the possibility, which in general is greater in the real world, of recognition being caused by different images. This relativity is evident on a larger scale considering all of the features that could vary in image formation, such as the size of the object seen, its color, its spatial position in relation to the observer, the set in which it is contained, and so on.
Given such considerations, it is necessary to summarize the concept of recognition by a reason unit:
“Recognition is the meeting of two images within the atomic units inside reason units. This recognition occurs at the moment at which a reason unit again sees an image that was already stored in the compressive rings of the memory units composing it, even if that image is of a similar rather than an identical geometric figure, forming a relative geometric equality, where the two images are arranged in a single beam with the same compression.”
This recognition is performed in the equalization cylinder of the memory unit, and the resulting beams can then be transmitted by low amounts of radiation through the neutron compression rings when the thought phenomenon is affected, before exiting the sphere through its information output pole and being routed to the possible destinations. Likewise, the input of all new information as well as the accumulation of images reproduced by thought occurs through the information input pole that makes up one end of the equalization cylinder of the memory units.
This radiation that is processed relatively and emitted by the neutrons in geometric bundles is herein called light of judgment.
The logic described herein indicates that there are at least three main types of essential
light in the universe, which are as follows:
“Light of special essence is the light formed within the tertiary plasma logical currents when a quantum of this type of plasma converges with the radiation emitted by atomic units.”
“Primary or unconscious light is the light that forms in the total alternating plasma when the radiation from protons, without prior recognition, converges with this quantum of plasma.”
“Light of judgment or conscious light is the light that forms in the total alternating plasma, when the radiation originating from a recognition made by a reason unit converges with this quantum of alternating plasma.”
After the recognition beams are formed, according to the logical sequence the light of judgment will be observed in three possible ways.
The first possibility is that the recognition beams have as their destination the internal environment of the seven proton rings. This assertion is justified because the first logical function of atomic units is to form knowledge. In this case, the radiation that composes these beams returns to the compressive rings of the protons, where it is stored again in memory. That is, it will not be the light that enters the protons, because no light, but only the white intrinsic color, is formed within them. Thus, logically, what goes back into the protons is the information, the images, the radiation stored in the form of unconscious memory. If the recognition bundles have this destination, not light, but knowledge, will accumulate. Although stored as unconscious knowledge, the light of judgment is necessarily formed before the internal convergence zone of the reason unit, fulfilling one of the logical and necessary functions of a reason unit, which is to contemplate knowledge.
The light of judgment is processed knowledge, since it signifies the recognition of images that have been seen more than once. The more times a reason unit sees an image, the more light of judgment is accumulated and transmitted.
These three possible scenarios for the light of judgment also correspond to certain eras in the development of the universe.
In the Logical Rails Era, the light of judgment did not exist, since in that era there were no fusions and no atoms other than hydrogen, which consists of a single sphere. Only reason units are capable of judgment, and in that era there were no reason units.
During the Logical Currents Era, the light of judgment gained relative diversity, since the fusion of hydrogen atoms occurred, yielding more hydrogen isotopes, as well as helium atoms and other types of atoms with up to 13 spheres, as already discussed. In this era, the light of judgment began to be supplied to the outer plasma in low quantity, not only by the few fusions that occurred, but also because these existent atomic units had not yet approached their knowledge storage capacities. Consequently, these atomic units did not yet have the need to provide this radiation to the external environment.
As shown, the light of judgment was present in a relatively low amount during the Logical Currents Era, since the images that formed during that era had low diversity, mostly representing hydrogen atoms and their isotopes. In that era, the existing knowledge was already relative but had low diversity.
However, with the onset of the Centrifugal Era, the quantity and diversity of images produced within the universe became exponentially high due to the intense mergers and formation of individual and joint reason units. Thus, since the beginning of the Centrifugal Era, the light of judgment and, therefore, the primary colors have been formed in exceptionally large quantities. As soon as the atomic units contained in essentially centrifugal spectral portions approached their storage capacities, they begin to provide this light of judgment also to the plasma outside the atomic convergence zones. That is, the light of judgment passes through an environment in which plasma converges with radiation, represented in Figure 56 by region 6. This fact is also of extraordinary importance in the development of the universe and, therefore, the Theory of Objectivity. From the moment that an atomic unit emits light that transcends its body, it becomes able to see other units without necessarily being within their fields of view. As shown, atomic units can see other units when their magnetic fields are neighboring and they are separated only by a boundary line. However, when the reason units begin to emit primary colors of light, which are based on the white of the centrifugal plasma, they start to see other units that are not within their geometric extents, but which are within the range of the emitted light of judgment. This phenomenon is truly extraordinary, because through this process atomic units can absorb and provide knowledge without fusion being involved. Consequently, several reason units can be contained in a unitary system, where all of them have knowledge of that total body. This is in fact more of a logical foundation for intelligence units than anything presented until now. These intelligence units occur as global spectra of light composed of plasma and radiations, within which all other existential systems composed of atoms form.
Thus, it is necessary to present following derivative truth of fundamental importance:
“A spectrum is a set of lights formed by the intrinsic white color of plasma and memory units, on which the seven primary colors coming from the light of judgment and the light emitted by the atomic units contained in that set are based.”
In view of all of the reasons presented, it is possible to analyze the logical meaning of this phenomenal element herein termed thought. In fact, this light of judgment that accumulates within an atomic unit in a reason unit, filling its magnetic field of internal convergence, is what composes the personality of the reason unit.
No other term can be used, because the conscious forms of knowledge of this existential unit are contained in this convergence zone. That is, the knowledge that the unit acquired during its existence is stored there consciously after repeated recognition processes.
In this way, the light of judgment is formed in the internal convergence zones of reason units, composing in that environment the seven primary colors. This fact is a consequence of all of the logic that has been presented here, since these convergence zones inside the reason units are represented by region 7 in Figure 56. This region represents the maximum convergence of universal existence, when the three essential elements that compose it occur in the same geometric space. This fact has significance of the highest importance in this theory, since the three elements only completely converge within reason units. This logical fact corroborates what has been presented herein, for these spheres fused into sets of two or more elements are not just simple units that occur randomly. Reason units are beings composed by a logic that is demonstrated and justified herein. These reason units were the logical formations necessary for intelligence units to arise. Region 7 is the logical place for all of the essences of the universe to unite, enabling the formation of a geometric structure capable of not only forming, recognizing, and supplying knowledge, but also pondering spatial reality. The light of judgment formed in the maximum convergence zone signifies conscious knowledge, since this accumulated relative knowledge is not extraneous in the rational geometric structure. This internal convergence zone represented by region 7 in Figure 56 enables this rational unit not only to be part of the quantum that composes the universe, but also to be connected directly with the whole universe. It is in this maximum convergence zone that the rational atomic unit contains plasma and radiation. This total interaction occurring within an atom consisting of two or more spheres is what allows the reason unit to interact with the entire external universal quantum of mass. It is in this zone that a reason unit can recognize most of the phenomenal elements previously described herein. Thus, in this convergence zone, a reason unit can perceive the lights and colors coming from the external environment. External sounds and temperatures can also be perceived, since the plasma movements originating from the external environment can be recognized, because the total and centrifugal alternating plasma converges with this zone. In the same way, it is this convergence zone that allows electricity, magnetism, and electromagnetism to be perceived by a rational atomic unit, because it is in this internal environment of maximum convergence that plasma can occur in its most varied forms of alternating total plasma.
In this way, the light of judgment that accumulates in the internal convergence zone of a reason unit can affect what is called thought, because the light stored there composes the conscious knowledge for this logical formation. While this light of judgment is fixed within the internal convergence zone, what occurs is stationary thought. Stationary thought
occurs, for example, to a human being when he is asleep. Obviously, if the human being dreams while sleeping, then this thought is dynamic by the action of an unconscious will.
Then this light of judgment accesses knowledge contained in the compressive rings of protons or in the external extrinsic light coming from other reason units, thought that is in motion rather than static will occur. This movement realized by the light of judgment is herein called judgment of ponderation or subjective will, because from that moment the reason unit can form new recognitions of images already stored inside it as well as those outside its geometric field of view. Of course, each reason unit performs this value judgment on a minimal and logically limited scale in its quantum of space. However, when several reason units are contained in masses or logical currents, value judgment occurs on a macro scale, eventually forming what is herein called an intelligence unit. In this way, a consequence of the logical understanding based here can be summarized as follows:
“Thought is the phenomenal element that occurs within a reason unit when the light of judgment accumulates in its inner convergence zone and it becomes able to recognize itself as a unit with its own unique personality.”
Thought occurs when a reason unit temporarily forms within a neutron an image of recognition. This assertion is justified because the knowledge is already stored in the seven compressive rings of protons as well as in the maximum internal convergence zone, where it has the nature of conscious memory.
This image formed inside the neutron is a reproduction. This statement can be made based on the empirical fact that when a man sees for only a moment an image that he has never seen before, he can reproduce the image in thought form for the rest of his life. He can do so even if he never again visualizes that image. This thought is a reproduction precisely because the corresponding information is not lost when thought is realized. On the contrary, the more the thought is realized, the more that image will be reproduced in the form of memory. Man, in the terrestrial biological system, reproduces the same logical foundation of the intelligence units configured on the atomic scale. This possibility of reproducing an image from thought is one of the attributes that allows the spectral portions configured in intelligence unit to create effectively.
This phenomenal element, of course, causes all of the logical cogs of a reason unit to move, for such internal and external knowledge undergoes new recognitions that necessarily occur in the neutron equalization cylinders and transits through these neutral spheres in low amounts during thought.
Now that the logical meaning of the thought phenomenon has been summarized, the following consequential truth of what is herein termed pondering judgment or subjective will can be presented:
“Pondering judgment or subjective will is the logical movement of thought, when the light of judgment gains momentum from the internal convergence zone of a reason unit, so as to access information contained in the protons in that same maximum internal convergence zone and in plasma outside that unit. All of these forms of the light of judgment are necessarily processed in the circuit inside the rational atomic unit consisting of compression rings and the equalization cycles of the protons and neutrons.”
This resulting truth is a first logical synthesis of what is herein defined as subjective will. However, the meaning of this pondering judgment that is this subjective will remains to be addressed. It will subsequently be discussed considering the logical understanding that this will can only occur because, since the beginning of the Logical Currents Era, relative knowledge derived from the random movements of the atomic units began to be formed in the universe.
In view of all of these considerations, it is necessary to synthesize in truth the logical meaning of conscious memory.
“Conscious or dynamic memory consists of bundles of very personal knowledge configured as light of judgment and contained within the convergence zone of a reason unit, which form the phenomenal element thought when moving to access and reproduce the images inside and outside the reason unit.”
This understanding that conscious memory is, as a rule, dynamic, portrays the logical reality of this construction. In fact, it provides evidence supporting the assertion that it is not possible to have a universe composed of existential systems without a substance transcending its material bodies. Knowledge exists and necessarily transits through atomic bodies and the external environment, as substantiated herein. A reason unit forms a circuit through which this information necessarily travels. This assertion is justified because the internal convergence zone of an atomic unit composed of two or more spheres, where the conscious memory beams are located, continuously receives information from the total plasma. Thus, the light of judgment contained in the atomic unit will be in continuous movement during recognition, causing that external information to be processed continuously. That is, the inductive effect continuously reproduces the external images for the internal circuitry of the atomic unit, and this continuously processed information also continuously moves the conscious memory before being stored in the proton rings as static unconscious memory. It is evident that static unconscious memory is relative, since to the extent that the reductive inductive effect acts and new recognitions are affected, the beams contained therein will move. On the other hand, the memory contained in the internal convergence zone is dynamic as a rule, because a vast amount of new information will continuously be circulating there and being stored as conscious knowledge. Not only the inductive effect, but also the alternating plasma currents from the external environment generate the continuous movement of conscious memory since, as shown, several related phenomena occur through the interaction of atoms and radiation with plasma. Of course, to the extent that a reason unit absorbs external plasma, it simultaneously emits an equal quantity of plasma previously contained within it, since two substances cannot occupy the same location given that they in fact make up that space. What happens is that the plasma flows through the internal convergence zones of the atomic units. Thus, the external plasma in its various phenomenal configurations converges continuously with the internal convergence zone and never with the environment inside the protons, justifying the facts that unconscious memory is static and conscious memory is dynamic.
The internal convergence zone of a rational unit, besides being an environment where light is formed, also continuously receives external radiation. As shown, from the moment that the atomic units began to supply extrinsic light beyond the geometric limits of their bodies, they also began to see, due to the range of the emitted light of judgment, knowledge beyond their geometric fields of view. Thus, the external and internal convergence zones of all of the reason units contained within a mass or quantum of current in a specific portion of a spectrum also receive the radiation coming from the light of ponderation from other units. It must be reiterated that, strictly speaking, an atomic unit emits radiation rather than light. When this radiation converges with plasma, light is formed. That is, the light of judgment indicates the emission of processed knowledge that forms light when it converges with plasma. The conscious memory is thus also continuously moved by the information coming from the light of judgment produced by other atomic units.
Besides the light of judgment, unconscious light also forms in the external plasma, because the protons of the elements from the Centrifugal Era emit radiation stored in their seven rings. Thus, in the Intelligence Unit Era, the light that forms outside the atomic units is the presentation of the set of two types of specific extrinsic light: unconscious light and light of judgment, hereafter denoted as α and P light, respectively. The convergence of α light with P light in the same white plasma basis forms a specific type of light, which is herein called existential systemic derived light. This name is justified because this type of light occurs essentially in spectral portions in intelligence units, where there is substantial convergence of α light with P light as well as with other light generated by the atomic units. These derived types of light are not essentially different from the main types, but they are only caused by the convergence of the radiation originating from the systems in which they are contained. Refraction, for example, is a type of derivative light that occurs when the existential systemic derived light, as a rule in the centrifugal systems, converges with an astral body without the capacity to absorb all of the radiation, causing a substantial part of it to undergo angulation due to the converging body.
The interaction of the various types of radiation emitted by atomic units in the same quantum coupled with the mechanics of the specific system determines the intensity of the derived light and colors. That is, a single portion of total alternating plasma will simultaneously receive radiation from several rational units. Thus, the following statement can be made:
“Existential systemic derived light occurs outside the atomic units and is the sum of the unconscious light and light of judgment combined with the mechanics of the specific system. It also generates other derived types of light, such as those resulting from refraction and reflection.”
The solar system can be taken as an empirical sample. In this system, the sun emits large amounts of the radiation that makes up α light, since the extrinsic light resulting from the radiation coming from its body is derived mostly from hydrogen and helium atoms. The hydrogen atoms, which consist of single spheres, emit only radiation forming α light. In turn, the isotopes of hydrogen as well as helium atoms and their isotopes, besides emitting α light in large amounts, also emit P light in large amounts, but less than is emitted by the bundles of unconscious memory. These two types of light, together with phenomena derived from the specific mechanics of the solar system, such as refraction and reflection from the celestial bodies that make up this system, generate local existential systemic derived light, which is herein collectively called S light. This derived light is not uniform throughout the system, as it is also directly related to the specific mechanics of each body in the system. The derivative light that permeates the magnetic field of the earth, for example, cannot have the same intensity and frequency as the derivative light from any of the other bodies in the system, since each planet has different mechanics. S light also varies according to the time of day, since all of the planets and other celestial bodies revolve around the sun. Thus, for example, S light on Earth is different during the day and at night, considering in this case the refractory light emitted by the moon. In this particular aspect, it should be noted that all of the planets in the solar system influence the terrestrial biological system, since Earth is irradiated by S light from the solar system, which is generated by the conjugation of the mechanics of all of the bodies in the solar system with α and P light from all of them.
Every celestial body emits conscious and unconscious light. However, the frequencies of these types of light vary according to the characteristics of the body, which are direct derivations of the centrifugal process that each of them experienced during the essential centrifugation period.
According to what is proposed, these two essential types of light, unconscious light and light of judgment, occur according to the era of development of the universe. During the Centrifugal Era when the spectra were subjected to intense centrifugation and when most of the celestial bodies formed, exceptionally high emission of α and P light occurred, since the atoms contained in the essentially centrifugal portions began to reach their knowledge accumulation capacities. This exceptionally high emission of light during the Centrifugal Era enabled the appearance of intelligence units, which were produced in spectral portions configured in currents, and diverse atomic masses were permeated with α and P light. These atomic currents and masses of centrifugal origin formed alternating currents of plasma, radiation, and atoms beyond the geometric boundaries of the celestial bodies, configuring significant spectral portions of intelligence units, as will be justified further. It should be noted that masses of hydrogen and helium that underwent intensive centrifugation did not emit α or P light in significant amounts, since they were not nearing their knowledge storage capacities. Only the celestial spheres composed from intense centrifugation reached their capacities, causing them to emit unconscious light and light of judgment.
However, according to what is proposed, this exceptionally high emission of light during the Centrifugal Era decreased substantially during the Intelligence Unit Era. For example, a planet with the characteristics of Earth represents a rational unit that went through stages in which α and P light were generated in large amounts during the substantial centrifugal period. However, after essential stabilization of the alternating centrifugal currents, α light began to be emitted in small amounts, mainly due to the almost complete fusion of the hydrogen and helium atoms that composed that planet initially. What is proposed is that the planets, soon after their complete formation, sent more conscious knowledge than α light into the external environment. After the essential centrifugation period, when the Intelligence Unit Era began, the hydrogen and helium levels of these celestial bodies gradually decreased until their emission of unconscious light became very low and that of P light became high. This assertion is justified because after the complete formation of the spherical stars, their atomic masses contained exponential amounts of accumulated conscious memory, necessarily located in the internal convergence zones of rational units consisting of two or more spheres.
This high emission of α light during the Centrifugal Era is associated with extreme temperature elevation in the internal convergence zones and plasma outside the atomic units. That is because the phenomenal element temperature signifies plasma movement promoted by atomic units, from the Logical Currents Era. Consequently, the centrifugal centers reached high temperatures during the essential centrifugation, which gradually decreased as the centrifugal masses stabilized. The emission of radiation by atomic units will never reach zero, because even if an atom is contained in an environment where there is no diversity of knowledge to be accumulated, it will still absorb the reduced knowledge available, given the perpetual action of the inductive effect. If an element fails to accumulate knowledge, it defragments and transforms into fluid plasma.
According to logical analysis, Earth burned in space soon after its formation during the Centrifugal Era, emitting vast amounts of radiation originating from the unconscious and conscious memory. However, these levels of emission gradually diminished to their current states, in which very little radiation forming α light is emitted. According to logic, each celestial body configured as a planet began emitting more light of judgment than unconscious light in the Intelligence Unit Era. This assertion is justified because, in addition to the conscious memory accumulated during centrifugation, the planets began to interact with the external environment in the Intelligence Unit Era. This interaction formed new levels of extremely high recognition, thus increasing the beams of conscious memory and consequently the emission of radiation forming P light. It is evident that even during the Intelligence Unit Era, in specific existential systems, celestial bodies continue to form new logical levels of unconscious and conscious memory, since the action of the inductive effect is continuous. That is the case, for example, in the solar system, where alternating currents of matter, plasma, and radiation continuously generate knowledge and consequent recognition for the celestial bodies as well as all of the rational atomic units outside the celestial bodies but contained in that system.
Here the logical understanding that every existential unit has points of information entry and exit, represented by the poles of the spheres, should be reiterated. In this way, when the systemic derived light reaches the external magnetic field of an atomic unit, it is partly absorbed
through the input poles of the memory units before reaching the internal convergence zone. The phenomenal elements are also detected by the atomic units configured in rational sets. This detection occurs first externally, through the external magnetic field of the unit, and later through its internal convergence zone, which is its internal magnetic field where these phenomena are detected by conscious memory.
This behavior again corroborates that the external magnetic field of an atomic unit is the place of initial convergence of this unit with the external environment, where the element interacts with the universe even before the information is processed and stored internally as unconscious or conscious memory. Therefore, the radiation originating from systemic derived light is partly processed by the input poles and absorbed directly by the atomic unit through its electronic levels, reaching the internal convergence zone where the conscious memory is located.
The period during which an atomic unit observes an image is also a determining factor in the formation of conscious memory. That is, an unconscious memory will be formed if the captured image stays within the field of view of the element for a period equal to or longer than a VLE cycle. This assertion is justified because a VLE cycle is the minimum interval required for an electron to reproduce a captured image inside a proton. In turn, a dynamic memory will only be formed if the image remains for a period equal to or longer than two VLE cycles. This assertion is justified because a dynamic memory is a bundle of knowledge composed of two or more images. It is necessary to consider, of course, the relativity in the formation of these images. A similar situation occurs with the memory of a human being. That is, a man can see an image and not store it in his conscious memory if the period of observation of the image is very short. That is what happens when a man sees an image for a few fractions of a second. In that case, the unconscious human memory will have stored the image, for it has been effectively observed, but the conscious memory will not have stored that information. Consequently, for that man that image is unknowingly known. A VLE cycle that occurs for the fusion points that circulate each electron layer of an atomic element represents an exceptionally large fraction of the unit of time called a second by humanity. In addition, unlike in science, a consequence of the logical conclusions of this theory is that an atomic unit will have a number of electron levels equal to the number of memory units that make up that reason unit. That is because the electron levels are formed in successive layers by the added memory units or the sum of the electron layers of the elements that merge. Therefore, each of those electrons in an electron layer will be responsible for forwarding the reproduced image to the respective protons contained in the rational set. This fact also indicates that the greater the atomic number of an element, the larger its internal convergence zone and the greater the quantity and movement of the conscious memory in that zone. Consequently, the elements with the highest atomic numbers are, as a rule, more radioactive.
Logically, besides the information that is captured through the input poles of an atomic unit, some information is perceived by the rational unit but is not processed through its input poles, namely, the phenomenal elements sound, electricity, magnetism, and electromagnetism. That is because all of these phenomena only involve plasma waves, vibrations, and total pattern alterations for specific currents of neutral plasma, charged plasma, or their combination when electromagnetic phenomena occur. These phenomenal elements are necessarily captured by an atomic unit through its external magnetic field, and only then can they enter into the atoms configured as reason units, reaching the internal convergence zone. In these cases, there is no processing through the input poles of the unit, because the plasma is not absorbed by the memory units, but only by the reason units through their internal convergence zones. As shown in the analysis of electricity, magnetism, and electromagnetism, these phenomena temporarily change the speeds and paths of the electrons in the respective electron layers. In this way, a reason unit will detect all of these phenomena as well as sound in its internal convergence zone after they have passed through the external magnetic field of the atomic unit through all of its electron levels. This passage of the external plasma configured as phenomenal elements by the various electron levels of a reason unit acts as a filter that will yield a new configuration of those phenomena for that unit. That is, the external phenomena occurring upon convergence with a reason unit pass through a filter formed by the electron levels and electrons of that unit. Consequently, when these phenomena reach the internal convergence zone of the unit they will be in a relative or diminished configuration. For example, when an electric current reaches a reason unit, it will cross all of the electron levels and electrons of that unit before reaching the internal convergence zone. Thus, external phenomena are filtered, so that when they reach the conscious memory of a rational unit they do not have the same force that they had externally. That is, the phenomena detected by rational units in their conscious memory zones are all relative. According to what is proposed, when phenomenal forces encounter atomic units, plasma and radiation refract and reflect when they cannot logically be entirely absorbed by the units.
Geometric Logical Fundamentals of Existential Beings
The representative sphere of a memory unit has, like every element, four faces. Figure 60 depicts a band of a sphere that represents a memory unit viewed sideways. Initially it can be seen that the memory unit has a logical and geometric structure equivalent to that of the formed universe, although they originated and maintain logical existence in different ways. In Figure 60, the upper, posterior, lower, and anterior faces are delimited by convergence points A, B, C, and D, respectively. These convergence points represent the boundary lines that cut the sphere as planes through AB and CD. It can be seen that the boundary lines (in yellow) are located within the memory unit similarly to how the embryonic memory is located within the universe. These two boundary lines that intersect like planes cutting diagonally through the sphere of the memory unit and its inner rings are herein called the recognition circuit.
This recognition circuit has a common point at the center of the sphere, where the two planes intersect. The term recognition circuit is appropriate because that exactly reflects its proposed function. A memory unit is composed of 10 elements existing prior to it, and for these 10 elements to become a single element, they must logically have a common convergence point. This convergence point cannot be just a simple union of these 10 elements, but rather the union of the logical essence that composes them. Thus, a convergence or equality zone must occur. The term “equality zone” is also appropriate because the essences of the 10 elements, i.e., their knowledge lines, converge at a common point and connect simultaneously. This event must occur in the formation of every new element, for it is a consequence of the logic determined by the sixth absolute truth. Then, whenever an element is formed as an individual being, a recognition circuit will necessarily exist and have a convergence zone where the knowledge in each of the elements merges at a single center.
However, it is not only the knowledge lines connected to each of these elements that merge. Their filaments also merge, just as the auras of the elements fuse into a single aura. Thus, in the formation of the most basic material element of all, which is the memory unit, the knowledge lines of the 10 filaments that compose it will fuse and form a recognition circuit with its respective convergence zone. Therefore, this center is herein called a memory unit equalization cylinder.
As can be seen in Figure 60, there is a common visible dot, appearing in red. This central common point in the visible sideband of the memory unit is a point of convergence of the filaments connected to the memory unit recognition circuit. The two points of lateral convergence of the sphere (its tails), which are connected to the internal circuit of the memory unit, are herein called poles. These poles logically present themselves as places through which the newly formed element can make available to the external environment the knowledge it contains. This logical evidence cannot be removed. If the initial knowledge that makes up a memory unit is in its recognition circuit and this recognition circuit has an internal convergence zone, the ends of that convergence zone are the means through which this knowledge can be supplied to external elements. These poles of the memory unit also act as points of reception of knowledge from the external environment.
In the center of the memory unit, the two boundary lines that cut that unit as planes converge. Since this convergence indicates equality between two knowledge lines, this center is called an equalization cylinder. This name is justified because this center of convergence and equality has a cylindrical form, cutting the memory unit from one pole to another.
According to what is proposed, knowing is reproducing images, because every existing element is a geometric figure and knowledge is a set of geometric figures. Thus, a knowledge line is a reproduction line, a line that reproduces the images in front of it, which constitute the available knowledge. During expansion, the knowledge lines reproduced the filaments in their respective spaces. This knowledge was not accumulated, but it was antagonistic at each face of each filament. During the Existential Era, with the formation of memory units, knowledge began to be accumulated. Memory units are picture-condensing circuits; all of the images that are within the field of view of a memory unit are stored inside it in a reproduced and condensed form as images, since there is no form of knowledge that is not a geometric figure. Thus, knowledge lines are essentially reproduction lines, reproducing the knowledge within the fields of view of the elements that they border. That is because there is no knowledge without a corresponding element to absorb and form it. Therefore, elements are necessary for knowledge to exist, for if there is no element, there is no knowledge either to reproduce or to store.
As shown, the antagonistic point has no internal magnetic field, but only an external one, since zero could not be contained inside Nothing. In the Existential Era, the memory and reason units have, besides external magnetic fields, internal magnetic fields derived from the sub-elements that compose them, due to the sixth absolute truth. These internal magnetic fields have a reductive nature, which allows the reproduction of condensed images inside them. In turn, external magnetic fields act as zero and have a multiplicative nature. This logic corroborates what has been presented here as expansive inductive effect, which is multiplicative, and as the reductive inductive effect, which is clearly reductive. However, according to this theory, when various atomic elements unite to form a single element, their external magnetic fields merge into a single field, composed of several layers or levels. If a reason unit, for example, consists of two memory units, the external magnetic field of the formed element will have two layers. Similarly, if it is composed of three memory units, it will have three layers, and so on. In the Existential Era, elements are necessarily formed by other elements that existed before them, due to the sixth absolute truth. Thus, internal magnetic fields have the meaning of zero only for the sub-elements that make up that unit.
A memory unit, for example, is composed of 10 filaments, and all of these filaments have magnetic fields signifying zero. As these 10 filaments merge, their magnetic fields together with the other logical substances form a new existential unit distinct from those earlier elements. This newly formed element will gain an external magnetic field, due to the second absolute truth. This outer magnetic field has a nature distinct from those of the fields of the sub-elements that merged to form the new atomic unit. The new element gains the logical value of unity, and its (necessarily external) magnetic field gains the logical value of zero. Thus, it is necessary to present the following evident truth:
“In the Existential Era, every atomic unit is formed of sub-elements that have magnetic fields, which, due to the sixth absolute truth, merge to compose this new existential being. The new element comes to exist as a unit and necessarily has a new and unique external magnetic field signifying zero. This external magnetic field (zero) has a logical nature distinct from those of the fields of the sub-elements that merged and cannot be contained within the body of the newly formed element, due to the second absolute truth.”
The lines green in Figure 60 represent the filaments that make up this visible face, and they are arranged only in the surface structure of the sphere. That is, they do not cut through the sphere as planes, since their extensions are equal to those of two plasma filaments. On the other hand, boundary lines AB and CD cut through the entire body of the sphere from one end to the other as planes. These two planes form the recognition circuit and separate the faces of the sphere. The center of this recognition circuit and the central convergence cylinder. The central point is shown in red, and one of the two tails of the sphere is actually one end of the pole that starts the equalization cylinder, as it passes through the sphere from one end to the other, from one pole to another.
The internal structure of a memory unit can be analyzed considering the elements that compose it and the action of the reductive inductive effect within this structure.
Figure 61 shows a memory unit at an angle, where the filaments appear along the outer contour of the sphere.
The outer ring (in green) is composed of four filaments taken from the plasma units and positioned in a spherical shape due to the expansive inductive effect (objective will). In total, eight unitary filaments arranged in two rings that intersect form the outer filament structure of the sphere. All seven rings inside the sphere are composed via the reductive inductive effect and are the result of quantum fusion of only two unitary filaments taken from the primary plasma, since eight are in the external structure of the sphere. That is, the seven rings inside the memory unit have in total a quantum equal to that of two unitary plasma filaments. The quanta of magnetic fields and boundary lines fit the spatial reality of the formed sphere. That is, there is no loss or gain of the total quantum, but there is a change in its quality, due to the effect of the fusion occurring in the quantum exchange. The angles formed by the boundary lines make up the initial square in Figure 61, square ABCD. This area represents what in this theory is called framing field 7 of the internal circuit of the memory unit. This framing field is formed by the knowledge lines separating the outer ring from the first inner ring (ring 7). In total, seven framing fields and the seven rings and seven levels of the internal magnetic field are formed inside the memory unit. This internal structure actually acts as a recognition and playback circuit. As can be seen, the various inner rings possess anterior and posterior magnetic fields, but all of these auras logically belong to the memory unit and its internal magnetic field. These inner rings function as integral parts of the memory unit and are components of the aura of the unit.
The seven rings form internal faces
of the memory unit that cause the externally captured images to converge to the same center point of the unit. This center point represents the equalization cylinder of the memory unit. This process allows externally captured images to be reproduced and stored within the memory units. The seven levels inside the unit delimited by the knowledge lines that cut through the sphere diagonally and by the filaments that form the rings of the sphere are herein called fields of the memory unit. These fields actually represent each of the dimensions of the unit subdivided into seven levels. In this way, every memory unit has four chambers, each of which contains seven levels. There are, therefore, seven fields on each face, composing a total of 28 fields within the sphere.
A memory unit is formed by closing. As shown in Figure 61, the four filaments (eight in actual dimension) join by sticking to the faces of the memory unit due to the reductive inductive effect. Since the reductive inductive effect is the inverse of the expansive inductive effect, instead of the faces inside the unit detaching, there is an opposing movement of attachment.
Each of the inner faces
of the outer ring of the sphere forms a plasma filament in front of it. Due to the reductive inductive effect, the filaments produced inside the sphere are smaller than those outside it. It can be seen that plasma filaments smaller than those that originated from the antagonistic Nothing are formed within the memory unit during this phase. The first set of four filaments produced inside the sphere (ring 7) reproduce, forming a new ring (ring 6). Subsequently, ring 6 reproduces its faces, generating ring 5, and so on until reaching the spherical point (equalization cylinder) located in the center of the memory unit.
This central point is the point of intersection between the two boundary lines that cut through the memory unit diagonally. Thus, the memory unit has a limited information storage capacity, because the reductive inductive effect reaches a limit within that unit. As the sphere is perfect and closed, the images that the inner faces reproduce become increasingly smaller and accumulate within the magnetic rings divided into chambers and fields.
These memory units exist as individuals and can reproduce images external to them. These external images are knowledge, for knowledge is what an element can see and store in the form of images. As shown here, the field of view of an element is determined by its spatial extent.
Mathematically speaking, every memory unit has a limited capacity to store knowledge. Although knowledge is stored in the form of condensed images, it would not be reasonable to expect a single element to be capable of storing an infinite amount of information. It should be remembered that the action of the reductive inductive effect inside a memory unit is finite.
Within the spectra formed within the universe, a memory unit will always be joined to other memory units, forming clusters, which are reason units. Thus, these memory units share their stored information, and when a memory unit reaches its knowledge storage capacity, it will continue to act as an information center because the knowledge it absorbs and stores will be shared within the reason unit. Consequently, memory units can exchange their stored information for information of a different quality.
It is evident that one memory unit will join another when their auras merge. When this merger occurs, the memory units will be united, forming a reason unit. They will only be separated by a boundary line, represented in principle by the external fusion point belonging to one of the elements. In this regard, it is necessary to define clearly an important underlying truth:
“Two memory units become a single element when their auras fuse and a knowledge line forms between them, represented in principle by a fusion point, which connects them.”
Figure 62 depicts a unit representing a hydrogen isotope. As can be seen, between the two spheres that compose this element is a fusion point, representing a boundary line in the Existential Era.
If a reason unit is composed of three spheres, one of these spheres will be a positively charged receiving element, and the other two spheres will be neutral supplying elements. Thus, in a unit consisting of three spheres, two fusion points will lie within the element, separating the spheres from one another, and another fusion point will have an elliptical external route. If the reason unit is composed via the fusion of two hydrogen isotopes, forming a four-sphere element and configuring a helium atom, two of these fusion points lie internally and the other two lie externally in an elliptical path. According to what is proposed, if isotopes fuse, the newly formed unit retains the fusion points that already occurred internally, and each of the points that occurred externally gains an elliptical path in a specific electronic layer. If another memory unit is appended to a reason unit consisting of three or more spheres, then the fusion point that circumvents the attached unit will merge inside that reason unit, which will maintain its electronic configuration. What is logically presented is that the numbers of fusion points inside the sphere and outside in the magnetic field levels depend on how the fusions occur, specifically, whether isotopes or additional memory units merge with the receiving unit.
To elucidate the logic of fixing the fusion points, it is necessary to summarize the way in which elements form. An element can be formed by the fusion of two isotopes or the union of an isotope and a memory unit. In this regard, the following are unassailable truths:
“A new chemical element as a rule is formed by the fusion of two isotopes, when information will be shared.”
“The fusion of a memory unit to a pre-existing element will in principle form an isotope of the receiving element, and the fused memory unit will be a supplier.”
In principle, a memory unit is receiving when it is isolated. That is, a hydrogen atom, which consists of a single sphere, that later has other memory units attached to it will continue being the element hydrogen, in the form of one of its isotopes. To form a new element, two isotopes must fuse, i.e., information must be shared. In summary, information sharing forms a new element and the provision of information only complements the receiving element.
However, this assertion refers to basic and essential logic, since the merging of a memory unit with a receiving unit that has its information storage capacity exhausted could lead to the formation of a new element. That is because if the protons within a reason unit are no longer able to receive information from a supplying unit, then logically that information will be received by the neutral spheres, which will become receptive, and the merged memory unit will enter the element as a neutron. This event could logically occur for all isotopes, except for the two-sphere hydrogen isotope at the center in the element. That is because a hydrogen isotope consisting of two spheres, called deuterium in science, could not receive a supplying unit and become an element with two protons and one neutron. In this case, the supplying unit would logically be repelled, since it is not possible to form a reason unit consisting of two receiving units and only one supplying unit. The logical principle presented herein is that there must be at least one supplying unit for each receiving unit. The number of receiving units in the center of the element must be equal to or less than that of the supplying units, but never greater. In this way, it is possible to demonstrate the following truth:
“Except for the hydrogen isotope consisting of two spheres, all other isotopes of any element can form a new element by the fusion of one additional supplying memory unit if the protons of the receiving element are capable of accumulating exhausted knowledge.”
In addition to the internal fusion points of a reason unit composed of four or more spheres, boundary lines will be created for those spheres that are neighboring but that have not gained a fusion point as a dividing line. To form a helium atom, for example, two hydrogen isotopes fuse, so two fusion points will be contained within the sphere separating one proton from one neutron, and another two will be orbiting its electron layers. However, as this element contains four spheres, it is necessary, due to the fourth absolute truth, for two boundary lines to form between the spheres that are not separated by fusion points. Of course these boundary lines can take the form of planes or new fusion points. In any case, having a plane or spherical point shape, these boundary lines will be composed of the boundary lines originating from the fluid plasma. This fact corroborates the understanding that the boundary lines contained in plasma are elements of fruition and conform to the imposed logical needs. As it turns out, the spheres located at the center of an element always occur in pairs, so that a fusion point or boundary line can occur between them. Consequently, information can logically pass through all of these elements. It is not possible for spheres to occur in isolation in the center of an element, since the information contained therein will circulate among all of the elements, and fusion points and boundary lines connect all of those elements. In this regard, it is necessary to define the following truth:
“All of the spheres contained in the center of an element are connected to each other, forming a circuit, and whenever the geometrical arrangement of these spheres requires, new fusion points or boundary lines will be created within the element, directly connecting a positively charged sphere with more neutral spheres.”
With this derivative truth, another truth must be presented:
“It is not possible for two spheres with equal loads to be at the center of an element connected by a boundary line or fusion point.”
This resulting truth is justified because for each receiving sphere there will be one or more spheres that supply knowledge. A supplying sphere is necessarily connected to its receiving sphere. Thus, logically, two spheres with the same type of charge are not directly connected to one another. A neutral sphere will necessarily be connected to a positive sphere, and vice versa. Regarding the fusion of two isotopes, when information is shared, the spheres will be located at the center of the element. Consequently, each positive sphere will be connected to one or more neutral spheres, but two equal spheres of charge will never be connected.
Figure 62 verifies that a trace is realized by the external fusion point outside the two spheres, representing a manifestation of the inductive effect in the Existential Era. What is logically true is that most of the existing chemical elements have fusion points with elliptical paths bypassing their electronic levels represented by magnetic fields. In principle, an element with the logical possibility of having a fusion point with a non-elliptical path is the primary hydrogen atom, represented herein by a memory unit. That is because, geometrically, it is possible for the fusion point of a memory unit to follow the surface of the single sphere, avoiding an elliptical path. As shown in Figure 62, the route that this external fusion point logically follows in observing the faces of the two spheres is elliptical. There is no other way for a single fusion point to observe two spheres that are attached to each other besides following an elliptical path. The line that determines this elliptical route delimits the internal convergence zone of the reason unit, and this internal convergence zone represents the internal magnetic field of the element as well as the logical place where plasma will be present. The external magnetic field of the reason unit, in turn, is determined by the path of the external fusion point. If the reason unit has multiple electron layers with multiple fusion points, the external magnetic field will be determined by the sum of all of the layers existing from the path of the electron closest to the spheres in the center. The fusion point closest to the spheres in the center of the reason unit delimits the boundary between the internal and external magnetic fields of the element. The convergence zone is where the element will converge with plasma, which in principle it will do totally. However, if magnetic, electric, or electromagnetic phenomena occur together, this convergence zone will also converge with the corresponding plasma currents. In addition, as mentioned previously, if total alternating plasma is not present in the convergence zone, the electron layers of the element will suffer from various phenomena of intensities varying according to the intensity of the neutral or charged plasma currents converging therein. To reiterate, plasma converges with the space inside a reason unit but never enters the spheres that make up this unit, since both memory units and plasma are quantum substances. However, the external radiation that accompanies alternating plasma currents will penetrate the spheres, because they are transcendent elements that do not contribute to the total quantum of the universe.
To return to the analysis of a memory unit, as shown in Figure 61, the principle that causes images of its inner faces to converge to a finitely diminishing center is the same principle that allows it to exist in space without defragmenting. The closed internal space enables the memory unit to exist as a single element without defragmenting, that is, without fluidizing into the plasma space, because it is constructed and internally sustained logically, due to the expansive and reductive inductive effects. Only by the action of an external force on the memory unit, causing these effects to cease to be applied, can the structure of the basic existential unit be undone.
Here something of extreme importance is evident, which serves to corroborate the absolute truths presented. From the instant that a memory unit is formed, the knowledge stored within it ceases to be absolute and becomes relative. That is, all six of the absolute truths presented thus far exist only prior to the formation of existence or in connection with this formation, for afterwards, the truths within each existential unit are only relative truths or truths derivative from those first absolute truths.
In other words, the internal content of each memory unit varies, being relative to the knowledge that it stores during its existence.
To reiterate, since memory units store knowledge, atoms composed of memory units accumulate knowledge, and this accumulated knowledge is relative. The type of atom is not indicative of the type of knowledge contained within it. That is, atoms of the same type contain different types of knowledge. That explains why there are material elements composed of atoms with diverse functions even though all material structures consist of atoms. Atoms are programmed according to the type of knowledge they contain. Thus, a set of atoms can form a molecule with a certain function and another set of atoms of the same type as the first can form another molecule with a different function, if the type of knowledge contained in each set of atoms is different. According to what is proposed, memory and reason units of various compositions can exist together not only in quantity, but also in quality. With this understanding, a truth of high importance in the formation of material systems is evident:
“Memory units are existential elements that have the capacity to store information not only in quantitative terms, but also in qualitative terms.”
Thus, there is the logical possibility of creating greater elements from more basic ones. That is, a programmed molecule can be produced by combining elements with a certain type of knowledge.
From these truths, another of utmost importance emerges. As mentioned previously, time is space itself, but space exists in many ways. Thus, the universal sphere is a unique and complete unit of time. This unit, which is a solid sphere, was formed by space and plasma, which provided the filaments that composed it, at its zero instant. These filaments are also geometric figures. However, within the sphere also appeared other diverse geometric elements, formed from the line that divides the quadrants of the sphere. These geometric spaces formed by filaments, boundary lines, and magnetic fields have the capacity to store knowledge of their surroundings. This knowledge consists of images that their faces absorb. The images are formed by the boundary lines necessarily existing between distinct elements, which appear as fusion points in the Existential Era. When a memory unit is in front of a boundary line, the image is reproduced in a condensed form and becomes an integral part of the memory unit itself, which stores it. To reiterate, boundary lines take the form of fusion points that surround the components of these material elements.
It has been shown how memory units absorb and store knowledge. However, it is also necessary to state how a memory unit transfers this stored information to other memory units connected to it.
In the present case, movement inverse to the reductive inductive effect, that is, an expansive inductive effect, occurs inside the memory unit.
Analyzing the memory unit in Figure 61, consider the following: we have already seen that the reductive inductive effect acts in a memory unit. Specifically, external knowledge is reproduced within the unit. Meanwhile, an expansive motion occurs within the memory unit. It is not expansion of the memory unit, but expansion of the knowledge within it. The memory unit has in its center a spherical point that limits the action of the reductive inductive effect. This limit occurs when the auras of the last four filaments unite in the center of the memory unit at the point formed there by the convergence of the knowledge lines that cut through the memory unit diagonally. That is depicted in Figure 61. The point shown in the plane figure represents the central portion of a cylinder that crosses the entire spherical body of the memory unit from one pole to the other. This center point (cylinder) limits the inductive effect within the memory unit.
It can be seen that this spherical point contained in the center of the memory unit differs from the spherical point that is the antagonistic Nothing, since the antagonistic Nothing is eternal and, of course, it is not formed by the joining of knowledge lines as the cylinder in the center of each memory unit is.
However, the point in the center of the memory unit begins to expand immediately after the formation of the inner filaments. The center point represented by the equalization cylinder causes the knowledge stored to expand outward from the center of the sphere. That is, the expansive inductive effect generates movement from the center to the outside of the memory unit, which creates a stream of information within the memory unit in conjunction with the reductive inductive motion. That is, there is within the memory unit a chain of information that circulates in reverse directions.
Within the memory unit, there is a circuit through which the contained information continuously moves. This circuit allows the information and knowledge stored by each memory unit to be passed on to other units connected to it in a reason unit.
What differentiates the expansive inductive effect inside a memory unit from the expansive inductive effect that formed the universal plasma is the fact that the former finds the path that the working logic of the inductive effect needs to exist already formed. That is, the center point of a memory unit does not have to create expansive filaments as the antagonistic Nothing did, because these filaments are already present due to the reductive inductive effect that occurred previously.
In other words, the expansive inductive effect inside a memory unit only serves to take the information stored within it from the center of the unit to its extremities. The combination of the two inductive effects inside a memory unit creates a circuit, a storage path, and internal information to be supplied to the memory unit. It is evident that condensed knowledge circulates inside a memory unit. Consequently, the memory units united in a reason unit exchange their internally stored information with each other. This attribute evidently serves to make a set of memory units increase their storage capacity as long as new memory units are added to that reason unit.
It is also evident that this information circuit forms an equality. That is, in the space inside a memory unit, a two-way effect occurs that is a combination of the expansive and reductive inductive effects, and these effects are equalized in the geometric set inside the unit. This equality means recognition. The memory unit generates recognition by matching the geometric gears intrinsic to it, in the inductive and expansive forms. In this way, the recognition performed by the memory unit is not a purely philosophical idea, but rather the application of essential mathematical logic. That is because if there are two effects, one that expands and another that reduces, but these two effects use the same geometric path, geometric equality of two inverse motions will occur. This equality actually means recognition. An outward–inward movement that brings in external knowledge meets a movement that occurs from the inside out. If the information circulating within the unit coincides with the information being absorbed, then there will be equality of the geometric units formed inside the unit and, consequently, recognition will occur.
This equality that exists within a memory unit and that is herein called recognition is of high importance in the Theory of Objectivity. This importance lies in the fact that it is the foundation that enabled the emergence of what have been called reason and intelligence units. That is because a memory unit is not limited to accumulating knowledge, but rather is also capable of recognizing. That is, when a memory or reason unit passes in front of a geometric element whose image has previously been absorbed, it will immediately recognize that element, because the information corresponding to that element will already be circulating in its circuits. In addition, as stated above, this knowledge and recognition is cumulative. That is, the more times an element passes in front of another, the more knowledge will have accumulated, and this accumulation is essential for enabling both recognition and political modification of this information. It is evident in this theory that when a reason unit has very high recognition of a particular image, it also has the power to control the corresponding information. That is, the image of an object is first seen by a reason unit and stored in its memory units. When the reason unit sees the same object again, there will be recognition as well as accumulation of more information. After the object has been observed by the reason unit, for example, a million times, that knowledge and recognition will have accumulated at various points in the reason unit. In fact, that information will be contained in many of the memory units that make up that reason unit. That is logical evidence that opens the way for a reason unit to gain a new attribute beyond recognizing: using its stored information politically.
Seventh Absolute Truth
Based on what has already been presented herein, it is possible to say that after the formation of memory units within the universe, existence could not have gained the meaning it has if the elements that compose it were not able to supply and absorb knowledge. This knowledge is not insubstantial; on the contrary, it is necessarily a substance. However, this substance was only formed after the universe was already composed. As stated, this substance formed and called knowledge transcends the total quantum that makes up the universe and, consequently, can transit between the elements and be absorbed by them. Thus, given the foundations already laid out, it is now necessary to present the seventh absolute truth:
“There cannot be a universe composed of existential systems without a substance transcending its quantum.”
This absolute truth could be summarized by saying that it is not possible for a universe to exist without knowledge forming within it. That knowledge can flow through its total quantum, which includes plasma, existential units, and the logical structure that sustains the universe.
Knowledge cannot be just an empty concept. The universe, as this theory demonstrates, is a logical construction based on mathematical truths without which it would not exist. This transcendent substance, knowledge, is the logical link that connects this whole composed of plasma and existential elements. This seventh truism also leads to a derivative truth that must be addressed:
“The transcendent element can only be formed within the universe by existential units in that universe.”
This resulting truth has been mentioned repeatedly in the Theory of Objectivity and is the primary meaning of existence. This existence could not be perceived if there were no beings within the universe capable of forming and absorbing knowledge. Saying that a reason unit is a being is not motivated by convention or any philosophical dogmatic position. The meaning of this existential and logical universe can only be perceived by rational beings, and all atomic formations resulting from the fusion of two or more memory units are already reason units, as demonstrated. These units composed of varieties of elements are reason units because they are capable of forming, absorbing, identifying, and contemplating this knowledge.
A reason unit is the result of the fusion of two or more elements capable of absorbing knowledge; specifically, it is composed of memory units that merge and gain specific meanings, configured in the fact that one of these units (a proton) is loaded with knowledge and the others (neutrons) are empty of knowledge. Thus, every reason unit is actually a combination of two or more elements. This meeting of multiple distinct elements creates the principle that allows these elements to be able not only to absorb knowledge, but also to identify and contemplate it.
As already discussed, a memory unit that is fused to another unit loses its knowledge, because it is not possible for an existential being to be absorbed by another existential being and remain the holder of all of its knowledge. Thus, when a memory unit goes longer than a VLE cycle without meeting the requirements of the inductive effect, it will either be fused to other atomic forms within the period of logical tolerance or defragment, transforming into plasma, in the next VLE cycle. When the first event occurs, the memory unit that attached to another loses its knowledge, transferring that knowledge to the unit with which it merged. Therefore, that unit will initially have a neutral charge within that element. The formed element is unique and is composed of two or more sub-elements with different characteristics. When two reason units merge, information will be shared and some memory units will be loaded with knowledge while others will be empty in principle, serving only to transmit information. Thus, some of the elements hold knowledge and others serve only as zones of passage and investigation of newly absorbed knowledge, receiving information only temporarily.
A logical truth follows:
“The neutral units contained in the center of a reason unit are elements of inquiry that perform investigation and value judgment.”
As it turns out, a reason unit always occurs in a dual way. That is, it is not possible for a reason unit to be composed only of a set of memory units existing separately in a spectrum. A reason unit is only formed if at least two elements merge. Furthermore, a reason unit performs value judgment, which can only occur if it is composed of opposing elements. These opposing elements form the necessary combination of the abilities to possess, recognize, and contemplate knowledge.
Although an isolated memory unit can absorb knowledge and recognize the knowledge it absorbs, pondering judgment
will only be possible if the element contains a part that is capable of absorbing knowledge but that does not store that knowledge indefinitely. Philosophically as well as in a mathematically justifiable way, it can be considered that a being that contains a memory zone can only contemplate and judge knowledge if part of it is empty of knowledge. Value can only be judged when knowledge is temporarily absorbed by the part of the element that is neutral and empty of knowledge in principle. When a piece of knowledge transits through this sub-element, value judgment occurs. It can be said that value judgment occurs because recognition is realized beforehand within the sub-element containing the knowledge. Thus, value judgment logically occurs an instant after recognition.
This recognition is performed within the positive sub-element, and value judgment is performed when, after recognition, the element finds that knowledge contained within a neutral zone in which recognition has not been performed. That is, the sub-element holding the knowledge can verify that the knowledge transits through the neutral sub-element. This ability allows the total unit to adopt positions within its spatial reality, because it seems that the quantity and quality of knowledge accumulated within the elements can influence their reality. If a unit accumulates knowledge that overflows the positively charged sub-element and that knowledge is transferred to the neutral element, the total unit gains the power to attract other elements, even if they meet the requirements of the logical truths. That is, a unit that could ponder eventually attract neighboring units by fusing them to create new clusters and miscellaneous elements.
Furthermore, a reason unit could create conditions for attracting other reason units, without merging with them. If an element is in the midst of other elements of equal logical value, it will tend to remain intact. Thus, in principle, elements were formed in large quantities of the same type by the conditions created by the tertiary plasma and subsequently centrifugal streams. However, equally created elements have a tendency to maintain their equality. That is, a mass of elements of equal content created from plasma currents will tend to remain united, without the units dispersing, in principle. It is evident that this elemental value judgment occurs on a minimal logical scale within the logical field of an element. If an element can ponder and is contained within a mass cohabited by more elements of the same logical composition, the total mass of elements will have a value equal to the sum of all of the units that compose it.
That is, within a spectrum there is an infinite number of atomic masses composing the sub-elemental nature of the total spectrum. Each of these sub-elements contains a set of diverse elements, which are the reason units in terms of minimal existential units. When a set of reason units initiates a macro-scale value judgment, that is, a judgment of the sum of all of those atomic units, that reason unit will be transmuted qualitatively and may be called an intelligence unit. This set of reason units is henceforth called so because it possesses knowledge of its entire geometrical body and is capable of logically existing as a single individual, possessing a value judgment that can be used to transform its spatial reality.
The Theory of Objectivity takes this stance not due to dogmatic conviction, but rather because it follows the logic presented. If an element can accumulate and recognize the information it contains and is composed of many other sub-elements that have (often identical) information accumulated at different points in its body, then the real and logical possibility that the element uses this information in a different manner arises. That can be said because the images that form and accumulate in a transcendent way within a reason unit are not evaluated in a strictly objective way, as they are relative. If the content of the accumulated information is relative, the value judgment of that information will be subjective. This subjectivity exists because when memory units began to be formed by the inductive effect, two new factors also arose within the universe, which until then was objective: randomness and relativity.
As shown, memory units are constructed by an objective will determined by the inductive effect, but there is a randomness regarding their positioning within the universe and their formation of spectra. That is, a memory unit is initially objective, but it later gains randomness in its positioning, even with the influence of the inductive effect on its positioning. In addition to this randomness, there is relativity in terms of the knowledge produced and accumulated inside each memory unit. Although this knowledge is initially the same when a memory unit is formed, it gradually becomes different, gaining relativity. Consequently, there are atomic units with different levels of knowledge. This randomness and relativity caused a relative inductive effect to arise, which occurs inside each atomic unit configured as a reason unit. Thus arose the subjective will.
That does not at all imply that the objective inductive effect, the objective will ceased to exist. The expansive and reductive inductive effects still act in a logical and objective way on the elements, but now they coexist with a subjective will, which can, when the level of knowledge is exceptionally high, enable a unit to use the information it contains, in a subjective way as well. The information that intelligence units contain consists of geometric figures, since that is the form of the available knowledge. Thus, it can be said that intelligence units can think and, as mentioned, create. These assertions, to repeat, are not the results of dogmatic belief, but rather of the fact that there is no alternative when a vast amount of knowledge and subjective potential exist. In other words, there is no other possible means of creation, of invention. According to this discussion and logical reality, intelligence units use their abilities to create new elements. Primary, secondary, and tertiary reason units are created objectively. According to what is presented herein, an exceptionally high number of primary, secondary, and tertiary elements are created by the objective will. However, after the amount of knowledge accumulated within a spectrum reaches a certain level, a subjective will
begins to act within the reason units, transforming them into intelligence units. This action of the subjective will began with the creation of new elements, which the objective will could not create. This creation of new elements has gradually increased in complexity, from the primitive stages of the creation of simple elements to the creation of complex existential systems.
V - Intelligence Units Era
According to what is presented, an intelligence unit is a collection of other being. The universe is the maximum existential system, composed of four quadrants. Each of the four quadrants is composed of several global systems called spectra. A spectrum is composed of several other subsystems, mainly galaxies. In turn, a galaxy is composed of several other beings. The systems that make up a galaxy are, in the same way, collections of other beings. Thus, the Milky Way, for example, is a unique being, composed of several other beings. The systems inside our galaxy are also composed of several other members. In this way, the solar system is one of the beings making up the Milky Way, and the earth is one of the beings making up the solar system. These assertions are made not out of personal conviction, but because the truths set forth in the Theory of Objectivity determine that it must be so. The seventh absolute truth says that it is not possible for a universe to exist with its integral systems without a transcendent substance forming within that universe. This substance, which is knowledge, can only have meaning if there are beings capable of producing and absorbing it. These beings that formed from plasma filaments are not only memory and reason units. According to what is presented, when several beings fuse, a new being is composed in an individualized way and is capable of producing and absorbing knowledge. In this way, a spectrum produces and absorbs knowledge, since it is an existential unit. This existential unit exists logically and is governed by two complementary wills: the objective and subjective wills. Galaxies and systems that arise within spectra can only exist because of the subjective will. Material systems exist due to the seventh absolute truth. The objective will formed the elements that make up the universe, but it could not have created all of the systems that compose it. The relativity and randomness that emerged in the universe after its formation created the subjective will, and only that subjective will that exists in each individual atomic unit enables political action, when these wills are combined in a single spectral body. However, a spectrum will necessarily be subdivided into various logical levels, for the knowledge inside it is also diverse. The level of subjective knowledge that makes up a spectrum is diverse in terms of its quantum extension. During the centrifugal process, a spectrum is formed in a diverse way in terms of the levels of knowledge arranged in its body. Consequently, the parts of a spectrum have corresponding levels of subjectivity. A spectrum, in this way, appears as a unique being, but subdivided into diverse knowledge levels. The systems that make up a spectrum are the result of this diversity of these knowledge levels. This initial agglomeration of reason units, perceived as being unique and containing diverse pieces of knowledge, will act politically in order to organize this knowledge in a subjective way. The knowledge within the universe is organized into instances. Thus, a spectrum is an intermediate instance with various levels and degrees of subjective will action. Instances of knowledge occur in three levels: superior, intermediate, and final, and at each level, the degree of performance of the subjective will can vary from zero to four. This organization of the combination of objective and subjective knowledge into levels of instances and degrees is, of course, a basic structure established by the interaction between the objective and subjective wills, as will now be demonstrated. However, within each level and degree there is an exceptionally high number of what are herein called knowledge rings, which began to form upon the completion of the construction of the universe and consequent emergence of the subjective will. Starting at time zero, the amount of knowledge increased and gained qualitative diversity during each VLE cycle. As stated, time zero represents the beginning of the count of the current existential time. Therefore, a conclusion can be drawn from the facts presented that has already been substantiated and can be summarized as follows:
“The current existential time actually represents the movement involved in the formation of knowledge within the universe since time zero.”
As said, from time zero, the amount of knowledge in the universe and its qualitative diversity increased in each VLE cycle. This constant formation of knowledge in different quantities and of different qualities formed what are herein called knowledge rings, for knowledge occurs as layers of information that overlap within spectral units and their respective composite beings. If knowledge is formed, time flows, and if it is not, time is static. A layer of accumulated information stands out as a ring when the quantity and quality of the information can bring about substantial changes in the existential geometric reality.
A system within a spectrum is an instance within that spectrum and only has the power to act within its allotted region. Similarly, the beings that make up a system inside a spectrum are instances and can only act in harmony with the logical balance of the overall spectral system. According to what it is observed, superior instances are always formed by the objective will. In fact, only the superior instances and primary memory units are formed exclusively by objective knowledge. Intermediate and final instances necessarily contain both objective and subjective knowledge. The greater the degree of an instance, the greater the performance of the subjective will. That is, as an instance increases in degree, the participation of the subjective will in its formation and functioning increases. Intermediate instances are governed by both the objective and subjective wills; that is, they contain both objective and relative knowledge. In the Logical Currents Era, the subjective will only signified the randomness of the movement of the atomic units and the relativity of the knowledge absorbed by them. However, after the end of the Centrifugal Era, when the spectra already existed as individuals, the subjective began to act effectively to compose, from what already existed, new, diverse material units. The spectra are intermediate instances, since they were formed essentially by the objective will, in spite of there already being discrete, but gradually increasing initial relativity due to the extrusion process. A spectrum is essentially governed by objective mathematical will, but the subjective will of the existential units that compose it also acts, influencing its quantum configuration. Final instances are characterized essentially by the fact that relative knowledge created by the existential units is most responsible for its final configuration. That is, the objective mathematical will continues to act in a constant way in final instances, but the subjective will acts decisively in their creation. Final instances are adaptations of the existing material elements formed by the subjective will.
The material systems that make up a spectrum are final instances, for they were formed in an initially objective way from the centrifugal knowledge within a spectrum, but gained political contours due to the action of the subjective will, which occurred intensely starting from the end of the Centrifugal Era when the Intelligence Unit Era began.
Tertiary plasma currents acting alternately from the framing fields created logical currents of the transcendent element and atomic mass composed essentially of primary atomic units. Starting from the Centrifugal Era, when two macro and alternating currents composed of plasma, transcendent elements, and primary, secondary, and tertiary atomic units intersected in a centrifugal mode, especially in the center of the universal quadrants, the possibility arose of forming the stars that make up the galaxies. According to what is proposed, the spherical shape of the stars that populate the universe is justifiable, resulting from the encounter of alternating currents of primitive atomic mass and electric, magnetic, and radiation currents, which intersected and centrifugally created the spheres in their various configurations.
Stars are formed because the intense centrifugal process provides the condensation of elements that merge from alternating currents of atomic matter, plasma, and knowledge. After the beginning of the Centrifugal Era, currents composed essentially of hydrogen and helium began the formation of exceptionally large quantities of secondary and tertiary elements. The continuity of this centrifugal process from all possible chemical elements already created necessarily initiated the formation of spherical beings. Logically, alternating currents of hydrogen and helium are necessarily present at the beginning of the process of formation of each astral spherical unit that is composed. The continuous fusion of primary, secondary, and tertiary elements leads to the formation of spherical centers where the elements cease to exist only in gaseous form to begin to create condensed spherical units of solid matter. These solid central spheres allow the formation of successive layers of matter that gradually aggregates to the initial spherical formation. This behavior occurs because the centrifugal process observed within each galaxy occurs in such a way that the alternating currents of matter, plasma, and radiation cyclically form successive rings of knowledge. The intense centrifugal process within each galaxy develops in a diversified way within the spectral body, which is justified because the alternating macro-currents forming each galaxy individually are composed of exceptionally high numbers of alternating undercurrents that make up that total galactic body. Thus, a galaxy will have alternating currents of diverse dimensions. The primitive atomic mass is cut by tertiary plasma currents that form in front of each embryonic memory framing field. These micro-currents of tertiary plasma also promote the formation of currents of atomic matter composed initially only of hydrogen. During the Logical Currents Era, with the continuation of the extrusion process, an exceptionally high number of currents formed and began to meet in the center of the universal quadrants. The continuous extrusion process during that era created from the initial micro-currents of plasma and atomic matter macro-currents of diverse dimensions, which would be configured into spectra, galaxies, and other subsystems.
According to the truths presented here, the continuous fusion of spheres can only sequentially form an essentially spherical being in the end. During the Centrifugal Era, almost all of the stars that make up the universe were formed. However, even after the end of the Centrifugal Era, macro and alternating currents of primitive atomic mass continued to exist within the universe, composing the spectra and still making new stars appear. In fact, the Centrifugal Era was characterized by the intense formation of stars and galaxies throughout the universe. However, the centrifugation itself continued to act less intensely on the spectra, in order to allow the appearance of new stars and galaxies. According to what is proposed, stars are formed essentially by movement of logical currents of the primitive atomic mass, but the subjective will is already present during this formation and affects the final configurations of stars, although always less than the objective will. Thus, stars make up galaxies and galaxies make up spectra. Stars are essentially composed by the objective will, but the systems that the stars come to form are essentially formed by the subjective will.
Stars initially appear at random, formed by the movements of the logical currents. However, the final systems composed of stars are not the results of the objective will, but rather of the subjective will. According to what is proposed, after the end of the Centrifugal Era, the final configuration of the universe was essentially formed, but the final existential systems were not. The formation of the final existential systems is the framework that determined an essential change within the universe, based on the fact that in these systems the subjective will acts more intensely than the objective will. With the end of the Centrifugal Era, the Intelligence Unit Era began, and these units began to create the existential systems.
The stars are of essentially objective construction, but the systems composed of stars are essentially subjective in construction. This fact characterizes and justifies the classification of the ultimate existential systems, as will be verified below, in final instances of degree 1. That is, the final instance existential systems are the results of a subjective will that permeates the stars that compose them. The subjective will permeates these stars because knowledge accumulates in the alternating macro-current of primitive atomic mass that formed the stars and these alternating macro-currents act on these same stars together, composing a logical system. A related unfailing logical truth can be stated as follows:
“Final instance existential systems are composite beings composed of stars and alternating currents of plasma, the transcendent element, and atomic mass, formed in a region where the subjective will surpasses the objective will in the determination of spatial reality.”
Systems in general, of all instances, are composed of stars and alternating currents of atomic mass holding the knowledge that composes their logical structures and enables their maintenance. Thus, every system is essentially maintained by logical currents of atomic matter possessing exceptionally high levels of knowledge. These currents of atomic matter are evidently accompanied by currents of plasma and the transcendent element outside the atomic units.
These plasma currents, in specific quanta, may take the form of magnetic and electric currents. In fact, a system, as stated, is a composite being and portions of logical atomic macro-currents belonging to a total spectrum will bypass the system to give it logical support within that spectrum. This behavior is justified because the centrifugal currents that formed the stars are centers of knowledge that fit and are arranged together to form systems.
According to this theory, the subjective will is responsible for the formation of the final existential systems, and this subjective will is arranged in alternating logical currents that permeate and circumvent the stars that are arranged in the same systems. Stars are beings, as are the atomic logical currents that permeate and circumvent the systems composed of them. In fact, these currents are the intelligence units that act in the formation and logical maintenance of their structures. It should be noted that these significant alternating currents of intelligence units emerged from the centrifugal logical currents. At the beginning of the Centrifugal Era, these currents were not configured as intelligence units, but only as reason units. That is because the objective will in conjunction with randomness and relativity determined this alternating movement of currents during the essential centrifugation period. However, this situation gradually changed until the subjective will overcame the objective will in the control of the quantum space.
Alternating currents of atomic units holding exceptionally high levels of knowledge are essential in the formation not only of the systems that make up the galaxies, but also of the diverse logical subsystems that compose them from an exceptionally high number of knowledge rings. Of course, not every quantum composition belonging to a galaxy belongs to a final existential system, since currents of primary atomic elements and intermediate formations also compose it, corroborating this understanding of the formation and gradual transformation of the spectra. On the other hand, not every star formed essentially by the objective will be contained within a final existential system; instead, it may occur in isolation or in configurations that do not translate into final systems. This assertion is justified because in regions in which intelligence units have not yet developed, the formations occur randomly due to the logical currents and are composed essentially of reason units that do not have sufficient knowledge to transform their own spatial reality.
A planet that orbits a star is a final instance, because it is the result of the subjective will of the system that contains it and that circumvents the actions of the objective will on the system, enabling it to be complete. A biological system that occurs on a planet such as the earth, for example, is a final instance because it is composed essentially by the subjective will. It should be emphasized that the objective will never ceases to exist, for every atomic unit throughout the universe behaves in an objective way. The inductive effect is the logical essence of the objective will and perpetually acts on the atomic units. However, in the final material systems, the subjective will circumvents this existing objectivity to provide those systems with features that the objective will alone could not develop. The objective will created the universe and the atomic units that populate it, but it cannot create the final instance material systems. The greater the degree within an instance, the greater and more decisive the performance of the subjective will in the formation of the systems and its sub-elements.
Faced with such facts, an additional truth must be highlighted, because every being existing within the universe is composed of atomic units. There is no being in the universe that is not composed of atoms. There are indeed beings containing high amounts of the transcendent element, but this knowledge necessarily transits between atomic units. In addition, it is the atomic units that give the contours that every individual being necessarily possesses. A memory unit is a being, but it is not a reason unit. Only from the creation of the hydrogen isotopes were reason units formed, since they are composed of at least two other elements, to enable the three logical processes necessary for all reason units to occur, namely, the formation of knowledge, recognition, and pondering judgment according to conclusive logic. Rational units are necessarily composite beings, due to the sixth absolute truth. Knowledge only makes sense when it is produced and transmitted by atomic units, as stated by the seventh absolute truth. A resulting truth, one of the last in this theory, can be stated as follows:
“Every rational being existing within the universe is a composite element necessarily composed of atomic units with different levels of knowledge. The greater the level of knowledge of the transcendent element that pervades this unit, the greater the possibility that it will be able to transform its spatial reality.”
The universe is not a being. The universe is the total logical instance composed exclusively by the objective will. This assertion is justified because every existential form is contained within the universe and logically integrated with it. The embryonic memory is a being composed exclusively by the objective will. It has no political profile and, therefore, does not act. This statement is justified precisely because the embryonic memory was formed exclusively by the objective will. The embryonic memory constantly receives concrete knowledge, but it does not have another being of equal parity to provide information. In fact, the embryonic memory transmits and receives concrete knowledge contained within the four quadrants. It is a being and cannot logically possess pondering judgment as a reason unit, which is a composite being, can. Everything existing before extrusion was of an objective mathematical nature. Only after the formation of the universe and the beginning of the extrusion process did the subjective will gradually begin to form within the universal sphere. The beginning of the counting of existential time in fact represents the beginning of the formation of the transcendent space, which is knowledge itself. If it were possible to stop the formation of condensed space within the universe, the current existential time would also stop because time and space represent the same logical essence. In addition, as stated, knowledge can only be formed if there is movement. No transcendent space would be formed if the atomic units were static within the universe. Time only runs because the atomic units that populate the universe are in perpetual motion. It should be emphasized that time is not an atomic element, plasmatic substance, or phenomenal element. Consequently, what is justifiably proposed is that time has the same meaning as knowledge. The current existential time thus represents the formation of the transcendent element, and the current universal time represents the formation of a quantum outside the current universe. The space that has been formed inside the universe since its emergence is condensed space and represents time, the knowledge that is produced continuously and that gives logical sense to existence.
It can also be verified that the current existential time inside the universe is not unique, since the formation of knowledge in the various sub-elements that populate the universe is not unique either. Thus, there is a total current existential time, which applies to the relations between the various spectra that compose the universal sphere. According to what is proposed, each of the four quadrants has its own time, but that time is connected to those of the other quadrants, since the embryonic memory separates and connects them, allowing the constant exchange of concrete knowledge between them. On the other hand, there are several other times derived from these four principal ones, represented by the knowledge that is formed within each spectrum, galaxy, and specific existential system. It is only possible to speak of present, past, and future if there is movement and the consequent formation of knowledge. Present, past, and future represent the correlations between the knowledge rings that form successively. If it were possible to have a spectrum formed of totally static atomic units within the universe, internal time would not run for that spectrum, for there would be no formation of knowledge, which is time itself. These facts mean that spectra, galaxies, and systems are all in perpetual motion within the quadrants of the universe. In addition, this knowledge, time itself, necessarily occurs at different levels within the universal quadrants, for only by encountering alternating currents with different degrees of radiation can the formation of a subjective will actually take place politically to compose and organize quanta of space.
In view of Given the above, it is possible to provide a logical summary of the relationships among the elements and objective and subjective knowledge, considering the seventh absolute truth:
What characterizes an element as being of a higher level is construction exclusively by the objective and logical mathematical will. There is no randomness, relativity or subjectivity in this construction.
The universe, which is a total logical instance, and the embryonic memory, which was the first being contained within this total logical instance, are classified as higher level precisely because they were constructed entirely by the mathematical, objective will and were the first elements to occur in the Existential Era.
What characterizes an element as being of an intermediate level is derivation from elements of higher levels.
When the universe was formed containing the first existential unit, the sixth absolute truth also emerged. Thus, everything that has
occurred since instant zero has been a derivative of the total logical instance and embryonic memory. In fact, Table 05 places the universe and embryonic memory at the top of the formation of this knowledge and all of the other elements that are derivatives of it constructed with different degrees of participation of the objective and subjective wills. The universe provides concrete knowledge in the form of primary plasma, and the first existential unit contained within this universe transformed this concrete knowledge into memory units. These memory units formed from the higher instances were also constructed objectively, because there was no relativity in their construction. The memory units formed primarily did not influence the knowledge absorbed in the construction of the other units that were formed in sequence, because all of them were contained within framing fields and then placed into logical rails that did not allow random movements.
What determines the degree of an intermediate or final instance is the level of subjective knowledge available for the construction of that element. The memory units were created exclusively by the mathematical, logical, and objective will. There was no randomness or relativity in their construction, so the degree assigned to memory units in intermediate instances is zero. In turn, reason units already have a certain relativity and randomness upon their formation, because the movement that the memory units promote is no longer contained within logical rails. Even though the memory units followed logical currents after the end of the Logical Rails Era, there is randomness and relativity in the movement of these currents and in the positioning of the atomic units that compose them. Thus, these units absorb relative knowledge, which is applied in the formation of reason units. It must be emphasized here that the subjective will arises from relativity and randomness, which began to occur after the end of the Logical Rails Era. The random motion of the atomic units in the universe and the absorption of relative knowledge concerning the images captured by these units form the basis of subjectivity, which originated, therefore, at the instant that the first hydrogen isotopes were formed. The beginning of reason unit formation also marked the emergence of yet another factor that logically composes the subjective will: value judgment. While a memory unit forms knowledge and recognizes images within its field of view, judgment of this knowledge can only occur if the element is a reason unit. Thus, it is necessary to define the subjective will:
“The subjective will is the mathematical logical sequence existing in reason units with four basic required characteristics: random movement, relative absorbed knowledge, recognition, and value judgment derived from the first three requirements.”
From the construction of the first reason units, which are the isotopes of hydrogen, the subjective will, although very weak and configured only in randomness and relativity, began to influence the formation of the other elements. During the formation of the tertiary plasma logical currents, the action of the subjective will was very low, and only due to the centrifugal process did the action of this will intensify. During the Logical Currents Era, value judgment did not exist to the extent that it could influence the formation of the elements. Value judgment only gradually intensified after the emergence of the centrifugal centers.
Thus, degree 1 is assigned to the intermediate instance reason units. The intensification of the centrifugation of the alternating logical currents also increased the level of movement and consequent knowledge formation. In this process, specific portions of primitive atomic mass began to compose spectra. There was a marked increase in the influence of the subjective will on the formation of these great existential units contained within the universe; therefore, the participation of the subjective will increased to degree 2. Within these spectra, because of the centrifugation continuity and consequent formation of specific centrifugal portions configured as galaxies, the participation of the subjective will increased further, to degree 3. In sequence, still as a result of the intense centrifugal process and within specific regions of galaxies, spherical stars formed with high diversity and even greater participation of the subjective will. Thus, these intermediate instances are assigned degree 4. According to what is observed, the participation of the objective will in the construction of elements of intermediate instance is always greater than that of the subjective will. The use of degrees is a logical way of demonstrating the intensity of this participation. As stated, only the objective will participates in the formation of a memory unit, and consequently their degree is zero.
The following points are of utmost importance and therefore merit reiteration:
What characterizes an instance as being final is the fact that the subjective will surpasses the objective will in the formation of the element.
As shown, the greater the participation of the subjective will in the logical structure of the element, the greater the degree within the instance. Thus, the ultimate existential systems that occur within galaxies are final instances of degree 1. This assertion is justified because a material system is the result of the different levels of knowledge formed in a diverse way within a spectrum. A star that is contained within a system changes from the intermediate instance level to the final one. The subjective will that shapes a material system is a sub-element within a spectrum. A final instance system is a sub-element of the spectrum itself that occurs in an individualized way, and this sub-element of specific knowledge is a being, a set of reason units that occurs in an individualized way within the spectrum. When the subjective knowledge within a sub-element reaches an exceptionally high level and enables that element to be recognized as an individual, that cluster of reason units gains the status of an intelligence unit. In addition, a cluster of reason units becomes an intelligence unit when the subjective knowledge within the spectrum affects its spatial configuration more than the objective knowledge. As Table 05 shows, subjective knowledge can only overcome objective knowledge in the formation of final instance existential systems. Thus, only after the formation of the stars did intelligence units emerge, for they are capable of recognizing themselves as individuals and organizing their available space.
According to what is proposed, logical currents of alternating atomic units accompanied by plasma and radiation bypass the objective will to maintain the organization of the existing stars in final instance existential systems. Within these final systems, these alternating logical currents have several levels of derivation, generating smaller derivative currents that interact directly with the surfaces of the stars and integrate these systems, forming an essentially composite instance containing several beings that have specific functions according to their locations. Obviously, the alternating currents of atomic matter, plasma, and the transcendent element undergo alternating and perpetual movement in the process of knowledge formation.
What characterizes the type of existence of an element are the manner of its construction and its logical form as it continues to exist. Thus, the universe is in fact the total logical instance, for all forms of existence are contained within it. The embryonic memory is a being, because it absorbs and reproduces concrete knowledge. The existence of the embryonic memory is objective, since it does not depend on subjective knowledge to continue logically existing. A reason unit has essentially objective construction, but its formation is partially subjective, determined by the randomness of its movements and the relativity of the absorbed knowledge. In addition, a reason unit is a being of mixed existence, since it must produce, receive, recognize, and supply relative knowledge to remain in existence. No being can maintain its logical construction if it does not produce, receive, recognize, and supply knowledge, as all beings within the universe obey the seventh absolute truth in those regards.
The embryonic memory logically does not obey the seventh absolute truth, because it originated prior to the emergence of this truth. If a unit ceases to conform to the logical requirements of the seventh absolute truth, it will cease to exist, defragmenting and transforming into total plasma.
All elements, except for memory units, are classified as having mixed existence in Table 05 precisely because they are existential units that need to be based logically on both the objective and subjective wills.
Sociopolitical Phenomenal Elements
The terrestrial biological system is just one example of a subsystem within an existential instance system. The determining subjective will of the terrestrial biological system is configured as alternating currents of matter, plasma, and radiation that continuously interact with the planetary surface and are simultaneously connected to the upper alternating currents from which they are in fact derived. There may be other subsystems that make up a material system that are not biological. For example, the earth is a biological subsystem that is a component of the solar system. However, on another planet where there is no biological system, there are other subsystems that are not biological. Any subsystem that exists on another planet and is not biological will necessarily be formed by the elements that exist: the material elements, plasma, and the transcendent element. A biological system is associated with degree 2 in this classification because a system contained on a planet is directly connected to the larger system of which it is a component. Thus, for example, the biological system of the earth is necessarily and directly connected to the larger system of which it is a part, which is the solar system. In this sense, since the earth is the only biologically inhabited planet in the entire solar system, there is the logical possibility that this whole system actually works because of life on Earth. This possibility should not be discarded, since there is no sense in an intelligence unit organizing a system containing elements that are not purposeful. Furthermore, the greater purpose that is shown in the quantum set that makes up the solar system is precisely the biological system, in which the human species can be compared to stellar intelligence units, which are capable of transforming their spatial reality, even forming existential subsystems.
To say that an element has mixed existence indicates that it can exist only with the two wills, subjective and objective, working concomitantly. That is, it is not possible for a spectrum to exist without the subjective and objective wills working in parallel. If the subjective will did not begin to act within a spectrum, that spectrum would logically never become a set of galaxies and would expand without limits until it succumbed. As shown here, randomness and relativity, attributable to atomic units after the start of the extrusion process, allow the emergence of different levels of knowledge for specific groups of memory units, which is necessary for the formation of elements other than hydrogen. Thus, if subjectivity had not emerged, the universe would not have gained the observed atomic configuration. It should be emphasized, however, that the initial subjectivity occurring due to extrusion was not yet capable of making political decisions, since its logical configuration was based only on the randomness of movements and the relativity of the formation and absorption of knowledge. In spite of the beginning of the Centrifugal Era, pondering judgment developed gradually, and only after the end of the Centrifugal Era did the Intelligence Unit Era begin. From then on, reason units could be transformed into intelligence units and could begin to adopt political positions within their spatial reality. The end of the Centrifugal Era and the beginning of the Intelligence Unit Era is a milestone of great importance within the universe, because at that moment the sociopolitical phenomenal element emerged.
The systems composed by political will are also related to a phenomenal element, since they represent the interaction between the three elements that make up the existing universe: atomic units, plasma, and knowledge. A final instance system is a sociopolitical phenomenal element, because it represents the encounter of these three basic elements of existence, promoted essentially by the will of a set of beings that act to organize a quantum of space. Every system is necessarily composed by the interactions among several beings, so it is social. The sociopolitical phenomenal element is derived from this subjective will that acts in the logical organization of quanta of space. This logical organization includes the creation of elements and systems in their various configurations, since all creation represents, in the end, only an arrangement composed necessarily by the three existential elements, due to the sixth absolute truth. Thus, it is necessary to summarize an explicit derivative truth:
“The existential universe is composed of various intensities and types of three basic elements: atomic units, plasma, and knowledge, and all other forms of existence observed within the universe represent phenomenal elements, since they are necessarily arrangements of the three essential elements, due to the sixth absolute truth.”
According to the logical conclusion, there is a hierarchical cadence in this final organization. Thus, a spectrum is a being, as it exists as an individual that differs from the neighboring spectra. In addition, a spectrum forms and absorbs knowledge. If the spectrum already has a high level of centrifugal development, so that its body is composed of galaxies, then all of the formations inside the spectrum will be arranged as a single logical system, even if there are no intelligence units. A spectrum necessarily arises as a reason unit, and only after the formation of an exceptionally large number of set of knowledge rings does a spectrum gain the characteristics necessary to become an intelligence unit. In this way, the value judgment of which every element composed of two or more spheres is capable will be performed on an exceptionally high level of knowledge within that spectral body so that it will begin to identify itself as an existential unit. When a spectrum begins to recognize itself as a unit, it will begin to use its value judgment logically in its unit body. When a spectrum reaches this level of knowledge that turns it into an intelligence unit, it will be composed of other centrifugal subsystems, and the largest centrifugal systems that make up a spectrum are galaxies. Therefore, when a spectrum becomes an intelligence unit, it will consist of other derived intelligence units, which are galaxies, because these sub-elements make up its body. Thus, a spectral intelligence unit necessarily arises as a composite being composed of galaxies. In the same way as the spectrum, each individual galaxy will have transformed itself into an intelligence unit after its body has undergone centrifugation that allows the appearance of knowledge rings of an exceptionally high level capable of transforming that spectral portion that was a reason unit into an intelligence unit. In addition, each individual galaxy when subjected to the centrifugal process that creates an exceptionally high level of knowledge will have formed within its body a large number of stars. Thus, there is a logical and necessary hierarchy that makes each intelligence unit a composite being. In this way, the purpose of an intelligence unit configured in a spectrum is to organize the space within its own body, which consists of galaxies. In turn, each individual galaxy, as an intelligence unit, is also a composite being because it contains several portions composed of stars and other formations. Thus, the purpose of a galactic intelligence unit is to organize its inner space composed of stars and other formations. In the final organization that each intelligence unit promotes, conflicts will occur, because it is not possible for several material beings to attempt formation of the same space without there being conflict. The inductive effect that acts individually on each atomic unit causes conflicts, since it promotes disputes between elements when they become bastards or orphans. Thus, macroscopic beings also necessarily dispute their geometric boundaries. This conflict occurring in the dispute of space logically justifies the use of the term “sociopolitical phenomenal element” to describe each one of the sets acting as a unit. Within each galaxy an exceptionally high number of alternating undercurrents will occur that will exist as specific intelligence units.
These specific alternating currents, which together make a galaxy a composite being, have the purpose of organizing what has been called a final instance existential system. The purpose of the galaxy as an intelligence unit is to organize its subsystems as units. In turn, the purpose of these specific intelligence units that make up a galaxy is to organize final instance existential systems. Following this obvious and necessary hierarchical logical order, each specific intelligence unit configured as an alternating current that organizes in a single system stars of diverse species is also a sociopolitical phenomenal element. That is because it will be composed of other smaller alternating currents that individually circumvent each star, composing a specific derivative system. On Earth, alternating currents that bypass the planetary surface interacting with its internal and external convergence zones are derived from these larger alternating currents that give logical support to the final instance existential system. Within this hierarchical and logical framework, each specific system that involves each star will be connected to the larger system to which they belong and from which they are derived. In the solar system, specific alternating currents possessing an exceptionally high level of knowledge circumvent the entire system. These specific alternating currents derive smaller currents that make up the specific systems that interact with the convergence zones of the astral spheres. The purpose of each of these subsystems that circumvent the stars, like the biological system that circumvents the earth, is to create and manage the beings that inhabit it.
Certainly these assertions here justified and supported by a logical, rational, and mathematical essence will be contested by many followers of scientism. However, once again scientifists will show themselves to be contradictory, for they themselves claim that every biological life form and the human intelligence units on earth were formed via natural randomness capable of turning atoms into living beings.
As it turns out, the arguments of scientifists themselves logically serve to corroborate what this theory proposes as truth, since if atoms organize themselves, then obviously they must exchange information. Otherwise, all of them would continue to exist only in a random and chaotic way. On the other hand, if a mass of atomic elements can organize in various and exceptionally complex ways, it is obviously also logical to conclude that necessary decisions will be taken that direct a set of initial elements to become a single element with diverse and specific functions. That is, in order for a set of atoms that occur spatially in a chaotic way to be organized with a specific purpose, there must be a decisive will. The Theory of Objectivity shows in a logical, mathematical, and grounded way that there are two essential logical wills in the universe, an objective will that constructed the universe itself and a subjective one that began its formation when the counting of existential time began, reaching the level of subjective will capable of creating intelligence units after the end of the Centrifugal Era.
Of course, a sensible rational being devoid of religious and scientific dogma can understand and logically conclude that the arguments presented herein are true.
Nother conclusion that can be reached is that, if on a small planet like the earth the atoms were able to organize and produce every form of life and biological intelligence, those same atoms must also be able, on scales exponentially larger than that of our host planet, to exist as logical portions configured as intelligence units.
As has been substantiated here, subjectivity is the result of randomness that generates in a derivative way the absorption of relative knowledge, followed by recognition. These factors were necessary for the formation of value judgment and consequent emergence of intelligence units, when the layers of knowledge rings reached exceptionally high levels. However, this randomness is not chaotic. That is, it is not governed by total chance. Indeed, as has been deeply grounded here, this randomness occurs in a necessarily logical pattern. After the end of the Logical Rails Era, randomness, which did not exist until then, emerged in the existential universe. However, at the very moment that randomness emerged, the Logical Currents Era began. Subsequently, at the end of the Logical Currents Era, the Centrifugal Era began, during which alternating currents arranged in spectral masses began to form common centers, generating galaxies and various subsystems in exceptionally high numbers. Therefore, there was never total, chaotic randomness in the process of forming the relative systems that fill the universe. That is because, as demonstrated, any movement of atomic units will always follow alternating logical or centrifugal currents and, subsequently, alternating cyclic currents arranged in geometric units configured as spectra, galaxies, and other derivative subsystems.
In this regard, it is necessary to present the following fundamental truth of utmost importance:
“There is no random movement within the universe that occurs totally by chance and chaotically, for all randomness is necessarily contained in a logical current within the universal total logical instance.”
Several alternating currents that surround the earth promote the creation of the terrestrial biological system. All of these specific currents that interact with the convergence zones of the planet are derived from a common collection of the alternating currents that bypass and permeate the solar system as a whole. The fact that the earth is circumvented by several alternating currents explains why many biological species arise only in specific regions on the planetary surface. The different human ethnicities are also logically the result of these specific alternating currents, which originated from an earlier conflict, when these currents were still in reason units. These conflict zones can never disappear altogether, as observed, but tended to gain relative stability, eventually generating a unique biological system composed of several alternating currents configured as specific intelligence units. The terrestrial biological system, as it turns out, is a specific sociopolitical phenomenal element.
The following related truth is evident:
“It is not possible for intelligence units, which act subjectively, to emerge if there are no alternating cyclic currents of atoms in continuous motion and that find in space, promoting the formation of knowledge and geometric recognition in a particular region.”
This resulting truth is grounded in the fact that knowledge that accumulates in successive rings is continually formed. Repetition is necessary for the formation of successive knowledge rings. There will be no creation of successive layers of knowledge if the geometric elements whose images form that knowledge are not rediscovered in space. Repetition is a necessary and indispensable factor in the recognition step of rational pondering. There will be no pondering judgment, which is the action of the subjective will itself, if recognition has not been achieved beforehand by forming knowledge and then experiencing repetitive temporal movement. That means that alternating currents move on specific cyclic paths, so that the atomic units can periodically meet again. That is, there is only recognition if elements A and B meet in space again.
Every centrifugal process originates from intense conflict centers. When alternating currents of different knowledge are in the center of the spatial dimensions, they begin an intense dispute over the formation of space, promoting the creation of chemical elements in their various possible configurations. From these conflict zones currents configured in centers containing high levels of knowledge are derived. Intelligence units only appear after the occurrence of conflict zones. The macroscopic reason units that occur prior to intelligence units are the results of this intense space dispute. Intelligence units only begin to emerge when these conflicts reach levels of relative stability. This relative stability results from the formation of alternating cyclic currents containing exceptionally high levels of knowledge and a large number of astral spherical formations at different temporal levels.
Final instance existential systems only arise when alternating currents stand out within these centers of knowledge and organize stars that cohabit a space, forming successive rings of knowledge from the continuous cyclical movement that occurs for that specific final system. A final system is a unique time zone, since the knowledge that forms there is, in principle, attached to that space, contoured and filled by particular alternating currents. A spectrum is a temporal unit, as are the galaxies that fill spectra and the diverse systems that compose galaxies, including the final instance existential systems, since they continuously form specific knowledge of their cyclic spatial reality. Each of these temporal units also interacts continuously with other units of the same and different levels, since all of them, as individual beings, can supply and absorb knowledge.
Spectra, galaxies, and all other subsystems exist as temporal geometric units composed of complexes of reason units. The same is true of living beings, which exist as complexes of reason units organized by an essentially subjective will and programmatically configured for a purpose. Therefore, the essence of a living being as a sociopolitical phenomenal element is corroborated.
The human species has been assigned the highest degree within its final instance because man is the being within the terrestrial biological system that has the highest level of subjective will in its formation. All beings in the biological system, of course, are formed decisively by the subjective will. The subjective will for the formation of man and all other beings on Earth is configured as a biological system. This biological system is actually represented by logical currents of plasma, radiation, and atomic units that bypass the earth and interact with the larger system to which they belong, which is the solar system. However, man has an attribute that equates him to this subjective will. Thus, man is not only a result of the determination of the subjective will, but also an integral part of this subjective will itself, and the logical essence of the subjective will is political stance and creation. Unlike other terrestrial beings, man is capable of recognizing himself as an individual and as being able to transform his environment. Just as the subjective will acts within a spectrum to varying degrees to transform its spatial reality, man in his terrestrial reality acts to transform his environment. Man is a biological being resulting from the creation of a subjective will, and this subjective will belonging to the terrestrial biological system uses man as physical support to transform this system further. Every composite being existing in the universe is a rational being, for it transmits and absorbs knowledge. However, man is an intelligence unit that was formed by the most intense degree of application of the subjective will in the terrestrial biological system. Only the human species has been programmed to become capable of making political decisions in that system. It should be noted that the structures of physical animal bodies, and especially that of man, obey logic very similar to that underlying the total universal sphere and memory units. When one sees a man, one is actually seeing a being derived from the primitive mathematical essence that has had spherical logical structures as its main references since its origin. Evidently, man and all of the other biological species that populate the earth were not created magically or from chaotic natural randomness, but rather from a process of logical organization of the three elements that necessarily occur in a gradual, successive manner and are contained within an exceptionally high number of knowledge rings.
The initial knowledge rings of every primitive species existing in the biological system originate from the organization of atoms, plasma, and radiation, composing primitive biological elements. These primary biological elements are significant molecules. This process of action of the subjective will that makes up the terrestrial biological system also occurs initially in conflicts between the various alternating currents of intelligence, which later achieve necessary stability, ultimately generating a relatively balanced system composed of an exceptionally high number of knowledge rings.
There is no evolution, but the construction and adaptation of biological species.
The political will determining the creation of the biological system originated in the main channels of alternating currents in the solar system. The derived alternating currents that circumvent the earth are essentially executors of this higher political will of which they are sub-elements. Justifiably, terrestrial biological beings are sociopolitical phenomenal elements, since they are composed by interaction among the basic elements and necessarily originate from a higher political will. The social quality attributed to biological elements is justified because every terrestrial living being is the result of the combination of an exceptionally high number of reason units, composing an essential complex. Hydrogen isotopes were the first reason units in the universe, and every living being on Earth or any other planet that has arisen or will arise is a composite being necessarily composed of a complex of reason units programmed in advance. This construction logically does not occur without conflict among the various alternating currents of political will, which is justified because there is an unavoidable initial space dispute, which gradually achieves relative equilibrium. In the construction process carried out via the formation of an exceptionally high number of knowledge rings, reflection of the interaction between the alternating currents and the planetary surface necessarily occurs in each species. This reflection means that all of the created terrestrial biological species are resultant and also interact with three determining factors, which are atmospheric pressure, temperature, and topography.
To reiterate, on planets different from the earth, where the atmospheric conditions, temperature, and topography are different from those on Earth, there may be life forms other than biological ones. These non-terrestrial life forms would also be sociopolitical phenomenal elements, but the initial complexes of reason units that form them would originate and adapt to those local atmospheric, thermal, and topographical conditions. This understanding is justified because there is no logical reason to believe that only specific atmospheric, thermal, and topographical conditions are capable of harboring living beings. As stated herein, spectra, galaxies, and derivative systems are beings, and the quality of life can be attributed to all of these beings, when the logical alternating currents are fixed and that region of space recognizes itself as unit, becoming able to make political decisions. In this sense, it is logically possible that on seemingly uninhabited planets there may be communities of beings that occur as energy spectra composed essentially of specific streams of radiation and plasma that interact continuously with the planetary surface composed of atoms. This interaction of these energetic beings with the planetary surface is necessary because only atomic units can generate and transmit knowledge and make value judgments. These energetic currents would then only appear as a logical extension of the material portions of the planet.
This understanding is perfectly valid, since the existential systems configured as intelligence units are composed of celestial bodies and alternating and cyclic currents of atomic matter, plasma, and radiation. This radiation, which is itself an exceptionally high level of accumulated knowledge, is obviously contained within the atomic units, but also and especially in the external alternating currents. There may also be forms of life in other systems and planets that do not rely on elements essential to life on earth, such as water and oxygen.
Thus, what appears as truth is that on the surfaces of the various stellar spheres existing within a system, various forms of life originating in and adapted to that local reality can be created from reason unit complexes. The facts that the species is resultant and has to adapt continuously to the atmosphere, temperature, and terrain justifies the understanding that a species cannot form from a single complex of reason units. That is because the alternating currents that create the complexes of reason units are necessarily faced with variations of these three factors on the surface and in the terrestrial magnetic field. Therefore, justifiably, species necessarily arise from large numbers of rational complexes that occur individually and interact directly with the terrestrial regions in which they are located. Every species arises from several geometric locations on the surface of the earth, where alternating currents act and rational complexes are created. From these various geometric locations, the various complexes forming a species begin to create successive knowledge rings, which begin to compose each of these sets of individual reason units. That is, a single species is the result of the individualized development of several composite beings composed of reason units that interact with portions of the planetary body where they are located. This location variation, associated with the previous conflict occurring between the alternating currents, reveals that the different human ethnicities and variations of all other biological species do not arise at the same moment, but different ones. Consequently, the same species may contain different ethnicities and/or variations that begin their trajectories on the earth tens, hundreds, or even thousands of years apart.
Logically, a complex of reason units only begins to be configured as a living being when at least one alternating stream of atomic mass, plasma, and radiation currents forms within that complex. This assertion is justified because it is not possible to form successive knowledge rings if the necessary encounter between cyclical and alternating currents does not occur, generating knowledge, recognition, and consequent pondering judgment for that specific composite being. The truth that is logically evident is the following:
“By forming an alternating stream of atomic units, plasma, and radiation within a complex of reason units in a biological system, this programmed molecular complex comes into being as an individual, gaining its own personality and becoming a living biological being.”
From this obvious truth, another inverse truth necessarily arises:
“The death of a biological living being occurs at the moment at which the activities of its internal and alternating body currents of atomic units, plasma, and radiation cease, undoing the essential construction of that complex of reason units.”
This resulting truth regarding the death of a biological being can logically be extended to the entire higher hierarchical chain. That is, relative existential systems in spectra, galaxies, and other derivative subsystems, including final instance existential systems, necessarily also have the activities of their alternating currents that give them support closed. This closure necessarily occurs when all of the atomic units that make up that system exhaust their capacities to accumulate knowledge. This assertion is justified because a finite number of memory units were formed in the universe from the embryonic memory, and most of them were defragmented during extrusion, transforming into tertiary plasma. When the hydrogen sources that fuel a system are exhausted and all of the atomic units are at their highest levels of knowledge, then the system will go bankrupt and cease to exist as a living being. Our solar system, which has the sun as its center and the primary source of memory units, will go bankrupt when its hydrogen levels are no longer sufficient to power the entire system. This situation corroborates the assertion made from the beginning that the universe and everything within it is finite, for the infinite mathematical logical essence, which is the third absolute truth itself, always occurs outside the universe, where infinite and eternal expansion forms successive waves and eternally creates successive universes.
The primary complexes of reason units are composed of molecules initially programmed by higher intelligence units. Thus, the basic molecules that make up the reason unit complexes that initiated the existence of living beings in the terrestrial biological system originated in the spatial currents that surround and fill the solar system and not on the surface of the planet. According to what is proposed, only the complexes destined to create the human species were configured to transform into biological intelligence units. The beings other than humans were programmed to exist only as reason units. There are no such biological units as the human, with internal structures capable of accumulating successive and undefined numbers of levels of knowledge rings. Consequently, these units never become intelligence units, but they necessarily interact with and adapt to the surrounding environment where they live. This fact, besides being obvious, can easily be verified simply by observing nature, where it can be seen that the forms of social coexistence and interaction with the environment of animals other than man remain unchanged for millions of years, unless required to adapt to the environment, while man continually reaches increasingly complex levels of social relations and interaction with nature, based on continuous technological development. The knowledge formed within the units of existence in a living being, whether it be a rational or an intelligent phenomenal element, necessarily also form the alternating terrestrial currents that execute their construction, since all knowledge necessarily also transits outside the existential unit in which it was formed. That is, the terrestrial biological elements are part of the hierarchy of composite beings that form the universe, because they are also continually connected to it, receiving and supplying knowledge. These facts corroborate that there is no evolution, but rather construction and continuous adaptation to the surrounding universal environment.
From these last observations, the following fascinating truth arises:
"When the internal alternating currents of atoms, plasma, and radiation that give a biological unit the condition of a living being cease, causing the death of that being and undoing its complex of reason units, the knowledge rings successively accumulated there become part of the universal medium, because knowledge is a transcendent element that is not lost within the universe and necessarily transits among the elements that compose it.”
To reiterate, the foundations of the Theory of Objectivity are the truths presented herein as absolute, derivative, and relative. The absolute truths are the primitive and eternal logical mathematical essence that created the existential universe itself; the derivative truths are logical truths derived directly from the seven absolute truths, but to which a certain relativity can be attributed; and the relative truths are those that arose within the existential universe and are fundamental in the creation of the existential systems that fill this universe. Thus, if every truth within existence, apart from the seven absolute truths, is relative, then non-truth or error is also relative. That is, for every relative logical truth that exists within the universe, there is necessarily another truth that denies it, and this truth that denies a relative truth is an error or a falsehood. Consequently, every relative truth can also be seen as a non-truth, that is, as an error, when one observes it from a different angle. However, as already discussed, this verification of truth or non-truth can only be realized by beings capable of absorbing and supplying knowledge. Reality, whether it be truth or falsehood, can only be judged by a reason unit composed of at least two elements, as already described. In this way, every fact or event can only be classified as truth or falsehood by rational units. The same fact or event may be judged as true by one group of rational units and false by another group of rational units. Thus, for a community of reason units, a fact or event is true when most of the rational units consider it to be true. That is what I mean by conviction.
Conviction will not always coincide with the results of tests and observations performed using science. Science, therefore, emerges as a means of orientation that leads rational beings to see a truth from another perspective. That is, science can cause a rational community to abandon a conviction that is not strictly true when that fact or event is gauged using logical arguments different from those that previously formed the conviction. That is because rational units can absorb new knowledge. However, even the truths supported by science are necessarily relative, since any construction contained within a final instance existential system can vary due to the movement and organization of the three essential elements. Moreover, the very conclusions made in science can be partly mistakes and not logical truths. That is because, in addition to the dynamics within systems, the measurement method construction and the final judgment of the measurement results will be performed by rational beings, which makes science essentially relative and not absolute. Thus, reason itself is capable of being used to gauge truths and non-truths only relatively. The conclusions made using reason and taken as truisms are, of course, also relative.
Only when reason is combined with the primitive mathematical essence can it yield absolute truths. That is because initially there was no formed knowledge, but only a first eternal essence. Relativity is attached to the Existential Era, for it is only in this era that beings capable of subjectively absorbing and evaluating knowledge arose. In this sense, the method of defragmentation
employed in this theory is of fundamental importance. Through it, reason can be used to find a logical starting point made up of the primitive mathematical essence and thereby to ascertain that the seven absolute truths are logically necessary and unassailable, and not questionable in terms of logic, because there is no other form of knowledge that can be opposed to the eternal triad and its essential absolute derivations.
The systems contained within the universe are composed of rational beings, that is, sets of atomic units capable of absorbing and supplying knowledge. In this way, final instance existential systems, which are systems that occur when the subjective will exceeds the objective will in the control of the organization of a space, are forms of relative truths, since they result from constructions essentially realized by rational beings.
Consequently, error or falsity is necessarily also present within final instance existential systems. These systems of ultimate existence, like all others in the universal hierarchy, are not absolute, but relative. These systems are fictions taken as reality. However, the same fictional reality coexists with an opposing truth that denies it. This understanding is of great importance because it demonstrates that the relative systems that fill the universe were not constructed without conflict or without the presence of non-truth or error. Thus, applying this understanding to the construction of the terrestrial biological system, this system was also necessarily formed by relative truths, also being filled by non-truths or errors. The conflicts between the various alternating currents that make up a system promote the establishment of relative truth. The alternating currents that are fixed in the inner and outer convergence zones of the earth find relative equilibrium, which forms for this specific system an essentially relative truth. Thus, species that emerge within the biological system are not perfect, logical constructions. The subjective will that creates terrestrial species is not logically perfect, because it results, as is deeply grounded here, from relative truth that has error or non-truth as its necessary opposite. Thus, during the process of essential creation, in its most primitive stages, certainly projects have been abandoned or the designs of constructed beings have been adjusted by the higher subjective will.
A well-known example of a project that seems to have been abandoned is the species of dinosaurs that previously populated the earth. Although there are relative accepted theories that claim that the dinosaurs went extinct due to a meteor that struck the earth, that is not my understanding. I think differently not due to simple divergence, but based on what the Theory of Objectivity proposes. Dinosaurs were a rational species incompatible with the final design of the terrestrial biological system. The ultimate purpose of this system was precisely the development of a human sociopolitical phenomenal element capable of relatively controlling the whole system and transforming it as a continuation of the higher subjective will. Man is an extension of the subjective will that created him, and the dinosaurs, as it turns out logically, would have been an impediment to the execution of this determining will. Thus, the superior hierarchical subjective will configured in the terrestrial biological system opted to extinguish the dinosaurs. This extinction did not occur due to a meteor, but by other means. That is because, if the subjective will can construct a species, it can also extinguish that species, simply by programming biological units capable of exterminating it. Logically, viruses are the rational units most suitable to the higher will for extinguishing a species incompatible with the purpose of the terrestrial biological system. This understanding is also rational and logical because a meteor that hit the earth would have affected all species, not just the dinosaurs.
Furthermore, the solar system has its own movement system that is used to prevent large meteors from entering a collision course, besides logical shields that protect it from wandering celestial bodies. This understanding is grounded because the entire solar system is composed of alternating currents in perpetual motion, and these currents can adjust their movements to prevent significant celestial bodies from entering convergent and destructive routes. Regarding the defense of the terrestrial biological system in particular, the earth, besides having its own defense shields, is also defended by a filter formed by greater shields that protect it. These shields are made up of specific higher magnetic fields as well as the larger planets. In this sense, these defense systems of the solar system and the earth in particular serve not only to protect against the physical impacts of celestial bodies, but also to prevent vagrant radiation currents from other systems that are incompatible with the local relative reality. It appears that any meteors of significant size that have reached the earth occurred when the solar system and, consequently, the terrestrial biological system, had not yet found a balance between the alternating currents responsible for its organization.
It is also possible that more significant impacts were allowed because of a superior hierarchical subjective will, when it was still forming the solar system, since this system is an organized arrangement of astral spherical units that already existed in the form of intermediate instance elements and occurred relatively randomly before being contained in a final instance existential system.
In addition, the theory that all of the continents were once a single unit has no logical origin with support in the foundations of the Theory of Objectivity. The theory of continental drift that claims the existence of what is called Pangea cannot logically prosper in the face of the truths presented here. That is, logically, the planet was formed from the intense centrifugal process that promoted the emergence of spherical beings in various configurations. Thus, due to the quantum characteristics of Earth, it was formed by successive knowledge rings in a centrifugal period sufficient to make it an essentially solid sphere. Every star was necessarily born from the encounter of alternating currents composed essentially of hydrogen and helium. At the end of the Logical Currents Era, there were only atomic elements composed of up to 13 spheres in total. These elements composed of up to 13 spheres are referred to herein as primary chemical elements, as already thoroughly discussed. Only with the beginning of the Centrifugal Era would the secondary and tertiary elements arise. The continuous process of fusion, as demonstrated, involves an exceptionally high number of alternating currents of matter, plasma, and radiation that in centrifugal movement end up creating the spherical stars in their most varied dimensions and compositions. In this way, some of these stars become solid, other gaseous, and others mixed. In our solar system, the most imposing common center is the sun, a star of mixed configuration and around which the alternating upper currents circulate that became intelligence units and promoted the final configuration of the whole system. The earth, which was put into logical arrangement within the solar system by the will of these alternating higher currents, began its existence as a solid body but had the characteristics of a mixed star in its early stages. That is, the last knowledge rings that formed the earth in its final stage were still configured in vast masses composed essentially of hydrogen and helium. When these last layers of helium and hydrogen burning on the surface of the earth ceased, the earth gained an essentially solid star configuration. The terrestrial sphere in its first configuration was basically smooth, although its terrain was not flat, but rather configured with certain undulations. At this early stage, when the alternating centrifugal currents began to gain relative stability, the earth had no water, but throughout the solar system there were extensive streams of the elements necessary for the formation of water, which are hydrogen and oxygen. This stability in the conflict over space, according to what is presented, occurs in the hierarchical order of an existential systems that is forming. Thus, a spectrum will be essentially formed once the larger currents that compose it have already reached relative equilibrium. After the spectrum is created, the internal parts configured as galaxies also find relative stability in the conflict among the various alternating currents that make it up. Finally, in the later period of each galaxy, the alternating currents in all of the subsystems that compose it also gain relative stability. In this way, there is also a hierarchy or temporal order in the stabilization of conflicts among the various systems. This assertion corroborates the understanding presented herein that the spectra are beings that organize their space, composed of galaxies. In turn, these galaxies organize the smaller subsystems they contain, and finally, these subsystems organize the final instance existential systems.
The solar system is a final instance existential system, so the alternating currents that compose it found relative balance only at the end of the hierarchical period of current stabilization. That is, the galaxy that contains the solar system achieved its essential relative stability while the local currents of this system remained in intense dispute over the formation of space. The higher cyclic alternating currents of the solar system became intelligence units when they reached relative stability. Precisely from that time, the formation of the arrangement of the solar system began, promoted by the alternating higher currents. These intelligence units gave the earth and all of the other bodies in the system their necessary logical locations. Also during that period, the displacement of a celestial body with refractory chemical characteristics that happens to orbit the earth was programmed. This body became the natural satellite of the earth, promoting the continuous formation of refractive radiation necessary for the creation of the terrestrial biological system. In this sense, with support in the foundations presented herein, all known theories about the moon that orbits the earth should not logically prosper. This understanding that the celestial bodies that make up the solar system were put there by the subjective will is also a logical truism, since all of the planets, satellites, and other celestial bodies with their various chemical characteristics could not have been organized orbiting a single common center if it were not for the subjective will that acted accordingly. That is because the specific chemical characteristics of the bodies that make up the solar system show that they were each formed during their own periods and by specific centrifugal forces; thus, they could not all compose a single system due to randomness. As it turns out, the chemical and dimensional characteristics of the celestial bodies in the solar system refute the argument that all of them were formed within the same system. The argument that the gravitational force of the sun by itself attracted these bodies to its surroundings is not logically true either; if it were, there would be an essentially random heap of celestial bodies, meteors, and other stellar residues, which would not occur in such logically organized orbits. This last argument is also refuted by the fact that the solar system has, as shown, complex sets of defense shields, which demonstrates that the subjective will of this system, after having reached its final essential equilibrium does not, as a rule, cause external and extraneous elements to be drawn in. The solar system is, therefore, an arrangement organized by superior intelligence units configured as alternating currents containing an exceptionally high level of knowledge and capable of modifying space by constructing final instance existential systems.
It is corroborated here, therefore, that stars appear initially as intermediate instance elements, because they are formed by an objective will that is more influential than the subjective will during the essential centrifugal process. Only when exceptionally strong alternating currents begin to recognize themselves as individuals and become intelligence units can these beings begin to use their judgment to transform space and form logically organized final instance existential systems. It is therefore reaffirmed here that every reason unit arises from the merging of at least two elements. Intelligence units emerge when the magnetic fields of individual alternating currents, each having its own, merge. The solar system, like all other final instances in the universe, consists of intelligence units resulting from the fusion of at least two alternating currents whose magnetic fields merged. The obvious hierarchical logic that occurs for all of the other derived currents that compose the subsystems is also evident. Thus, the terrestrial biological system emerged as a unique being when alternating currents derived from the larger current flow in the solar system circumvented the earth in an initially conflicting way but found relative and essential equilibrium when their auras merged. That is, the currents alternate, not as single elements, but rather as sub-elements of a single being, which is our terrestrial biological system. It turns out that there is a logical and obvious order that is hierarchically formed by the whole systemic set from a spectrum, which occurred initially as a global system containing all of the others. Global spectra together make up a universal quadrant, and the four universal quadrants form the total universal logical instance. This obvious hierarchical order can also be seen when observing terrestrial animal species, including man. That is because these terrestrial living beings only generate new beings from themselves when portions of them configured as cells programmed with essential information fuse their auras and come to exist as a single living being at the moment that they gain an alternating flow of atomic units, plasma, and radiation.
The logical hierarchical order is also maintained for the living beings that arise from complexes of reason units and that develop their own and random movements, since these movements are necessary for the formation of knowledge, recognition, and value judgment. A man born blind and without the ability to move his biological body will have the necessary movement in the form of the flows of the atomic units, plasma, and radiation that give him life, and his body will exist with those limitations presented. Every animal forms, from the initial alternating currents that give it life, a brain unit composed of at least two logical portions. These brain units occur as centers of command that organize and control the entire body composed of sub-elements in the form of internal and external organs with their own specific functions. Only reason unit complexes for the creation of human ethnicities have been programmed to exist and reproduce as units capable of developing brains that can accumulate knowledge rings of such greatness that they become intelligence units. This fact evidences what has been presented herein, since it indicates that the human ethnic groups did not begin their journeys in diverse geographical locations as intelligence units, but rather became intelligence units after a certain point in the successive accumulation of knowledge rings. However, this transformation was not physical, but rather was only related to the level of accumulated knowledge. That is, the various human ethnicities and animal and vegetable species already began their journeys on Earth with their ultimate physical characteristics defined by their initial reason unit complexes.
However, it is logical that all construction necessarily passes through stages. There is no element in the universe that has not undergone logical stages in its construction, due to the sixth absolute truth. Only the eternal triad is of the mathematical logical essence whose constituent elements have a simultaneous nature. Thus, all of the complexes that formed the first species had to be fixed on the surface of the earth to obtain the necessary and indispensable supply of the three essential elements, atomic matter, plasma, and radiation, which feed their internal alternating currents and give them life. Thus, there is a logical and necessary cadence in the formation of species, which will now be summarized and demonstrated using as a foundation exclusively the truths presented in the Theory of Objectivity. The first rational complexes fixed on the aqueous beds and geographic surfaces were the various species of microorganisms that fertilized the soil and filled the water with nutrients. These watery nurseries were rivers with stable currents compatible with this construction. This assertion is justified because these microscopic beings found in the water and soil the nutrients capable of feeding the alternating internal currents that gave life to their biological bodies. Obviously, the complexes forming the plant species were the second to be fixed on the geographic surface of the earth. This statement is justified because the source that feeds the internal alternating currents of vegetables comes from water, nutrients contained in the soil, and sunlight. Still within the period of essential plant variety creation, the rational complexes destined for the construction of insects were fixed onto trees and other primordial plants, since these invertebrates are essential for the pollination of the majority of trees and plants, besides for the fertilization of the soil. This assertion is justified because the internal currents that gave life to the first insects were fed by tree sap and other plant species. According to the logical construction, the complexes destined for the formation of birds were also fixed on the trees after the creation of the insects, because they could obtain the essential three elements and also, justifiably, because the birds began feeding on the insects and plants themselves after obtaining autonomy, as well as promoting the pollination of the plants. Logically, only after the construction of this essential and necessarily indispensable ecological chain hitherto presented did mammals and other species, including humans, begin to emerge from the watery beds on the terrestrial surface. In this way, every mammal began its journey on Earth in the temporary form of an amphibian. During the period of construction of the reason unit complexes for mammals, there were definitive species of fish and amphibians that did not predate each other. This statement is justified because these temporary amphibians and species of small fish fed on the nutrients contained in the aqueous beds. The essential construction was aimed at avoiding conflicts among the first species, so there was no simultaneous formation of predators in these early stages. This logical idea is presented because there would be no reason for a subjective will constructing something to foster the simultaneous formation of factors that could destroy this very construction in progress. This fact is also justified because the human species is programmed to dominate the whole system. It would not be logical, therefore, for other beings capable of preventing the realization of this programming to appear. The species capable of being predators of humans, as a rule, were only created after the humans completed their amphibious phase. The emergence of these predators occurred as a means of promoting a greater speed in the formation of the knowledge rings making up these beings before their transformation into intelligence units. Adversity was indispensable for human reason units to become intelligence units. Before becoming intelligence units, human reason units were guided and survived only by instinct, and this instinct is common to every beast that inhabits the earth.
Obviously and logically, the instinct of animals was programmed by a higher subjective will and allows these animals to develop a basic and efficient means of survival and reproduction that repeats itself for all types of species in the same or very similar ways throughout the geographic extent of the planet. This programming is necessarily connected very logically and clearly to the flows of atomic mass, plasma, and radiation in the surrounding universe. Only the material and energetic connection that obviously occurs between living beings and the surrounding universe can fundamentally explain the various behaviors of animals on the face of the planet, such as the migration that several species perform. The human species, when it ended its amphibian stage and began its terrestrial mammalian stage, had not yet become intelligence units. The adversity introduced by geography, climate, predators, and other environmental difficulties encountered by humans brought forth successive knowledge rings, which enabled man to overcome the essential programming of instinct. When the human species began to recognize itself as units and to understand that it was different from the surrounding universe, it began to act politically to modify its geographic environment. The various adversities led the human reason units to become intelligence units and fulfill their programmed role of dominating the entire system. When man became an intelligence unit, he overcame the basic programming of instinct and began to modify his surroundings politically, mainly creating technological devices for protection from the adversities of the external environment. In this sense, it should be noted that the relative construction and level of knowledge successively formed in rings became increasingly relative, causing conflicts between family units, different groups, and different human ethnicities. This conflict was not immediate, since groups of individuals with different levels of knowledge tended to respect and withdraw from opposing groups, since those other groups were unknown, generating fear and respect, partly due to the instinct of these beings, even after their transformation into intelligence units. However, in these primitive stages of human existence, conflicts tended to intensify when the adversities introduced by the geographical and ecological environment were more intense, since less technologically advanced individuals generally try to appropriate, through force, these technologies and supplies. Conflicts create conditions for the formation of new knowledge rings. The necessary and obvious hierarchical universal logic that results from the alternating centrifugal currents that made up the spectra, galaxies, and final instance existential systems holds for humans, which occur as the maximum extension of this hierarchy and therefore have the maximum degree of application of the subjective will within the instance. That is because there is exceptionally high formation of knowledge rings after conflicts between families, groups, or ethnicities, and those opposing parties begin to form a new, relatively balanced unitary body composed of sub-elements that complement each other.
Faced with such basic conclusions exclusively based on the Theory of Objectivity, it is necessary to say that the contradictory scientifist theory of evolution and natural selection, in fact, should not prosper, for various reasons and arguments that could be mentioned here. If there were evolution, any animal species other than man would have already reached a level of organization and technological development different from that provided by instinct, which is itself a program realized by the subjective will in all existing species. However, this situation has never occurred, and the basic instinctive forms of existence of all species other than humans have remained unchanged for millions of years and never really evolved, making only the necessary adaptations to the external environment. The physical changes that occur are only due to continuous adaptation and not evolution. Thus, for example, man began his existence as a man and the monkey as a monkey. Neither a monkey nor any other animal species on the face of the earth could become a man, for they are not designed to do so. Each animal species, plant, and human ethnicity is composed of a variety of reason unit complexes fixed primarily in various geographic locations. Regarding animal species, there were initially male and female complexes, since these complexes occur for each species and ethnic group in diverse communities and family groups, which were programmed to interact with each other and reproduce. Some animal species and human ethnicities, in diverse community and family groups, could survive the continuous process of adaptation to the terrain, climate, and other ecological factors. However, due to the essential relativity of the breeding process, many groups and families of animal species as well as human ethnicities will still perish. During this process of essential construction of biological species, which can last, according to the species, thousands, tens of thousands, or hundreds of thousands of years, adjustments can be made by the creative subjective will itself. The primordial construction process ended after mammals ceased to be amphibians and gained full autonomy on the earth, when the construction of the possible predators of humans was accomplished. Since that moment, there has been no more creation, but only continuous adaptation. However, it should be noted that the stages presented here are not necessarily distinct, and convergences may have occurred between stages. It is also possible that the construction of some predators of humans began even during the amphibious phase of humans.
Within the solar system, other smaller derivative currents also occur as beings configured as intelligence units. The alternating currents that bypass the earth are derived directly from the upper trunk that is the solar system. The space dispute among the numerous alternating currents that surround the earth is responsible for creating the final topography of this planet. Consequently, the planet that arose initially as an essentially smooth, but slightly undulating sphere, gained a different topography. The surface of this smooth sphere already exhibited certain elevations and depressions, but these did not yet form the final topography of the earth. The final topography was shaped by an intense conflict among the main alternating currents of plasma, atomic matter, and radiation. When these alternating currents achieved relative equilibrium, the final terrestrial topography was essentially composed. It is evident that this topography is continuously modified due to the alternating currents that make up the terrestrial biological system, but due to the relative stability of these currents, there are no more abrupt changes.
The earth did not begin its journey within the solar system as a sphere composed of water on one side and a continent on the other side. In fact, there was no water on the surface of the earth in its early stages of existence within the solar system. Water appeared on the earth before the relative equilibrium between the alternating currents was fixed, when the formation of molecules composed of hydrogen and oxygen atoms occurred. The main beds of rivers, seas, and oceans are the results of those primitive ripples occurring when the earth cooled, as well as finally being derived from the dispute among the various alternating currents, which occurred before the final relative stability was achieved. These stable currents are configured as fluxes of matter, plasma, and radiation that alternately permeate the atmosphere; the surface of the earth; the beds of rivers, seas, and oceans; and, more profoundly, the inner mass of the planet. The fact that there are fossils of similar animals on different continents does not mean that these animals were all on the same continent that was later separated. Of course, the existing continents can make small movements, since the earth was formed in successive layers, and each of these layers did not remain a single integral block, but rather became stratified because of the conflicts occurring before the essential relative stability was achieved. However, this movement does not mean continuous displacement that would allow all of continents to join together as a single block or separate in a way other than that observed, since the alternating currents that are tangent to the external aquatic mass of the terrestrial surface are located in the river beds, seas, and oceans. These currents tangent to the watery beds of the earth form energy belts that allow the plates to move, but that do not enable their total grouping or separation. The similarity observed between the borders of certain continents is due to the primitive alternating currents that essentially shaped the terrain of the earth. As can be seen in nature, currents usually have lateral edges with similar geometries, often forming concave and convex edges that complete each other. This characteristic is evidenced by, for example, a radius resulting from an atmospheric electric discharge and the geometric forms of the current river beds.
Indeed, as discussed here in depth, animal species and the various human ethnicities arose from these alternating currents after they achieved the essential stability and were located in various geometric regions on the surface of the earth. In this way, derivatives of these currents can extend across several continents, forming true corridors of species and ethnicities. As stated, these diverse human ethnicities and animal species are derived and necessarily adapt constantly to the terrain, atmospheric pressure, and temperature of the geometric location where they began their journeys on Earth. As stated repeatedly, the alternating currents continue to act in a relatively balanced and continuously dynamic way, since they give life to the biological system. Indeed, these currents that permeate the inner and outer convergence zones of the earth are the local intelligence beings who create biological beings and organize the terrestrial quantum space using a subjective higher will that is above these local currents and is configured as alternating currents that circumvent the entire solar system.
Spiritual Phenomenal Elements
The foundations presented herein make evident truths that cannot be removed, since these truths are logical derivatives, as demonstrated in this presentation. Every sensible, rational human, stripped of philosophical, religious, or scientific dogma, can, with the support of the truths presented in the Theory of Objectivity, come to the logical conclusion that there are other essential phenomenological elements besides those already presented herein. All of the phenomenal elements presented herein are formed from the three basic universal essences, which are atomic units, plasma, and atomic radiation. These three essential elements can form seven logical mathematical sets. These combinations occur not only quantitatively, but also qualitatively. Therefore, these possible phenomena occur with a wide variety of qualities and quantities. These different qualities of the possible combinations are herein called frequencies.
When a sensible, rational being compares these possible logical combinations of the three essential elements with the real-world phenomena already known to him, this intelligence unit will arrive at logical conclusions regarding the composition of each of these existing phenomenal elements. As demonstrated in depth herein, these possible combinations lead to the logical conclusion that there are atomic-energetic phenomenal
elements basically configured in the forms of temperature, light, sound, black holes, electricity, magnetism, and electromagnetism. Besides these atomic-energetic phenomena, the logical existence of sociopolitical phenomenal elements was also discussed. Using exclusively the truths presented herein as a basis, the sensible, rational being, stripped of philosophical, religious, and scientific dogma, can logically also conclude that what are herein called spiritual phenomenal elements exist.
These elements, which can also be called simply spirit or energetic spirit beings, arise when knowledge rings belonging to groups of human beings converge. There is no supernatural element involved. On the contrary, it is the essential presentation of the atomic, plasmatic, and radioactive nature. For nonhuman animal species, these phenomena also occur, but in a limited way due to the instinctive knowledge of these beings. This element may explain the behavior of various animals in nature when they act in a way that clearly demonstrates that they are connected by real energy, such as when they move in a migratory fashion.
These spiritual phenomenal elements are not an abstraction, but rather a derivative truth resulting from plasma and radiation interacting with atomic reason units that share common interests. Indeed, these spiritual phenomena are logical occurrences derived from the seventh absolute truth, for it is not possible to have a universe filled by relative systems without the formation of the transcendent element, knowledge, and its interaction with the universal space. Every group formed from two units can compose an energetic spiritual body. The spirit is obviously composed of links that bind individuals to the frequencies of convergent knowledge rings. From these bonds, individuals with common attributes form constant cycles of knowledge, recognition, and pondering. According to what is logically presented, this spiritual phenomenal element is configured for those units that congregate due to the absorption of the same relative truth into common knowledge rings. This situation occurs through interaction among the material elements that form and exchange the knowledge among themselves. Thus, this transcendent knowledge has to pass through the external plasma, because atomic radiation is not contained exclusively within atomic units, but rather transits through the space outside living beings in various specific frequencies. When this knowledge transits through outer space, these true and real energetic spiritual fields are formed. I consider there to be three essential spiritual phenomenal elements: love, brotherhood, and culture, in sensitive, rational human communities. This understanding is not based on any dogma, but rather is supported by all of the truths presented in this theory, configured from the fundamental mathematical essence that was able to create a universe composed of relative existential systems, which were necessarily formed by atomic units, plasma, and radiation (which is knowledge in its transcendent form). Thus, these spiritual energetic beings composed of plasma and radiation occur on a micro scale, for example, in a couple or family group. They also occur on a macro scale, for instance, in the groups that make up larger communities, such as cities, social groups, religious groups, or nations. On the largest scale, this real energy circumvents the entire earth and makes the human race a unit, for all of the individuals living on this planet are connected to a higher level of knowledge composed of alternating fluxes of atoms, plasma, and radiation that give life to the biological terrestrial system. When humanity contacts another intelligence unit from another planet, our interlocutor will not say that he is from this or that nation, but rather will express that he is a man inhabiting the earth. As stated, the spiritual phenomenal elements considered here are love, brotherhood, and culture. This last spiritual element called culture
is composed of other sub-elements: philosophy, religion, science, political ideology, and the arts. All of these sub-elements arranged in a macro manner are also composed of levels of derived frequencies that give them form. That is, every cultural, religious, philosophical, scientific, ideological, political, and artistic element necessarily contains different lower levels of frequencies of knowledge, composing them as units similar to webs. This assertion is justified because the knowledge rings of various frequencies form relative truths for specific groups. These spiritual phenomenal elements function in a similar way to the data transmitted by technological apparatus, with the difference that data (which is radiation or knowledge itself) is transmitted by animals and humans. These elements form energetic spiritual beings that occur in frequencies that science already seems capable of detecting, perhaps even interpreting, using technological measurements.
These energetic spiritual elements are evidently detected by beings who commune with the same spiritual frequency. In fact, biological material beings are responsible for the creation of these spiritual phenomena, for all of the external streams of plasma quantum radiation are necessarily promoted by biological beings. Individuals who are part of groups feel security and happiness when faced with such energetic currents, for they are in tune or in convergence with knowledge rings filling them as units. This fact explains the human behaviors that bind in a real energetic way to phenomenal elements configured as love, fraternity, and culture. Consequently, the individuals in a group gathered for a simple recreation commonly feel safe and happy when they exercise the activity. The spiritual phenomenal elements occur as flows of real energy that interact with the people who adhere to that frequency of knowledge, and for that reason the individuals belonging to those movements feel happy and contemplate the arts as well. These logically obvious facts also demonstrate that ideology is not a single factor occurring in every individual committing himself to a particular viewpoint; indeed, ideology necessarily occurs as a spiritual energetic body that exists in real form in space and therefore also interacts physically with people of equal positions, causing contentment and being able to indicate directions promoted by convictions. These energetic spiritual bodies explain the power that various religions can acquire from the gathering of individuals who share a common set of symbols and how religions can bring them security, happiness, and high conviction. The more an individual repeats a ritual or symbol , the more that energy body will grow, for information accumulates in successive layers of knowledge, recognition, and pondering, reaching out to the external environment when provided by the beings that congregate. That is, the more individuals practice or interact with forms of knowledge that direct them to these energetic frequencies, the more these individuals will feel safe, happy, and convinced, promoting the increase of that external energy body. However, a spiritual phenomenal element may lose strength due to the dispersion of individuals, which may occur with the addition of new knowledge rings with frequencies that distance themselves from that particular energy body. This situation, as can obviously be concluded, occurs when the generations of individuals are renewed, since the younger living beings arrive in the group free from those knowledge layers of specific frequencies, only integrating themselves with them, in principle, if that knowledge is passed on to them. New individuals may more easily become connected to new, differing beliefs of pre-existing energy groups. According to the logical conclusion, harmonious coexistence among sets with different spiritual frequencies can produce groups of individuals at energy levels that are complete or even disintegrate due to the formation of new levels of conviction. The conflict among groups composed of energy bodies with different frequencies at first tends to raise the level of conviction of each of the groups, but if this conflict brings high levels of unhappiness and insecurity, individuals will begin to form levels of different convictions, and those initial energy bodies may even disappear.
According to what is logically presented as a derivative truth, “even individuals who are not part of a common knowledge group may be taken by its spiritual elements, even though they have not received information from other individuals.”
This statement is true because the radiation in plasma frequencies can be absorbed by every rational being composed of atomic units. When this situation happens and the individual does not yet have internal knowledge of those frequencies of information, unconscious phenomenal absorption occurs. That is, the brain of the individual initially does not have certain knowledge rings, but he later unconsciously receives this knowledge directly from an energetic current charged with the level and frequency of information pertaining to a particular spiritual phenomenal element. This absorption will motivate the individual to seek to join groups with those unconsciously absorbed values. The individual will also be incorporated into that group more easily when he maintains any contact with individuals or symbols belonging to it. This fact clearly explains why cultural movements, such as religious and ideological movements, have spread intensely and almost instantaneously in nations, in regions, or even across the entire planet, even when there was still no means of communication and dissemination. Unconscious phenomenal absorption occurs more easily for individuals who are not connected with various frequencies of knowledge. That is, the greater the participation of the individual in the cultural values of his groups, the greater the difficulty of absorbing the energy of strange spiritual phenomena unconsciously. That is because internal knowledge develops in successive layers and a new level of radiation cannot overlap with that which already exists, composing a new conviction, without the opposition of the more internal knowledge rings. That is, it is more difficult for individuals with elevated levels of conviction to experience unconscious phenomenal absorption. In addition, if an individual has several levels of conviction formed in various areas of spiritual presentation, then that difficulty will be further increased. Crises that bring insecurity and unhappiness tend to weaken conviction, allowing a consequent increase in unconscious phenomenal absorption. Unconscious phenomenal absorption creates for an individual what is herein called the unconscious subjective will. This unconscious will justifies why men often devote themselves to goals that are initially incomprehensible to themselves and especially to the other individuals in the community. The unconscious subjective will is of fundamental importance for the growth or even the emergence of artistic, philosophical, scientific, religious, and ideological movements of cultural spiritual beings.
The more attuned an individual with a knowledge level disposed in a specific ring, the greater his existential security, sense of well-being, and happiness. Energetic currents arranged in different frequencies, when they are opposed to the types of convictions there, tend to present themselves to the sensible rational being as threats, causing insecurity, fear, and unhappiness. The spiritual phenomenal element tends to be the most intense in frequency, for it unites individuals through successive knowledge rings that form daily at a high frequency for each group member. Love occurs essentially in family groups, but it also develops when an individual spiritually dedicates himself to a specific goal, such as his work. Work is one of the forms of the spiritual element love. This assertion is justified because the activities that an individual performs as a means of subsistence are present daily, forming successive knowledge rings that connect that sensitive being to the surrounding environment intensely and continually. Fraternity, as a rule, is composed of knowledge rings outside the family group and relates to the successive knowledge rings that an individual develops with community groups that, in principle, are close to his existential reality. Therefore, the news of a tragedy occurring in the community in which an individual lives, even if no one he knows is a victim, affects him much more intensely than when he receives that same news regarding a distant community. One of the essential forms of brotherhood is friendship. Connections with the community and environment form frequencies connected to the individual, which gain extensions that also encompass other sensitive rational individuals and the ecological web in the local reality. Thus, these community and ecological spiritual frequencies are justifiably elements that make up fraternity. Love and fraternity are close to individuals and are present in successive layers of knowledge rings with high-value frequencies, so they affect sensitive rational beings strongly and immediately. Culture, given its broader scope, tends to orient individuals beyond the family environment, work, and community. That is because culture is composed of more frequencies, which often do not belong to the internal knowledge levels of the individual. Culture is an extensive energetic being composed of knowledge that leads individuals to come face to face with a high level of relative truth, with which they must deal in a respectful way, forming judgments that take place beyond the family, labor, and community and beginning to compose frequencies that are part of a larger spiritual body in the form of a state.
That is, the state appears as a spiritual being of a high-energy frequency, because it contains smaller spiritual groups of various frequencies, but converging in a common direction. Culture is of course the most important spiritual phenomenal element in the formation of the spiritual body configured as a state, since it contains the most extensive frequencies of knowledge in terms of quantum extension and in terms of individuals composing the specific groups. Therefore, philosophical, artistic, scientific, cultural, and ideological movements draw large numbers of individuals connected by specific frequencies of knowledge rings. In this sense, the state becomes increasingly strong insofar as its individuals are obligated to obey laws shaped by its values, which transforms the spiritual being into a congregating nation
with cultural values of a single energy frequency and containing all individuals of that nationality. The nation emerges as a spiritual energetic being with a specific frequency of its own that goes beyond the physical limits of the state. Therefore, it will be recognized as an individual entity by other nations that also occur in the terrestrial system.
What can be seen here only in a synthetic way is that the obvious universal hierarchy that begins even in the dimensions of the Total Universe composed by spectra does not end in the sociopolitical phenomenal elements configured in reason units, since they will also form spiritual phenomenal elements configured in love and brotherhood, in addition to the essential cultural values arranged in the arts, philosophy, science, religion and political ideology. This is because the communities of sentient beings will also make up, from their successive inner rings of knowledge, beings that extrapolate the limits of matter and occur as common energetic centers of specific frequencies configured in family groups, in cities, in states, in nations and finally, throughout the biological terrestrial system. Nations composed of a high diversity of spiritual phenomena tend to be stronger when the arts, philosophy, science, religion, and ideological political positions have levels of conviction balanced between them. Spiritual nations that do not develop satisfactory levels set in relatively stable beliefs for all cultural elements tend to be more vulnerable to conflicts and deteriorations in the social web. The spiritual beings configured in States and Nations do not occur without a previous conflict between the several alternating currents frequent in that quantum space. Thus, as with the sociopolitical phenomenal elements, the spiritual phenomena also stand as relatively balanced truths. That is, A Nation emerges as a spiritual being with its own personality when alternating currents composed of plasma and knowledge in exponential amount of rings interact with humans and find the relative essential balance, forming a unique and logical web. It is corroborated, therefore, that the sensible rational being, the human species, is an extension of the Superior Subjective Will that formed the whole biological system.
The three spiritual phenomenal elements and all their sub elements are formed when a group of individuals compose a conviction around that frequency of relative knowledge. Thus, necessarily, for each of the frequencies that present themselves as truths, there will be unbreakable opposing values constituted as error or falsity, which will exist mutually, since there is no absolute form of knowledge other than the seven maximum truths. In this way, it is concluded that Good and Evil exist in real form within the final instance systems and are concretely configured in atomic matter, plasma and radiation interacting mutually at a common frequency.
Therefore, the following derived truth is presented:
"Good and Evil exist as real energetic beings, resulting from the interactions between human rational beings, and who define them with such qualities is the conviction of a collectivity of individuals when most of these individuals define what is right or wrong to the spiritual values contained in that convergent frequency of knowledge."
VI - Last Impressions
Now that all of the absolute truths have been presented, it is time to provide some last words. After all that has been presented within the Theory of Objectivity, one last question could not fail to be asked: does God exist?
To my knowledge, there are well-accepted scientific theories that describe the integral parts of the atom. I will not here in any way dispute these theories or what tests conducted by scientists in their laboratories have already shown. In fact, the Theory of Objectivity is strongly corroborated by the results that laboratory tests have already yielded, but which have not presented the logical reasons underlying the results. It is not possible to arrive at the absolute and derived truths except along the path followed here, because if the logical reasons determined by the fundamental mathematical essence were not presented, it would not be possible to gauge the integrity of reality. Thus, what in other theories are simply called the forces of nature are
herein called logic, and their true foundations are demonstrated. I am convinced that the truths of the Theory of Objectivity will be adopted, since man is a logical being and is able to identify independently of his philosophical, religious, or scientific beliefs the mathematical reality when it confronts his rational sensibility. I believe that a new science
that is necessary will be used to consider what needs to be considered and refine what needs to be refined. However, according to what I see, the seven absolute truths must be maintained.
The methodology used here followed paths that led to the absolute, essential mathematical truths without which it would not have been possible to construct a logical universe. Dozens of fundamental questions were responded to with support and justification of a purely logical mathematical order, even if at times the foundations were also supported by a philosophical nature. The use of philosophy is justified because philosophy is also a set of reasons with foundations in logical rules. This theory was not developed to corroborate beliefs or dogmas. Instead, the Theory of Objectivity was developed based on observations and principles that I decided to construct using an initial system of thought cultivated over decades and guided by an unconscious subjective will. During the construction of this theory, I began to realize that what I wrote did not belong to me anymore and in truth I was the one who was subjected to that logical chain that revealed itself little by little. In this way, I moved from the position of an author to simply that of an interpreter. The mathematical truths put forth in this theory, according to my belief, would eventually become evident to mankind. In any case, I am most grateful to have been the first unit of human intelligence to possess the conditions necessary to enable this set of truths to be presented to the world in the first place. As stated elsewhere, this theory was not written by a scientist stricto sensu, but rather by a thinker. I believe and hope that new science and many other interpreters of these truths belonging to the existential universe can still bring forth other truths that are possible and necessary.
In answer to the last question above, a final resulting truth could not fail to be presented. As for the foundation of this last truth derived from the absolute truths, I believe it has already been exhaustively demonstrated within the Theory of Objectivity. Thus, to conclude the presentation of this theory, I must state this final truth regarding which, to my understanding, humanity already has conviction: “God exists.”
__________________________________
PDF available at:
or
--------------------------------
To contribute to the dissemination of the Objectivity Theory, you can purchase one of the author's works at:
U. S.
Brazil
https://www.amazon.com.br/Loja-Kindle-VIDAMOR-CABANNAS/s?rh=n%3A5308307011%2Cp_27%3AVIDAMOR+CABANNAS